Tipiṭaka Translation

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa

Homage to the Blessed One, the Arahant, the Perfectly Self-awakened One.

Khuddakanikāye

The Minor Collection

Buddhavaṃsapāḷi

The Chronicle of the Buddhas

1. Ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍaṃ

1. The Chapter on the Jeweled Promenade

Brahmā [Pg.299] ca lokādhipatī sahampatī, katañjalī anadhivaraṃ ayācatha;

‘‘Santīdha sattāpparajakkhajātikā, desehi dhammaṃ anukampimaṃ pajaṃ’’.

And Brahmā Sahampati, lord of the world, with reverential hands joined, requested the Unexcelled One: “There are beings here with little dust in their eyes; teach the Dhamma, having compassion for this multitude.”

Sampannavijjācaraṇassa tādino, jutindharassantimadehadhārino;

Tathāgatassappaṭipuggalassa, uppajji kāruññatā sabbasatte.

For the one endowed with knowledge and conduct, the steadfast, the bearer of radiance, the bearer of the final body; for the Tathāgata, the incomparable person, compassion for all beings arose.

‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ kīdisako naruttamo;

Iddhibalaṃ paññābalañca kīdisaṃ, buddhabalaṃ lokahitassa kīdisaṃ.

“For these devas and humans do not know what this Buddha, this supreme among men, is like; what the nature of his psychic power and power of wisdom is like; what the nature of the Buddha-power for the welfare of the world is like.”

‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ edisako naruttamo;

Iddhibalaṃ paññābalañca edisaṃ, buddhabalaṃ lokahitassa edisaṃ.

“For these devas and humans do not know that this Buddha, this supreme among men, is of such a nature; that his psychic power and power of wisdom are of such a nature; that the Buddha-power for the welfare of the world is of such a nature.”

‘‘Handāhaṃ [Pg.300] dassayissāmi, buddhabalamanuttaraṃ;

Caṅkamaṃ māpayissāmi, nabhe ratanamaṇḍitaṃ’’.

“Now then, I shall show the unsurpassed Buddha-power; I shall create in the sky a promenade adorned with jewels.”

Bhummā mahārājikā tāvatiṃsā, yāmā ca devā tusitā ca nimmitā;

Paranimmitā yepi ca brahmakāyikā, ānanditā vipulamakaṃsu ghosaṃ.

The earth-dwelling devas, the Mahārājikas, the Tāvatiṃsas, the Yāma devas, the Tusitas, and the Nimmitas; the Paranimmitas, and those of the Brahmā hosts, being joyful, made a vast acclamation.

Obhāsitā ca pathavī sadevakā, puthū ca lokantarikā asaṃvutā;

Tamo ca tibbo vihato tadā ahu, disvāna accherakaṃ pāṭihīraṃ.

And the earth with its devas was illuminated, and the vast, open inter-cosmic realms as well; at that time the dense darkness was dispelled. A wondrous miracle was seen.

Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhase, ābhā uḷārā vipulā ajāyatha;

Imasmiṃ loke parasmiñcobhayasmiṃ, adho ca uddhaṃ tiriyañca vitthataṃ.

A magnificent and vast radiance arose among the devas, gandhabbas, humans, and rakkhasas; in this world, in the next, and in both, it spread below, above, across, and far and wide.

Sattuttamo anadhivaro vināyako, satthā ahū devamanussapūjito;

Mahānubhāvo satapuññalakkhaṇo, dassesi accherakaṃ pāṭihīraṃ.

The supreme among beings, the unexcelled, the guide, the Teacher worshipped by devas and humans, of great power, endowed with the marks of a hundred merits, displayed a wondrous miracle.

10.

10.

So yācito devavarena cakkhumā, atthaṃ samekkhitvā tadā naruttamo;

Caṅkamaṃ māpayi lokanāyako, suniṭṭhitaṃ sabbaratananimmitaṃ.

Having been requested by the excellent deva, the One with Vision, the Supreme among Men, then considered the benefit; that Leader of the World caused a promenade to be made, well-finished and fashioned from all jewels.

11.

11.

Iddhī ca ādesanānusāsanī, tipāṭihīre bhagavā vasī ahu;

Caṅkamaṃ māpayi lokanāyako, suniṭṭhitaṃ sabbaratananimmitaṃ.

The Blessed One was a master of the three miracles: psychic power, mind-reading, and instruction. The Leader of the World caused a promenade to be made, well-finished and fashioned from all jewels.

12.

12.

Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, sinerupabbatuttame;

Thambheva dassesi paṭipāṭiyā, caṅkame ratanāmaye.

In the ten-thousandfold world-system, having made the excellent Sineru mountains into pillars in succession, he displayed the jeweled promenade created above them.

13.

13.

Dasasahassī atikkamma, caṅkamaṃ māpayī jino;

Sabbasoṇṇamayā passe, caṅkame ratanāmaye.

The Victor, having transcended the ten-thousandfold world-system, caused a promenade to be made; on the sides of that jeweled promenade were sections made entirely of gold.

14.

14.

Tulāsaṅghāṭānuvaggā[Pg.301], sovaṇṇaphalakatthatā;

Vedikā sabbasovaṇṇā, dubhato passesu nimmitā.

With beams and rafters in succession, and laid with golden planks, railings made entirely of gold were created on both sides.

15.

15.

Maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇā, nimmito ratanāmayo;

Obhāseti disā sabbā, sataraṃsīva uggato.

Strewn with sand of gems and pearls, that created jeweled promenade illuminates all directions, like the newly risen sun with its thousand rays.

16.

16.

Tasmiṃ caṅkamane dhīro, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo;

Virocamāno sambuddho, caṅkame caṅkamī jino.

On that promenade, the steadfast one, endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks, resplendent, the Perfectly Enlightened One, the Victor, walked upon the promenade.

17.

17.

Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ;

Caṅkamane okiranti, sabbe devā samāgatā.

All the assembled devas scatter divine Mandārava flowers, lotuses, and Pārichattaka flowers on the promenade.

18.

18.

Passanti taṃ devasaṅghā, dasasahassī pamoditā;

Namassamānā nipatanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā.

The hosts of devas in the ten-thousandfold world-system see him, greatly rejoicing. Paying homage, they fall down in reverence, pleased, elated, and joyful.

19.

19.

Tāvatiṃsā ca yāmā ca, tusitā cāpi devatā;

Nimmānaratino devā, ye devā vasavattino;

The Tāvatiṃsa and Yāma devas, the Tusita devas as well, the Nimmānaratī devas, and those devas who are Vasavattī;

Udaggacittā sumanā, passanti lokanāyakaṃ.

with minds uplifted and joyful hearts, they behold the Leader of the World.

20.

20.

Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhasā, nāgā supaṇṇā atha vāpi kinnarā;

Passanti taṃ lokahitānukampakaṃ, nabheva accuggatacandamaṇḍalaṃ.

Devas, gandhabbas, humans, and rakkhasas, nāgas, supaṇṇas, and also kinnaras—they see him, the one compassionate for the welfare of the world, like the orb of the moon risen high in the sky.

21.

21.

Ābhassarā subhakiṇhā, vehapphalā akaniṭṭhā ca devatā;

Susuddhasukkavatthavasanā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā.

The Ābhassara, Subhakiṇha, Vehapphala, and Akaniṭṭha devas, wearing very pure, white garments, stand with reverential hands joined.

22.

22.

Muñcanti pupphaṃ pana pañcavaṇṇikaṃ, mandāravaṃ candanacuṇṇamissitaṃ;

Bhamenti celāni ca ambare tadā, ‘‘aho jino lokahitānukampako.

They release five-colored flowers, Mandārava blossoms mixed with sandalwood powder; and they wave their garments in the sky then, exclaiming, “Oh, the Victor, compassionate for the welfare of the world!”

23.

23.

‘‘Tuvaṃ satthā ca ketū ca, dhajo yūpo ca pāṇinaṃ;

Parāyano patiṭṭhā ca, dīpo ca dvipaduttamo.

“You are the Teacher, the standard, the flag, and the pillar for living beings; the final resort, the firm support, the island, and the supreme among two-footed beings.”

24.

24.

‘‘Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, devatāyo mahiddhikā;

Parivāretvā namassanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā.

In the ten-thousandfold world-system, deities of great psychic power, having surrounded him, pay homage, pleased, elated, and joyful.

25.

25.

‘‘Devatā devakaññā ca, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā;

Pañcavaṇṇikapupphehi, pūjayanti narāsabhaṃ.

Gods and divine maidens, with serene and gladdened minds, worship the Bull among Men with five-colored flowers.

26.

26.

‘‘Passanti [Pg.302] taṃ devasaṅghā, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā;

Pañcavaṇṇikapupphehi, pūjayanti narāsabhaṃ.

The assemblies of devas, well-pleased and with joyful minds, behold that Chief among Men and honor him with five-colored flowers.

27.

27.

‘‘Aho acchariyaṃ loke, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ;

Na medisaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, accheraṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ’’.

“Oh, a wonder in the world, unprecedented and hair-raising! Never before has there been for me such a wonder, such a hair-raising thing.”

28.

28.

Sakasakamhi bhavane, nisīditvāna devatā;

Hasanti tā mahāhasitaṃ, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.

Those devas, seated in their own respective mansions, having seen the wonder in the sky, laugh a great laugh.

29.

29.

Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, tiṇapanthanivāsino;

Katañjalī namassanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā.

Those standing in the sky and those on the earth, and those dwelling on grassy paths, greatly pleased and joyful, with hands joined in reverence, pay homage.

30.

30.

Yepi dīghāyukā nāgā, puññavanto mahiddhikā;

Pamoditā namassanti, pūjayanti naruttamaṃ.

Even those nāgas who are long-lived, meritorious, and of great psychic power, being greatly delighted, pay homage and make offerings to the Supreme among Men.

31.

31.

Saṅgītiyo pavattenti, ambare anilañjase;

Cammanaddhāni vādenti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.

Celestial dancers perform in the sky, the path of the wind; they beat drums covered with skin, having seen the wonder in the sky.

32.

32.

Saṅkhā ca paṇavā ceva, athopi ḍiṇḍimā bahū;

Antalikkhasmiṃ vajjanti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe.

Conches and tabors, and also many kettledrums, are sounded in the sky, having seen the wonder in the sky.

33.

33.

Abbhuto vata no ajja, uppajji lomahaṃsano;

Dhuvamatthasiddhiṃ labhāma, khaṇo no paṭipādito.

“Indeed, for us today an unprecedented, hair-raising thing has arisen! Certainly, we shall obtain the accomplishment of our goal; the opportune moment has been established for us.”

34.

34.

Buddhoti tesaṃ sutvāna, pīti uppajji tāvade;

Buddho buddhoti kathayantā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā.

Having heard the word 'Buddha,' rapture arose in them at that very moment; saying 'Buddha, Buddha,' they stand with their hands joined in reverence.

35.

35.

Hiṅkārā sādhukārā ca, ukkuṭṭhi sampahaṃsanaṃ ;

Pajā ca vividhā gagane, vattenti pañjalīkatā.

And various beings in the sky, with hands joined in reverence, utter sounds of approval, acclamations of 'sādhu,' shouts of joy, and great rejoicing.

36.

36.

Gāyanti seḷenti ca vādayanti ca, bhujāni pothenti ca naccayanti ca;

Muñcanti pupphaṃ pana pañcavaṇṇikaṃ, mandāravaṃ candanacuṇṇamissitaṃ.

They sing, they play wind instruments, and they play percussion instruments; they slap their arms and they dance; and they scatter five-colored Mandārava flowers mixed with sandalwood powder.

37.

37.

‘‘Yathā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, pādesu cakkalakkhaṇaṃ;

Dhajavajirapaṭākā, vaḍḍhamānaṅkusācitaṃ.

O Great Hero, just as on your feet is the mark of a wheel, adorned with a banner, thunderbolt, flag, svastika, and goad.

38.

38.

‘‘Rūpe [Pg.303] sīle samādhimhi, paññāya ca asādiso;

Vimuttiyā asamasamo, dhammacakkappavattane.

In form, in virtue, in concentration, and in wisdom, you are matchless; in liberation and in the turning of the Wheel of Dhamma, you are equal to the unequaled.

39.

39.

‘‘Dasanāgabalaṃ kāye, tuyhaṃ pākatikaṃ balaṃ;

Iddhibalena asamo, dhammacakkappavattane.

Your natural physical strength is the strength of ten elephants; in psychic power and in the turning of the Wheel of Dhamma, you are unequaled.

40.

40.

‘‘Evaṃ sabbaguṇūpetaṃ, sabbaṅgasamupāgataṃ;

Mahāmuniṃ kāruṇikaṃ, lokanāthaṃ namassatha.

Pay homage to the Lord of the World, the Great Sage, the compassionate one, who is thus endowed with all virtues and possessed of all noble qualities.

41.

41.

‘‘Abhivādanaṃ thomanañca, vandanañca pasaṃsanaṃ;

Namassanañca pūjañca, sabbaṃ arahasī tuvaṃ.

Reverence and praise, homage and acclaim, obeisance and offerings—you are worthy of them all.

42.

42.

‘‘Ye keci loke vandaneyyā, vandanaṃ arahanti ye;

Sabbaseṭṭho mahāvīra, sadiso te na vijjati.

Whoever in the world are worthy of homage, whoever are worthy to receive homage—O Great Hero, you are the most supreme of all. An equal to you is not found.

43.

43.

‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido;

Gijjhakūṭe ṭhitoyeva, passati lokanāyakaṃ.

Sāriputta, of great wisdom, skilled in concentration and jhāna, while standing on Gijjhakūṭa Peak, beholds the Leader of the World.

44.

44.

‘‘Suphullaṃ sālarājaṃva, candaṃva gagane yathā;

Majjhanhikeva sūriyaṃ, olokesi narāsabhaṃ.

He looked up at the Chief among Men, like a fully blossomed king of sāla trees, like the moon in the sky, and like the sun at midday.

45.

45.

‘‘Jalantaṃ dīparukkhaṃva, taruṇasūriyaṃva uggataṃ;

Byāmappabhānurañjitaṃ, dhīraṃ passati lokanāyakaṃ.

He beholds the steadfast Leader of the World, adorned with a fathom-wide radiance, like a blazing lamp-tree, like the newly risen morning sun.

46.

46.

‘‘Pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ, katakiccāna tādinaṃ;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, khaṇena sannipātayi.

In an instant, he caused to assemble five hundred bhikkhus, who had done what was to be done, were steadfast, whose cankers were destroyed, and who were stainless.

47.

47.

‘‘Lokappasādanaṃ nāma, pāṭihīraṃ nidassayi;

Amhepi tattha gantvāna, vandissāma mayaṃ jinaṃ.

He has displayed the miracle named Lokappasādana (Inspiring Confidence in the World). We too shall go there and pay homage to the Conqueror.

48.

48.

‘‘Etha sabbe gamissāma, pucchissāma mayaṃ jinaṃ;

Kaṅkhaṃ vinodayissāma, passitvā lokanāyakaṃ’’.

Come, all of you, let us go. We shall question the Conqueror. Having seen the Leader of the World, we shall dispel our doubt.

49.

49.

Sādhūti te paṭissutvā, nipakā saṃvutindriyā;

Pattacīvaramādāya, taramānā upāgamuṃ.

Those prudent ones, with faculties restrained, assented, saying 'Excellent!' Taking their bowls and robes, they approached in haste.

50.

50.

Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, dantehi uttame dame;

Sāriputto mahāpañño, iddhiyā upasaṅkami.

Sāriputta, of great wisdom, approached by psychic power, accompanied by those whose cankers were destroyed, who were stainless, and who were tamed by the supreme taming.

51.

51.

Tehi [Pg.304] bhikkhūhi parivuto, sāriputto mahāgaṇī;

Laḷanto devova gagane, iddhiyā upasaṅkami.

Surrounded by those bhikkhus, Sāriputta, the leader of a great assembly, approached by psychic power, moving gracefully like a deva in the sky.

52.

52.

Ukkāsitañca khipitaṃ, ajjhupekkhiya subbatā;

Sagāravā sappatissā, sambuddhaṃ upasaṅkamuṃ.

Refraining from coughing and sneezing, those of good vows, being respectful and deferential, approached the Fully Enlightened One.

53.

53.

Upasaṅkamitvā passanti, sayambhuṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Nabhe accuggataṃ dhīraṃ, candaṃva gagane yathā.

Having approached, they behold the Self-Become, the Leader of the World, the steadfast one, just like the moon risen high in the heavens.

54.

54.

Jalantaṃ dīparukkhaṃva, vijjuṃva gagane yathā;

Majjhanhikeva sūriyaṃ, passanti lokanāyakaṃ.

They behold the Leader of the World, shining like a blazing lamp-tree, like lightning in the sky, and like the sun at midday.

55.

55.

Pañcabhikkhusatā sabbe, passanti lokanāyakaṃ;

Rahadamiva vippasannaṃ, suphullaṃ padumaṃ yathā.

All five hundred bhikkhus behold the Leader of the World, like an exceedingly clear lake adorned with fully blossomed lotuses.

56.

56.

Añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā;

Namassamānā nipatanti, satthuno cakkalakkhaṇe.

Raising their joined palms, exceedingly pleased and joyful, they prostrated while paying homage near the Teacher's wheel-marks.

57.

57.

Sāriputto mahāpañño, koraṇḍasamasādiso;

Samādhijjhānakusalo, vandate lokanāyakaṃ.

Sāriputta, of great wisdom, whose complexion is like the koraṇḍa flower, skilled in concentration and absorption, pays homage to the Leader of the World.

58.

58.

Gajjitā kālameghova, nīluppalasamasādiso;

Iddhibalena asamo, moggallāno mahiddhiko.

Like a thundering raincloud, with a complexion like the blue water lily, unequaled in psychic power, Moggallāna of great psychic power pays homage to the Leader of the World.

59.

59.

Mahākassapopi ca thero, uttattakanakasannibho;

Dhutaguṇe agganikkhitto, thomito satthuvaṇṇito.

The Elder Mahākassapa, too, resembling refined gold, placed as foremost in the ascetic qualities, praised by gods and men and lauded by the Teacher, pays homage to the Leader of the World.

60.

60.

Dibbacakkhūnaṃ yo aggo, anuruddho mahāgaṇī;

Ñātiseṭṭho bhagavato, avidūreva tiṭṭhati.

Anuruddha, who is foremost among those with the divine eye, a leader of a great following and the most excellent kinsman of the Blessed One, stands not far away.

61.

61.

Āpattianāpattiyā, satekicchāya kovido;

Vinaye agganikkhitto, upāli satthuvaṇṇito.

Upāli, skilled in what is an offense and what is not an offense, and in matters remediable, placed as foremost in the Vinaya and praised by the Teacher, pays homage to the Leader of the World.

62.

62.

Sukhumanipuṇatthapaṭividdho, kathikānaṃ pavaro gaṇī;

Isi mantāniyā putto, puṇṇo nāmāti vissuto.

The sage, son of Mantānī, renowned by the name of Puṇṇa, who has penetrated the subtle text and its profound meaning, the most excellent of speakers and a leader of a following, pays homage to the Leader of the World.

63.

63.

Etesaṃ cittamaññāya, opammakusalo muni;

Kaṅkhacchedo mahāvīro, kathesi attano guṇaṃ.

Knowing their thoughts, the Sage, skilled in similes, the cutter of doubt, the great hero, spoke of His own qualities.

64.

64.

‘‘Cattāro [Pg.305] te asaṅkheyyā, koṭi yesaṃ na nāyati;

Sattakāyo ca ākāso, cakkavāḷā canantakā;

Buddhañāṇaṃ appameyyaṃ, na sakkā ete vijānituṃ.

These four are the incalculables, whose limit is not perceived: the host of beings, space, the endless world-systems, and the immeasurable knowledge of a Buddha. It is not possible for others to know these.

65.

65.

‘‘Kimetaṃ acchariyaṃ loke, yaṃ me iddhivikubbanaṃ;

Aññe bahū acchariyā, abbhutā lomahaṃsanā.

What marvel is this in the world, this psychic transformation of mine? There are many other marvels, unprecedented and hair-raising.

66.

66.

‘‘Yadāhaṃ tusite kāye, santusito nāmahaṃ tadā;

Dasasahassī samāgamma, yācanti pañjalī mamaṃ.

When I was in the Tusita realm, then named Santusita, the deities of the ten-thousand world-system assembled and beseeched me with joined palms.

67.

67.

‘‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ;

Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ padaṃ’.

‘O great hero, it is now the time for you. Be conceived in a mother’s womb. Ferrying across the world with its devas, awaken to the deathless state!’

68.

68.

‘‘Tusitā kāyā cavitvāna, yadā okkami kucchiyaṃ;

Dasasahassīlokadhātu, kampittha dharaṇī tadā.

When, having passed away from the Tusita realm, I descended into the womb, then the earth of the ten-thousand world-system trembled.

69.

69.

‘‘Yadāhaṃ mātukucchito, sampajānova nikkhamiṃ;

Sādhukāraṃ pavattenti, dasasahassī pakampatha.

When I emerged from my mother’s womb, fully aware, they raised a cry of ‘Sādhu!’ and the ten-thousand world-system trembled.

70.

70.

‘‘Okkantiṃ me samo natthi, jātito abhinikkhame;

Sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭho, dhammacakkappavattane.

In my conception there is no equal, nor in my birth; I am the most excellent in supreme enlightenment and in the turning of the Wheel of Dhamma.

71.

71.

‘‘Aho acchariyaṃ loke, buddhānaṃ guṇamahantatā;

Dasasahassīlokadhātu, chappakāraṃ pakampatha;

Obhāso ca mahā āsi, accheraṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ’’.

Ah, what a marvel in the world is the greatness of the qualities of the Buddhas! The ten-thousand world-system trembled in six ways; and a great radiance appeared, astonishing and hair-raising.

72.

72.

Bhagavā tamhi samaye, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho;

Sadevakaṃ dassayanto, iddhiyā caṅkamī jino.

At that time the Blessed One, the Conqueror, foremost in the world, bull among men, walked by means of psychic power, showing Himself to the world with its devas.

73.

73.

Caṅkame caṅkamantova, kathesi lokanāyako;

Antarā na nivatteti, catuhatthe caṅkame yathā.

While pacing upon the walkway, the Leader of the World taught the Dhamma; He did not turn back midway, as though upon a walkway of four cubits.

74.

74.

Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido;

Paññāya pāramippatto, pucchati lokanāyakaṃ.

Sāriputta, of great wisdom, skilled in concentration and absorption, having reached the pinnacle of wisdom, questioned the Leader of the World.

75.

75.

‘‘Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttama;

Kamhi kāle tayā dhīra, patthitā bodhimuttamā.

Of what kind, O great hero, O highest of men, was your aspiration? At what time, O steadfast one, did you aspire to supreme enlightenment?

76.

76.

‘‘Dānaṃ [Pg.306] sīlañca nekkhammaṃ, paññāvīriyañca kīdisaṃ;

Khantisaccamadhiṭṭhānaṃ, mettupekkhā ca kīdisā.

“Of what kind were your generosity, virtue, and renunciation; your wisdom and energy? Of what kind were your patience, truth, and determination; your loving-kindness and equanimity?”

77.

77.

‘‘Dasa pāramī tayā dhīra, kīdisī lokanāyaka;

Kathaṃ upapāramī puṇṇā, paramatthapāramī kathaṃ’’.

“O steadfast Leader of the World, how were your ten perfections fulfilled? How were the subsidiary perfections fulfilled, and how the ultimate perfections?”

78.

78.

Tassa puṭṭho viyākāsi, karavīkamadhuragiro;

Nibbāpayanto hadayaṃ, hāsayanto sadevakaṃ.

Being questioned by him, the Lord, whose voice is as sweet as the karavīka bird, explained, cooling the heart and delighting the world with its devas.

79.

79.

Atītabuddhānaṃ jinānaṃ desitaṃ, nikīlitaṃ buddhaparamparāgataṃ;

Pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyā, pakāsayī lokahitaṃ sadevake.

With the wisdom that follows the recollection of past lives, he revealed that which was taught by the past Buddhas, the Conquerors—unblemished and handed down in the succession of Buddhas—for the welfare of the world with its devas.

80.

80.

‘‘Pītipāmojjajananaṃ, sokasallavinodanaṃ;

Sabbasampattipaṭilābhaṃ, cittīkatvā suṇātha me.

“Listen respectfully to my words, which give rise to joy and gladness, dispel the dart of sorrow, and are the cause for attaining all accomplishments.”

81.

81.

‘‘Madanimmadanaṃ sokanudaṃ, saṃsāraparimocanaṃ;

Sabbadukkhakkhayaṃ maggaṃ, sakkaccaṃ paṭipajjathā’’ti.

“The path that crushes conceit, dispels sorrow, brings release from saṃsāra, and leads to the destruction of all suffering—undertake it with respect.”

Ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍo niṭṭhito.

The Chapter on the Jeweled Walkway is concluded.

2. Sumedhapatthanākathā

2. The Account of Sumedha’s Aspiration

Kappe ca satasahasse, caturo ca asaṅkhiye;

Amaraṃ nāma nagaraṃ, dassaneyyaṃ manoramaṃ.

Four incalculable and one hundred thousand aeons ago, there was a city named Amara, lovely to behold and delightful.

Dasahi saddehi avivittaṃ, annapānasamāyutaṃ;

Hatthisaddaṃ assasaddaṃ, bherisaṅkharathāni ca;

Khādatha pivatha ceva, annapānena ghositaṃ.

Unceasingly filled with ten sounds and endowed with food and drink, it resounded with the sounds of elephants, horses, drums, conches, and chariots, and with proclamations concerning its food and drink: ‘Eat and drink!’

Nagaraṃ sabbaṅgasampannaṃ, sabbakammamupāgataṃ;

Sattaratanasampannaṃ, nānājanasamākulaṃ;

Samiddhaṃ devanagaraṃva, āvāsaṃ puññakamminaṃ.

The city was complete in all its aspects, a center of all crafts and trades, possessed of the seven treasures, and crowded with various peoples; it was prosperous like a city of the devas, an abode for those of meritorious deeds.

Nagare amaravatiyā, sumedho nāma brāhmaṇo;

Anekakoṭisannicayo, pahūtadhanadhaññavā.

In the city of Amaravatī, there was a brahmin named Sumedha, who had accumulated many crores and possessed abundant wealth and grain.

Ajjhāyako [Pg.307] mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū;

Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sadhamme pāramiṃ gato.

He was a reciter and bearer of the sacred verses, one who had gone to the far shore of the three Vedas; in the science of signs and in legends, and in his own doctrine, he had reached perfection.

Rahogato nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā;

‘‘Dukkho punabbhavo nāma, sarīrassa ca bhedanaṃ.

Having gone into solitude and seated myself, I at that time reflected thus: ‘Rebirth is suffering, as is the breaking up of the body.’

‘‘Jātidhammo jarādhammo, byādhidhammo sahaṃ tadā;

Ajaraṃ amataṃ khemaṃ, pariyesissāmi nibbutiṃ.

‘Being myself subject to birth, aging, and sickness, I will seek Nibbāna, which is free from aging, free from death, and secure.’

‘‘Yaṃnūnimaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, nānākuṇapapūritaṃ;

Chaḍḍayitvāna gaccheyyaṃ, anapekkho anatthiko.

‘Surely I should, without attachment or desire, cast off this putrid body, filled with various kinds of corpses, and depart.’

‘‘Atthi hehiti so maggo, na so sakkā na hetuye;

Pariyesissāmi taṃ maggaṃ, bhavato parimuttiyā.

‘There must be such a path; it cannot be that there is not. I will seek that path for the sake of liberation from existence.’

10.

10.

‘‘Yathāpi dukkhe vijjante, sukhaṃ nāmapi vijjati;

Evaṃ bhave vijjamāne, vibhavopi icchitabbako.

‘Just as when suffering exists, something called happiness is also found; so too, when existence is found, the cessation of existence should also be sought.’

11.

11.

‘‘Yathāpi uṇhe vijjante, aparaṃ vijjati sītalaṃ;

Evaṃ tividhaggi vijjante, nibbānaṃ icchitabbakaṃ.

‘Just as when heat exists, another thing, coolness, is also found; so too, when the threefold fire exists, Nibbāna should be sought.’

12.

12.

‘‘Yathāpi pāpe vijjante, kalyāṇamapi vijjati;

Evameva jāti vijjante, ajātipicchitabbakaṃ.

‘Just as when evil exists, good is also found; so too, when birth exists, the unborn should also be sought.’

13.

13.

‘‘Yathā gūthagato puriso, taḷākaṃ disvāna pūritaṃ;

Na gavesati taṃ taḷākaṃ, na doso taḷākassa so.

‘Just as a man covered in filth, upon seeing a full lake, does not seek out that lake—this is not the fault of the lake.’

14.

14.

‘‘Evaṃ kilesamaladhova, vijjante amatantaḷe;

Na gavesati taṃ taḷākaṃ, na doso amatantaḷe.

‘So too, when the deathless lake for washing away the stain of the defilements exists, if one does not seek that lake, it is not the fault of the deathless lake.’

15.

15.

‘‘Yathā arīhi pariruddho, vijjante gamanampathe;

Na palāyati so puriso, na doso añjasassa so.

‘Just as a man surrounded by enemies, though a path of escape exists, does not flee—this is not the fault of the path.’

16.

16.

‘‘Evaṃ kilesapariruddho, vijjamāne sive pathe;

Na gavesati taṃ maggaṃ, na doso sivamañjase.

‘So too, one surrounded by defilements, though a safe path exists, does not seek that path—this is not the fault of the safe path.’

17.

17.

‘‘Yathāpi byādhito puriso, vijjamāne tikicchake;

Na tikicchāpeti taṃ byādhiṃ, na doso so tikicchake.

‘Just as a sick man, though a physician is present, does not have his illness treated—this is not the fault of the physician.’

18.

18.

‘‘Evaṃ [Pg.308] kilesabyādhīhi, dukkhito paripīḷito;

Na gavesati taṃ ācariyaṃ, na doso so vināyake.

‘So too, one afflicted and tormented by the disease of the defilements, does not seek that teacher—this is not the fault of the guide.’

19.

19.

‘‘Yathāpi kuṇapaṃ puriso, kaṇṭhe bandhaṃ jigucchiya;

Mocayitvāna gaccheyya, sukhī serī sayaṃvasī.

‘Just as a man, disgusted with a corpse bound to his neck, would untie it and depart, happy, free, and his own master.’

20.

20.

‘‘Tathevimaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, nānākuṇapasañcayaṃ;

Chaḍḍayitvāna gaccheyyaṃ, anapekkho anatthiko.

‘Even so, I should cast off this putrid body, this collection of various corpses, and depart, without attachment or desire.’

21.

21.

‘‘Yathā uccāraṭṭhānamhi, karīsaṃ naranāriyo;

Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchanti, anapekkhā anatthikā.

‘Just as men and women, having left excrement in a place for defecation, depart without attachment or desire.’

22.

22.

‘‘Evamevāhaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ, nānākuṇapapūritaṃ;

Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchissaṃ, vaccaṃ katvā yathā kuṭiṃ.

‘Even so shall I, having cast off this body filled with various corpses, depart, as one leaves a privy after having used it.’

23.

23.

‘‘Yathāpi jajjaraṃ nāvaṃ, paluggaṃ udagāhiniṃ ;

Sāmī chaḍḍetvā gacchanti, anapekkhā anatthikā.

‘Just as the owners of a decayed, broken, and leaking boat abandon it and depart, without attachment or desire.’

24.

24.

‘‘Evamevāhaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ, navacchiddaṃ dhuvassavaṃ;

Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchissaṃ, jiṇṇanāvaṃva sāmikā.

‘Even so shall I, having cast off this body with its nine openings and constant flow, depart, as owners do a worn-out boat.’

25.

25.

‘‘Yathāpi puriso corehi, gacchanto bhaṇḍamādiya;

Bhaṇḍacchedabhayaṃ disvā, chaḍḍayitvāna gacchati.

‘Just as a man traveling with his merchandise in the company of thieves, seeing the danger of his goods being stolen, would abandon them and depart.’

26.

26.

‘‘Evameva ayaṃ kāyo, mahācorasamo viya;

Pahāyimaṃ gamissāmi, kusalacchedanā bhayā’’.

‘Even so, this body is like a great thief. I shall abandon it and go, out of fear of the destruction of my merit.’

27.

27.

Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna, nekakoṭisataṃ dhanaṃ;

Nāthānāthānaṃ datvāna, himavantamupāgamiṃ.

Having reflected thus, I gave away my wealth of many hundreds of crores to those with and without protectors, and I went to the Himālaya.

28.

28.

Himavantassāvidūre, dhammiko nāma pabbato;

Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā.

Not far from the Himālaya, there is a mountain named Dhammika. There my hermitage was well-made, a leaf-hut skillfully created.

29.

29.

Caṅkamaṃ tattha māpesiṃ, pañcadosavivajjitaṃ;

Aṭṭhaguṇasamūpetaṃ, abhiññābalamāhariṃ.

There I created a walking path free from the five faults and endowed with eight qualities, and I brought forth the power of the super-knowledges.

30.

30.

Sāṭakaṃ pajahiṃ tattha, navadosamupāgataṃ;

Vākacīraṃ nivāsesiṃ, dvādasaguṇamupāgataṃ.

There, I abandoned the fine cloth garment, which is endowed with nine faults; I wore the bark-cloth garment, which is endowed with twelve virtues.

31.

31.

Aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇaṃ[Pg.309], pajahiṃ paṇṇasālakaṃ;

Upāgamiṃ rukkhamūlaṃ, guṇe dasahupāgataṃ.

I abandoned the leaf-hut, which was replete with eight faults; I approached the foot of a tree, which is endowed with ten virtues.

32.

32.

Vāpitaṃ ropitaṃ dhaññaṃ, pajahiṃ niravasesato;

Anekaguṇasampannaṃ, pavattaphalamādiyiṃ.

I abandoned completely the grain that is sown and planted; I took the fruit that falls of its own accord, which is endowed with many virtues.

33.

33.

Tatthappadhānaṃ padahiṃ, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame;

Abbhantaramhi sattāhe, abhiññābalapāpuṇiṃ.

There, in the places for sitting, standing, and walking, I strove in the striving; within seven days, I attained the power of higher knowledge.

34.

34.

Evaṃ me siddhippattassa, vasībhūtassa sāsane;

Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, uppajji lokanāyako.

Thus, while I had attained accomplishment and mastery in the teaching, the Victor named Dīpaṅkara, the Leader of the World, arose.

35.

35.

Uppajjante ca jāyante, bujjhante dhammadesane;

Caturo nimitte nāddasaṃ, jhānaratisamappito.

At his conception, at his birth, at his awakening, and at his teaching of the Dhamma, I did not see the four omens that occurred, as I was devoted to the bliss of jhāna.

36.

36.

Paccantadesavisaye, nimantetvā tathāgataṃ;

Tassa āgamanaṃ maggaṃ, sodhenti tuṭṭhamānasā.

In a border region, the people, having invited the Tathāgata, cleared the path for his arrival with joyful minds.

37.

37.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, nikkhamitvā sakassamā;

Dhunanto vākacīrāni, gacchāmi ambare tadā.

At that time, having gone out from my own hermitage while shaking my bark-cloth garments, I then went through the sky.

38.

38.

Vedajātaṃ janaṃ disvā, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhaṃ pamoditaṃ;

Orohitvāna gaganā, manusse pucchi tāvade.

Seeing the people filled with great joy, delighted and elated, I descended from the sky and at that moment asked them.

39.

39.

‘‘Tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamudito, vedajāto mahājano;

Kassa sodhīyati maggo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ’’.

‘The great crowd is delighted, elated, and filled with great joy; for whose benefit is the path, the straight way, the highway, being cleared?’

40.

40.

Te me puṭṭhā viyākaṃsu, ‘‘buddho loke anuttaro;

Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, uppajji lokanāyako;

Tassa sodhīyati maggo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ’’.

Those who were asked by me replied: ‘The unsurpassed Buddha, the Victor named Dīpaṅkara, the Leader of the World, has arisen in the world. For his benefit, the path, the straight way, the highway, is being cleared.’

41.

41.

Buddhotivacanaṃ sutvāna, pīti uppajji tāvade;

Buddho buddhoti kathayanto, somanassaṃ pavedayiṃ.

Upon hearing the word ‘Buddha,’ joy arose in me at that very moment. Uttering, ‘Buddha, Buddha,’ I experienced mental gladness.

42.

42.

Tattha ṭhatvā vicintesiṃ, tuṭṭho saṃviggamānaso;

‘‘Idha bījāni ropissaṃ, khaṇo ve mā upaccagā.

Standing there, delighted and with a mind stirred by spiritual urgency, I reflected: ‘Here I shall plant the seeds. Indeed, let not this opportune moment pass me by.’

43.

43.

‘‘Yadi buddhassa sodhetha, ekokāsaṃ dadātha me;

Ahampi sodhayissāmi, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ’’.

‘If you are clearing the way for the Buddha, give me one section; I too will clear the straight path, the highway.’

44.

44.

Adaṃsu [Pg.310] te mamokāsaṃ, sodhetuṃ añjasaṃ tadā;

Buddho buddhoti cintento, maggaṃ sodhemahaṃ tadā.

Then they gave me a section to clear the straight path. Thinking, ‘Buddha, Buddha,’ I then cleared the path.

45.

45.

Aniṭṭhite mamokāse, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni;

Catūhi satasahassehi, chaḷabhiññehi tādihi;

Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, paṭipajji añjasaṃ jino.

While my section was still unfinished, the great sage Dīpaṅkara, the Victor, proceeded along the straight path together with four hundred thousand Arahants who possessed the six higher knowledges, were steadfast, and were stainless.

46.

46.

Paccuggamanā vattanti, vajjanti bheriyo bahū;

Āmoditā naramarū, sādhukāraṃ pavattayuṃ.

They went forth to meet him, and many great drums were beaten. Men and gods, rejoicing, raised a cry of approval.

47.

47.

Devā manusse passanti, manussāpi ca devatā;

Ubhopi te pañjalikā, anuyanti tathāgataṃ.

Devas saw humans, and humans also saw devas. Both groups, with hands joined in reverence, followed behind the Tathāgata.

48.

48.

Devā dibbehi turiyehi, manussā mānusehi ca ;

Ubhopi te vajjayantā, anuyanti tathāgataṃ.

The devas with divine musical instruments and the humans with human ones, both groups playing, followed behind the Tathāgata.

49.

49.

Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ;

Disodisaṃ okiranti, ākāsanabhagatā marū.

The devas moving through the sky scattered in every direction the divine Mandārava flowers, lotuses, and Pārichattaka flowers.

50.

50.

Dibbaṃ candanacuṇṇañca, varagandhañca kevalaṃ;

Disodisaṃ okiranti, ākāsanabhagatā marū.

The devas moving through the sky scattered in every direction divine sandalwood powder and excellent, pure fragrances.

51.

51.

Campakaṃ saralaṃ nīpaṃ, nāgapunnāgaketakaṃ;

Disodisaṃ ukkhipanti, bhūmitalagatā narā.

The people on the ground tossed up in every direction Campaka, Sarala, Nīpa, Nāga, Punnāga, and Ketaka flowers.

52.

52.

Kese muñcitvāhaṃ tattha, vākacīrañca cammakaṃ;

Kalale pattharitvāna, avakujjo nipajjahaṃ.

There, having unbound my matted hair, and having spread my bark-cloth garment and deerskin on the mud, I lay down prone.

53.

53.

‘‘Akkamitvāna maṃ buddho, saha sissehi gacchatu;

Mā naṃ kalale akkamittha, hitāya me bhavissati’’.

‘Let the Buddha, together with his disciples, walk over me; let him not step in the mud. This will be for my long-term welfare.’

54.

54.

Pathaviyaṃ nipannassa, evaṃ me āsi cetaso;

‘‘Icchamāno ahaṃ ajja, kilese jhāpaye mama.

As I was lying on the ground, this thought arose in my mind: ‘If I so wished, today I could burn away my defilements.’

55.

55.

‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha;

Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, buddho hessaṃ sadevake.

‘What use is it for me to realize the Dhamma here in an unknown guise? Having attained omniscience, I shall become a Buddha in the world together with its devas.’

56.

56.

‘‘Kiṃ me ekena tiṇṇena, purisena thāmadassinā;

Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ.

‘What use is it for me, a man who perceives his own strength, to cross over alone? Having attained omniscience, I shall ferry across the world together with its devas.’

57.

57.

‘‘Iminā [Pg.311] me adhikārena, katena purisuttame;

Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tāremi janataṃ bahuṃ.

‘By this act of aspiration made by me towards the Supreme among Men, I will, having attained omniscience, ferry across many beings.’

58.

58.

‘‘Saṃsārasotaṃ chinditvā, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave;

Dhammanāvaṃ samāruyha, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ’’.

‘Having cut off the stream of saṃsāra and demolished the three states of existence, I will, having boarded the ship of the Dhamma, ferry across the world together with its devas.’

59.

59.

Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ;

Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā;

Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhati.

Human existence, perfection of gender, the right causal foundation, the sight of a Teacher, the going forth, the attainment of virtues, an act of aspiration, and strong desire: from the convergence of these eight conditions, the great resolution succeeds.

60.

60.

Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;

Ussīsake maṃ ṭhatvāna, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

Dīpaṅkara, the Knower of the World, the Receiver of Offerings, standing at my head, spoke this utterance.

61.

61.

‘‘Passatha imaṃ tāpasaṃ, jaṭilaṃ uggatāpanaṃ;

Aparimeyyito kappe, buddho loke bhavissati.

“See this ascetic, the matted-haired one of austere practice; in an immeasurable aeon from now, he will become a Buddha in the world.

62.

62.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā, nikkhamitvā tathāgato;

Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ.

“From the delightful city named Kapila, the Tathāgata will go forth; having applied himself to striving, he will perform the difficult ascetic practices.

63.

63.

‘‘Ajapālarukkhamūlasmiṃ, nisīditvā tathāgato;

Tattha pāyāsaṃ paggayha, nerañjaramupehiti.

“Having sat down at the foot of the Ajapāla banyan tree, the Tathāgata, having accepted the milk-rice there, will approach the Nerañjarā river.

64.

64.

‘‘Nerañjarāya tīramhi, pāyāsaṃ ada so jino;

Paṭiyattavaramaggena, bodhimūlamupehiti.

“That Victor, having partaken of the milk-rice on the bank of the Nerañjarā, will approach the foot of the Bodhi tree by the excellent path prepared.

65.

65.

‘‘Tato padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bodhimaṇḍaṃ anuttaro ;

Assattharukkhamūlamhi, bujjhissati mahāyaso.

“Then, having circumambulated the Bodhi-maṇḍa in a clockwise manner, the Unsurpassed One of great renown will awaken at the foot of the Assattha tree.

66.

66.

‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati;

Pitā suddhodano nāma, ayaṃ hessati gotamo.

“His birth-giving mother will be named Māyā; his father will be named Suddhodana, and this one will become Gotama.

67.

67.

‘‘Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā;

Kolito upatisso ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā;

Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, upaṭṭhissatimaṃ jinaṃ.

“Free from taints, devoid of passion, with serene minds, and well-composed, Kolita and Upatissa will be the chief disciples. An attendant named Ānanda will wait upon this Victor.

68.

68.

‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā;

Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, assatthoti pavuccati.

“Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā will be the chief female disciples; free from taints, devoid of passion, with serene minds, and well-composed. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Assattha.

69.

69.

‘‘Citto [Pg.312] ca hatthāḷavako, aggā hessantupaṭṭhakā;

Uttarā nandamātā ca, aggā hessantupaṭṭhikā’’.

“Citto and Hatthāḷavaka will be the chief male lay attendants; Uttarā and Nandamātā will be the chief female lay attendants.”

70.

70.

Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ, asamassa mahesino;

Āmoditā naramarū, buddhabījaṃ kira ayaṃ.

Hearing this utterance of the Unsurpassed Great Sage, humans and devas rejoiced, thinking, 'This is indeed a Buddha-seed!'

71.

71.

Ukkuṭṭhisaddā vattanti, apphoṭenti hasanti ca;

Katañjalī namassanti, dasasahassī sadevakā.

The devas and beings of the ten-thousand world systems raised shouts of acclamation, snapped their fingers, and laughed; with hands joined in reverence, they paid homage.

72.

72.

‘‘Yadimassa lokanāthassa, virajjhissāma sāsanaṃ;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

“If we should miss the teaching of this Lord of the World, in a future time, we shall be in the presence of this one.”

73.

73.

‘‘Yathā manussā nadiṃ tarantā, paṭititthaṃ virajjhiya;

Heṭṭhātitthe gahetvāna, uttaranti mahānadiṃ.

“Just as people crossing a river, having missed the direct ford, take a ford downstream and cross the great river.

74.

74.

‘‘Evameva mayaṃ sabbe, yadi muñcāmimaṃ jinaṃ;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

“Even so, all of us, if we miss this Victor, in a future time, we shall be in the presence of this one.”

75.

75.

Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho;

Mama kammaṃ pakittetvā, dakkhiṇaṃ pādamuddhari.

Dīpaṅkara, the Knower of the Worlds, the Recipient of Offerings, having proclaimed my deed, lifted his right foot.

76.

76.

Ye tatthāsuṃ jinaputtā, padakkhiṇamakaṃsu maṃ;

Devā manussā asurā ca, abhivādetvāna pakkamuṃ.

The sons of the Victor who were there circumambulated me; devas, humans, and asuras, having paid homage, then departed.

77.

77.

Dassanaṃ me atikkante, sasaṅghe lokanāyake;

Sayanā vuṭṭhahitvāna, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā.

When the Leader of the World, together with the Saṅgha, had passed from my sight, I, having risen from my resting place, then sat down cross-legged.

78.

78.

Sukhena sukhito homi, pāmojjena pamodito;

Pītiyā ca abhissanno, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā.

Happy with happiness, gladdened by joy, and suffused with rapture, I then sat down cross-legged.

79.

79.

Pallaṅkena nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā;

‘‘Vasībhūto ahaṃ jhāne, abhiññāsu pāramiṃgato.

Having sat down cross-legged, I then reflected thus: ‘I have gained mastery in the jhānas and have reached perfection in the higher knowledges.’

80.

80.

‘‘Sahassiyamhi lokamhi, isayo natthi me samā;

Asamo iddhidhammesu, alabhiṃ īdisaṃ sukhaṃ.

‘In this thousand-fold world system, there are no ascetics equal to me; I am unequalled in the powers of iddhi. Such happiness have I attained.’

81.

81.

‘‘Pallaṅkābhujane mayhaṃ, dasasahassādhivāsino;

Mahānādaṃ pavattesuṃ, ‘dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

As I sat cross-legged, the inhabitants of the ten-thousand world systems raised a great cry: ‘Assuredly, you will become a Buddha!’

82.

82.

‘‘‘Yā [Pg.313] pubbe bodhisattānaṃ, pallaṅkavaramābhuje;

Nimittāni padissanti, tāni ajja padissare.

‘The very signs that formerly appeared for Bodhisattas when assuming the excellent cross-legged posture, those same signs are appearing today.’

83.

83.

‘‘‘Sītaṃ byapagataṃ hoti, uṇhañca upasammati;

Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘The cold vanishes, and the heat is allayed; those signs are appearing today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

84.

84.

‘‘‘Dasasahassī lokadhātū, nissaddā honti nirākulā;

Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘The ten-thousand world systems have become silent and untroubled; those signs are appearing today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

85.

85.

‘‘‘Mahāvātā na vāyanti, na sandanti savantiyo;

Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘Great winds do not blow, and flowing rivers do not run; those signs are appearing today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

86.

86.

‘‘‘Thalajā dakajā pupphā, sabbe pupphanti tāvade;

Tepajja pupphitā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘Land-born and water-born flowers, all bloom at that moment; today, all those same flowers are in bloom. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

87.

87.

‘‘‘Latā vā yadi vā rukkhā, phalabhārā honti tāvade;

Tepajja phalitā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘Creepers and trees alike become laden with fruit at that moment; today, all those same plants are bearing fruit. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

88.

88.

‘‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, ratanā jotanti tāvade;

Tepajja ratanā jotanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘Jewels abiding in the sky and on the earth shine forth at that moment; today, those same jewels are shining. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

89.

89.

‘‘‘Mānussakā ca dibbā ca, turiyā vajjanti tāvade;

Tepajjubho abhiravanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘Human and divine musical instruments play at that moment; today, both kinds are resounding. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

90.

90.

‘‘‘Vicitrapupphā gaganā, abhivassanti tāvade;

Tepi ajja pavassanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘At that moment, from the sky, various flowers rain down; those too are raining down today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

91.

91.

‘‘‘Mahāsamuddo ābhujati, dasasahassī pakampati;

Tepajjubho abhiravanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘The great ocean churns, the ten-thousandfold world system trembles; today, both of these resound. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

92.

92.

‘‘‘Nirayepi dasasahasse, aggī nibbanti tāvade;

Tepajja nibbutā aggī, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘In the hells of the ten-thousandfold world system, the fires are extinguished at that moment; today those fires are also extinguished. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

93.

93.

‘‘‘Vimalo hoti sūriyo, sabbā dissanti tārakā;

Tepi ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘The sun becomes immaculate, all the stars become visible; those too are visible today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

94.

94.

‘‘‘Anovaṭṭhena udakaṃ, mahiyā ubbhijji tāvade;

Tampajjubbhijjate mahiyā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘At that moment, water sprang up from the earth without rain; that water is also springing up from the earth today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

95.

95.

‘‘‘Tārāgaṇā [Pg.314] virocanti, nakkhattā gaganamaṇḍale;

Visākhā candimā yuttā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘The hosts of stars and the constellations shine brightly in the sphere of the sky; the constellation Visākhā is conjoined with the moon. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

96.

96.

‘‘‘Bilāsayā darīsayā, nikkhamanti sakāsayā;

Tepajja āsayā chuddhā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘Creatures dwelling in holes and creatures dwelling in ravines come forth from their own dwellings; today those creatures have also come forth from their dwellings. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

97.

97.

‘‘‘Na honti aratī sattānaṃ, santuṭṭhā honti tāvade;

Tepajja sabbe santuṭṭhā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘There is no discontent among beings; they become contented at that moment. Today, all those beings are also contented. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

98.

98.

‘‘‘Rogā tadupasammanti, jighacchā ca vinassati;

Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘Diseases are then pacified, and hunger perishes; those signs are visible today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

99.

99.

‘‘‘Rāgo tadā tanu hoti, doso moho vinassati;

Tepajja vigatā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘At that moment, lust becomes attenuated; hatred and delusion perish. Today, all those have also vanished. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

100.

100.

‘‘‘Bhayaṃ tadā na bhavati, ajjapetaṃ padissati;

Tena liṅgena jānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘Fear does not arise at that moment; this is also apparent today. By that sign we know: assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

101.

101.

‘‘‘Rajonuddhaṃsati uddhaṃ, ajjapetaṃ padissati;

Tena liṅgena jānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘Dust does not rise upwards; this is also apparent today. By that sign we know: assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

102.

102.

‘‘‘Aniṭṭhagandho pakkamati, dibbagandho pavāyati;

Sopajja vāyati gandho, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘Unpleasant odors depart and divine fragrances waft; that fragrance is also wafting today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

103.

103.

‘‘‘Sabbe devā padissanti, ṭhapayitvā arūpino;

Tepajja sabbe dissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘All devas, excepting the formless ones, become visible; all those are also visible today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

104.

104.

‘‘‘Yāvatā nirayā nāma, sabbe dissanti tāvade;

Tepajja sabbe dissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘At that moment, all realms whatsoever that are called hells became visible; all those are also visible today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

105.

105.

‘‘‘Kuṭṭā kavāṭā selā ca, na hontāvaraṇā tadā;

Ākāsabhūtā tepajja, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘At that moment, walls, doors, and rocks were not obstructions; today they have become as open space. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

106.

106.

‘‘‘Cutī ca upapatti ca, khaṇe tasmiṃ na vijjati;

Tānipajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi.

‘At that moment, passing away and taking rebirth did not exist; those signs are visible today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

107.

107.

‘‘‘Daḷhaṃ paggaṇha vīriyaṃ, mā nivatta abhikkama;

Mayampetaṃ vijānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi’’’.

‘Exert your energy firmly! Do not turn back; go forward! We too know this: assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’

108.

108.

Buddhassa [Pg.315] vacanaṃ sutvā, dasasahassīnacūbhayaṃ;

Tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamodito, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā.

Having heard the words of both the Buddha and the inhabitants of the ten-thousandfold world system, I, pleased, joyful, and delighted, reflected thus at that time:

109.

109.

‘‘Advejjhavacanā buddhā, amoghavacanā jinā;

Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.

‘The Buddhas, the Victors, are of speech that is not twofold; their speech is not in vain. The speech of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha.’

110.

110.

‘‘Yathā khittaṃ nabhe leḍḍu, dhuvaṃ patati bhūmiyaṃ;

Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ;

Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.

‘Just as a clod of earth thrown into the sky certainly falls to the ground, so too the word of the foremost Buddhas is certain and constant. The speech of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha.’

111.

111.

‘‘Yathāpi sabbasattānaṃ, maraṇaṃ dhuvasassataṃ;

Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ;

Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.

‘Just as the death of all beings is certain and constant, so too the word of the foremost Buddhas is certain and constant. The speech of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha.’

112.

112.

‘‘Yathā rattikkhaye patte, sūriyuggamanaṃ dhuvaṃ;

Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ;

Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.

‘Just as, when the end of the night is reached, the rising of the sun is certain, so too the word of the foremost Buddhas is certain and constant. The word of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha.’

113.

113.

‘‘Yathā nikkhantasayanassa, sīhassa nadanaṃ dhuvaṃ;

Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ;

Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.

Just as the roar of a lion emerging from its lair is certain, so too the word of the foremost Buddhas is certain and constant. The word of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha.

114.

114.

‘‘Yathā āpannasattānaṃ, bhāramoropanaṃ dhuvaṃ;

Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ;

Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ.

Just as for pregnant women the laying down of their burden is certain, so too the word of the foremost Buddhas is certain and constant. The word of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha.

115.

115.

‘‘Handa buddhakare dhamme, vicināmi ito cito;

Uddhaṃ adho dasa disā, yāvatā dhammadhātuyā’’.

Now, I shall investigate the qualities that make one a Buddha, searching here and there—upwards, downwards, and in the ten directions—as far as the Dhamma-element extends.

116.

116.

Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ;

Pubbakehi mahesīhi, anuciṇṇaṃ mahāpathaṃ.

While investigating at that time, I saw first the perfection of giving—the great path repeatedly practiced by the Great Sages of the past.

117.

117.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ paṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

Dānapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.

If you wish to attain enlightenment, first make this perfection of giving exceedingly firm and undertake it well. Go and fulfill the perfection of giving.

118.

118.

‘‘Yathāpi kumbho sampuṇṇo, yassa kassaci adho kato;

Vamate vudakaṃ nissesaṃ, na tattha parirakkhati.

Just as a pot filled with water, when turned upside down by anyone, pours out all the water without remainder and holds none of it back,

119.

119.

‘‘Tatheva [Pg.316] yācake disvā, hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime;

Dadāhi dānaṃ nissesaṃ, kumbho viya adho kato.

So too, having seen supplicants—whether lowly, excellent, or middling—give your gift without remainder, like a pot turned upside down.

120.

120.

‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’.

The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity.

121.

121.

Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ;

Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.

While investigating then, I perceived the second perfection, the perfection of virtue, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old.

122.

122.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ dutiyaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

Sīlapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.

If you wish to attain enlightenment, first make this second perfection firm and undertake it well; go and fulfill the perfection of virtue.

123.

123.

‘‘Yathāpi camarī vālaṃ, kismiñci paṭilaggitaṃ;

Upeti maraṇaṃ tattha, na vikopeti vāladhiṃ.

Just as the cāmarī yak, when its tail is entangled in anything, would rather meet death there than damage its tail,

124.

124.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ catūsu bhūmīsu, sīlāni paripūraya;

Parirakkha sabbadā sīlaṃ, camarī viya vāladhiṃ.

So too, you should fulfill the virtues in the four planes; always guard your virtue, as the cāmarī guards its tail.

125.

125.

‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’.

The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity.

126.

126.

Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, tatiyaṃ nekkhammapāramiṃ;

Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.

While investigating then, I perceived the third perfection, the perfection of renunciation, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old.

127.

127.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ tatiyaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

Nekkhammapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.

If you wish to attain enlightenment, first make this third perfection firm and undertake it well; go and fulfill the perfection of renunciation.

128.

128.

‘‘Yathā andughare puriso, ciravuttho dukhaṭṭito;

Na tattha rāgaṃ janesi, muttiṃyeva gavesati.

Just as a man who has long dwelt in a prison, afflicted by suffering, generates no attachment for that place but seeks only release,

129.

129.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbabhave, passa andughare viya;

Nekkhammābhimukho hohi, bhavato parimuttiyā.

So too, you should see all existences as a prison; for the sake of liberation from existence, be one who is intent on renunciation.

130.

130.

‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’.

The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity.

131.

131.

Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, catutthaṃ paññāpāramiṃ;

Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.

While investigating then, I perceived the fourth perfection, the perfection of wisdom, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old.

132.

132.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ catutthaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

Paññāpāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.

If you wish to attain enlightenment, first make this fourth perfection firm and undertake it well; go and fulfill the perfection of wisdom.

133.

133.

‘‘Yathāpi [Pg.317] bhikkhu bhikkhanto, hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime;

Kulāni na vivajjento, evaṃ labhati yāpanaṃ.

Just as a bhikkhu, wandering for alms, not avoiding families—whether low, high, or middling—thus obtains sustenance,

134.

134.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbakālaṃ, paripucchaṃ budhaṃ janaṃ;

Paññāpāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.

So too, you, by always questioning the wise, having fulfilled the perfection of wisdom, will attain supreme enlightenment.

135.

135.

‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’.

The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity.

136.

136.

Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, pañcamaṃ vīriyapāramiṃ;

Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.

While investigating then, I perceived the fifth perfection, the perfection of energy, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old.

137.

137.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ pañcamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

Vīriyapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.

If you wish to attain enlightenment, first make this fifth perfection firm and undertake it well; go and fulfill the perfection of energy.

138.

138.

‘‘Yathāpi sīho migarājā, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame;

Alīnavīriyo hoti, paggahitamano sadā.

Just as the lion, the king of beasts, whether sitting, standing, or walking, is of unsluggish energy, with a mind ever steadfast,

139.

139.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbabhave, paggaṇha vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ;

Vīriyapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.

So too, in every existence, firmly exert your energy; having fulfilled the perfection of energy, you will attain supreme enlightenment.

140.

140.

‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’.

The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity.

141.

141.

Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, chaṭṭhamaṃ khantipāramiṃ;

Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.

While investigating then, I perceived the sixth perfection, the perfection of patience, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old.

142.

142.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ chaṭṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

Tattha advejjhamānaso, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.

First, make this sixth perfection firm and undertake it well; being of undivided mind therein, you will attain supreme enlightenment.

143.

143.

‘‘Yathāpi pathavī nāma, sucimpi asucimpi ca;

Sabbaṃ sahati nikkhepaṃ, na karoti paṭighaṃ tayā.

Just as the earth endures everything cast upon it, both the pure and the impure, and shows no aversion,

144.

144.

‘‘Tatheva tvampi sabbesaṃ, sammānāvamānakkhamo;

Khantipāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.

So too, you too, being one who endures the respect and disrespect of all, having fulfilled the perfection of patience, will attain supreme enlightenment.

145.

145.

‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’.

The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity.

146.

146.

Vicinanto [Pg.318] tadā dakkhiṃ, sattamaṃ saccapāramiṃ;

Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.

While investigating then, I perceived the seventh perfection, the perfection of truth, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old.

147.

147.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ sattamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

Tattha advejjhavacano, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.

First, make this seventh perfection firm and undertake it well; being of speech that is not twofold therein, you will attain supreme enlightenment.

148.

148.

‘‘Yathāpi osadhī nāma, tulābhūtā sadevake;

Samaye utuvasse vā, na vokkamati vīthito.

Just as the morning star, a balance for the world with its devas, does not deviate from its path, whether in season or out of season,

149.

149.

‘‘Tatheva tvampi saccesu, mā vokkama hi vīthito;

Saccapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.

So too, you too, do not deviate from the path of truth; having fulfilled the perfection of truth, you will attain supreme enlightenment.

150.

150.

‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’.

The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity.

151.

151.

Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, aṭṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ;

Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.

While investigating then, I saw the eighth perfection, the perfection of determination, practiced and frequented by the great seers of the past.

152.

152.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

Tattha tvaṃ acalo hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.

First, make this eighth perfection firm and undertake it well; therein, having become unshakable, you will attain perfect enlightenment.

153.

153.

‘‘Yathāpi pabbato selo, acalo suppatiṭṭhito;

Na kampati bhusavātehi, sakaṭṭhāneva tiṭṭhati.

“Just as a mountain of rock, unshakable and well-established, does not tremble from fierce winds, but remains in its own place;

154.

154.

‘‘Tatheva tvampi adhiṭṭhāne, sabbadā acalo bhava;

Adhiṭṭhānapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.

“Just so, you too, in your determination, always be unshakable; having fulfilled the perfection of determination, you will attain perfect enlightenment.”

155.

155.

‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’.

“These will not be the only qualities for Buddhahood; I shall investigate other qualities that ripen for awakening.”

156.

156.

Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, navamaṃ mettāpāramiṃ;

Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.

Investigating then, I saw the ninth perfection, the perfection of loving-kindness, practiced and frequented by the great seers of the past.

157.

157.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ navamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

Mettāya asamo hohi, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi.

“If you wish to attain enlightenment, first, having made this ninth perfection firm, undertake it well; be without equal in loving-kindness.

158.

158.

‘‘Yathāpi udakaṃ nāma, kalyāṇe pāpake jane;

Samaṃ pharati sītena, pavāheti rajomalaṃ.

“Just as water pervades good and evil people equally with coolness and washes away dust and dirt;

159.

159.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ hitāhite, samaṃ mettāya bhāvaya;

Mettāpāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.

“Just so, you, develop loving-kindness equally towards the beneficial and the unbeneficial; having fulfilled the perfection of loving-kindness, you will attain perfect enlightenment.”

160.

160.

‘‘Nahete [Pg.319] ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare;

Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’.

“These will not be the only qualities for Buddhahood; I shall investigate other qualities that ripen for awakening.”

161.

161.

Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dasamaṃ upekkhāpāramiṃ;

Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ.

Investigating then, I saw the tenth perfection, the perfection of equanimity, practiced and frequented by the great seers of the past.

162.

162.

‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ dasamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya;

Tulābhūto daḷho hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.

“First, having made this tenth perfection firm, undertake it well; having become balanced and firm, you will attain perfect enlightenment.

163.

163.

‘‘Yathāpi pathavī nāma, nikkhittaṃ asuciṃ suciṃ;

Upekkhati ubhopete, kopānunayavajjitā.

“Just as the earth is equanimous towards both the impure and the pure that are cast upon it, being devoid of aversion and affection;

164.

164.

‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sukhadukkhe, tulābhūto sadā bhava;

Upekkhāpāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi.

“Just so, you too, in pleasure and pain, always be balanced; having fulfilled the perfection of equanimity, you will attain perfect enlightenment.”

165.

165.

‘‘Ettakāyeva te loke, ye dhammā bodhipācanā;

Tatuddhaṃ natthi aññatra, daḷhaṃ tattha patiṭṭhaha’’.

“In the world, these are the only qualities that ripen for awakening; beyond them, there is nothing further. Stand firm therein.”

166.

166.

Ime dhamme sammasato, sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇe;

Dhammatejena vasudhā, dasasahassī pakampatha.

As these qualities were being contemplated with their nature, function, and characteristic, by the power of that Dhamma, the earth of the ten-thousand-world system trembled.

167.

167.

Calatī ravatī pathavī, ucchuyantaṃva pīḷitaṃ;

Telayante yathā cakkaṃ, evaṃ kampati medanī.

The earth moves and roars, like a sugarcane press being squeezed; just as a wheel in an oil-press, so the earth quakes.

168.

168.

Yāvatā parisā āsi, buddhassa parivesane;

Pavedhamānā sā tattha, mucchitā seti bhūmiyaṃ.

Whatever assembly was at the place of the Buddha's meal, that assembly, trembling and having fainted, lay there upon the ground.

169.

169.

Ghaṭānekasahassāni, kumbhīnañca satā bahū;

Sañcuṇṇamathitā tattha, aññamaññaṃ paghaṭṭitā.

Many thousands of pots and many hundreds of jars, colliding with one another, were there crushed and smashed to powder.

170.

170.

Ubbiggā tasitā bhītā, bhantā byāthitamānasā;

Mahājanā samāgamma, dīpaṅkaramupāgamuṃ.

Agitated, terrified, and afraid, bewildered and with afflicted minds, the great crowd, having gathered together, approached Dīpaṅkara.

171.

171.

‘‘Kiṃ bhavissati lokassa, kalyāṇamatha pāpakaṃ;

Sabbo upadduto loko, taṃ vinodehi cakkhuma’’.

“What will become of the world, good or evil? The whole world is afflicted by this disaster; dispel that fear, O One with Vision!”

172.

172.

Tesaṃ tadā saññapesi, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni;

‘‘Visaṭṭhā hotha mā bhetha, imasmiṃ pathavikampane.

Then Dīpaṅkara, the great sage, made it known to them: “Be at ease, do not be afraid at this earthquake.

173.

173.

‘‘Yamahaṃ [Pg.320] ajja byākāsiṃ, buddho loke bhavissati;

Eso sammasati dhammaṃ, pubbakaṃ jinasevitaṃ.

“The one whom I have today declared, ‘He will be a Buddha in the world,’ that one is contemplating the Dhamma frequented by the Jinas of the past.

174.

174.

‘‘Tassa sammasato dhammaṃ, buddhabhūmiṃ asesato;

Tenāyaṃ kampitā pathavī, dasasahassī sadevake’’.

“As he contemplates the Dhamma, the ground of Buddhahood, completely, for that reason this earth of the ten-thousand-world system, including its devas, has quaked.”

175.

175.

Buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, mano nibbāyi tāvade;

Sabbe maṃ upasaṅkamma, punāpi abhivandisuṃ.

Having heard the Buddha's word, their minds were pacified at that very moment. All approached me and paid homage once more.

176.

176.

Samādiyitvā buddhaguṇaṃ, daḷhaṃ katvāna mānasaṃ;

Dīpaṅkaraṃ namassitvā, āsanā vuṭṭhahiṃ tadā.

Having undertaken the qualities for Buddhahood and made my mind firm, I paid homage to Dīpaṅkara and then arose from my seat.

177.

177.

Dibbaṃ mānusakaṃ pupphaṃ, devā mānusakā ubho;

Samokiranti pupphehi, vuṭṭhahantassa āsanā.

Both devas and humans scattered divine and human flowers upon me as I was rising from my seat.

178.

178.

Vedayanti ca te sotthiṃ, devā mānusakā ubho;

‘‘Mahantaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, taṃ labhassu yathicchitaṃ.

Both devas and humans proclaimed a blessing: “May you obtain the great aspiration you have wished for, just as you desire.

179.

179.

‘‘Sabbītiyo vivajjantu, soko rogo vinassatu;

Mā te bhavantvantarāyā, phusa khippaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ.

“May all calamities be avoided for you, may sorrow and disease perish. May there be no obstacles for you; quickly attain the supreme enlightenment.”

180.

180.

‘‘Yathāpi samaye patte, pupphanti pupphino dumā;

Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, buddhañāṇena pupphasi.

“Just as flowering trees bloom when their season arrives, so too, O Great Hero, may you blossom with the Buddha-knowledge.

181.

181.

‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, pūrayuṃ dasa pāramī;

Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, pūraya dasa pāramī.

“Just as all Perfectly Enlightened Ones fulfilled the ten perfections, so too, O Great Hero, fulfill the ten perfections.

182.

182.

‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, bodhimaṇḍamhi bujjhare;

Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, bujjhassu jinabodhiyaṃ.

“Just as all Perfectly Enlightened Ones awakened at the seat of enlightenment, so too, O Great Hero, may you awaken at the Conqueror's Bodhi-tree.

183.

183.

‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayuṃ;

Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, dhammacakkaṃ pavattaya.

“Just as all Perfectly Enlightened Ones set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma, so too, O Great Hero, set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma.

184.

184.

‘‘Puṇṇamāye yathā cando, parisuddho virocati;

Tatheva tvaṃ puṇṇamano, viroca dasasahassiyaṃ.

“Just as the moon on the full-moon day, being pure, shines, so too, you, with a full mind, shine forth in the ten-thousand-world system.

185.

185.

‘‘Rāhumutto yathā sūriyo, tāpena atirocati;

Tatheva lokā muñcitvā, viroca siriyā tuvaṃ.

“Just as the sun, freed from Rāhu, shines exceedingly with its radiance, so too, you, being freed from the world, shine forth with glory.

186.

186.

‘‘Yathā [Pg.321] yā kāci nadiyo, osaranti mahodadhiṃ;

Evaṃ sadevakā lokā, osarantu tavantike’’.

“Just as all rivers flow into the great ocean, so may the worlds with their devas resort to your presence.”

187.

187.

Tehi thutappasattho so, dasa dhamme samādiya;

Te dhamme paripūrento, pavanaṃ pāvisī tadāti.

He, praised and lauded by them, having undertaken the ten qualities, and wishing to fulfill those qualities, then entered the forest.

Sumedhapatthanākathā niṭṭhitā.

The Discourse on the Aspiration of Sumedha is concluded.

3. Dīpaṅkarabuddhavaṃso

3. The Chronicle of the Buddha Dīpaṅkara

Tadā te bhojayitvāna, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Upagacchuṃ saraṇaṃ tassa, dīpaṅkarassa satthuno.

3. Then, having fed the World-Leader together with his Saṅgha, they went for refuge to that Teacher, Dīpaṅkara.

Saraṇāgamane kañci, nivesesi tathāgato;

Kañci pañcasu sīlesu, sīle dasavidhe paraṃ.

The Tathāgata established some in the going for refuge, some in the five precepts, and others in the tenfold precepts.

Kassaci deti sāmaññaṃ, caturo phalamuttame;

Kassaci asame dhamme, deti so paṭisambhidā.

To some he gave the fruits of recluseship, the four supreme fruits; to some he gave the incomparable qualities of analytical knowledge.

Kassaci varasamāpattiyo, aṭṭha deti narāsabho;

Tisso kassaci vijjāyo, chaḷabhiññā pavecchati.

To some, the Bull among Men gave the eight supreme attainments; to some He gave the three knowledges; to some He bestowed the six supernormal powers.

Tena yogena janakāyaṃ, ovadati mahāmuni;

Tena vitthārikaṃ āsi, lokanāthassa sāsanaṃ.

By that means the Great Sage instructed the populace; and thus the Dispensation of the Protector of the World became widespread.

Mahāhanusabhakkhandho, dīpaṅkarassa nāmako;

Bahū jane tārayati, parimoceti duggatiṃ.

The Blessed One named Dīpaṅkara, who has a great jaw and shoulders like a bull, ferries many people across and frees them from the woeful states.

Bodhaneyyaṃ janaṃ disvā, satasahassepi yojane;

Khaṇena upagantvāna, bodheti taṃ mahāmuni.

Seeing a person fit for awakening, even a hundred thousand leagues away, the Great Sage would approach in an instant and awaken them.

Paṭhamābhisamaye buddho, koṭisatamabodhayi;

Dutiyābhisamaye nātho, navutikoṭimabodhayi.

At the first realization, the Buddha awakened one hundred crores; at the second realization, the Protector awakened ninety crores.

Yadā ca devabhavanamhi, buddho dhammamadesayi;

Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

And when the Buddha taught the Dhamma in the deva abode, for ninety thousand crores there was the third realization.

10.

10.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, dīpaṅkarassa satthuno;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo.

There were three assemblies of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara; the first gathering was of one hundred thousand crores.

11.

11.

Puna [Pg.322] nāradakūṭamhi, pavivekagate jine;

Khīṇāsavā vītamalā, samiṃsu satakoṭiyo.

Again, on Nārada peak, when the Conqueror had gone into seclusion, one hundred crores of those with cankers destroyed, free from defilement, assembled.

12.

12.

Yamhi kāle mahāvīro, sudassanasiluccaye;

Navakoṭisahassehi, pavāresi mahāmuni.

At the time when the Great Hero was on the Sudassana peak, the Great Sage performed the Pavāraṇā with ninety thousand crores.

13.

13.

Dasavīsasahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu;

Ekadvinnaṃ abhisamayā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā.

There was a realization of the Dhamma for ten thousand and for twenty thousand beings; the realizations of one or two were, by calculation, innumerable.

14.

14.

Vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ, iddhaṃ phītaṃ ahū tadā;

Dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato, sāsanaṃ suvisodhitaṃ.

At that time, the well-purified Dispensation of the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara was widespread, widely known, prosperous, and flourishing.

15.

15.

Cattāri satasahassāni, chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā;

Dīpaṅkaraṃ lokaviduṃ, parivārenti sabbadā.

Four hundred thousand, possessing the six supernormal powers and great psychic power, always attended on Dīpaṅkara, the Knower of the World.

16.

16.

Ye keci tena samayena, jahanti mānusaṃ bhavaṃ;

Apattamānasā sekhā, garahitā bhavanti te.

At that time, any trainees who had not attained the goal and passed away from the human state, they were censured.

17.

17.

Supupphitaṃ pāvacanaṃ, arahantehi tādihi;

Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, upasobhati sabbadā.

The well-blossomed teaching always shines, adorned with the Arahants—those who are steadfast, whose cankers are destroyed, and who are stainless.

18.

18.

Nagaraṃ rammavatī nāma, sudevo nāma khattiyo;

Sumedhā nāma janikā, dīpaṅkarassa satthuno.

The city of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara was named Rammavatī; the king, his father, was named Sudeva; his mother was named Sumedhā.

19.

19.

Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi ;

Haṃsā koñcā mayūrā ca, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For ten thousand years he lived the household life; Haṃsā, Koñcā, and Mayūrā were his three excellent palaces.

20.

20.

Tīṇisatasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Padumā nāma sā nārī, usabhakkhandho atrajo.

There were three hundred thousand well-adorned women; his wife was named Padumā, and his son was named Usabhakkhandha.

21.

21.

Nimitte caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami;

Anūnadasamāsāni, padhāne padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, the Conqueror went forth by elephant vehicle; for no less than ten months, he engaged in the striving.

22.

22.

Padhānacāraṃ caritvāna, abujjhi mānasaṃ muni;

Brahmunā yācito santo, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni.

Having practiced the course of striving, the Sage awakened his mind. Being requested by Brahmā, the serene Dīpaṅkara, the Great Sage...

23.

23.

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, nandārāme sirīghare ;

Nisinno sirīsamūlamhi, akā titthiyamaddanaṃ.

The Great Hero turned the Wheel in the Nanda Park, in the glorious monastery. Seated at the foot of a Sirīsa tree, he performed the subduing of the sectarians.

24.

24.

Sumaṅgalo [Pg.323] ca tisso ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Sāgato nāmupaṭṭhāko, dīpaṅkarassa satthuno.

Sumaṅgala and Tissa were the chief disciples. Sāgata by name was the attendant of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara.

25.

25.

Nandā ceva sunandā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, pipphalīti pavuccati.

Nandā and Sunandā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Pipphalī.

26.

26.

Tapussabhallikā nāma, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Sirimā koṇā upaṭṭhikā, dīpaṅkarassa satthuno.

Tapussa and Bhallika by name were the chief male lay supporters; Sirimā and Koṇā were the chief female lay supporters of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara.

27.

27.

Asītihatthamubbedho, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni;

Sobhati dīparukkhova, sālarājāva phullito.

The Great Sage Dīpaṅkara was eighty cubits in height; he shone like a lamp-tree, like a king of Sāl trees in full bloom.

28.

28.

Satasahassavassāni, āyu tassa mahesino;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan of that Great Sage was one hundred thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried a great multitude across.

29.

29.

Jotayitvāna saddhammaṃ, santāretvā mahājanaṃ;

Jalitvā aggikkhandhova, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having made the True Dhamma shine, and having ferried the great multitude across, blazing like a mass of fire, he, together with his disciples, was utterly extinguished.

30.

30.

Sā ca iddhi so ca yaso, tāni ca pādesu cakkaratanāni;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

That psychic power and that glory, and those jewel-wheels on the soles of his feet—all of that has vanished. Indeed, are not all conditioned things empty?

31.

31.

Dīpaṅkaro jino satthā, nandārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tatthevassa jinathūpo, chattiṃsubbedhayojanoti.

Dīpaṅkara, the Conqueror, the Teacher, attained Parinibbāna in the Nanda Park. Right there, the Conqueror's stūpa is thirty-six yojanas high.

Dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato vaṃso paṭhamo.

The First Chronicle of the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara.

4. Koṇḍaññabuddhavaṃso

4. The Chronicle of the Buddha Koṇḍañña

Dīpaṅkarassa aparena, koṇḍañño nāma nāyako;

Anantatejo amitayaso, appameyyo durāsado.

After Dīpaṅkara, a Leader named Koṇḍañña arose, of infinite power, immeasurable glory, incomparable, and unassailable.

Dharaṇūpamo khamanena, sīlena sāgarūpamo;

Samādhinā merūpamo, ñāṇena gaganūpamo.

In patience, he was like the earth; in virtue, like the ocean; in concentration, like Meru; in wisdom, like the sky.

Indriyabalabojjhaṅga-maggasaccappakāsanaṃ;

Pakāsesi sadā buddho, hitāya sabbapāṇinaṃ.

For the welfare of all beings, the Buddha always proclaimed the teaching that illuminates the faculties, powers, factors of enlightenment, the path, and the truths.

Dhammacakkaṃ [Pg.324] pavattente, koṇḍaññe lokanāyake;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

When Koṇḍañña, the Leader of the World, was turning the Wheel of Dhamma, the first realization occurred for one hundred thousand crores.

Tato parampi desente, naramarūnaṃ samāgame;

Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

Then, on a later occasion, while he was teaching in an assembly of humans and devas, the second realization occurred for ninety thousand crores.

Titthiye abhimaddanto, yadā dhammamadesayi;

Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

When, while subduing the sectarians, he taught the Dhamma, the third realization occurred for eighty thousand crores.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, koṇḍaññassa mahesino;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies for the Great Sage Koṇḍañña—of those with cankers destroyed, who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and steadfast.

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

Dutiyo koṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyo navutikoṭinaṃ.

The first assembly was of one hundred thousand crores; the second, of one thousand crores; the third, of ninety crores.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, vijitāvī nāma khattiyo;

Samuddaṃ antamantena, issariyaṃ vattayāmahaṃ.

At that time, I was a king named Vijitāvī, a universal monarch. I exercised sovereignty over the land bounded by the ocean.

10.

10.

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, vimalānaṃ mahesinaṃ;

Saha lokagganāthena, paramannena tappayiṃ.

Together with the Foremost Protector of the World, I satisfied one hundred thousand crores of stainless great sages with the finest food.

11.

11.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, koṇḍañño lokanāyako;

‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, buddho loke bhavissati.

That Buddha also, Koṇḍañña, the Leader of the World, made a prophecy concerning me: ‘In an incalculable aeon from now, a Buddha will arise in the world.’

12.

12.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ;

Assatthamūle sambuddho, bujjhissati mahāyaso.

‘Having engaged in the striving and performed the difficult practice, the Fully Enlightened One of great fame will awaken at the foot of the Assattha tree.’

13.

13.

‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati;

Pitā suddhodano nāma, ayaṃ hessati gotamo.

‘His mother who gives him birth will be named Māyā; his father will be named Suddhodana, and this one will be Gotama.’

14.

14.

‘‘Kolito upatisso ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā;

Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, upaṭṭhissatimaṃ jinaṃ.

‘Kolita and Upatissa will be the chief disciples. An attendant named Ānanda will attend upon this Victor.’

15.

15.

‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, assatthoti pavuccati.

‘Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā will be the chief female disciples. The Bodhi of that Blessed One is called the Assattha.’

16.

16.

‘‘Citto ca hatthāḷavako, aggā hessantupaṭṭhakā;

Nandamātā ca uttarā, aggā hessantupaṭṭhikā;

Āyu vassasataṃ tassa, gotamassa yasassino’’.

‘Citta and Hatthāḷavaka will be the chief male lay supporters; Nandamātā and Uttarā will be the chief female lay supporters. The lifespan of that famous Gotama will be one hundred years.’

17.

17.

Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ, asamassa mahesino;

Āmoditā naramarū, buddhabījaṃ kira ayaṃ.

Having heard this utterance of the incomparable Great Sage, humans and devas rejoiced, saying: ‘This is indeed a seed of Buddhahood!’

18.

18.

Ukkuṭṭhisaddā [Pg.325] vattanti, apphoṭenti hasanti ca;

Katañjalī namassanti, dasasahassidevatā.

The deities of the ten-thousand world-system raised shouts of acclamation, clapped their hands, and laughed; with hands joined in reverence, they paid homage.

19.

19.

‘‘Yadimassa lokanāthassa, virajjhissāma sāsanaṃ;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

“If we should fail in the Dispensation of this Lord of the World, in the time to come, we shall be in the presence of this one.”

20.

20.

‘‘Yathā manussā nadiṃ tarantā, paṭititthaṃ virajjhiya;

Heṭṭhātitthe gahetvāna, uttaranti mahānadiṃ.

“Just as people crossing a river, having missed the direct ford, take the ford downstream and cross the great river;

21.

21.

‘‘Evameva mayaṃ sabbe, yadi muñcāmimaṃ jinaṃ;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

“Just so, all of us, if we should miss this Conqueror, in the time to come, we shall be in the presence of this one.”

22.

22.

Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Tameva atthaṃ sādhento, mahārajjaṃ jine adaṃ;

Mahārajjaṃ daditvāna, pabbajiṃ tassa santike.

Having heard his word, I clarified my mind even more. Accomplishing that very purpose, I gave the great kingdom to the Conqueror. Having given the great kingdom, I went forth in his presence.

23.

23.

Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ;

Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvāna, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ.

Having mastered the Suttanta and the Vinaya, the entire nine-limbed Dispensation of the Teacher, I adorned the Dispensation of the Conqueror.

24.

24.

Tatthappamatto viharanto, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame;

Abhiññāpāramiṃ gantvā, brahmalokamagañchahaṃ.

Dwelling there diligently, in the postures of sitting, standing, and walking, having reached the perfection of the higher knowledges, I went to the Brahma-world.

25.

25.

Nagaraṃ rammavatī nāma, sunando nāma khattiyo;

Sujātā nāma janikā, koṇḍaññassa mahesino.

The city of the Great Sage Koṇḍañña was named Rammavatī; his khattiya father was named Sunanda, and his mother was named Sujātā.

26.

26.

Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi ;

Suci suruci subho ca, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For ten thousand years he dwelt in the household; Suci, Suruci, and Subha were the three excellent palaces.

27.

27.

Tīṇisatasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Rucidevī nāma nārī, vijitaseno atrajo.

There were three hundred thousand well-adorned women. The consort was named Rucidevī, and the son was named Vijitasena.

28.

28.

Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami;

Anūnadasamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, the Conqueror went forth by chariot; for a full ten months, he undertook the striving.

29.

29.

Brahmunā yācito santo, koṇḍañño dvipaduttamo;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, devānaṃ nagaruttame.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene Koṇḍañña, supreme among two-footed beings, the Great Hero, set in motion the Wheel in the excellent city of the devas.

30.

30.

Bhaddo ceva subhaddo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Anuruddho nāmupaṭṭhāko, koṇḍaññassa mahesino.

Bhadda and Subhadda were the chief disciples; Anuruddha by name was the attendant of the Great Sage Koṇḍañña.

31.

31.

Tissā [Pg.326] ca upatissā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Sālakalyāṇiko bodhi, koṇḍaññassa mahesino.

Tissā and Upatissā were the chief female disciples; the Bodhi tree of the Great Sage Koṇḍañña was the Sālakalyāṇī.

32.

32.

Soṇo ca upasoṇo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Nandā ceva sirīmā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Soṇa and Upasoṇa were the chief male lay supporters; Nandā and Sirimā were the chief female lay supporters.

33.

33.

So aṭṭhāsīti hatthāni, accuggato mahāmuni;

Sobhate uḷurājāva sūriyo majjhanhike yathā.

That Great Sage was eighty-eight cubits tall; he shone like the king of stars, and like the sun at midday.

34.

34.

Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

At that time, the lifespan was one hundred thousand years. Abiding for that long, he ferried many beings across.

35.

35.

Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, vicittā āsi medanī;

Yathā gaganamuḷūhi, evaṃ so upasobhatha.

The earth was made resplendent by the stainless ones whose cankers were destroyed; just as the sky is adorned with constellations, so was he adorned by them.

36.

36.

Tepi nāgā appameyyā, asaṅkhobhā durāsadā;

Vijjupātaṃva dassetvā, nibbutā te mahāyasā.

Those immeasurable Nāgas, unshakable and unassailable, of great renown—having shown themselves like a flash of lightning, they attained Parinibbāna.

37.

37.

Sā ca atuliyā jinassa iddhi, ñāṇaparibhāvito ca samādhi;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

That matchless psychic power of the Conqueror, and the concentration cultivated by wisdom—all that has vanished. Are not all conditioned things indeed empty?

38.

38.

Koṇḍañño pavaro buddho, candārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tattheva cetiyo citto, satta yojanamussitoti.

The excellent Buddha Koṇḍañña attained Parinibbāna in the Candārāma. Right there, an adorned stupa was raised, seven yojanas high.

Koṇḍaññassa bhagavato vaṃso dutiyo.

The second chronicle, that of the Blessed One Koṇḍañña, is concluded.

5. Maṅgalabuddhavaṃso

5. The Chronicle of the Buddha Maṅgala

Koṇḍaññassa aparena, maṅgalo nāma nāyako;

Tamaṃ loke nihantvāna, dhammokkamabhidhārayi.

After Koṇḍañña, the Leader named Maṅgala, having dispelled the darkness in the world, held aloft the lamp of the Dhamma.

Atulāsi pabhā tassa, jinehaññehi uttariṃ;

Candasūriyapabhaṃ hantvā, dasasahassī virocati.

His radiance was incomparable, surpassing that of other Victors; having dispelled the light of the moon and sun, it shone throughout the ten-thousand world-system.

Sopi buddho pakāsesi, caturo saccavaruttame;

Te te saccarasaṃ pītvā, vinodenti mahātamaṃ.

That Buddha, too, revealed the four supreme, excellent truths. Having drunk the essence of the truths, they dispel the great darkness.

Patvāna bodhimatulaṃ, paṭhame dhammadesane;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu.

Having attained incomparable enlightenment, at the first Dhamma discourse, there was the realization of the Dhamma for one hundred thousand koṭis.

Surindadevabhavane[Pg.327], buddho dhammamadesayi;

Tadā koṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyo samayo ahu.

When the Buddha taught the Dhamma in the celestial abode of Surinda, at that time, there was the second realization for one thousand koṭis.

Yadā sunando cakkavattī, sambuddhaṃ upasaṅkami;

Tadā āhani sambuddho, dhammabheriṃ varuttamaṃ.

When the wheel-turning monarch Sunanda approached the Sambuddha, then the Sambuddha sounded the most excellent drum of the Dhamma.

Sunandassānucarā janatā, tadāsuṃ navutikoṭiyo;

Sabbepi te niravasesā, ahesuṃ ehi bhikkhukā.

At that time, the people in the retinue of Sunanda numbered ninety koṭis. All of them, without remainder, became Ehi Bhikkhus.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, maṅgalassa mahesino;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo.

There were three assemblies for Maṅgala, the Great Sage. The first assembly was of one hundred thousand koṭis of those whose cankers were destroyed.

Dutiyo koṭisatasahassānaṃ, tatiyo navutikoṭinaṃ;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, tadā āsi samāgamo.

The second assembly was of one hundred thousand koṭis. The third assembly, at that time, was of ninety koṭis of stainless ones whose cankers were destroyed.

10.

10.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, surucī nāma brāhmaṇo;

Ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū.

At that time, I was a brahmin named Suruci, a reciter and master of the mantras, one who had reached the further shore of the three Vedas.

11.

11.

Tamahaṃ upasaṅkamma, saraṇaṃ gantvāna satthuno;

Sambuddhappamukhaṃ saṅghaṃ, gandhamālena pūjayiṃ;

Pūjetvā gandhamālena, gavapānena tappayiṃ.

Having approached him, the Teacher, and gone for refuge, I honored the Saṅgha, headed by the Sambuddha, with perfumes and garlands. Having honored them with perfumes and garlands, I satisfied them with a milk-beverage.

12.

12.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, maṅgalo dvipaduttamo;

‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha, Maṅgala, the supreme among two-footed beings, also made a prophecy concerning me: 'In an incalculable aeon from now, this one will become a Buddha.'

13.

13.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

'Having striven in the great endeavor... we shall be in the presence of this one.'

14.

14.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasa pāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words as well, I made my mind exceedingly serene. I undertook a further vow to fulfill the ten perfections.

15.

15.

Tadā pītimanubrūhanto, sambodhivarapattiyā;

Buddhe datvāna maṃ gehaṃ, pabbajiṃ tassa santike.

Then, cultivating joy for the attainment of excellent enlightenment, having given my home to the Buddha, I went forth in his presence.

16.

16.

Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ;

Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ.

Having mastered the Suttanta and the Vinaya, the entire nine-limbed teaching of the Teacher, I illuminated the dispensation of the Victor.

17.

17.

Tatthappamatto viharanto, brahmaṃ bhāvetva bhāvanaṃ;

Abhiññāpāramiṃ gantvā, brahmalokamagacchahaṃ.

Dwelling there diligently, having developed the divine meditation, and having reached the perfection of the higher knowledges, I went to the Brahma-world.

18.

18.

Uttaraṃ [Pg.328] nāma nagaraṃ, uttaro nāma khattiyo;

Uttarā nāma janikā, maṅgalassa mahesino.

The city of Maṅgala, the great sage, was named Uttara; his khattiya father was named Uttara, and his mother was named Uttarā.

19.

19.

Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Yasavā sucimā sirīmā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For nine thousand years he dwelt in the household life. He had three excellent palaces: Yasavā, Sucimā, and Sirīmā.

20.

20.

Samatiṃsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Yasavatī nāma nārī, sīvalo nāma atrajo.

There were thirty thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Yasavatī, and his son was named Sīvala.

21.

21.

Nimitte caturo disvā, assayānena nikkhami;

Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, the Victor went forth on horseback. For no less than eight months, he engaged in the great endeavor.

22.

22.

Brahmunā yācito santo, maṅgalo nāma nāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, vane sirīvaruttame.

Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful one, the Leader named Maṅgala, the great hero, turned the wheel of Dhamma in the forest named Sirīvaruttama.

23.

23.

Sudevo dhammaseno ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Pālito nāmupaṭṭhāko, maṅgalassa mahesino.

Sudeva and Dhammasena were the chief disciples of Maṅgala, the great sage. His attendant was named Pālita.

24.

24.

Sīvalā ca asokā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, nāgarukkhoti vuccati.

Sīvalā and Asokā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is said to be the Nāga tree.

25.

25.

Nando ceva visākho ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Anulā ceva sutanā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Nanda and Visākha were the chief male lay supporters; Anulā and Sutanā were the chief female lay supporters.

26.

26.

Aṭṭhāsīti ratanāni, accuggato mahāmuni;

Tato niddhāvatī raṃsī, anekasatasahassiyo.

The great sage was eighty-eight cubits in height. From him issued forth rays of light, many hundreds of thousands.

27.

27.

Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

His lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many people across.

28.

28.

Yathāpi sāgare ūmī, na sakkā tā gaṇetuye;

Tatheva sāvakā tassa, na sakkā te gaṇetuye.

Just as it is not possible to count the waves in the ocean, so too it was not possible to count his disciples.

29.

29.

Yāva aṭṭhāsi sambuddho, maṅgalo lokanāyako;

Na tassa sāsane atthi, sakilesamaraṇaṃ tadā.

For as long as the Sambuddha Maṅgala, the leader of the world, lived, there was no death with defilements in his dispensation.

30.

30.

Dhammokkaṃ dhārayitvāna, santāretvā mahājanaṃ;

Jalitvā dhūmaketūva, nibbuto so mahāyaso.

Having held up the lamp of the Dhamma, having ferried the great multitude across, having blazed like a comet, that one of great fame attained Parinibbāna.

31.

31.

Saṅkhārānaṃ [Pg.329] sabhāvatthaṃ, dassayitvā sadevake;

Jalitvā aggikkhandhova, sūriyo atthaṅgato yathā.

Having shown the true nature of conditioned things to the world with its devas, he blazed like a mass of fire and set like the sun, and thus attained Parinibbāna.

32.

32.

Uyyāne vassare nāma, buddho nibbāyi maṅgalo;

Tatthevassa jinathūpo, tiṃsayojanamuggatoti.

The Buddha named Maṅgala attained Parinibbāna in the park named Vassara. Right there, the stupa of that Conqueror is thirty yojanas high.

Maṅgalassa bhagavato vaṃso tatiyo.

The third chronicle, that of the Blessed One Maṅgala, is concluded.

6. Sumanabuddhavaṃso

6. The Chronicle of the Buddha Sumana

Maṅgalassa aparena, sumano nāma nāyako;

Sabbadhammehi asamo, sabbasattānamuttamo.

After Maṅgala, a Leader named Sumana arose, unequalled in all dhammas, supreme among all beings.

Tadā amatabheriṃ so, āhanī mekhale pure;

Dhammasaṅkhasamāyuttaṃ, navaṅgaṃ jinasāsanaṃ.

At that time, in the city of Mekhala, he beat the drum of the Deathless—the nine-fold teaching of the Conqueror, accompanied by the conch of the Dhamma.

Nijjinitvā kilese so, patvā sambodhimuttamaṃ;

Māpesi nagaraṃ satthā, saddhammapuravaruttamaṃ.

Having conquered the defilements and attained supreme enlightenment, that Teacher fashioned a city—the supreme, excellent city of the good Dhamma, which is Nibbāna.

Nirantaraṃ akuṭilaṃ, ujuṃ vipulavitthataṃ;

Māpesi so mahāvīthiṃ, satipaṭṭhānavaruttamaṃ.

He fashioned the great highway—uninterrupted, not crooked, straight, extensive, and broad—which is the supreme, excellent establishment of mindfulness.

Phale cattāri sāmaññe, catasso paṭisambhidā;

Chaḷabhiññāṭṭhasamāpattī, pasāresi tattha vīthiyaṃ.

On that highway, he set forth the four fruits of the contemplative life, the four analytical knowledges, the six higher knowledges, and the eight attainments.

Ye appamattā akhilā, hirivīriyehupāgatā;

Te te ime guṇavare, ādiyanti yathā sukhaṃ.

Those persons who are heedful, free from mental barrenness, and endowed with moral shame and energy—they take up these excellent qualities with ease.

Evametena yogena, uddharanto mahājanaṃ;

Bodhesi paṭhamaṃ satthā, koṭisatasahassiyo.

Thus, by this method, while uplifting the great multitude, the Teacher, at the first discourse, awakened one hundred thousand koṭis.

Yamhi kāle mahāvīro, ovadī titthiye gaṇe;

Koṭisahassābhisamiṃsu, dutiye dhammadesane.

At the time when the Great Hero admonished the groups of sectarians, a thousand koṭis attained full understanding at the second Dhamma discourse.

Yadā devā manussā ca, samaggā ekamānasā;

Nirodhapañhaṃ pucchiṃsu, saṃsayañcāpi mānasaṃ.

When devas and humans, harmonious and of one mind, asked the Blessed One the question concerning cessation, and also the doubt in their minds,

10.

10.

Tadāpi [Pg.330] dhammadesane, nirodhaparidīpane;

Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

Then, at the Dhamma discourse illuminating cessation, the third full understanding occurred for ninety thousand koṭis.

11.

11.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sumanassa mahesino;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies of the great sage Sumana, of Arahants who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and steadfast.

12.

12.

Vassaṃvutthassa bhagavato, abhighuṭṭhe pavāraṇe;

Koṭisatasahassehi, pavāresi tathāgato.

When the Pavāraṇā was announced for the Blessed One who had completed the rains-residence, the Tathāgata performed the ceremony with one hundred thousand koṭis of Arahants.

13.

13.

Tatoparaṃ sannipāte, vimale kañcanapabbate;

Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

After that, at an assembly on the stainless golden mountain, the second gathering of ninety thousand koṭis of Arahants occurred.

14.

14.

Yadā sakko devarājā, buddhadassanupāgami;

Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo.

When Sakka, king of the devas, approached to see the Buddha, the third gathering of eighty thousand koṭis of Arahants occurred.

15.

15.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, nāgarājā mahiddhiko;

Atulo nāma nāmena, ussannakusalasañcayo.

At that time, I was a nāga king of great power, named Atula, with an abundance of accumulated merit.

16.

16.

Tadāhaṃ nāgabhāvanā, nikkhamitvā sañātibhi;

Nāgānaṃ dibbaturiyehi, sasaṅghaṃ jinamupaṭṭhahiṃ.

Then, having departed from the nāga abode with my kinsmen, I attended upon the Conqueror together with his Saṅgha with the divine musical instruments of the nāgas.

17.

17.

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, annapānena tappayiṃ;

Paccekadussayugaṃ datvā, saraṇaṃ tamupāgamiṃ.

I satisfied one hundred thousand koṭis of Arahants with food and drink; having given a pair of cloths to each one, I went to that Triple Gem for refuge.

18.

18.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, sumano lokanāyako;

‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha Sumana, the leader of the world, also made a prediction concerning me: ‘In an immeasurable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

19.

19.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having striven in the great endeavor and performed austerities, he will awaken at the foot of an Assattha tree.’ … ‘We shall be in the presence of this one,’ thus they aspired.

20.

20.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words of prediction, I made my mind even more serene; I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

21.

21.

Nagaraṃ mekhalaṃ nāma, sudatto nāma khattiyo;

Sirimā nāma janikā, sumanassa mahesino.

The city of the great sage Sumana was named Mekhalā; his khattiya father was named Sudatta, and his mother was named Sirimā.

22.

22.

Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Cando sucando vaṭaṃso ca, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For nine thousand years he dwelt in the household life. Canda, Sucanda, and Vaṭaṃsa were his three supreme palaces.

23.

23.

Tesaṭṭhisatasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Vaṭaṃsikā nāma nārī, anūpamo nāma atrajo.

There were sixty-three hundred thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Vaṭaṃsikā, and the son was named Anūpama.

24.

24.

Nimitte [Pg.331] caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami;

Anūnadasamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth by elephant vehicle; for a full ten months, the Conqueror strove in the great endeavor.

25.

25.

Brahmunā yācito santo, sumano lokanāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, mekhale puramuttame.

Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful one, Sumana, the leader of the world, the Great Hero, turned the Wheel in the supreme city of Mekhalā.

26.

26.

Saraṇo bhāvitatto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Udeno nāmupaṭṭhāko, sumanassa mahesino.

Saraṇa and Bhāvitatta were the chief disciples; Udena was the attendant of the great sage Sumana.

27.

27.

Soṇā ca upasoṇā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Sopi buddho amitayaso, nāgamūle abujjhatha.

Soṇā and Upasoṇā were the chief female disciples. That Buddha of incomparable glory awakened at the foot of a Nāga tree.

28.

28.

Varuṇo ceva saraṇo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Cālā ca upacālā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Varuṇa and Saraṇa were the chief male lay supporters; Cālā and Upacālā were the chief female lay supporters.

29.

29.

Uccattanena so buddho, navutihatthamuggato;

Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, dasasahassī virocati.

That Buddha was ninety cubits in height; like a great golden pillar, he shines throughout the ten-thousand-fold world system.

30.

30.

Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

His lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years; remaining for that long, he delivered a great multitude of people.

31.

31.

Tāraṇīye tārayitvā, bodhanīye ca bodhayi;

Parinibbāyi sambuddho, uḷurājāva atthami.

Having delivered those who could be delivered, and awakened those who could be awakened, the Perfectly Enlightened One attained Parinibbāna, just as the moon, the king of stars, sets.

32.

32.

Te ca khīṇāsavā bhikkhū, so ca buddho asādiso;

Atulappabhaṃ dassayitvā, nibbutā ye mahāyasā.

Those bhikkhus with taints destroyed and that incomparable Buddha—those of great glory, having displayed matchless radiance, have become extinguished.

33.

33.

Tañca ñāṇaṃ atuliyaṃ, tāni ca atulāni ratanāni;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

That incomparable knowledge and those incomparable jewels—all that has vanished. Surely, all conditioned formations are empty!

34.

34.

Sumano yasadharo buddho, aṅgārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tattheva tassa jinathūpo, catuyojanamuggatoti.

The Buddha Sumana, bearer of glory, attained Parinibbāna at Aṅgārāma; right there the Conqueror's stūpa was four yojanas high.

Sumanassa bhagavato vaṃso catuttho.

The Fourth Chronicle, of the Blessed One Sumana, is concluded.

7. Revatabuddhavaṃso

7. The Chronicle of the Buddha Revata

Sumanassa aparena, revato nāma nāyako;

Anūpamo asadiso, atulo uttamo jino.

After Sumana, there arose a leader named Revata, an incomparable, unequalled, matchless, supreme Conqueror.

Sopi dhammaṃ [Pg.332] pakāsesi, brahmunā abhiyācito;

Khandhadhātuvavatthānaṃ, appavattaṃ bhavābhave.

Requested by Brahmā, he too proclaimed the Dhamma: the analysis of the aggregates and elements, which is the cause for non-recurrence in any state of existence.

Tassābhisamayā tīṇi, ahesuṃ dhammadesane;

Gaṇanāya na vattabbo, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

There were three occasions of realization during his teaching of the Dhamma. The first realization was beyond enumeration.

Yadā arindamaṃ rājaṃ, vinesi revato muni;

Tadā koṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

When the sage Revata disciplined King Arindama, the second realization occurred for a thousand koṭis of beings.

Sattāhaṃ paṭisallānā, vuṭṭhahitvā narāsabho;

Koṭisataṃ naramarūnaṃ, vinesi uttame phale.

Having emerged from seven days of seclusion, the bull among men disciplined a hundred koṭis of humans and devas, establishing them in the supreme fruit.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, revatassa mahesino;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, suvimuttāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies for the great sage Revata: of those with taints destroyed, the stainless, the well-liberated, and the steadfast.

Atikkantā gaṇanapathaṃ, paṭhamaṃ ye samāgatā;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

Those who gathered for the first assembly surpassed any reckoning; the second assembly was of a hundred thousand koṭis.

Yopi paññāya asamo, tassa cakkānuvattako;

So tadā byādhito āsi, patto jīvitasaṃsayaṃ.

The one who was unequalled in wisdom, who turned the Wheel after him, was then afflicted by illness and had reached a point of doubt regarding his life.

Tassa gilānapucchāya, ye tadā upagatā munī;

Koṭisahassā arahanto, tatiyo āsi samāgamo.

The third assembly was of those sages who gathered then to inquire about his illness; it resulted in a thousand koṭis of Arahants.

10.

10.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, atidevo nāma brāhmaṇo;

Upagantvā revataṃ buddhaṃ, saraṇaṃ tassa gañchahaṃ.

At that time, I was a brahmin named Atideva. Approaching the Buddha Revata, I went for refuge to him.

11.

11.

Tassa sīlaṃ samādhiñca, paññāguṇamanuttamaṃ;

Thomayitvā yathāthāmaṃ, uttarīyamadāsahaṃ.

Having praised his virtue, concentration, and the unsurpassed quality of his wisdom according to my ability, I gave him an upper garment.

12.

12.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, revato lokanāyako;

‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha Revata, the leader of the world, also made a prediction about me: ‘In an immeasurable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

13.

13.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having striven in the great endeavor… we shall be in the presence of this one.’

14.

14.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words of prediction, I made my mind even more serene; I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

15.

15.

Tadāpi taṃ buddhadhammaṃ, saritvā anubrūhayiṃ;

Āharissāmi taṃ dhammaṃ, yaṃ mayhaṃ abhipatthitaṃ.

Then, too, recollecting the qualities of a Buddha, I cultivated them further, thinking: ‘I shall attain that state for which I have longed.’

16.

16.

Nagaraṃ [Pg.333] sudhaññavatī nāma, vipulo nāma khattiyo;

Vipulā nāma janikā, revatassa mahesino.

The city of the great sage Revata was named Sudhaññavatī; the khattiya father was named Vipula, and the mother was named Vipulā.

17.

17.

Cha ca vassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Sudassano ratanagghi, āveḷo ca vibhūsito;

Puññakammābhinibbattā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For six thousand years he lived the household life. Sudassana, Ratanagghi, and Āveḷa were his three supreme and adorned palaces, produced by his meritorious deeds.

18.

18.

Tettiṃsa ca sahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Sudassanā nāma nārī, varuṇo nāma atrajo.

There were thirty-three thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Sudassanā, and his son was named Varuṇa.

19.

19.

Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami;

Anūnasattamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, the Conqueror went forth by chariot; for a full seven months he strove in the great endeavor.

20.

20.

Brahmunā yācito santo, revato lokanāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, varuṇārāme sirīghare.

Entreated by Brahmā, the tranquil one, Revata, the leader of the world, the Great Hero, turned the Wheel of Dhamma in the glorious monastery in the Varuṇa Park.

21.

21.

Varuṇo brahmadevo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Sambhavo nāmupaṭṭhāko, revatassa mahesino.

Varuṇa and Brahmadeva were the chief disciples; Sambhava was the attendant of the great sage Revata.

22.

22.

Bhaddā ceva subhaddā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Sopi buddho asamasamo, nāgamūle abujjhatha.

Bhaddā and Subhaddā were the chief female disciples. That Buddha, the one equal to the unequalled, awakened at the foot of a Nāga tree.

23.

23.

Padumo kuñjaro ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā;

Sirīmā ceva yasavatī, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Paduma and Kuñjara were the chief male lay supporters; Sirīmā and Yasavatī were the chief female lay supporters.

24.

24.

Uccattanena so buddho, asītihatthamuggato;

Obhāseti disā sabbā, indaketuva uggato.

That Buddha was eighty cubits in height; he illuminated all directions like a raised banner of Indra.

25.

25.

Tassa sarīre nibbattā, pabhāmālā anuttarā;

Divā vā yadi vā rattiṃ, samantā pharati yojanaṃ.

From his body arose an unsurpassed garland of light; whether by day or by night, it spread for a yojana all around.

26.

26.

Saṭṭhivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

His lifespan at that time was sixty thousand years; remaining for that long, he ferried many beings across.

27.

27.

Dassayitvā buddhabalaṃ, amataṃ loke pakāsayaṃ;

Nibbāyi anupādāno, yathaggupādānasaṅkhayā.

Having displayed the Buddha's power and proclaimed the Deathless in the world, he was extinguished without clinging, like a fire when its fuel is exhausted.

28.

28.

So ca kāyo ratananibho, so ca dhammo asādiso;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

And that jewel-like body, and that incomparable Dhamma—all that has vanished. Surely, all conditioned formations are empty!

29.

29.

Revato [Pg.334] yasadharo buddho, nibbuto so mahāpure;

Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti.

The Buddha Revata, bearer of glory, was extinguished in the great city. There was a wide distribution of his relics in all the various regions.

Revatassa bhagavato vaṃso pañcamo.

The fifth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Revata, is concluded.

8. Sobhitabuddhavaṃso

8. The Chronicle of the Buddha Sobhita

Revatassa aparena, sobhito nāma nāyako;

Samāhito santacitto, asamo appaṭipuggalo.

After Revata, there was the leader named Sobhita, composed and with a tranquil mind, unequalled, without a counterpart.

So jino sakagehamhi, mānasaṃ vinivattayi;

Patvāna kevalaṃ bodhiṃ, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi.

That Victor turned his mind away from his own home; having attained complete enlightenment, he set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma.

Yāva heṭṭhā avīcito, bhavaggā cāpi uddhato;

Etthantare ekaparisā, ahosi dhammadesane.

From Avīci below up to the peak of existence, there was one assembly for his teaching of the Dhamma.

Tāya parisāya sambuddho, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi;

Gaṇanāya na vattabbo, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

To that assembly the Perfectly Enlightened One set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma; the first realization was beyond calculation.

Tato parampi desente, marūnañca samāgame;

Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

Then again, while he was teaching at an assembly of devas, the second realization occurred for ninety thousand koṭis.

Punāparaṃ rājaputto, jayaseno nāma khattiyo;

Ārāmaṃ ropayitvāna, buddhe niyyādayī tadā.

Then again, a prince, the khattiya named Jayasena, having established a park, presented it to the Buddha.

Tassa yāgaṃ pakittento, dhammaṃ desesi cakkhumā;

Tadā koṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

Praising his offering, the One with Vision taught the Dhamma; then the third realization occurred for a thousand koṭis.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sobhitassa mahesino;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies of the great sage Sobhita—of those with taints destroyed, the stainless, the tranquil-minded, the steadfast.

Uggato nāma so rājā, dānaṃ deti naruttame;

Tamhi dāne samāgañchuṃ, arahantā satakoṭiyo.

A king named Uggata gave a gift to the supreme man; at that offering, a hundred koṭis of arahants assembled.

10.

10.

Punāparaṃ puragaṇo, deti dānaṃ naruttame;

Tadā navutikoṭīnaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

Again, the people of the city gave a gift to the supreme man; then the second assembly was of ninety koṭis.

11.

11.

Devaloke [Pg.335] vasitvāna, yadā orohatī jino;

Tadā asītikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo.

After dwelling in the world of the devas, when the Victor descended, the third assembly was of eighty koṭis.

12.

12.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, sujāto nāma brāhmaṇo;

Tadā sasāvakaṃ buddhaṃ, annapānena tappayiṃ.

At that time I was a brahmin named Sujāta; I then satisfied the Buddha and his disciples with food and drink.

13.

13.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, sobhito lokanāyako;

‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha Sobhita, the Leader of the World, also made this prediction about me: ‘In an immeasurable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

14.

14.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having striven in the striving …pe… we shall come face to face with this one.’

15.

15.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso;

Tamevatthamanuppattiyā, uggaṃ dhitimakāsahaṃ.

Having heard his words, joyful and with a mind stirred by urgency, I made a strong resolution to attain that very goal.

16.

16.

Sudhammaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sudhammo nāma khattiyo;

Sudhammā nāma janikā, sobhitassa mahesino.

The city was named Sudhamma; the khattiya father was named Sudhamma; the mother of the great sage Sobhita was named Sudhammā.

17.

17.

Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Kumudo nāḷino padumo, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For nine thousand years he lived the household life; Kumuda, Nāḷina, and Paduma were his three excellent palaces.

18.

18.

Sattatiṃsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Maṇilā nāma sā nārī, sīho nāmāsi atrajo.

He had thirty-seven thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Maṇilā, and his son was named Sīha.

19.

19.

Nimitte caturo disvā, pāsādenābhinikkhami;

Sattāhaṃ padhānacāraṃ, caritvā purisuttamo.

The supreme man, having seen the four signs, went forth from the palace; having practiced the striving for seven days.

20.

20.

Brahmunā yācito santo, sobhito lokanāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, sudhammuyyānamuttame.

Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful one, the great hero Sobhita, leader of the world, set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma in the excellent Sudhamma Park.

21.

21.

Asamo ca sunetto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Anomo nāmupaṭṭhāko, sobhitassa mahesino.

Asama and Sunetta were the chief disciples; the attendant of the great sage Sobhita was named Anoma.

22.

22.

Nakulā ca sujātā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bujjhamāno ca so buddho, nāgamūle abujjhatha.

Nakulā and Sujātā were the chief female disciples; and that Buddha awakened at the foot of a Nāga tree.

23.

23.

Rammo ceva sudatto ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Nakulā ceva cittā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Ramma and Sudatta were the chief male lay supporters; Nakulā and Cittā were the chief female lay supporters.

24.

24.

Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni;

Obhāseti disā sabbā, sataraṃsīva uggato.

The great sage was fifty-eight cubits tall; he illuminated all directions like the rising, thousand-rayed sun.

25.

25.

Yathā [Pg.336] suphullaṃ pavanaṃ, nānāgandhehi dhūpitaṃ;

Tatheva tassa pāvacanaṃ, sīlagandhehi dhūpitaṃ.

Just as a well-flowered forest is perfumed with various scents, so too was his teaching perfumed with the fragrance of the virtue of his Arahant disciples.

26.

26.

Yathāpi sāgaro nāma, dassanena atappiyo;

Tatheva tassa pāvacanaṃ, savaṇena atappiyaṃ.

Just as the ocean is insatiable to the sight, so too was his teaching insatiable to the hearing.

27.

27.

Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

At that time, the lifespan was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many people across from the stream of saṃsāra.

28.

28.

Ovādaṃ anusiṭṭhiñca, datvāna sesake jane;

Hutāsanova tāpetvā, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having given exhortation and instruction to the remaining people, then, having blazed like a fire, he was extinguished along with his disciples.

29.

29.

So ca buddho asamasamo, tepi sāvakā balappattā;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

That Buddha, the equal of the unequalled, and those disciples who had attained the powers—all that has vanished. Surely, all conditioned formations are empty.

30.

30.

Sobhito varasambuddho, sīhārāmamhi nibbuto;

Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti.

The excellent Sambuddha Sobhita attained Parinibbāna in Sīhārāma; there was a widespread distribution of his relics in the various regions.

Sobhitassa bhagavato vaṃso chaṭṭho.

The sixth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Sobhita, is finished.

9. Anomadassībuddhavaṃso

9. The Chronicle of the Buddha Anomadassī

Sobhitassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

Anomadassī amitayaso, tejassī duratikkamo.

After Sobhita, there arose in the world the Sambuddha Anomadassī, supreme among bipeds, of limitless fame, majestic, and invincible.

So chetvā bandhanaṃ sabbaṃ, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave;

Anivattigamanaṃ maggaṃ, desesi devamānuse.

Having cut off all bonds and demolished the three kinds of existence, he taught the path of no-return to devas and humans.

Sāgarova asaṅkhobho, pabbatova durāsado;

Ākāsova ananto so, sālarājāva phullito.

Like the ocean, he was unshakable; like a mountain, hard to assail; like space, he was infinite; like a sāl-tree king in full bloom.

Dassanenapi taṃ buddhaṃ, tositā honti pāṇino;

Byāharantaṃ giraṃ sutvā, amataṃ pāpuṇanti te.

Just by seeing that Buddha, living beings are delighted; hearing the words he utters, they attain the Deathless.

Dhammābhisamayo tassa, iddho phīto tadā ahu;

Koṭisatāni abhisamiṃsu, paṭhame dhammadesane.

The realization of the Dhamma by his assembly was then successful and prosperous; at the first Dhamma discourse, a hundred koṭis attained comprehension.

Tato paraṃ abhisamaye, vassante dhammavuṭṭhiyo;

Asītikoṭiyobhisamiṃsu, dutiye dhammadesane.

Then later, at the second Dhamma discourse, when the great rain of Dhamma fell, eighty koṭis attained comprehension.

Tatoparañhi [Pg.337] vassante, tappayante ca pāṇinaṃ;

Aṭṭhasattatikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

Then afterwards, as he rained down the teaching and satisfied living beings, the third realization occurred for seventy-eight koṭis.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tassāpi ca mahesino;

Abhiññābalappattānaṃ, pupphitānaṃ vimuttiyā.

There were three assemblies for that great sage, of those who had attained the power of higher knowledge and had blossomed in liberation.

Aṭṭhasatasahassānaṃ, sannipāto tadā ahu;

Pahīnamadamohānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There was then a first assembly of eight hundred thousand who had abandoned intoxication and delusion, who were tranquil-minded and steadfast.

10.

10.

Sattasatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo;

Anaṅgaṇānaṃ virajānaṃ, upasantāna tādinaṃ.

The second assembly was of seven hundred thousand who were stainless, dust-free, serene, and steadfast.

11.

11.

Channaṃ satasahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

Abhiññābalappattānaṃ, nibbutānaṃ tapassinaṃ.

The third assembly was of six hundred thousand ascetics who had attained the power of higher knowledge and were extinguished.

12.

12.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, yakkho āsiṃ mahiddhiko;

Nekānaṃ yakkhakoṭīnaṃ, vasavattimhi issaro.

At that time I was a yakkha of great power, a sovereign exercising mastery over many koṭis of yakkhas.

13.

13.

Tadāpi taṃ buddhavaraṃ, upagantvā mahesinaṃ;

Annapānena tappesiṃ, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Then too, having approached that excellent Buddha, the great sage, I satisfied the Leader of the World and his Saṅgha with food and drink.

14.

14.

Sopi maṃ tadā byākāsi, visuddhanayano muni;

‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That sage with the purified eye also made this prediction about me then: ‘In an immeasurable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha in the world.’

15.

15.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having striven in the striving …pe… we shall come face to face with this one.’

16.

16.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, joyful and with a mind stirred by urgency, I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

17.

17.

Nagaraṃ candavatī nāma, yasavā nāma khattiyo;

Mātā yasodharā nāma, anomadassissa satthuno.

Of the Teacher Anomadassī, the city was named Candavatī, the khattiya was named Yasavā, and the mother was named Yasodharā.

18.

18.

Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Sirī upasirī vaḍḍho, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For ten thousand years, he dwelt in the household life. Sirī, Upasirī, and Vaḍḍha—these were his three excellent palaces.

19.

19.

Tevīsatisahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Sirimā nāma sā nārī, upavāṇo nāma atrajo.

There were twenty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Sirimā, and his son was named Upavāṇa.

20.

20.

Nimitte caturo disvā, sivikāyābhinikkhami;

Anūnadasamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth in a palanquin; for a full ten months the Victor practiced the striving.

21.

21.

Brahmunā [Pg.338] yācito santo, anomadassī mahāmuni;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, uyyāne so sudassane.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene great sage Anomadassī, the great hero, set in motion the Wheel in the Sudassana park.

22.

22.

Nisabho ca anomo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Varuṇo nāmupaṭṭhāko, anomadassissa satthuno.

Nisabha and Anoma were the chief disciples; the attendant of the Teacher Anomadassī was named Varuṇa.

23.

23.

Sundarī ca sumanā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, ajjunoti pavuccati.

Sundarī and Sumanā were the chief female disciples; the Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Ajjuna tree.

24.

24.

Nandivaḍḍho sirivaḍḍho, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Uppalā ceva padumā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Nandivaḍḍha and Sirivaḍḍha were the chief male lay supporters; Uppalā and Padumā were the chief female lay supporters.

25.

25.

Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni;

Pabhā niddhāvatī tassa, sataraṃsīva uggato.

The great sage was fifty-eight cubits tall; his radiance streamed forth like the rising, hundred-rayed sun.

26.

26.

Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan then was one hundred thousand years; remaining for that long, he ferried many people across.

27.

27.

Supupphitaṃ pāvacanaṃ, arahantehi tādihi;

Vītarāgehi vimalehi, sobhittha jinasāsanaṃ.

The teaching was well-flowered with Arahants who were steadfast, free from passion, and stainless; the Victor's dispensation was resplendent.

28.

28.

So ca satthā amitayaso, yugāni tāni atuliyāni;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

That Teacher of incomparable fame, and those incomparable pairs of disciples—all that has vanished. Surely, all conditioned formations are empty.

29.

29.

Anomadassī jino satthā, dhammārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tatthevassa jinathūpo, ubbedho pañcavīsatīti.

The Victor Anomadassī, the Teacher, attained Parinibbāna in Dhammārāma; his Victor's stūpa there was twenty-five yojanas in height.

Anomadassissa bhagavato vaṃso sattamo.

The seventh chronicle, that of the Blessed One Anomadassī, is finished.

10. Padumabuddhavaṃso

10. The Chronicle of the Buddha Paduma

Anomadassissa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

Padumo nāma nāmena, asamo appaṭipuggalo.

After Anomadassī, there arose the Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among two-footed beings, Paduma by name, unequalled, without a counterpart.

Tassāpi asamaṃ sīlaṃ, samādhipi anantako;

Asaṅkheyyaṃ ñāṇavaraṃ, vimuttipi anūpamā.

His virtue was also unequalled, his concentration was also boundless, his excellent knowledge was incalculable, and his liberation was also incomparable.

Tassāpi [Pg.339] atulatejassa, dhammacakkappavattane;

Abhisamayā tayo āsuṃ, mahātamapavāhanā.

For him of unequalled power, at the turning of the Wheel of Dhamma, there were three realizations that dispelled the great darkness.

Paṭhamābhisamaye buddho, koṭisatamabodhayi;

Dutiyābhisamaye dhīro, navutikoṭimabodhayi.

At the first realization, the Buddha awakened one hundred koṭis; at the second realization, the steadfast one awakened ninety koṭis.

Yadā ca padumo buddho, ovadī sakamatrajaṃ;

Tadā asītikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

And when the Buddha Paduma admonished his own son, the third realization occurred for eighty koṭis.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, padumassa mahesino;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo.

There were three assemblies of the great seer Paduma. The first gathering consisted of one hundred thousand koṭis of Arahants.

Kathinatthārasamaye, uppanne kathinacīvare;

Dhammasenāpatitthāya, bhikkhū sibbiṃsu cīvaraṃ.

At the time of the spreading of the kathina, when the kathina robe-material had arisen, the bhikkhus sewed a robe for the General of the Dhamma.

Tadā te vimalā bhikkhū, chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā;

Tīṇi satasahassāni, samiṃsu aparājitā.

Then three hundred thousand of those bhikkhus assembled—stainless, undefeated, possessors of the six superknowledges and great psychic power.

Punāparaṃ so narāsabho, pavane vāsaṃ upāgami;

Tadā samāgamo āsi, dvinnaṃ satasahassinaṃ.

Again, on another occasion, that bull of men went to dwell in the forest; then there was a gathering of two hundred thousand Arahants.

10.

10.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, sīho āsiṃ migādhibhū;

Vivekamanubrūhantaṃ, pavane addasaṃ jinaṃ.

At that time I was a lion, the lord of beasts. I saw the Victor in the forest cultivating seclusion.

11.

11.

Vanditvā sirasā pāde, katvāna taṃ padakkhiṇaṃ;

Tikkhattuṃ abhināditvā, sattāhaṃ jinamupaṭṭhahaṃ.

Having venerated his feet with my head and circumambulated him, I roared three times and attended on the Victor for seven days.

12.

12.

Sattāhaṃ varasamāpattiyā, vuṭṭhahitvā tathāgato;

Manasā cintayitvāna, koṭibhikkhū samānayi.

Having emerged after seven days from the supreme attainment, the Tathāgata, having considered it in his mind, summoned a koṭi of bhikkhus.

13.

13.

Tadāpi so mahāvīro, tesaṃ majjhe viyākari;

‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

Then that great hero also made a prediction in their midst: ‘In an incalculable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

14.

14.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having undertaken the striving… we will come face to face with this one.’

15.

15.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, I clarified my mind even more. I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

16.

16.

Campakaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, asamo nāma khattiyo;

Asamā nāma janikā, padumassa mahesino.

The city of the great seer Paduma was named Campaka; the khattiya, his father, was named Asama; and his mother was named Asamā.

17.

17.

Dasavassasahassāni[Pg.340], agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Nandāvasuyasuttarā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For ten thousand years he dwelt in the household life. Nanduttara, Vasuttara, and Yasuttara were his three excellent palaces.

18.

18.

Tettiṃsa ca sahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Uttarā nāma sā nārī, rammo nāmāsi atrajo.

There were thirty-three thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Uttarā, and his son was named Ramma.

19.

19.

Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami;

Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth by chariot. For a full eight months the Victor engaged in the striving.

20.

20.

Brahmunā yācito santo, padumo lokanāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, dhanañcuyyānamuttame.

Requested by Brahmā, the tranquil Paduma, leader of the world, the great hero, set the Wheel in motion in the excellent Dhanañcuya Park.

21.

21.

Sālo ca upasālo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Varuṇo nāmupaṭṭhāko, padumassa mahesino.

Sāla and Upasāla were the chief disciples; the attendant of the great seer Paduma was named Varuṇa.

22.

22.

Rādhā ceva surādhā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, mahāsoṇoti vuccati.

Rādhā and Surādhā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Mahāsoṇa.

23.

23.

Bhiyyo ceva asamo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Rucī ca nandarāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Bhiyya and Asama were the chief male lay supporters; Rucī and Nandarāmā were the chief female lay supporters.

24.

24.

Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni;

Pabhā niddhāvatī tassa, asamā sabbaso disā.

The great sage was fifty-eight ratanas in height. His unequalled radiance streamed forth in all directions.

25.

25.

Candappabhā sūriyappabhā, ratanaggimaṇippabhā;

Sabbāpi tā hatā honti, patvā jinapabhuttamaṃ.

The light of the moon, the light of the sun, the light of gems, fire, and jewels—all these are outshone when they encounter the supreme radiance of the Victor.

26.

26.

Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan at that time was one hundred thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many people across.

27.

27.

Paripakkamānase satte, bodhayitvā asesato;

Sesake anusāsitvā, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having awakened without remainder beings whose minds were mature, and having instructed the remaining ones, he attained Nibbāna together with his disciples.

28.

28.

Uragova tacaṃ jiṇṇaṃ, vaddhapattaṃva pādapo;

Jahitvā sabbasaṅkhāre, nibbuto so yathā sikhī.

Like a snake its worn-out skin, or a tree its withered leaves, having abandoned all formations, he was extinguished like a fire.

29.

29.

Padumo jinavaro satthā, dhammārāmamhi nibbuto;

Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti.

The excellent Victor, the Teacher Paduma, attained Nibbāna in the Dhamma Park. There was a wide dispersal of his relics in various regions.

Padumassa bhagavato vaṃso aṭṭhamo.

The Eighth Chronicle of the Blessed One Paduma.

11. Nāradabuddhavaṃso

11. The Chronicle of the Buddha Nārada

Padumassa [Pg.341] aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

Nārado nāma nāmena, asamo appaṭipuggalo.

After Paduma, there arose a Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among two-footed beings, Nārada by name, unequalled, without a counterpart.

So buddho cakkavattissa, jeṭṭho dayitaoraso;

Āmukkamālābharaṇo, uyyānaṃ upasaṅkami.

That Buddha-to-be was the eldest, beloved, legitimate son of a wheel-turning monarch. Wearing garlands and ornaments, he went to a park.

Tatthāsi rukkho yasavipulo, abhirūpo brahā suci;

Tamajjhapatvā upanisīdi, mahāsoṇassa heṭṭhato.

There was a tree of vast renown, beautiful, large, and pure. Having approached it, he sat down beneath the Mahāsoṇa tree.

Tattha ñāṇavaruppajji, anantaṃ vajirūpamaṃ;

Tena vicini saṅkhāre, ukkujjamavakujjakaṃ.

There the excellent, endless, diamond-like knowledge arose in him. With it he investigated the formations, both their arising and their ceasing.

Tattha sabbakilesāni, asesamabhivāhayi;

Pāpuṇī kevalaṃ bodhiṃ, buddhañāṇe ca cuddasa.

There he drove away all defilements without remainder. He attained complete enlightenment and the fourteen knowledges of a Buddha.

Pāpuṇitvāna sambodhiṃ, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

Having attained perfect enlightenment, he set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion. The first breakthrough occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis.

Mahādoṇaṃ nāgarājaṃ, vinayanto mahāmuni;

Pāṭiheraṃ tadākāsi, dassayanto sadevake.

While taming the nāga king Mahādoṇa, the great sage performed a miracle, displaying it to the world with its devas.

Tadā devamanussānaṃ, tamhi dhammappakāsane;

Navutikoṭisahassāni, tariṃsu sabbasaṃsayaṃ.

Then, at that proclamation of the Dhamma, ninety thousand koṭis of devas and humans crossed over all doubt.

Yamhi kāle mahāvīro, ovadī sakamatrajaṃ;

Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

At the time when the great hero admonished his own son, the third breakthrough occurred for eighty thousand koṭis.

10.

10.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, nāradassa mahesino;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo.

There were three assemblies of the great seer Nārada. The first gathering consisted of one hundred thousand koṭis of Arahants.

11.

11.

Yadā buddho buddhaguṇaṃ, sanidānaṃ pakāsayi;

Navutikoṭisahassāni, samiṃsu vimalā tadā.

When the Buddha proclaimed the qualities of a Buddha together with their source, ninety thousand koṭis of stainless ones assembled then.

12.

12.

Yadā verocano nāgo, dānaṃ dadāti satthuno;

Tadā samiṃsu jinaputtā, asītisatasahassiyo.

When the nāga Verocana gave a gift to the Teacher, eight million sons of the Victor assembled then.

13.

13.

Ahaṃ [Pg.342] tena samayena, jaṭilo uggatāpano;

Antalikkhacaro āsiṃ, pañcābhiññāsu pāragū.

At that time I was a matted-hair ascetic of fierce austerities. I was a sky-farer who had mastered the five superknowledges.

14.

14.

Tadāpāhaṃ asamasamaṃ, sasaṅghaṃ saparijjanaṃ;

Annapānena tappetvā, candanenābhipūjayiṃ.

Then I, having satisfied with food and drink the one equal to the unequalled, together with his Saṅgha and retinue, honored him with sandalwood.

15.

15.

Sopi maṃ tadā byākāsi, nārado lokanāyako;

‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

He, Nārada, the Leader of the World, also made a prophecy about me at that time: 'In an incalculable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.'

16.

16.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having undertaken the striving… we will be in his presence.’

17.

17.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo hāsetva mānasaṃ;

Adhiṭṭhahiṃ vataṃ uggaṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, I made my mind rejoice even more. I resolved upon a fierce practice for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

18.

18.

Nagaraṃ dhaññavatī nāma, sudevo nāma khattiyo;

Anomā nāma janikā, nāradassa mahesino.

The city was named Dhaññavatī, the khattiya was named Sudeva, and the mother of the great seer Nārada was named Anomā.

19.

19.

Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Jito vijitābhirāmo, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For nine thousand years he dwelt in the household life. Jita, Vijita, and Abhirāma were his three excellent palaces.

20.

20.

Ticattārīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Vijitasenā nāma nārī, nanduttaro nāma atrajo.

There were forty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Vijitasenā, and his son was named Nanduttara.

21.

21.

Nimitte caturo disvā, padasā gamanena nikkhami;

Sattāhaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth on foot. For seven days, the supreme person practiced the striving.

22.

22.

Brahmunā yācito santo, nārado lokanāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, dhanañcuyyānamuttame.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene Nārada, the great hero and leader of the world, set the Wheel in motion in the excellent Dhanañca Park.

23.

23.

Bhaddasālo jitamitto, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Vāseṭṭho nāmupaṭṭhāko, nāradassa mahesino.

Bhaddasāla and Jitamitta were the chief disciples; the attendant of the great seer Nārada was named Vāseṭṭha.

24.

24.

Uttarā phaggunī ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, mahāsoṇoti vuccati.

Uttarā and Phaggunī were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Mahāsoṇa.

25.

25.

Uggarindo vasabho ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Indāvarī ca vaṇḍī ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Uggarinda and Vasabha were the chief male lay supporters; Indāvarī and Vaṇḍī were the chief female lay supporters.

26.

26.

Aṭṭhāsītiratanāni[Pg.343], accuggato mahāmuni;

Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, dasasahassī virocati.

The great sage was eighty-eight cubits in height. Like a great golden pillar, he illumined the ten-thousand-fold world system.

27.

27.

Tassa byāmappabhā kāyā, niddhāvati disodisaṃ;

Nirantaraṃ divārattiṃ, yojanaṃ pharate sadā.

The fathom-wide radiance from his body streamed out in all directions. Continuously, day and night, it always pervaded a yojana.

28.

28.

Na keci tena samayena, samantā yojane janā;

Ukkāpadīpe ujjālenti, buddharaṃsīhi otthaṭā.

At that time, no people within a yojana all around lit torches or lamps, as they were suffused by the Buddha's rays.

29.

29.

Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

His lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many people across.

30.

30.

Yathā uḷūhi gaganaṃ, vicittaṃ upasobhati;

Tatheva sāsanaṃ tassa, arahantehi sobhati.

Just as the sky is beautifully adorned with its host of stars, so too his Dispensation shone, adorned with Arahants.

31.

31.

Saṃsārasotaṃ taraṇāya, sesake paṭipannake;

Dhammasetuṃ daḷhaṃ katvā, nibbuto so narāsabho.

Having built a firm bridge of Dhamma for the remaining practitioners to cross the stream of saṃsāra, that bull among men attained Parinibbāna.

32.

32.

Sopi buddho asamasamo, tepi khīṇāsavā atulatejā;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

That Buddha, equal to the unequalled, and those Arahants of immeasurable majesty—all that has disappeared. Surely, all conditioned things are empty!

33.

33.

Nārado jinavasabho, nibbuto sudassane pure;

Tatthevassa thūpavaro, catuyojanamuggatoti.

Nārada, the bull among conquerors, attained Parinibbāna in the city of Sudassana. There his excellent stūpa stands, four yojanas high.

Nāradassa bhagavato vaṃso navamo.

The Ninth Chronicle of the Blessed One Nārada is concluded.

12. Padumuttarabuddhavaṃso

12. The Chronicle of the Buddha Padumuttara

Nāradassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

Padumuttaro nāma jino, akkhobho sāgarūpamo.

After Nārada, the Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among bipeds, the Victor named Padumuttara, imperturbable and like the ocean, arose in the world.

Maṇḍakappova so āsi, yamhi buddho ajāyatha;

Ussannakusalā janatā, tamhi kappe ajāyatha.

That was a Maṇḍa eon in which the Buddha was born; in that eon, a populace arose abounding in wholesome actions.

Padumuttarassa bhagavato, paṭhame dhammadesane;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu.

At the first Dhamma discourse of the Blessed One Padumuttara, the penetration to the Dhamma occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis of beings.

Tato parampi vassante, tappayante ca pāṇine;

Sattatiṃsasatasahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

Then on another occasion, while showering the rain of Dhamma and satisfying living beings, the second penetration to the Dhamma occurred for three million seven hundred thousand beings.

Yamhi [Pg.344] kāle mahāvīro, ānandaṃ upasaṅkami;

Pitusantikaṃ upagantvā, āhanī amatadundubhiṃ.

At the time when the Great Hero approached his father, Ānanda, having gone into his father's presence, he beat the drum of the Deathless.

Āhate amatabherimhi, vassante dhammavuṭṭhiyā;

Paññāsasatasahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

When the drum of the Deathless was beaten and the rain of Dhamma was showering down, the third penetration to the Dhamma occurred for five million beings.

Ovādako viññāpako, tārako sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Desanākusalo buddho, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

An exhorter, an instructor, a ferryman for all beings, the Buddha, skilled in teaching, ferried a great populace across.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, padumuttarassa satthuno;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo.

There were three assemblies of the taintless ones for the Teacher Padumuttara; the first assembly was of one hundred thousand koṭis.

Yadā buddho asamasamo, vasi vebhārapabbate;

Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

When the Buddha, the equal of the unequalled, dwelt on Mount Vebhāra, the second assembly was of ninety thousand koṭis of Arahants.

10.

10.

Puna cārikaṃ pakkante, gāmanigamaraṭṭhato;

Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo.

Again, when he set out on tour, the third assembly was of eighty thousand koṭis of Arahants who had gone forth from villages, towns, and countries.

11.

11.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, jaṭilo nāma raṭṭhiko;

Sambuddhappamukhaṃ saṅghaṃ, sabhattaṃ dussamadāsahaṃ.

At that time, I was a householder named Jaṭila, an inhabitant of the country. I gave cloth for robes, together with food, to the Sangha headed by the Perfectly Enlightened One.

12.

12.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya;

‘‘Satasahassito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha, too, sitting in the midst of the Sangha, made a prediction about me: “One hundred thousand eons from now, this one will become a Buddha.”

13.

13.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

“Having undertaken the striving… we shall be in the presence of this one.”

14.

14.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhahiṃ;

Akāsiṃ uggadaḷhaṃ dhitiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, I resolved still further on my vow. I made a keen and firm effort for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

15.

15.

Byāhatā titthiyā sabbe, vimanā dummanā tadā;

Na tesaṃ keci paricaranti, raṭṭhato nicchubhanti te.

All the sectarians were refuted; then they became dejected and miserable. No one attended to them; they were driven from the country.

16.

16.

Sabbe tattha samāgantvā, upagacchuṃ buddhasantike;

Tuvaṃ nātho mahāvīra, saraṇaṃ hohi cakkhuma.

All of them, having assembled there, approached the Buddha’s presence, saying: “You are our protector, O Great Hero! Be our refuge, O One with Vision!”

17.

17.

Anukampako kāruṇiko, hitesī sabbapāṇinaṃ;

Sampatte titthiye sabbe, pañcasīle patiṭṭhapi.

The compassionate, caring, well-wisher for all beings established all the sectarians who had come to him in the five precepts.

18.

18.

Evaṃ nirākulaṃ āsi, suññataṃ titthiyehi taṃ;

Vicittaṃ arahantehi, vasībhūtehi tādihi.

Thus that Dispensation was untroubled, empty of sectarians, and resplendent with Arahants who had attained mastery, the steadfast ones.

19.

19.

Nagaraṃ [Pg.345] haṃsavatī nāma, ānando nāma khattiyo;

Sujātā nāma janikā, padumuttarassa satthuno.

The Teacher Padumuttara’s city was named Haṃsavatī. His father was the khattiya named Ānanda, and his mother was named Sujātā.

20.

20.

Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Naravāhano yaso vasavattī, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

He lived the household life for ten thousand years. Naravāhana, Yasa, and Vasavattī were his three excellent palaces.

21.

21.

Ticattārīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Vasudattā nāma nārī, uttamo nāma atrajo.

There were forty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Vasudattā, and the son was named Uttama.

22.

22.

Nimitte caturo disvā, pāsādenābhinikkhami;

Sattāhaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo.

Having seen the four signs, the supreme person went forth by way of the palace. For seven days he practiced the great striving.

23.

23.

Brahmunā yācito santo, padumuttaro vināyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, mithiluyyānamuttame.

Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful Guide Padumuttara, the Great Hero, set the Wheel in motion in the excellent park of Mithilā.

24.

24.

Devalo ca sujāto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Sumano nāmupaṭṭhāko, padumuttarassa mahesino.

Devala and Sujāta were the chief disciples; Sumana was the attendant of the great sage Padumuttara.

25.

25.

Amitā ca asamā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, salaloti pavuccati.

Amitā and Asamā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is said to be a Salala tree.

26.

26.

Vitiṇṇo ceva tisso ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Haṭṭhā ceva vicittā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Vitiṇṇa and Tissa were the chief male supporters; Haṭṭhā and Vicittā were the chief female supporters.

27.

27.

Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni;

Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo.

The great sage was fifty-eight cubits tall, endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks, like a pillar of gold.

28.

28.

Kuṭṭā kavāṭā bhittī ca, rukkhā nagasiluccayā;

Na tassāvaraṇaṃ atthi, samantā dvādasayojane.

Gate-towers, door-panels, and walls, trees, mountains, and rocky heights—for him there was no obstruction for twelve yojanas all around.

29.

29.

Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

His lifespan at that time was one hundred thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried a great populace across.

30.

30.

Santāretvā bahujanaṃ, chinditvā sabbasaṃsayaṃ;

Jalitvā aggikkhandhova nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having ferried many beings across and cut off all doubt, blazing like a great mass of fire, he, together with his disciples, attained Parinibbāna.

31.

31.

Padumuttaro jino buddho, nandārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tatthevassa thūpavaro, dvādasubbedhayojanoti.

The Victor, the Buddha named Padumuttara, attained Parinibbāna in the Nandā Park. In that very place, his excellent stupa was twelve yojanas high.

Padumuttarassa bhagavato vaṃso dasamo.

The tenth chronicle of the Blessed One Padumuttara.

13. Sumedhabuddhavaṃso

13. The Chronicle of the Buddha Sumedha

Padumuttarassa [Pg.346] aparena, sumedho nāma nāyako;

Durāsado uggatejo, sabbalokuttamo muni.

After Padumuttara, there arose a leader named Sumedha, a sage who was difficult to assail, of fierce power, and supreme in all the world.

Pasannanetto sumukho, brahā uju patāpavā;

Hitesī sabbasattānaṃ, bahū mocesi bandhanā.

With clear eyes and a beautiful face, great, upright, and majestic, a seeker of the welfare of all beings, he freed many from the fetters.

Yadā buddho pāpuṇitvā, kevalaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ;

Sudassanamhi nagare, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi.

When the Buddha, having attained the entire supreme enlightenment, set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion in the city of Sudassana.

Tassāpi abhisamayā tīṇi, ahesuṃ dhammadesane;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

For him also, there were three penetrations of the Truths at the preaching of the Dhamma. The first penetration of the Truths occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis.

Punāparaṃ kumbhakaṇṇaṃ, yakkhaṃ so damayī jino;

Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

Again, at another time, that Victor tamed the yakkha named Kumbhakaṇṇa. Then, the second penetration of the Truths occurred for ninety thousand koṭis.

Punāparaṃ amitayaso, catusaccaṃ pakāsayi;

Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

Again, at another time, the One of incomparable fame proclaimed the Four Truths. Then, the third penetration of the Truths occurred for eighty thousand koṭis.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sumedhassa mahesino;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies of the Arahants, disciples of the great sage Sumedha, who were free from defilements, of tranquil mind, and steadfast.

Sudassanaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, upagañchi jino yadā;

Tadā khīṇāsavā bhikkhū, samiṃsu satakoṭiyo.

When the Victor approached the city named Sudassana, one hundred koṭis of monks who were Arahants assembled.

Punāparaṃ devakūṭe, bhikkhūnaṃ kathinatthate;

Tadā navutikoṭīnaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

Again, at another time, at Mount Devakūṭa, at the spreading of the kathina cloth for the monks, the second assembly of ninety koṭis occurred.

10.

10.

Punāparaṃ dasabalo, yadā carati cārikaṃ;

Tadā asītikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo.

Again, at another time, when the One with Ten Powers was wandering on tour, the third assembly of eighty koṭis occurred.

11.

11.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, uttaro nāma māṇavo;

Asītikoṭiyo mayhaṃ, ghare sannicitaṃ dhanaṃ.

At that time, I was a young man named Uttara. In my house, there was an accumulated wealth of eighty koṭis.

12.

12.

Kevalaṃ sabbaṃ datvāna, sasaṅghe lokanāyake;

Saraṇaṃ tassupagañchiṃ, pabbajjañcābhirocayiṃ.

Having given all that wealth without remainder to the World-Leader together with the Sangha, I went for refuge to him and greatly delighted in the going forth.

13.

13.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, karonto anumodanaṃ;

‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha also, while giving his blessings, made a prediction concerning me: ‘Thirty thousand aeons from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

14.

14.

‘‘Padhānaṃ [Pg.347] padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having striven in the great striving... (etc.)... we shall be in the presence of this one.’

15.

15.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, I made my mind exceedingly serene. For the fulfillment of the ten perfections, I undertook a more excellent practice.

16.

16.

Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ;

Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvāna, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ.

Having mastered the Suttanta and the Vinaya, the entire nine-limbed Teaching of the Master, I adorned the Dispensation of the Victor.

17.

17.

Tatthappamatto viharanto, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame;

Abhiññāsu pāramiṃ gantvā, brahmalokamagañchahaṃ.

Dwelling there heedfully in the postures of sitting, standing, and walking, and having reached the further shore in the supernormal knowledges, I went to the Brahma-world.

18.

18.

Sudassanaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sudatto nāma khattiyo;

Sudattā nāma janikā, sumedhassa mahesino.

The city of the great sage Sumedha was named Sudassana; his father, the khattiya, was named Sudatta, and his mother was named Sudattā.

19.

19.

Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Sucandakañcanasirivaḍḍhā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For nine thousand years he dwelt ruling in the household. Sucanda, Kañcana, and Sirivaddha were his three excellent palaces.

20.

20.

Tisoḷasasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Sumanā nāma sā nārī, punabbasu nāma atrajo.

There were forty-eight thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Sumanā, and the son was named Punabbasu.

21.

21.

Nimitte caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami;

Anūnakaṃ aḍḍhamāsaṃ, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth by means of an elephant-vehicle. For no less than half a month, the Victor undertook the great striving.

22.

22.

Brahmunā yācito santo, sumedho lokanāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, sudassanuyyānamuttame.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene World-Leader Sumedha, the Great Hero, set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion in the excellent Sudassana Park.

23.

23.

Saraṇo sabbakāmo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Sāgaro nāmupaṭṭhāko, sumedhassa mahesino.

Saraṇa and Sabbakāma were the chief disciples. The attendant of the great sage Sumedha was named Sāgara.

24.

24.

Rāmā ceva surāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, mahānīpoti vuccati.

Rāmā and Surāmā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the great Nīpa tree.

25.

25.

Uruvelā yasavā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Yasodharā sirimā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Uruvela and Yasava were the chief male lay supporters; Yasodharā and Sirimā were the chief female lay supporters.

26.

26.

Aṭṭhāsītiratanāni, accuggato mahāmuni;

Obhāseti disā sabbā, cando tāragaṇe yathā.

The great sage was eighty-eight cubits tall. He illumined all directions, just as the moon among the host of stars.

27.

27.

Cakkavattimaṇī nāma, yathā tapati yojanaṃ;

Tatheva tassa ratanaṃ, samantā pharati yojanaṃ.

Just as the jewel of a wheel-turning monarch shines, pervading a yojana, even so the radiance from his body spreads for a yojana all around.

28.

28.

Navutivassasahassāni[Pg.348], āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many beings across.

29.

29.

Tevijjachaḷabhiññehi, balappattehi tādihi;

Samākulamidaṃ āsi, arahantehi sādhuhi.

This dispensation was thronged with virtuous Arahants endowed with the three knowledges and the six direct knowledges, who had attained the power and were steadfast.

30.

30.

Tepi sabbe amitayasā, vippamuttā nirūpadhī;

Ñāṇālokaṃ dassayitvā, nibbutā te mahāyasā.

All of them, of immeasurable fame, fully liberated and without substrates, having displayed the light of knowledge, those of great fame attained Parinibbāna.

31.

31.

Sumedho jinavaro buddho, medhārāmamhi nibbuto;

Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti.

The Buddha Sumedha, the excellent Victor, attained Parinibbāna in the Medhārāma. There was a wide dispersal of his relics in all the various regions.

Sumedhassa bhagavato vaṃso ekādasamo.

The Eleventh Chronicle of the Blessed One Sumedha.

14. Sujātabuddhavaṃso

14. The Chronicle of the Buddha Sujāta

Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, sujāto nāma nāyako;

Sīhahanusabhakkhandho, appameyyo durāsado.

In that very Maṇḍa eon, there arose a leader named Sujāta, with jaws like a lion and shoulders like a bull, immeasurable and unassailable.

Candova vimalo suddho, sataraṃsīva patāpavā;

Evaṃ sobhati sambuddho, jalanto siriyā sadā.

Like the moon, stainless and pure, and like the sun in its majesty, so shines the Perfectly Enlightened One, ever blazing with splendor.

Pāpuṇitvāna sambuddho, kevalaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ;

Sumaṅgalamhi nagare, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi.

Having attained complete and supreme enlightenment, the Perfectly Enlightened One set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma in the city of Sumaṅgala.

Desente pavaraṃ dhammaṃ, sujāte lokanāyake ;

Asītikoṭī abhisamiṃsu, paṭhame dhammadesane.

When Sujāta, the leader of the world, was teaching the supreme Dhamma, eighty crores attained comprehension at the first teaching of the Dhamma.

Yadā sujāto amitayaso, deve vassaṃ upāgami;

Sattatiṃsasatasahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

When Sujāta of limitless fame entered upon the rains retreat among the devas, the second comprehension occurred for thirty-seven hundred thousand beings.

Yadā sujāto asamasamo, upagacchi pitusantikaṃ;

Saṭṭhisatasahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

When Sujāta, the equal of the unequalled, approached his father, the third comprehension occurred for sixty hundred thousand beings.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sujātassa mahesino;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies of the great sage Sujāta, of those whose cankers were destroyed, who were stainless, peaceful in mind, and steadfast.

Abhiññābalappattānaṃ[Pg.349], appattānaṃ bhavābhave;

Saṭṭhisatasahassāni, paṭhamaṃ sannipatiṃsu te.

The first assembly was of sixty hundred thousand of them, who had attained the power of direct knowledge and would not arrive in any state of becoming.

Punāparaṃ sannipāte, tidivorohaṇe jine;

Paññāsasatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

Furthermore, at the Victor's descent from the celestial world, there was a second gathering of fifty hundred thousand.

10.

10.

Upasaṅkamanto narāsabhaṃ, tassa yo aggasāvako;

Catūhi satasahassehi, sambuddhaṃ upasaṅkami.

His chief disciple, approaching the bull among men, came to the Perfectly Enlightened One accompanied by four hundred thousand.

11.

11.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, catudīpamhi issaro;

Antalikkhacaro āsiṃ, cakkavattī mahabbalo.

At that time I was a wheel-turning monarch, a lord over the four continents, of great power, who traveled through the sky.

12.

12.

Loke acchariyaṃ disvā, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ;

Upagantvāna vandiṃ so, sujātaṃ lokanāyakaṃ.

Having seen a wonder in the world, an amazing and hair-raising thing, I approached and paid homage to Sujāta, the leader of the world.

13.

13.

Catudīpe mahārajjaṃ, ratane satta uttame;

Buddhe niyyādayitvāna, pabbajiṃ tassa santike.

Having offered to the Buddha the great sovereignty over the four continents and the seven supreme treasures, I went forth in his presence.

14.

14.

Ārāmikā janapade, uṭṭhānaṃ paṭipiṇḍiya;

Upanenti bhikkhusaṅghassa, paccayaṃ sayanāsanaṃ.

The people in the country, having made a collection of the produce, bring to the community of monks requisites, lodging, and seating.

15.

15.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, dasasahassimhi issaro;

‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha, the lord of the ten-thousand-world system, also made a prediction concerning me: ‘In thirty thousand eons, this one will become a Buddha.’

16.

16.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having undertaken the striving… we shall be in the presence of this one.’

17.

17.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo hāsaṃ janesahaṃ;

Adhiṭṭhahiṃ vataṃ uggaṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, I generated even greater joy. I undertook a formidable observance for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

18.

18.

Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ;

Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvāna, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ.

Having learned the Suttanta, the Vinaya, and the entire nine-limbed Teaching of the Teacher, I adorned the Dispensation of the Victor.

19.

19.

Tatthappamatto viharanto, brahmaṃ bhāvetva bhāvanaṃ;

Abhiññāpāramiṃ gantvā, brahmalokamagañchahaṃ.

Dwelling there heedfully, having developed the Brahma-meditation, and having reached the perfection of the direct knowledges, I went to the Brahma-world.

20.

20.

Sumaṅgalaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, uggato nāma khattiyo;

Mātā pabhāvatī nāma, sujātassa mahesino.

The city of the great sage Sujāta was named Sumaṅgala, the khattiya father was named Uggata, and his mother was named Pabhāvatī.

21.

21.

Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Sirī upasirī nando, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For nine thousand years he dwelt in the household. Sirī, Upasirī, and Nanda were his three supreme palaces.

22.

22.

Tevīsatisahassāni[Pg.350], nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Sirinandā nāma nārī, upaseno nāma atrajo.

There were twenty-three thousand well-adorned women. His wife was named Sirinandā, and his son was named Upasena.

23.

23.

Nimitte caturo disvā, assayānena nikkhami;

Anūnanavamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth by horse-drawn chariot. For no less than nine months the Victor engaged in the striving.

24.

24.

Brahmunā yācito santo, sujāto lokanāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, sumaṅgaluyyānamuttame.

Having been requested by Brahmā, the serene great hero Sujāta, leader of the world, set the Wheel in motion in the supreme Sumaṅgala Park.

25.

25.

Sudassano sudevo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Nārado nāmupaṭṭhāko, sujātassa mahesino.

Sudassana and Sudeva were the chief disciples. The attendant of the great sage Sujāta was named Nārada.

26.

26.

Nāgā ca nāgasamālā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, mahāveḷūti vuccati.

Nāgā and Nāgasamālā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Great Bamboo.

27.

27.

So ca rukkho ghanakkhandho, acchiddo hoti pattiko;

Uju vaṃso brahā hoti, dassanīyo manoramo.

And that tree had a solid trunk, was without hollows, and was covered with leaves. It was a large, straight bamboo, lovely to see and delightful.

28.

28.

Ekakkhandho pavaḍḍhitvā, tato sākhā pabhijjati;

Yathā subaddho morahattho, evaṃ sobhati so dumo.

Growing up with a single trunk, its branches then spread out. That tree shines like a well-made fan of peacock feathers.

29.

29.

Na tassa kaṇṭakā honti, nāpi chiddaṃ mahā ahu;

Vitthiṇṇasākho aviralo, sandacchāyo manoramo.

It had no thorns, nor was there any large hollow in it. With sprawling, dense branches, its thick shade was delightful.

30.

30.

Sudatto ceva citto ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Subhaddā ca padumā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Sudatta and Citta were the chief male lay supporters; Subhaddā and Padumā were the chief female lay supporters.

31.

31.

Paññāsaratano āsi, uccattanena so jino;

Sabbākāravarūpeto, sabbaguṇamupāgato.

That Victor was fifty cubits in height. He was endowed with all the best features, possessed of all virtues.

32.

32.

Tassa pabhā asamasamā, niddhāvati samantato;

Appamāṇo atuliyo, opammehi anūpamo.

His peerless radiance streamed forth in all directions. He was immeasurable, incomparable, and beyond compare by any simile.

33.

33.

Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried a great multitude across.

34.

34.

Yathāpi sāgare ūmī, gagane tārakā yathā;

Evaṃ tadā pāvacanaṃ, arahantehi cittitaṃ.

Just as there are waves in the ocean and stars in the sky, so at that time the teaching was adorned by Arahants.

35.

35.

So [Pg.351] ca buddho asamasamo, guṇāni ca tāni atuliyāni;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

That peerless Buddha and those incomparable virtues—all that has vanished. Are not all conditioned formations indeed empty?

36.

36.

Sujāto jinavaro buddho, silārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tattheva tassa cetiyo, tīṇigāvutamuggatoti.

The victorious leader, the Buddha Sujāta, attained Parinibbāna in the Silā Park. Right there his stupa stands, three leagues high.

Sujātassa bhagavato vaṃso dvādasamo.

The Twelfth Chronicle of the Blessed One Sujāta is concluded.

15. Piyadassībuddhavaṃso

15. The Chronicle of the Buddha Piyadassī

Sujātassa aparena, sayambhū lokanāyako;

Durāsado asamasamo, piyadassī mahāyaso.

After Sujāta, there arose the Self-become, leader of the world, Piyadassī of great renown, difficult to assail, and peerless.

Sopi buddho amitayaso, ādiccova virocati;

Sabbaṃ tamaṃ nihantvāna, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi.

That Buddha, too, of boundless glory, shone like the sun; having dispelled all darkness, he set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion.

Tassāpi atulatejassa, ahesuṃ abhisamayā tayo;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

For him, too, of incomparable power, there were three awakenings. The first awakening was for a hundred thousand koṭis of beings.

Sudassano devarājā, micchādiṭṭhimarocayi;

Tassa diṭṭhiṃ vinodento, satthā dhammamadesayi.

The king of the devas, Sudassana, took delight in wrong view. Dispelling his view, the Teacher taught the Dhamma.

Janasannipāto atulo, mahāsannipatī tadā;

Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

There was then an incomparable gathering of people, a great assembly. The second awakening was for ninety thousand koṭis of beings.

Yadā doṇamukhaṃ hatthiṃ, vinesi narasārathi;

Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

When the guide of men tamed the elephant Doṇamukha, the third awakening was for eighty thousand koṭis of beings.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tassāpi piyadassino;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo.

There were three assemblies of the Arahants of that Piyadassī. The first assembly was of a hundred thousand koṭis.

Tato paraṃ navutikoṭī, samiṃsu ekato munī;

Tatiye sannipātamhi, asītikoṭiyo ahū.

After that, ninety koṭis of sages assembled together. At the third assembly, there were eighty koṭis.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, kassapo nāma brāhmaṇo ;

Ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū.

At that time I was a brahmin named Kassapa, a reciter and master of the sacred hymns, who had mastered the three Vedas.

10.

10.

Tassa [Pg.352] dhammaṃ suṇitvāna, pasādaṃ janayiṃ ahaṃ;

Koṭisatasahassehi, saṅghārāmaṃ amāpayiṃ.

Having heard his Dhamma, I gained confidence. With a hundred thousand koṭis, I had a monastery built for the Sangha.

11.

11.

Tassa datvāna ārāmaṃ, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso;

Saraṇe pañca sīle ca, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiyiṃ.

Having given him the park, with a joyful and inspired mind, I firmly undertook the Three Refuges and the five precepts.

12.

12.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya;

‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha, too, seated in the midst of the Sangha, made this prophecy about me: ‘In eighteen hundred aeons from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

13.

13.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having striven in the great striving … we will come face to face with him.’

14.

14.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Hearing his words, I was inspired with even greater confidence. I undertook a further vow to fulfill the ten perfections.

15.

15.

Sudhaññaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sudatto nāma khattiyo;

Candā nāmāsi janikā, piyadassissa satthuno.

The city was named Sudhañña, the khattiya was named Sudatta, and the mother of the Teacher Piyadassī was named Candā.

16.

16.

Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Sunimmalavimalagiriguhā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For nine thousand years, he dwelt in the home. Sunimmala, Vimala, and Giriguhā were the three excellent palaces.

17.

17.

Tettiṃsasahassāni ca, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Vimalā nāma nārī ca, kañcanāveḷo nāma atrajo.

There were thirty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Vimalā, and the son was named Kañcanāveḷa.

18.

18.

Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami;

Chamāsaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo.

Having seen the four signs, the supreme man went forth by chariot. For six months he practiced the striving.

19.

19.

Brahmunā yācito santo, piyadassī mahāmuni;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, usabhuyyāne manorame.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene Piyadassī, the great sage, the great hero, turned the wheel in the delightful Usabha Park.

20.

20.

Pālito sabbadassī ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Sobhito nāmupaṭṭhāko, piyadassissa satthuno.

Pālita and Sabbadassī were the chief disciples. The attendant of the Teacher Piyadassī was named Sobhita.

21.

21.

Sujātā dhammadinnā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, kakudhoti pavuccati.

Sujātā and Dhammadinnā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Kakudha.

22.

22.

Sandhako dhammako ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Visākhā dhammadinnā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Sandhaka and Dhammaka were the chief male lay supporters. Visākhā and Dhammadinnā were the chief female lay supporters.

23.

23.

Sopi [Pg.353] buddho amitayaso, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo;

Asītihatthamubbedho, sālarājāva dissati.

That Buddha, of incomparable glory and endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks, was eighty cubits in height; he appeared like a kingly sāl tree.

24.

24.

Aggicandasūriyānaṃ, natthi tādisikā pabhā;

Yathā ahu pabhā tassa, asamassa mahesino.

The radiance of fire, the moon, and the sun is not like the radiance of that unequalled great sage.

25.

25.

Tassāpi devadevassa, āyu tāvatakaṃ ahu;

Navutivassasahassāni, loke aṭṭhāsi cakkhumā.

For ninety thousand years the One with Vision remained in the world; the lifespan of that god of gods was that long.

26.

26.

Sopi buddho asamasamo, yugānipi tāni atuliyāni;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

That peerless Buddha and those incomparable pairs of disciples—all that has vanished. Are not all conditioned formations indeed empty?

27.

27.

Piyadassī munivaro, assatthārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tatthevassa jinathūpo, tīṇiyojanamuggatoti.

The excellent sage Piyadassī attained Parinibbāna in the Assatthārāma. Right there, his stūpa of the Victor was three yojanas high.

Piyadassissa bhagavato vaṃso terasamo.

The Thirteenth Chronicle of the Blessed One Piyadassī is concluded.

16. Atthadassībuddhavaṃso

16. The Chronicle of the Buddha Atthadassī

Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, atthadassī mahāyaso;

Mahātamaṃ nihantvāna, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ.

In that very Maṇḍa eon, Atthadassī of great renown, having dispelled the great darkness, attained supreme enlightenment.

Brahmunā yācito santo, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi;

Amatena tappayī lokaṃ, dasasahassisadevakaṃ.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene one set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion. He gratified the world with its devas in the ten-thousand-fold world system with the deathless nectar.

Tassāpi lokanāthassa, ahesuṃ abhisamayā tayo;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

For that Protector of the World, too, there were three realizations. The first realization was for one hundred thousand koṭis of beings.

Yadā buddho atthadassī, carate devacārikaṃ;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

When the Buddha Atthadassī was journeying in the deva realm, the second realization occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis of devas and brahmās.

Punāparaṃ yadā buddho, desesi pitusantike;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

Furthermore, when the Buddha taught in his father's presence, the third realization occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis of beings.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tassāpi ca mahesino;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies for that great sage, of Arahants whose cankers were destroyed, who were free from defilements, with peaceful minds, the Such-like Ones.

Aṭṭhanavutisahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

Aṭṭhāsītisahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

The first assembly was of ninety-eight thousand. The second assembly was of eighty-eight thousand.

Aṭṭhasattatisatasahassānaṃ[Pg.354], tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

Anupādā vimuttānaṃ, vimalānaṃ mahesinaṃ.

The third assembly was of seventy-eight hundred thousand great sages, who were without clinging, liberated, and stainless.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, jaṭilo uggatāpano;

Susīmo nāma nāmena, mahiyā seṭṭhasammato.

At that time, I was a matted-hair ascetic of fierce austerities, named Susīma, esteemed as excellent on earth.

10.

10.

Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ;

Devalokāharitvāna, sambuddhamabhipūjayiṃ.

Having brought the divine Mandārava flower, the Paduma lotus, and the Pārichattaka flower from the deva world, I worshipped the Perfectly Enlightened One.

11.

11.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, atthadassī mahāmuni;

‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha, the great sage Atthadassī, also made this prophecy about me: ‘In eighteen hundred eons, this one will become a Buddha.’

12.

12.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having engaged in the striving… we will be in the presence of this one.’

13.

13.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, joyful and with a mind stirred with urgency, I undertook a further vow to fulfill the ten perfections.

14.

14.

Sobhaṇaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sāgaro nāma khattiyo;

Sudassanā nāma janikā, atthadassissa satthuno.

The city of the Teacher Atthadassī was named Sobhaṇa, the khattiya father was named Sāgara, and the mother was named Sudassanā.

15.

15.

Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Amaragiri sugiri vāhanā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For ten thousand years he dwelt ruling in the home. Amaragiri, Sugiri, and Vāhana were the three excellent palaces.

16.

16.

Tettiṃsañca sahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Visākhā nāma nārī ca, selo nāmāsi atrajo.

There were thirty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Visākhā, and the son was named Sela.

17.

17.

Nimitte caturo disvā, assayānena nikkhami;

Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, the Victor went forth by horse-vehicle. For a full eight months, he engaged in the striving.

18.

18.

Brahmunā yācito santo, atthadassī mahāyaso;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, anomuyyāne narāsabho.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene one, Atthadassī of great renown, the great hero, the bull among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Anoma park.

19.

19.

Santo ca upasanto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Abhayo nāmupaṭṭhāko, atthadassissa satthuno.

For the Teacher Atthadassī, Santa and Upasanta were the chief disciples; the attendant was named Abhaya.

20.

20.

Dhammā ceva sudhammā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, campakoti pavuccati.

Dhammā and Sudhammā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Campaka.

21.

21.

Nakulo ca nisabho ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Makilā ca sunandā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Nakula and Nisabha were the chief male lay supporters; Makilā and Sunandā were the chief female lay supporters.

22.

22.

Sopi [Pg.355] buddho asamasamo, asītihatthamuggato;

Sobhate sālarājāva, uḷurājāva pūrito.

That Buddha, the Unequalled, was eighty cubits tall. He shone like a kingly sāl tree, and like the full moon, the king of stars.

23.

23.

Tassa pākatikā raṃsī, anekasatakoṭiyo;

Uddhaṃ adho dasa disā, pharanti yojanaṃ sadā.

His natural rays, many hundreds of koṭis, always spread for a yojana upwards, downwards, and in the ten directions.

24.

24.

Sopi buddho narāsabho, sabbasattuttamo muni;

Vassasatasahassāni, loke aṭṭhāsi cakkhumā.

That Buddha, the bull among men, the sage supreme among all beings, the One with Vision, remained in the world for one hundred thousand years.

25.

25.

Atulaṃ dassetvā obhāsaṃ, virocetvā sadevake ;

Sopi aniccataṃ patto, yathaggupādānasaṅkhayā.

Having displayed incomparable light and illuminated the world with its devas, he too reached impermanence, just as a fire is extinguished with the exhaustion of its fuel.

26.

26.

Atthadassī jinavaro, anomārāmamhi nibbuto;

Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti.

The noble Victor Atthadassī attained Parinibbāna in the Anomārāma. There was a wide distribution of his relics in those various regions.

Atthadassissa bhagavato vaṃso cuddasamo.

The fourteenth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Atthadassī, is concluded.

17. Dhammadassībuddhavaṃso

17. The Chronicle of the Buddha Dhammadassī

Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, dhammadassī mahāyaso;

Tamandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā, atirocati sadevake.

In that very Maṇḍa-kappa, Dhammadassī of great renown, having dispelled the darkness of ignorance, shines exceedingly in the world with its devas.

Tassāpi atulatejassa, dhammacakkappavattane;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

For him also, one of unequalled splendor, at the setting in motion of the Wheel of Dhamma, the first realization occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis.

Yadā buddho dhammadassī, vinesi sañjayaṃ isiṃ;

Tadā navutikoṭīnaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

When the Buddha Dhammadassī disciplined the ascetic Sañjaya, then for ninety koṭis the second realization occurred.

Yadā sakko upāgañchi, sapariso vināyakaṃ;

Tadā asītikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

When Sakka with his retinue approached the Leader, then for eighty koṭis the third realization occurred.

Tassāpi devadevassa, sannipātā tayo ahuṃ ;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

For that Deva of devas, there were also three assemblies of those who had destroyed the taints, were stainless, serene in mind, and imperturbable.

Yadā buddho dhammadassī, saraṇe vassaṃ upāgami;

Tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo.

When the Buddha Dhammadassī entered upon the rains-retreat in Saraṇa, then the first assembly was of one hundred thousand koṭis.

Punāparaṃ yadā buddho, devato eti mānusaṃ;

Tadāpi satakoṭīnaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

Again, on another occasion, when the Buddha came from the deva world to the human world, then also the second assembly was of one hundred koṭis.

Punāparaṃ [Pg.356] yadā buddho, pakāsesi dhute guṇe;

Tadā asītikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo.

Again, on another occasion, when the Buddha proclaimed the qualities of the ascetic practices, then the third assembly was of eighty koṭis.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, sakko āsiṃ purindado;

Dibbena gandhamālena, turiyenābhipūjayiṃ.

At that time, I was Sakka, Purindada. With divine perfumes, garlands, and music, I honored the Buddha.

10.

10.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, devamajjhe nisīdiya;

‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha, too, seated in the midst of the devas, made a prophecy concerning me: ‘In eighteen hundred eons, this one will become a Buddha.’

11.

11.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having engaged in the striving… we will be in the presence of this one.’

12.

12.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, I made my mind even more serene. I undertook a further practice for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

13.

13.

Saraṇaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, saraṇo nāma khattiyo;

Sunandā nāma janikā, dhammadassissa satthuno.

The city was named Saraṇa, the khattiya father was named Saraṇa, and the mother of the Teacher Dhammadassī was named Sunandā.

14.

14.

Aṭṭhavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Arajo virajo sudassano, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For eight thousand years he dwelt in the household. Araja, Viraja, and Sudassana were his three excellent palaces.

15.

15.

Ticattārīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Vicikoḷi nāma nārī, atrajo puññavaḍḍhano.

There were forty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Vicikoḷi, and his son was named Puññavaḍḍhana.

16.

16.

Nimitte caturo disvā, pāsādenābhinikkhami;

Sattāhaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth by palace-vehicle. For seven days, the supreme man engaged in the practice of striving.

17.

17.

Brahmunā yācito santo, dhammadassī narāsabho;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene Dhammadassī, bull among men, the great hero, supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Migadāya.

18.

18.

Padumo phussadevo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Sunetto nāmupaṭṭhāko, dhammadassissa satthuno.

For the Teacher Dhammadassī, Paduma and Phussadeva were the chief disciples; the attendant was named Sunetta.

19.

19.

Khemā ca saccanāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, bimbijāloti vuccati.

Khemā and Saccanāmā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Bimbijāla.

20.

20.

Subhaddo kaṭissaho ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Sāḷiyā ca kaḷiyā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Subhadda and Kaṭissaha were the chief male lay supporters; Sāḷiyā and Kaḷiyā were the chief female lay supporters.

21.

21.

Sopi [Pg.357] buddho asamasamo, asītihatthamuggato;

Atirocati tejena, dasasahassimhi dhātuyā.

That Buddha, equal to the unequalled, was eighty cubits in height. He shone resplendently with his splendor throughout the ten-thousandfold world-system.

22.

22.

Suphullo sālarājāva, vijjūva gagane yathā;

Majjhanhikeva sūriyo, evaṃ so upasobhatha.

Like a sāl tree king in full bloom, like lightning in the sky, like the sun at midday, so was he resplendent.

23.

23.

Tassāpi atulatejassa, samakaṃ āsi jīvitaṃ;

Vassasatasahassāni, loke aṭṭhāsi cakkhumā.

For him of unequalled splendor, the lifespan was the same as that of the people of his time. The One with Vision remained in the world for one hundred thousand years.

24.

24.

Obhāsaṃ dassayitvāna, vimalaṃ katvāna sāsanaṃ;

Cavi candova gagane, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having displayed a radiance and made the Dispensation stainless, he attained Parinibbāna along with his disciples, like the moon passing away in the sky.

25.

25.

Dhammadassī mahāvīro, sālārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tatthevassa thūpavaro, tīṇiyojanamuggatoti.

The great hero Dhammadassī attained Parinibbāna in the Sālārāma. There his excellent stūpa was three yojanas in height.

Dhammadassissa bhagavato vaṃso pannarasamo.

The fifteenth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Dhammadassī, is concluded.

18. Siddhatthabuddhavaṃso

18. The Chronicle of the Buddha Siddhattha

Dhammadassissa aparena, siddhattho nāma nāyako;

Nihanitvā tamaṃ sabbaṃ, sūriyo abbhuggato yathā.

After Dhammadassī, there was a leader named Siddhattha who, having dispelled all darkness, arose like the rising sun.

Sopi patvāna sambodhiṃ, santārento sadevakaṃ;

Abhivassi dhammameghena, nibbāpento sadevakaṃ.

He too, having attained full enlightenment, ferried the world with its devas across. He rained down with the cloud of Dhamma, extinguishing the defilements for the world with its devas.

Tassāpi atulatejassa, ahesuṃ abhisamayā tayo;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

For him of unequalled splendor, there were three realizations. The first realization was for one hundred thousand koṭis of beings.

Punāparaṃ bhīmarathe, yadā āhani dundubhiṃ;

Tadā navutikoṭīnaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

Furthermore, on another occasion, when he beat the drum of the Dhamma in Bhīmaratha, the second realization occurred for ninety koṭis.

Yadā buddho dhammaṃ desesi, vebhāre so puruttame;

Tadā navutikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

When that Buddha taught the Dhamma in Vebhāra, that best of cities, the third realization occurred for ninety koṭis.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tasmimpi dvipaduttame;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies for that supreme among bipeds: of those whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, serene in mind, and steadfast.

Koṭisatānaṃ [Pg.358] navutīnaṃ, asītiyāpi ca koṭinaṃ;

Ete āsuṃ tayo ṭhānā, vimalānaṃ samāgame.

Of one hundred koṭis, ninety koṭis, and eighty koṭis—these were the three assemblies of the stainless ones.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, maṅgalo nāma tāpaso;

Uggatejo duppasaho, abhiññābalasamāhito.

At that time I was an ascetic named Maṅgala, of fierce power, difficult to overcome, and endowed with the power of supernormal knowledge.

Jambuto phalamānetvā siddhatthassa adāsahaṃ;

Paṭiggahetvā sambuddho, idaṃ vacanamabravi.

Having brought a fruit from the Jambu tree, I gave it to Siddhattha. The Perfectly Enlightened One, having accepted it, spoke this word:

10.

10.

‘‘Passatha imaṃ tāpasaṃ, jaṭilaṃ uggatāpanaṃ;

Catunnavutito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

‘Behold this matted-hair ascetic who practices fierce austerities. Ninety-four aeons from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

11.

11.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having striven in the striving…’ [Hearing this, many aspired:] ‘We will be in his presence.’

12.

12.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his word, I clarified my mind even more. I undertook a further vow in order to fulfill the ten perfections.

13.

13.

Vebhāraṃ nāma nagaraṃ, udeno nāma khattiyo;

Suphassā nāma janikā, siddhatthassa mahesino.

The city was named Vebhāra, the khattiya father was named Udena, and the mother of the great sage Siddhattha was named Suphassā.

14.

14.

Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Kokāsuppalakokanadā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For ten thousand years he lived the household life. Kokā, Suppalā, and Kokanudā were his three excellent palaces.

15.

15.

Tisoḷasasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Somanassā nāma sā nārī, anupamo nāma atrajo.

There were forty-eight thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Somanassā, and the son was named Anupama.

16.

16.

Nimitte caturo disvā, sivikāyābhinikkhami;

Anūnadasamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth by palanquin. For ten full months, the Victor undertook the striving.

17.

17.

Brahmunā yācito santo, siddhattho lokanāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo.

Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful Siddhattha, leader of the world, the great hero, supreme among men, turned the Wheel in the Deer Park.

18.

18.

Sambalo ca sumitto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Revato nāmupaṭṭhāko, siddhatthassa mahesino.

Sambala and Sumitta were the chief disciples. The attendant of the great sage Siddhattha was named Revata.

19.

19.

Sīvalā ca surāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, kaṇikāroti vuccati.

Sīvalā and Surāmā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Kaṇikāra.

20.

20.

Suppiyo ca samuddo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Rammā ceva surammā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Suppiya and Samudda were the chief male lay supporters; Rammā and Surammā were the chief female lay supporters.

21.

21.

So [Pg.359] buddho saṭṭhiratanaṃ, ahosi nabhamuggato;

Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, dasasahassī virocati.

That Buddha was sixty cubits tall, rising up to the sky. Like a golden pillar, he illuminated the ten-thousandfold world-system.

22.

22.

Sopi buddho asamasamo, atulo appaṭipuggalo;

Vassasatasahassāni, loke aṭṭhāsi cakkhumā.

That Buddha, equal to the unequalled, incomparable, and peerless, the One with Vision, remained in the world for one hundred thousand years.

23.

23.

Vipulaṃ pabhaṃ dassayitvā, pupphāpetvāna sāvake;

Vilāsetvā samāpatyā, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having displayed a vast and excellent radiance, having caused the disciples to blossom, and having delighted in the noble attainments, he, together with his disciples, attained Parinibbāna.

24.

24.

Siddhattho munivaro buddho, anomārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tatthevassa thūpavaro, catuyojanamuggatoti.

The Buddha Siddhattha, the most excellent of sages, attained Parinibbāna in the Anoma Park. In that very place, his excellent stūpa rose to a height of four yojanas.

Siddhatthassa bhagavato vaṃso soḷasamo.

The sixteenth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Siddhattha, is concluded.

19. Tissabuddhavaṃso

19. The Chronicle of the Buddha Tissa

Siddhatthassa aparena, asamo appaṭipuggalo;

Anantatejo amitayaso, tisso lokagganāyako.

After Siddhattha, there arose the supreme guide of the world named Tissa, who was unequalled, peerless, of infinite power, and of immeasurable fame.

Tamandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā, obhāsetvā sadevakaṃ;

Anukampako mahāvīro, loke uppajji cakkhumā.

Having dispelled the darkness of ignorance and illuminated the world with its devas, the compassionate Great Hero, the One with Vision, arose in the world.

Tassāpi atulā iddhi, atulaṃ sīlaṃ samādhi ca;

Sabbattha pāramiṃ gantvā, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi.

His spiritual power was incomparable, and incomparable too were his virtue and concentration. Having reached perfection in all things, he set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma.

So buddho dasasahassimhi, viññāpesi giraṃ suciṃ;

Koṭisatāni abhisamiṃsu, paṭhame dhammadesane.

That Buddha made known his pure utterance in the ten-thousandfold world-system. At the first Dhamma discourse, one hundred koṭis of beings attained full understanding.

Dutiyo navutikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyo saṭṭhikoṭiyo;

Bandhanāto pamocesi, satte naramarū tadā.

The second full understanding was for ninety koṭis, and the third for sixty koṭis. At that time, he liberated beings—humans and devas—from their bonds.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tisse lokagganāyake;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies during the time of Tissa, the supreme guide of the world: of those whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, of tranquil mind, and steadfast.

Khīṇāsavasatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

Navutisatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

The first assembly was of one hundred thousand of those with cankers destroyed. The second assembly was of nine million of those with cankers destroyed.

Asītisatasahassānaṃ[Pg.360], tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, pupphitānaṃ vimuttiyā.

The third assembly was of eight million of those with cankers destroyed, who were stainless and had blossomed through liberation.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, sujāto nāma khattiyo;

Mahābhogaṃ chaḍḍayitvā, pabbajiṃ isipabbajaṃ.

At that time, I was a khattiya named Sujāta. Having renounced great wealth, I went forth into the ascetic life of a seer.

10.

10.

Mayi pabbajite sante, uppajji lokanāyako;

Buddhoti saddaṃ sutvāna, pīti me upapajjatha.

While I was living as one who had gone forth, the Leader of the World arose. Hearing the sound ‘Buddha,’ joy arose in me.

11.

11.

Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ;

Ubho hatthehi paggayha, dhunamāno upāgamiṃ.

Lifting a divine Mandārava flower, a Paduma lotus, and a Pārichattaka flower with both hands, I approached, shaking my bark-cloth garments.

12.

12.

Catuvaṇṇaparivutaṃ, tissaṃ lokagganāyakaṃ;

Tamahaṃ pupphaṃ gahetvā, matthake dhārayiṃ jinaṃ.

Having taken that flower, I placed it on the head of the Victor, Tissa, the supreme guide of the world, who was surrounded by the four castes.

13.

13.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, janamajjhe nisīdiya;

‘‘Dvenavute ito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

Seated in the midst of the people, that Buddha also made a prediction concerning me: ‘Ninety-two aeons from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

14.

14.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having striven in the great endeavor… we will be in his presence.’

15.

15.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, my mind became even more serene. I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

16.

16.

Khemakaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, janasandho nāma khattiyo;

Padumā nāma janikā, tissassa ca mahesino.

The city of the great seer Tissa was named Khemaka, the khattiya father was named Janasandha, and the mother was named Padumā.

17.

17.

Sattavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Guhāsela nārisaya nisabhā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For seven thousand years he dwelt in the household life. Guhāsela, Nārisaya, and Nisabha were his three excellent palaces.

18.

18.

Samatiṃsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Subhaddānāmikā nārī, ānando nāma atrajo.

He was attended by thirty thousand well-adorned women. His wife was named Subhaddā, and his son was named Ānanda.

19.

19.

Nimitte caturo disvā, assayānena nikkhami;

Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth by horse-drawn chariot. For a full eight months, the Victor strove in the great endeavor.

20.

20.

Brahmunā yācito santo, tisso lokagganāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, yasavatiyamuttame.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene Tissa, the great hero and supreme guide of the world, set the Wheel in motion in the excellent deer park of Yasavatī.

21.

21.

Brahmadevo udayo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Samaṅgo nāmupaṭṭhāko, tissassa ca mahesino.

Brahmadeva and Udaya were the chief disciples. The attendant of the great seer Tissa was named Samaṅga.

22.

22.

Phussā [Pg.361] ceva sudattā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, asanoti pavuccati.

Phussā and Sudattā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Asana.

23.

23.

Sambalo ca sirimā ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Kisāgotamī upasenā, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Sambala and Sirimā were the chief male lay supporters; Kisāgotamī and Upasenā were the chief female lay supporters.

24.

24.

So buddho saṭṭhiratano, ahu uccattane jino;

Anūpamo asadiso, himavā viya dissati.

That Buddha, the Victor, was sixty cubits in height. Incomparable and unequalled, he was visible like the Himavanta mountain.

25.

25.

Tassāpi atulatejassa, āyu āsi anuttaro;

Vassasatasahassāni, loke aṭṭhāsi cakkhumā.

The lifespan of that one of incomparable power was supreme. The One with Vision remained in the world for one hundred thousand years.

26.

26.

Uttamaṃ pavaraṃ seṭṭhaṃ, anubhotvā mahāyasaṃ;

Jalitvā aggikkhandhova, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having enjoyed great renown—supreme, noble, and best—and having blazed forth like a great mass of fire, He, together with His disciples, attained Parinibbāna.

27.

27.

Valāhakova anilena, sūriyena viya ussavo;

Andhakārova padīpena, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Like a cloud by the wind, like a dewdrop by the sun, and like darkness by a lamp, so He, together with His disciples, attained Parinibbāna.

28.

28.

Tisso jinavaro buddho, nandārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tatthevassa jinathūpo, tīṇiyojanamuggatoti.

The noble Victor, the Buddha Tissa, attained Parinibbāna in the Nandā Park. In that very place, His Victor's stūpa is three yojanas high.

Tissassa bhagavato vaṃso sattarasamo.

The seventeenth chronicle of the Blessed One Tissa.

20. Phussabuddhavaṃso

20. The Chronicle of the Buddha Phussa.

Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, ahu satthā anuttaro;

Anupamo asamasamo, phusso lokagganāyako.

In that very Maṇḍa aeon, there arose the Teacher named Phussa, who was unsurpassed, incomparable, equal to the unequalled, and the foremost guide of the world.

Sopi sabbaṃ tamaṃ hantvā, vijaṭetvā mahājaṭaṃ;

Sadevakaṃ tappayanto, abhivassi amatambunā.

He too, having dispelled all darkness and unravelled the great tangle, rained down the water of the Deathless, bringing contentment to the world with its devas.

Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, phusse nakkhattamaṅgale;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

When Phussa, whose name is an auspicious constellation, set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion, the first penetration of the truth occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis of beings.

Navutisatasahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu;

Asītisatasahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

The second penetration of the truth occurred for nine million beings; the third penetration of the truth occurred for eight million beings.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, phussassāpi mahesino;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies of the great seer Phussa, of those with cankers destroyed, who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and endowed with forbearance.

Saṭṭhisatasahassānaṃ[Pg.362], paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

Paññāsasatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

The first assembly was of six million Arahants; the second assembly was of five million Arahants.

Cattārīsasatasahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

Anupādā vimuttānaṃ, vocchinnapaṭisandhinaṃ.

The third assembly was of four million Arahants, liberated without clinging, for whom rebirth-linking had been cut off.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, vijitāvī nāma khattiyo;

Chaḍḍayitvā mahārajjaṃ, pabbajiṃ tassa santike.

At that time, I was a khattiya named Vijitāvī. Having renounced a great kingdom, I went forth in His presence.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, phusso lokagganāyako;

‘‘Dvenavute ito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha also, Phussa, the foremost guide of the world, made a prediction concerning me: ‘Ninety-two aeons from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

10.

10.

‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having exerted Himself in the striving… we shall be in the presence of this one.’

11.

11.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard His word of prediction, I made my mind exceedingly serene. I undertook a further vow in order to fulfill the ten perfections.

12.

12.

Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ;

Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ.

Having mastered the Suttanta and the Vinaya, the entire nine-limbed Teaching of the Master, I adorned the Dispensation of the Victor.

13.

13.

Tatthappamatto viharanto, brahmaṃ bhāvetva bhāvanaṃ;

Abhiññāsu pāramiṃ gantvā, brahmalokamagañchahaṃ.

Dwelling there diligently and having developed the meditation on the divine abidings, having gone to the perfection of the direct knowledges, I went to the Brahmā world.

14.

14.

Kāsikaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, jayaseno nāma khattiyo;

Sirimā nāma janikā, phussassāpi mahesino.

The city of the great seer Phussa was named Kāsika, His khattiya father was named Jayasena, and His mother was named Sirimā.

15.

15.

Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Garuḷapakkha haṃsa suvaṇṇabhārā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For nine thousand years He dwelt in the household. Garuḷapakkha, Haṃsa, and Suvaṇṇabhāra were His three excellent palaces.

16.

16.

Tiṃsaitthisahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Kisāgotamī nāma nārī, anūpamo nāma atrajo.

There were thirty thousand well-adorned women. The wife was named Kisāgotamī, and the son was named Anūpama.

17.

17.

Nimitte caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami;

Chamāsaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo.

The supreme man, having seen the four signs, went forth by elephant vehicle; for six months He practiced the striving.

18.

18.

Brahmunā yācito santo, phusso lokagganāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene Phussa, the foremost guide of the world, the great hero, the supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Deer Park.

19.

19.

Surakkhito dhammaseno, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Sabhiyo nāmupaṭṭhāko, phussassāpi mahesino.

Surakkhita and Dhammasena were the chief disciples; the attendant of the great seer Phussa was named Sabhiya.

20.

20.

Cālā [Pg.363] ca upacālā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, āmaṇḍoti pavuccati.

Cālā and Upacālā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is said to be the Āmalaka tree.

21.

21.

Dhanañcayo visākho ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Padumā ceva nāgā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Dhanañcaya and Visākha were the chief male lay supporters; Padumā and Nāgā were the chief female lay supporters.

22.

22.

Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, sopi accuggato muni;

Sobhate sataraṃsīva, uḷurājāva pūrito.

That sage was fifty-eight cubits tall; He shone like the thousand-rayed sun and like the full moon, the king of stars.

23.

23.

Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, He ferried many people across.

24.

24.

Ovaditvā bahū satte, santāretvā bahū jane;

Sopi satthā atulayaso, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having advised many beings and having ferried many people across, that Teacher of incomparable renown, together with His disciples, attained Parinibbāna.

25.

25.

Phusso jinavaro satthā, senārāmamhi nibbuto;

Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti.

The noble Victor, the Teacher Phussa, attained Parinibbāna in the Senārāma. His relics were widely spread throughout the various regions.

Phussassa bhagavato vaṃso aṭṭhārasamo.

The eighteenth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Phussa, is concluded.

21. Vipassībuddhavaṃso

21. The Chronicle of the Buddha Vipassī

Phussassa ca aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

Vipassī nāma nāmena, loke uppajji cakkhumā.

And after Phussa, the Fully Enlightened One, supreme among bipeds, named Vipassī, the Visionary One, arose in the world.

Avijjaṃ sabbaṃ padāletvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ;

Dhammacakkaṃ pavattetuṃ, pakkāmi bandhumatīpuraṃ.

Having shattered all ignorance and attained supreme enlightenment, He journeyed to the city of Bandhumatī to set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion.

Dhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā, ubho bodhesi nāyako;

Gaṇanāya na vattabbo, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

Having set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion, the Leader awakened the two; the first realization was beyond enumeration.

Punāparaṃ amitayaso, tattha saccaṃ pakāsayi;

Caturāsītisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

Again, the one of limitless glory proclaimed the truth there; for eighty-four thousand, the second realization occurred.

Caturāsītisahassāni, sambuddhaṃ anupabbajuṃ;

Tesamārāmapattānaṃ, dhammaṃ desesi cakkhumā.

Eighty-four thousand went forth following the Fully Enlightened One; to them, who had found delight in the monastic life, the Visionary One taught the Dhamma.

Sabbākārena [Pg.364] bhāsato, sutvā upanisādino ;

Tepi dhammavaraṃ gantvā, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

For those attending upon him who speaks in all aspects, having heard the excellent Dhamma, for them too the third realization occurred.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, vipassissa mahesino;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies for the great sage Vipassī, of those whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and steadfast.

Aṭṭhasaṭṭhisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

Bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

The first gathering was of six million, eight hundred thousand; the second gathering was of one hundred thousand monks.

Asītibhikkhusahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

Tattha bhikkhugaṇamajjhe, sambuddho atirocati.

The third gathering was of eighty thousand monks; there, in the midst of the assembly of monks, the Fully Enlightened One shone resplendently.

10.

10.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, nāgarājā mahiddhiko;

Atulo nāma nāmena, puññavanto jutindharo.

At that time, I was a nāga king of great psychic power, named Atula, meritorious and majestic.

11.

11.

Nekānaṃ nāgakoṭīnaṃ, parivāretvānahaṃ tadā;

Vajjanto dibbaturiyehi, lokajeṭṭhaṃ upāgamiṃ.

Then, surrounded by many crores of nāgas and playing divine musical instruments, I approached the Chief of the World.

12.

12.

Upasaṅkamitvā sambuddhaṃ, vipassiṃ lokanāyakaṃ;

Maṇimuttaratanakhacitaṃ, sabbābharaṇavibhūsitaṃ;

Having approached the Fully Enlightened One, Vipassī, the Leader of the World, with a seat inlaid with gems, pearls, and jewels, and adorned with every kind of ornament,

Nimantetvā dhammarājassa, suvaṇṇapīṭhamadāsahaṃ.

and having invited the King of Dhamma, I gave the golden seat.

13.

13.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya;

‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha, seated in the midst of the Saṅgha, made this prophecy about me: ‘In the ninety-first eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

14.

14.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā, nikkhamitvā tathāgato;

Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ.

‘Having gone forth from the delightful city named Kapila, the Tathāgata, having exerted himself in the struggle and performed the difficult practice,’

15.

15.

‘‘Ajapālarukkhamūlasmiṃ, nisīditvā tathāgato;

Tattha pāyāsaṃ paggayha, nerañjaramupehiti.

‘having sat down at the foot of the Ajapāla tree, the Tathāgata will there accept milk-rice and will approach the Nerañjarā river.’

16.

16.

‘‘Nerañjarāya tīramhi, pāyāsaṃ ada so jino;

Paṭiyattavaramaggena, bodhimūlamupehiti.

‘On the bank of the Nerañjarā, that Victor will eat the milk-rice; he will then approach the foot of the Bodhi tree by the excellent, prepared path.’

17.

17.

‘‘Tato padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bodhimaṇḍaṃ anuttaro;

Assatthamūle sambodhiṃ, bujjhissati mahāyaso.

‘Then, having circumambulated the Bodhi-terrace, the unsurpassed one, he of great fame, will awaken to full enlightenment at the foot of the Assattha tree.’

18.

18.

‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati;

Pitā suddhodano nāma, ayaṃ hessati gotamo.

‘His birth mother will be named Māyā; his father will be named Suddhodana. This one will be Gotama.’

19.

19.

‘‘Anāsavā [Pg.365] vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā;

Kolito upatisso ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā;

Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, upaṭṭhissatimaṃ jinaṃ.

‘Kolita and Upatissa will be the chief disciples—taintless, free from lust, with peaceful minds, and well-composed. An attendant named Ānanda will wait upon this Victor.’

20.

20.

‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā;

Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, assatthoti pavuccati.

‘Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā will be the chief female disciples—taintless, free from lust, with peaceful minds, and well-composed. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Assattha.’

21.

21.

‘‘Citto ca hatthāḷavako, aggā hessantupaṭṭhakā;

Nandamātā ca uttarā, aggā hessantupaṭṭhikā;

Āyu vassasataṃ tassa, gotamassa yasassino.

‘Citta and Hatthāḷavaka will be his chief male lay supporters; Nandamātā and Uttarā will be his chief female lay supporters. The lifespan of that renowned Gotama will be one hundred years.’

22.

22.

‘‘Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Having heard these words… we will be in the presence of this one.’

23.

23.

Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, I was all the more inspired in mind; I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

24.

24.

Nagaraṃ bandhumatī nāma, bandhumā nāma khattiyo;

Mātā bandhumatī nāma, vipassissa mahesino.

The city of the great sage Vipassī was named Bandhumatī; the khattiya king was named Bandhumā, and his mother was named Bandhumatī.

25.

25.

Aṭṭhavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Nando sunando sirimā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For eight thousand years he lived the household life; Nanda, Sunanda, and Sirimā were his three superb palaces.

26.

26.

Ticattārīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Sudassanā nāma sā nārī, samavattakkhandho nāma atrajo.

There were forty-three thousand well-adorned women. His wife was named Sudassanā, and his son was named Samavattakkhandha.

27.

27.

Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami;

Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, the Victor went forth by chariot; for a full eight months He engaged in the struggle.

28.

28.

Brahmunā yācito santo, vipassī lokanāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene Vipassī, the foremost guide of the world, the Great Hero, the supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Deer Park.

29.

29.

Khaṇḍo ca tissanāmo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Asoko nāmupaṭṭhāko, vipassissa mahesino.

Khaṇḍa and Tissa were the chief disciples, and Asoka was the attendant of the great sage Vipassī.

30.

30.

Candā ca candamittā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, pāṭalīti pavuccati.

Candā and Candamittā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Pāṭalī tree.

31.

31.

Punabbasumitto nāgo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Sirimā uttarā ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Punabbasumitta and Nāga were the chief male lay supporters; Sirimā and Uttarā were the chief female lay supporters.

32.

32.

Asītihatthamubbedho[Pg.366], vipassī lokanāyako;

Pabhā niddhāvati tassa, samantā sattayojane.

Vipassī, the leader of the world, was eighty cubits in height. His radiance spread out for seven leagues all around.

33.

33.

Asītivassasahassāni, āyu buddhassa tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan of that Buddha was eighty thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many beings across.

34.

34.

Bahudevamanussānaṃ, bandhanā parimocayi;

Maggāmaggañca ācikkhi, avasesaputhujjane.

He released many devas and human beings from their bonds. To the remaining worldlings he pointed out the path and the non-path.

35.

35.

Ālokaṃ dassayitvāna, desetvā amataṃ padaṃ;

Jalitvā aggikkhandhova, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having shown the light and taught the deathless state, blazing like a great mass of fire, he was extinguished along with his disciples.

36.

36.

Iddhivaraṃ puññavaraṃ, lakkhaṇañca kusumitaṃ;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

The excellence of psychic power, the excellence of merit, and the blossoming of the characteristic marks—all that has vanished. Indeed, are not all conditioned formations void?

37.

37.

Vipassī jinavaro buddho, sumittārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tatthevassa thūpavaro, sattayojanamussitoti.

The Victorious Buddha Vipassī attained final Nibbāna in the Sumitta Park. There his magnificent stūpa stood seven leagues in height.

Vipassissa bhagavato vaṃso ekūnavīsatimo.

The nineteenth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Vipassī, is concluded.

22. Sikhībuddhavaṃso

22. The Chronicle of the Buddha Sikhī

Vipassissa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

Sikhivhayo āsi jino, asamo appaṭipuggalo.

After Vipassī, there was the Victor named Sikhī, a Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among bipeds, unequalled and incomparable.

Mārasenaṃ pamadditvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ;

Dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, anukampāya pāṇinaṃ.

Having vanquished Māra’s army, he attained supreme enlightenment. He set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma out of compassion for living beings.

Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, sikhimhi jinapuṅgave ;

Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

When the Wheel of Dhamma was set in motion by Sikhī, the bull among victors, the first realization occurred for a hundred thousand koṭis of beings.

Aparampi dhammaṃ desente, gaṇaseṭṭhe naruttame;

Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

And again, when the Dhamma was taught by the leader of the multitude, the supreme among men, the second realization occurred for ninety thousand koṭis of beings.

Yamakapāṭihāriyañca, dassayante sadevake;

Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

When he displayed the Twin Miracle in the world with its devas, the third realization occurred for eighty thousand koṭis of beings.

Sannipātā [Pg.367] tayo āsuṃ, sikhissāpi mahesino;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies of the disciples of the great sage Sikhī: of arahants whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and imperturbable.

Bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

Asītibhikkhusahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

The first assembly was of one hundred thousand monks; the second assembly was of eighty thousand monks.

Sattatibhikkhusahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

Anupalitto padumaṃva, toyamhi sampavaḍḍhitaṃ.

The third assembly was of seventy thousand monks. They were unsullied, like a lotus well-grown in the water.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, arindamo nāma khattiyo;

Sambuddhappamukhaṃ saṅghaṃ, annapānena tappayiṃ.

At that time, I was a khattiya named Arindama. I satisfied the Saṅgha headed by the Perfectly Enlightened One with food and drink.

10.

10.

Bahuṃ dussavaraṃ datvā, dussakoṭiṃ anappakaṃ;

Alaṅkataṃ hatthiyānaṃ, sambuddhassa adāsahaṃ.

Having given many excellent cloths, an immeasurable number of garments, I gave an adorned elephant vehicle to the Perfectly Enlightened One.

11.

11.

Hatthiyānaṃ nimminitvā, kappiyaṃ upanāmayiṃ;

Pūrayiṃ mānasaṃ mayhaṃ, niccaṃ daḷhamupaṭṭhitaṃ.

Having exchanged the elephant vehicle for suitable goods, I made the offering. I fulfilled my aspiration, which was constantly and firmly established.

12.

12.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, sikhī lokagganāyako;

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha Sikhī, the foremost guide of the world, then made this prophecy about me: ‘In the thirty-first eon from this one, this man will become a Buddha.’

13.

13.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘He will go forth from the delightful city named Kapila … we will come face to face with this one.’

14.

14.

Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, my mind became even more serene. I undertook a further vow to fulfill the ten perfections.

15.

15.

Nagaraṃ aruṇavatī nāma, aruṇo nāma khattiyo;

Pabhāvatī nāma janikā, sikhissāpi mahesino.

For the great sage Sikhī, the city was named Aruṇavatī, his father was the khattiya Aruṇa, and his mother was named Pabhāvatī.

16.

16.

Sattavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Sucandako giri vasabho, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For seven thousand years he lived the household life. His three excellent palaces were Sucandaka, Giri, and Vāsabha.

17.

17.

Catuvīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Sabbakāmā nāma nārī, atulo nāma atrajo.

He had twenty-four thousand well-adorned female attendants. His wife was named Sabbakāmā, and his son was named Atula.

18.

18.

Nimitte caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami;

Aṭṭhamāsaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth by elephant vehicle. For eight months that supreme man practiced the striving.

19.

19.

Brahmunā [Pg.368] yācito santo, sikhī lokagganāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene Sikhī, the foremost guide of the world, the great hero, the supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Deer Park.

20.

20.

Abhibhū sambhavo ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Khemaṅkaro nāmupaṭṭhāko, sikhissāpi mahesino.

Abhibhū and Sambhava were the chief disciples; Khemaṅkara was the name of the attendant of the great sage Sikhī.

21.

21.

Sakhilā ca padumā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, puṇḍarīkoti vuccati.

Sakhilā and Padumā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called Puṇḍarīka.

22.

22.

Sirivaḍḍho ca nando ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Cittā ceva suguttā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Sirivaḍḍha and Nanda were the chief male lay supporters; Cittā and Suguttā were the chief female lay supporters.

23.

23.

Uccattanena so buddho, sattatihatthamuggato;

Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo.

That Buddha was seventy cubits in height, like a golden pillar, and he possessed the thirty-two excellent marks of a great man.

24.

24.

Tassāpi byāmappabhā kāyā, divārattiṃ nirantaraṃ;

Disodisaṃ niccharanti, tīṇiyojanaso pabhā.

From his body, a fathom-wide radiance issued forth continuously day and night; the radiance spread for three yojanas in every direction.

25.

25.

Sattativassasahassāni, āyu tassa mahesino;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan of that great sage was seventy thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many beings across.

26.

26.

Dhammameghaṃ pavassetvā, temayitvā sadevake;

Khemantaṃ pāpayitvāna, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having rained down the cloud of Dhamma, drenching the world with its devas, and having led them to the state of security, he attained Parinibbāna together with his disciples.

27.

27.

Anubyañjanasampannaṃ, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇaṃ;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

Endowed with the minor characteristics and the thirty-two excellent major marks, all of that has vanished—surely, all conditioned things are empty.

28.

28.

Sikhī munivaro buddho, assārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tatthevassa thūpavaro, tīṇiyojanamuggatoti.

The Buddha Sikhī, the excellent sage, attained Parinibbāna in the Assārāma. There his excellent stūpa rose three yojanas high.

Sikhissa bhagavato vaṃso vīsatimo.

The twentieth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Sikhī, is concluded.

23. Vessabhūbuddhavaṃso

23. The Chronicle of the Buddha Vessabhū

Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, asamo appaṭipuggalo;

Vessabhū nāma nāmena, loke uppajji nāyako.

In that very Maṇḍa eon, there arose in the world a leader named Vessabhū, one who was unequalled and incomparable.

Ādittaṃ [Pg.369] vata rāgaggi, taṇhānaṃ vijitaṃ tadā;

Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ.

Like a great elephant breaking its bonds, he cut through the domain of craving, which blazes with the fire of lust, and attained supreme enlightenment.

Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, vessabhūlokanāyake;

Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

When the Wheel of Dhamma was set in motion by Vessabhū, the leader of the world, the first realization occurred for eighty thousand koṭis of beings.

Pakkante cārikaṃ raṭṭhe, lokajeṭṭhe narāsabhe;

Sattatikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

When that elder of the world, that bull among men, was journeying on tour in the country, the second realization occurred for seventy thousand koṭis of beings.

Mahādiṭṭhiṃ vinodento, pāṭiheraṃ karoti so;

Samāgatā naramarū, dasasahassī sadevake.

When humans and gods from the ten-thousand-world system, together with its devas, had assembled, he, dispelling a great wrong view, performed a miracle.

Mahāacchariyaṃ disvā, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ;

Devā ceva manussā ca, bujjhare saṭṭhikoṭiyo.

Seeing that great, unprecedented, and hair-raising wonder, sixty koṭis of devas and humans awakened to the truth.

Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, vessabhussa mahesino;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There were three assemblies for the great sage Vessabhū: of Arahants whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and imperturbable.

Asītibhikkhusahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo;

Sattatibhikkhusahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo.

The first assembly was of eighty thousand monks; the second assembly was of seventy thousand monks.

Saṭṭhibhikkhusahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo;

Jarādibhayabhītānaṃ, orasānaṃ mahesino.

The third assembly was of sixty thousand monks, the great sage’s own spiritual sons, who were fearful of the dangers of old age and so on.

10.

10.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, sudassano nāma khattiyo;

Nimantetvā mahāvīraṃ, dānaṃ datvā mahārahaṃ;

Annapānena vatthena, sasaṅghaṃ jina pūjayiṃ.

At that time, I was a khattiya named Sudassana. Having invited the great hero with his Sangha and given a gift of great value, I honored the Victor and his Sangha with food, drink, and robes.

11.

11.

Tassa buddhassa asamassa, cakkaṃ vattitamuttamaṃ;

Sutvāna paṇitaṃ dhammaṃ, pabbajjamabhirocayiṃ.

Having heard the supreme Wheel set in motion by that unequalled Buddha and the sublime Dhamma, I came to delight in the going forth.

12.

12.

Mahādānaṃ pavattetvā, rattindivamatandito;

Pabbajjaṃ guṇasampannaṃ, pabbajiṃ jinasantike.

Having performed great giving tirelessly day and night, I undertook the going forth, which is endowed with virtue, in the presence of the Victor.

13.

13.

Ācāraguṇasampanno, vattasīlasamāhito;

Sabbaññutaṃ gavesanto, ramāmi jinasāsane.

Endowed with the virtue of good conduct, composed in observances and morality, and seeking omniscience, I delighted in the Victor’s Dispensation.

14.

14.

Saddhāpītiṃ upagantvā, buddhaṃ vandāmi sattharaṃ;

Pīti uppajjati mayhaṃ, bodhiyāyeva kāraṇā.

Having attained faith and joy, I venerated the Buddha, the Teacher. Joy arose in me only for the sake of enlightenment.

15.

15.

Anivattamānasaṃ [Pg.370] ñatvā, sambuddho etadabravi;

‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

Knowing my mind would not turn back, the Perfectly Enlightened One said this: ‘In the thirty-first eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’

16.

16.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘There was a delightful city named Kapila … we will come face to face with this one.’

17.

17.

Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, my mind became even more serene. I undertook a further vow in order to fulfill the ten perfections.

18.

18.

Anomaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, suppatīto nāma khattiyo;

Mātā yasavatī nāma, vessabhussa mahesino.

For the great sage Vessabhū, the city was named Anoma, his father was the khattiya Suppatīta, and his mother was named Yasavatī.

19.

19.

Cha ca vassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Ruci suruci rativaḍḍhano, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

He lived the household life for six thousand years. Ruci, Suruci, and Rativaḍḍhana were the three excellent palaces.

20.

20.

Anūnatiṃsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Sucittā nāma sā nārī, suppabuddho nāma atrajo.

There were thirty thousand well-adorned ladies. The queen was named Sucittā, and the son was named Suppabuddha.

21.

21.

Nimitte caturo disvā, sivikāyābhinikkhami;

Chamāsaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo.

The supreme man, having seen the four signs, went forth by palanquin. For six months, he practiced the striving.

22.

22.

Brahmunā yācito santo, vessabhūlokanāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, aruṇārāme naruttamo.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene Vessabhū, leader of the world, the great hero, supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Aruṇa Park.

23.

23.

Soṇo ca uttaro ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Upasanto nāmupaṭṭhāko, vessabhussa mahesino.

Soṇa and Uttara were the chief disciples; Upasanta was the attendant of the great sage Vessabhū.

24.

24.

Rāmā ceva samālā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, mahāsāloti vuccati.

Rāmā and Samālā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Great Sāla.

25.

25.

Sotthiko ceva rambho ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Gotamī sirimā ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Sotthika and Rambha were the chief male lay supporters; Gotamī and Sirimā were the chief female lay supporters.

26.

26.

Saṭṭhiratanamubbedho, hemayūpasamūpamo;

Kāyā niccharati rasmi, rattiṃva pabbate sikhī.

He was sixty cubits in height, like a golden sacrificial post. Radiance issued from his body, like a flame on a mountain at night.

27.

27.

Saṭṭhivassasahassāni, āyu tassa mahesino;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan of that great sage was sixty thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried a great many people across.

28.

28.

Dhammaṃ [Pg.371] vitthārikaṃ katvā, vibhajitvā mahājanaṃ;

Dhammanāvaṃ ṭhapetvāna, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having made the Dhamma widespread, having classified the great populace, and having established the ship of the Dhamma, he attained Parinibbāna together with his disciples.

29.

29.

Dassaneyyaṃ sabbajanaṃ, vihāraṃ iriyāpathaṃ;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

The delightful assembly of all people, the monastery with its graceful deportment—all that has vanished. Surely, all conditioned formations are empty.

30.

30.

Vessabhū jinavaro satthā, khemārāmamhi nibbuto;

Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti.

The Teacher Vessabhū, the excellent Victor, attained Parinibbāna in the Khemārāma. His relics were widely distributed throughout the various regions.

Vessabhussa bhagavato vaṃso ekavīsatimo.

The Twenty-first Chronicle: The Lineage of the Blessed One Vessabhū.

24. Kakusandhabuddhavaṃso

24. The Chronicle of the Buddha Kakusandha

Vessabhussa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

Kakusandho nāma nāmena, appameyyo durāsado.

After Vessabhū, there was the Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among two-footed beings, Kakusandha by name, immeasurable and unassailable.

Ugghāṭetvā sabbabhavaṃ, cariyāya pāramiṃ gato;

Sīhova pañjaraṃ bhetvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ.

Having uprooted all existence, he reached perfection in his conduct; like a lion breaking its cage, he attained supreme enlightenment.

Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, kakusandhe lokanāyake;

Cattārīsakoṭisahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu.

When the Wheel of Dhamma was set in motion by Kakusandha, the Leader of the World, there was a penetration of the Dhamma for forty thousand koṭis of beings.

Antalikkhamhi ākāse, yamakaṃ katvā vikubbanaṃ;

Tiṃsakoṭisahassānaṃ, bodhesi devamānuse.

Having performed the display of the Twin Miracle in the sky, in open space, he awakened thirty thousand koṭis of gods and humans.

Naradevassa yakkhassa, catusaccappakāsane;

Dhammābhisamayo tassa, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyo.

At his exposition of the Four Truths to the yakkha Naradeva, the penetration of the Dhamma on that occasion was incalculable.

Kakusandhassa bhagavato, eko āsi samāgamo;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There was one assembly for the Blessed One Kakusandha: of Arahants who had destroyed the taints, who were stainless, peaceful in mind, and steadfast.

Cattālīsasahassānaṃ, tadā āsi samāgamo;

Dantabhūmimanuppattānaṃ, āsavārigaṇakkhayā.

At that time there was an assembly of forty thousand who had reached the plane of the tamed, having destroyed the host of enemies, the taints.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, khemo nāmāsi khattiyo;

Tathāgate jinaputte, dānaṃ datvā anappakaṃ.

At that time I was a khattiya named Khema. Having given abundant gifts to the Tathāgata and the sons of the Victor,

Pattañca cīvaraṃ datvā, añjanaṃ madhulaṭṭhikaṃ;

Imetaṃ patthitaṃ sabbaṃ, paṭiyādemi varaṃ varaṃ.

and having given a bowl and robe, ointment, and a honey-lump, I provided all that they wished for, the very best of things.

10.

10.

Sopi [Pg.372] maṃ buddho byākāsi, kakusandho vināyako;

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha too, Kakusandha the Guide, made a prediction about me: “In this fortunate aeon, this one will become a Buddha.”

11.

11.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

“Departing from the delightful city named Kapila … we will come into the presence of this one.”

12.

12.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, I clarified my mind even more. I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

13.

13.

Nagaraṃ khemāvatī nāma, khemo nāmāsahaṃ tadā;

Sabbaññutaṃ gavesanto, pabbajiṃ tassa santike.

The city was named Khemavatī; at that time I was named Khema. Seeking omniscience, I went forth in his presence.

14.

14.

Brāhmaṇo aggidatto ca, āsi buddhassa so pitā;

Visākhā nāma janikā, kakusandhassa satthuno.

The father of the Buddha, the Teacher Kakusandha, was the brahmin Aggidatta, and his mother was named Visākhā.

15.

15.

Vasate tattha kheme pure, sambuddhassa mahākulaṃ;

Narānaṃ pavaraṃ seṭṭhaṃ, jātimantaṃ mahāyasaṃ.

In that city of Khema dwelt the great family of the Perfectly Enlightened One—foremost and best among humans, of high birth and great fame.

16.

16.

Catuvassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Kāma -kāmavaṇṇa-kāmasuddhināmā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For four thousand years he lived the household life. He had three supreme palaces named Kāma, Kāmavaṇṇa, and Kāmasuddhi.

17.

17.

Samatiṃsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Rocinī nāma sā nārī, uttaro nāma atrajo.

He had thirty thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Rocinī, and his son was named Uttara.

18.

18.

Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami;

Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth by chariot. For no less than eight months the Conqueror engaged in the striving.

19.

19.

Brahmunā yācito santo, kakusandho vināyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene Kakusandha, the Guide, the Great Hero, supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Deer Park.

20.

20.

Vidhuro ca sañjīvo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Buddhijo nāmupaṭṭhāko, kakusandhassa satthuno.

Vidhura and Sañjīva were his chief disciples; the attendant of the Teacher Kakusandha was named Buddhija.

21.

21.

Sāmā ca campānāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, sirīsoti pavuccati.

Sāmā and Campā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is said to be a Sirīsa tree.

22.

22.

Accuto ca sumano ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Nandā ceva sunandā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Accuta and Sumana were his chief male lay supporters; Nandā and Sunandā were his chief female lay supporters.

23.

23.

Cattālīsaratanāni[Pg.373], accuggato mahāmuni;

Kanakappabhā niccharati, samantā dasayojanaṃ.

The Great Sage was forty cubits tall. A golden radiance issued from him, spreading for ten yojanas all around.

24.

24.

Cattālīsavassasahassāni, āyu tassa mahesino;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan of that Great Seer was forty thousand years. Remaining for that long, he brought many people across.

25.

25.

Dhammāpaṇaṃ pasāretvā, naranārīnaṃ sadevake;

Naditvā sīhanādaṃva, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having opened his stall of the Dhamma for men, women, and devas, and having roared a lion’s roar, he attained Nibbāna together with his disciples.

26.

26.

Aṭṭhaṅgavacanasampanno, acchiddāni nirantaraṃ;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

He who was endowed with the eight-factored speech, and his disciples of uninterrupted and flawless virtue—all that has vanished. Alas, how empty are all conditioned formations!

27.

27.

Kakusandho jinavaro, khemārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tatthevassa thūpavaro, gāvutaṃ nabhamuggatoti.

The excellent Conqueror Kakusandha attained Nibbāna in the Khemā Park. There his excellent stūpa rose a gāvuta high into the sky.

Kakusandhassa bhagavato vaṃso dvāvīsatimo.

The twenty-second chronicle, that of the Blessed One Kakusandha, is concluded.

25. Koṇāgamanabuddhavaṃso

25. The Chronicle of the Buddha Koṇāgamana

Kakusandhassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

Koṇāgamano nāma jino, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho.

After Kakusandha came the Perfectly Self-Enlightened One, supreme among two-footed beings, the Conqueror named Koṇāgamana, eldest in the world, a bull among men.

Dasadhamme pūrayitvāna, kantāraṃ samatikkami;

Pavāhiya malaṃ sabbaṃ, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ.

Having fulfilled the ten perfections, he crossed over the wilderness; having washed away every stain, he attained the unsurpassed enlightenment.

Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, koṇāgamananāyake;

Tiṃsakoṭisahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

When the leader Koṇāgamana set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion, there was the first penetration of the Dhamma for thirty thousand koṭis of beings.

Pāṭihīraṃ karonte ca, paravādappamaddane;

Vīsatikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

And when he performed a miracle, crushing the doctrines of others, there was the second penetration of the Dhamma for twenty thousand koṭis of beings.

Tato vikubbanaṃ katvā, jino devapuraṃ gato;

Vasate tattha sambuddho, silāya paṇḍukambale.

Then, having performed a display of psychic power, the Conqueror went to the city of the devas. There the Perfectly Enlightened One dwelt on the Paṇḍukambala stone seat.

Pakaraṇe satta desento, vassaṃ vasati so muni;

Dasakoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

While teaching the seven treatises, that sage dwelt there for the rains residence. There was the third penetration of the Dhamma for ten thousand koṭis of beings.

Tassāpi devadevassa, eko āsi samāgamo;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There was also one assembly for that god of gods, an assembly of arahants who had destroyed the taints, who were stainless, peaceful in mind, and steadfast.

Tiṃsabhikkhusahassānaṃ[Pg.374], tadā āsi samāgamo;

Oghānamatikkantānaṃ, bhijjitānañca maccuyā.

At that time there was an assembly of thirty thousand bhikkhus, of those who had crossed over the floods and had shattered death.

Ahaṃ tena samayena, pabbato nāma khattiyo;

Mittāmaccehi sampanno, anantabalavāhano.

At that time I was a khattiya named Pabbata, endowed with friends and ministers, possessing an infinite army and transport.

10.

10.

Sambuddhadassanaṃ gantvā, sutvā dhammamanuttaraṃ;

Nimantetvā sajinasaṅghaṃ, dānaṃ datvā yadicchakaṃ.

Having gone to see the Perfectly Enlightened One and heard the unsurpassed Dhamma, I invited the Saṅgha together with the Conqueror and gave gifts as I wished.

11.

11.

Paṭṭuṇṇaṃ cīnapaṭṭañca, koseyyaṃ kambalampi ca;

Sovaṇṇapādukañceva, adāsiṃ satthusāvake.

I gave fine woolen cloth, Chinese silk, silk garments, and blankets, as well as golden sandals, to the Teacher and his disciples.

12.

12.

Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya;

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

That Buddha too, having sat down in the midst of the Saṅgha, made a prediction about me: “In this same fortunate aeon, this one will become a Buddha.”

13.

13.

‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

“Departing from the delightful city named Kapila … we will come into the presence of this one.”

14.

14.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Having heard his words, I clarified my mind even more. I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

15.

15.

Sabbaññutaṃ gavesanto, dānaṃ datvā naruttame;

Ohāyāhaṃ mahārajjaṃ, pabbajiṃ jinasantike.

Seeking omniscience, having given gifts to the supreme among men, I abandoned my great kingdom and went forth in the presence of the Conqueror.

16.

16.

Nagaraṃ sobhavatī nāma, sobho nāmāsi khattiyo;

Vasate tattha nagare, sambuddhassa mahākulaṃ.

The city was named Sobhavatī, and its khattiya ruler was named Sobha. In that city dwelt the great family of the Perfectly Enlightened One.

17.

17.

Brāhmaṇo yaññadatto ca, āsi buddhassa so pitā;

Uttarā nāma janikā, koṇāgamanassa satthuno.

The father of the Buddha, the Teacher Koṇāgamana, was the brahmin Yaññadatta, and his mother was named Uttarā.

18.

18.

Tīṇi vassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Tusitasantusitasantuṭṭhā, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For three thousand years he lived the household life. The three supreme palaces were Tusita, Santusita, and Santuṭṭha.

19.

19.

Anūnasoḷasasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Rucigattā nāma nārī, satthavāho nāma atrajo.

There were sixteen thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Rucigattā, and his son was named Satthavāha.

20.

20.

Nimitte caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami;

Chamāsaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo.

Having seen the four signs, the supreme man went forth by elephant-vehicle. For six months, he practiced the striving.

21.

21.

Brahmunā [Pg.375] yācito santo, koṇāgamananāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo.

Requested by Brahmā, the serene Koṇāgamana, the Guide, the Great Hero, supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Deer Park.

22.

22.

Bhiyyaso uttaro nāma, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Sotthijo nāmupaṭṭhāko, koṇāgamanassa satthuno.

Bhiyyaso and Uttara were the chief disciples; the attendant of the Teacher Koṇāgamana was named Sotthija.

23.

23.

Samuddā uttarā ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, udumbaroti pavuccati.

Samuddā and Uttarā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is said to be an Udumbara tree.

24.

24.

Uggo ca somadevo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Sīvalā ceva sāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Ugga and Somadeva were the chief male lay supporters; Sīvalā and Sāmā were the chief female lay supporters.

25.

25.

Uccattanena so buddho, tiṃsahatthasamuggato;

Ukkāmukhe yathā kambu, evaṃ raṃsīhi maṇḍito.

That Buddha was thirty cubits in height. He was adorned with rays, just like gold in a goldsmith's crucible.

26.

26.

Tiṃsavassasahassāni, āyu buddhassa tāvade;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan of the Buddha at that time was thirty thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many people across.

27.

27.

Dhammacetiṃ samussetvā, dhammadussavibhūsitaṃ;

Dhammapupphaguḷaṃ katvā, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having raised high the monument of the Dhamma, and having made a cluster of Dhamma-flowers adorned with the cloth of the Dhamma, he attained Parinibbāna together with his disciples.

28.

28.

Mahāvilāso tassa jano, siridhammappakāsano;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

The Blessed One, illuminator of the glorious Dhamma, and his disciples of great splendor—all that has vanished. Indeed, are not all conditioned things empty?

29.

29.

Koṇāgamano sambuddho, pabbatārāmamhi nibbuto;

Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti.

The Perfectly Enlightened One Koṇāgamana attained Parinibbāna in the Pabbatārāma. There was a wide distribution of his relics in various regions.

Koṇāgamanassa bhagavato vaṃso tevīsatimo.

The twenty-third chronicle, that of the Blessed One Koṇāgamana, is concluded.

26. Kassapabuddhavaṃso

26. The Chronicle of Kassapa the Buddha

Koṇāgamanassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo;

Kassapo nāma gottena, dhammarājā pabhaṅkaro.

After Koṇāgamana, there arose a Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among bipeds, Kassapa by name and by clan, a King of Dhamma, a maker of light.

Sañchaḍḍitaṃ kulamūlaṃ, bahvannapānabhojanaṃ;

Datvāna yācake dānaṃ, pūrayitvāna mānasaṃ;

Usabhova āḷakaṃ bhetvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ.

Having abandoned his family estate, abundant with food and drink, and having given gifts to beggars, fulfilling his resolve, he, like a bull breaking out of its pen, attained supreme enlightenment.

Dhammacakkaṃ [Pg.376] pavattente, kassape lokanāyake;

Vīsakoṭisahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

When Kassapa, the leader of the world, set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma, there was the first penetration for twenty thousand crores of beings.

Catumāsaṃ yadā buddho, loke carati cārikaṃ;

Dasakoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

When the Buddha wandered on tour in the world for four months, there was the second penetration for ten thousand crores of beings.

Yamakaṃ vikubbanaṃ katvā, ñāṇadhātuṃ pakittayi;

Pañcakoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

Having performed the Twin Miracle and proclaimed the element of knowledge, there was the third penetration for five thousand crores of beings.

Sudhammā devapure ramme, tattha dhammaṃ pakittayi;

Tīṇikoṭisahassānaṃ, devānaṃ bodhayī jino.

In the delightful city of the devas, in the Sudhammā hall, there he proclaimed the Dhamma. The Victor awakened three thousand crores of devas.

Naradevassa yakkhassa, apare dhammadesane;

Etesānaṃ abhisamayā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā.

In a subsequent Dhamma teaching for the yakkha Naradeva, the penetrations of those who had assembled were incalculable by counting.

Tassāpi devadevassa, eko āsi samāgamo;

Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ.

There was a single assembly for that god of gods, an assembly of those whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, with tranquil minds, such ones.

Vīsabhikkhusahassānaṃ, tadā āsi samāgamo;

Atikkantabhavantānaṃ, hirisīlena tādinaṃ.

Then there was an assembly of twenty thousand bhikkhus, such ones who had transcended existence, endowed with conscience and virtue.

10.

10.

Ahaṃ tadā māṇavako, jotipāloti vissuto;

Ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū.

At that time I was a young brahmin known as Jotipāla, a reciter of the hymns, a master of the sacred texts, one who had mastered the three Vedas.

11.

11.

Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sadhamme pāramiṃ gato;

Bhūmantalikkhakusalo, katavijjo anāvayo.

I had gone to perfection in the science of marks, in legends, and in my own doctrine. I was skilled in earth-lore and sky-lore, accomplished in knowledge, and faultless.

12.

12.

Kassapassa bhagavato, ghaṭikāro nāmupaṭṭhāko;

Sagāravo sappatisso, nibbuto tatiye phale.

Ghaṭikāra by name was the attendant of the Blessed One Kassapa. Respectful and deferential, he was extinguished with the third fruit.

13.

13.

Ādāya maṃ ghaṭīkāro, upagañchi kassapaṃ jinaṃ;

Tassa dhammaṃ suṇitvāna, pabbajiṃ tassa santike.

Taking me with him, Ghaṭikāra approached the Victor Kassapa. Having heard his Dhamma, I went forth in his presence.

14.

14.

Āraddhavīriyo hutvā, vattāvattesu kovido;

Na kvaci parihāyāmi, pūresiṃ jinasāsanaṃ.

Having become one with aroused energy, skilled in the major and minor duties, I did not fall away in any respect but fulfilled the Victor's Dispensation.

15.

15.

Yāvatā buddhabhaṇitaṃ, navaṅgaṃ jinasāsanaṃ;

Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvāna, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ.

Having completely mastered the entire nine-limbed Dispensation of the Victor as spoken by the Buddha, I illuminated the Victor's Dispensation.

16.

16.

Mama acchariyaṃ disvā, sopi buddho viyākari;

‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati.

Seeing my wonderful deed, that Buddha too made a prediction: ‘In this fortunate aeon, this one will become a Buddha.’

17.

17.

‘‘Ahu [Pg.377] kapilavhayā rammā, nikkhamitvā tathāgato;

Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ.

‘Having gone forth from the delightful city named Kapila, the Tathāgata, having undertaken the striving and performed the difficult practice,

18.

18.

‘‘Ajapālarukkhamūle, nisīditvā tathāgato;

Tattha pāyāsaṃ paggayha, nerañjaramupehiti.

‘Having sat down at the foot of the Goatherd's Banyan Tree, the Tathāgata, having accepted the milk-rice there, will approach the Nerañjarā River.

19.

19.

‘‘Nerañjarāya tīramhi, pāyāsaṃ paribhuñjiya;

Paṭiyattavaramaggena, bodhimūlamupehiti.

‘On the bank of the Nerañjarā, having consumed the milk-rice, he will approach the foot of the Bodhi tree by the excellent, prepared path.

20.

20.

‘‘Tato padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bodhimaṇḍaṃ anuttaro;

Aparājitaṭṭhānamhi, bodhipallaṅkamuttame;

Pallaṅkena nisīditvā, bujjhissati mahāyaso.

‘Then, having circumambulated the Bodhi terrace, the unsurpassed one will sit cross-legged on the supreme Bodhi seat at the unconquered spot; and that one of great fame will awaken.

21.

21.

‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati;

Pitā suddhodano nāma, ayaṃ hessati gotamo.

‘This one’s birth-mother will be named Māyā; his father will be named Suddhodana. This one will be Gotama.

22.

22.

‘‘Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā;

Kolito upatisso ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā;

‘Free from taints, devoid of lust, with tranquil minds, and concentrated, Kolita and Upatissa will be the chief disciples.

Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, upaṭṭhissatimaṃ jinaṃ.

An attendant named Ānanda will attend upon this Victor.

23.

23.

‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā;

Anāsavā santacittā, vītarāgā samāhitā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, assatthoti pavuccati.

‘Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā will be the chief female disciples, free from taints, with tranquil minds, devoid of lust, and concentrated. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Assattha tree.

24.

24.

‘‘Citto hatthāḷavako ca, aggā hessantupaṭṭhakā;

Nandamātā ca uttarā, aggā hessantupaṭṭhikā’’.

‘Citta and Hatthāḷavaka will be the chief male lay supporters; Nandamātā and Uttarā will be the chief female lay supporters.’

25.

25.

Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ, assamassa mahesino;

Āmoditā naramarū, buddhabījaṃ kira ayaṃ.

Hearing this word of the peerless great seer, humans and devas rejoiced: “This one is indeed a Buddha-sprout!”

26.

26.

Ukkuṭṭhisaddā pavattanti, apphoṭenti hasanti ca;

Katañjalī namassanti, dasasahassī sadevakā.

Shouts of acclamation arose, they snapped their fingers and laughed; with palms joined in reverence, the devas and humans of the ten-thousand-world system paid homage.

27.

27.

‘‘Yadimassa lokanāthassa, virajjhissāma sāsanaṃ;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ.

‘If we should miss the Dispensation of this Lord of the World, in a future time we will be in this one’s presence.

28.

28.

‘‘Yathā manussā nadiṃ tarantā, paṭititthaṃ virajjhiya;

Heṭṭhā titthe gahetvāna, uttaranti mahānadiṃ.

‘Just as people crossing a river, having missed the ford directly opposite, take a ford further down and cross the great river,

29.

29.

‘‘Evameva [Pg.378] mayaṃ sabbe, yadi muñcāmimaṃ jinaṃ;

Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’.

‘Even so, all of us, if we miss this Victor, will be in this one’s presence in a future time.’

30.

30.

Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ;

Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā.

Hearing his word, I clarified my mind even more. I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections.

31.

31.

Evamahaṃ saṃsaritvā, parivajjento anācaraṃ;

Dukkarañca kataṃ mayhaṃ, bodhiyāyeva kāraṇā.

Thus I wandered on in saṃsāra, avoiding wrong conduct, and I performed difficult deeds for the sake of enlightenment alone.

32.

32.

Nagaraṃ bārāṇasī nāma, kikī nāmāsi khattiyo;

Vasate tattha nagare, sambuddhassa mahākulaṃ.

The city was named Bārāṇasī, and the khattiya king was named Kikī. In that city dwelt the great family of the Perfectly Enlightened One.

33.

33.

Brāhmaṇo brahmadattova, āsi buddhassa so pitā;

Dhanavatī nāma janikā, kassapassa mahesino.

The brahmin Brahmadatta was that Buddha's father; the mother of the great seer Kassapa was named Dhanavatī.

34.

34.

Duve vassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi;

Haṃso yaso sirinando, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For two thousand years he lived the household life. Haṃsa, Yasa, and Sirinanda were his three supreme palaces.

35.

35.

Tisoḷasasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Sunandā nāma sā nārī, vijitaseno nāma atrajo.

There were forty-eight thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Sunandā, and his son was named Vijitasena.

36.

36.

Nimitte caturo disvā, pāsādenābhinikkhami;

Sattāhaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo.

Having seen the four signs, he went forth by chariot. For seven days that supreme man engaged in the striving.

37.

37.

Brahmunā yācito santo, kassapo lokanāyako;

Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo.

Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful Kassapa, the leader of the world, the great hero and supreme man, set in motion the Wheel in the Deer Park.

38.

38.

Tisso ca bhāradvājo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā;

Sabbamitto nāmupaṭṭhāko, kassapassa mahesino.

Tissa and Bhāradvāja were the chief disciples. An attendant named Sabbamitta waited upon the great seer Kassapa.

39.

39.

Anuḷā uruveḷā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā;

Bodhi tassa bhagavato, nigrodhoti pavuccati.

Anuḷā and Uruvelā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Banyan.

40.

40.

Sumaṅgalo ghaṭikāro ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā;

Vicitasenā bhaddā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā.

Sumaṅgala and Ghaṭikāra were the chief male lay supporters; Vijitasenā and Bhaddā were the chief female lay supporters.

41.

41.

Uccattanena so buddho, vīsatiratanuggato;

Vijjulaṭṭhīva ākāse, candova gahapūrito.

That Buddha was twenty cubits in height. He shone like a streak of lightning in the sky, like the moon surrounded by planets.

42.

42.

Vīsativassasahassāni[Pg.379], āyu tassa mahesino;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

The lifespan of that great seer was twenty thousand years. Abiding for that long, he ferried a great many people across.

43.

43.

Dhammataḷākaṃ māpayitvā, sīlaṃ datvā vilepanaṃ;

Dhammadussaṃ nivāsetvā, dhammamālaṃ vibhajjiya.

Having created a lake of Dhamma, given virtue as an unguent, dressed them in the cloth of Dhamma, and distributed the garland of Dhamma,

44.

44.

Dhammavimalamādāsaṃ, ṭhapayitvā mahājane;

Keci nibbānaṃ patthentā, passantu me alaṅkaraṃ.

Having placed the stainless mirror of Dhamma before the great populace, he said: ‘Let those who aspire to Nibbāna behold my adornment!’

45.

45.

Sīlakañcukaṃ datvāna, jhānakavacavammitaṃ;

Dhammacammaṃ pārupitvā, datvā sannāhamuttamaṃ.

Having given the tunic of virtue and the mail-coat of jhāna, having cloaked them in the leather of Dhamma, and having given the supreme armor,

46.

46.

Satiphalakaṃ datvāna, tikhiṇañāṇakuntimaṃ;

Dhammakhaggavaraṃ datvā, sīlasaṃsaggamaddanaṃ.

Having given the shield of mindfulness, the spear of sharp knowledge, the excellent sword of Dhamma, and the virtue that crushes the entanglement of defilements,

47.

47.

Tevijjābhūsanaṃ datvāna, āveḷaṃ caturo phale;

Chaḷabhiññābharaṇaṃ datvā, dhammapupphapiḷandhanaṃ.

Having given the ornament of the three knowledges and the four fruits as a head-ornament, having given the adornment of the six supernormal knowledges, and having made the flower-garland of the supramundane Dhamma,

48.

48.

Saddhammapaṇḍaracchattaṃ, datvā pāpanivāraṇaṃ;

Māpayitvābhayaṃ pupphaṃ, nibbuto so sasāvako.

Having given the white parasol of the good Dhamma that prevents evil, and having fashioned the flower of fearlessness, that Kassapa, together with his disciples, attained Parinibbāna.

49.

49.

Eso hi sammāsambuddho, appameyyo durāsado;

Eso hi dhammaratano, svākkhāto ehipassiko.

This indeed is the Perfectly Enlightened One, immeasurable and unassailable. This indeed is the jewel of the Dhamma, well-expounded and inviting inspection.

50.

50.

Eso hi saṅgharatano, suppaṭipanno anuttaro;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā.

This indeed is the jewel of the Sangha, of good practice and unsurpassed. All that has vanished. Are not all conditioned formations indeed empty?

51.

51.

Mahākassapo jino satthā, setabyārāmamhi nibbuto;

Tatthevassa jinathūpo, yojanubbedhamuggatoti.

The great Kassapa, the Victor, the Teacher, attained Parinibbāna in the Setabyā monastery. In that very place, the stupa of that Victor rose to a height of one yojana.

Kassapassa bhagavato vaṃso catuvīsatimo.

The twenty-fourth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Kassapa, is concluded.

27. Gotamabuddhavaṃso

27. The Chronicle of the Buddha Gotama

Ahametarahi sambuddho, gotamo sakyavaḍḍhano;

Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ.

I, at this time, am the Perfectly Enlightened One, Gotama, who brings increase to the Sakyans; having undertaken the striving, I have attained supreme enlightenment.

Brahmunā [Pg.380] yācito santo, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayiṃ;

Aṭṭhārasannaṃ koṭīnaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu.

Being requested by Brahmā, I, being at peace, set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion; the first penetration of the truth occurred for eighteen koṭis of devas and brahmās.

Tato parañca desente, naradevasamāgame;

Gaṇanāya na vattabbo, dutiyābhisamayo ahu.

Then, on a later occasion, while teaching in an assembly of humans and devas, the second penetration of the truth was incalculable by number.

Idhevāhaṃ etarahi, ovadiṃ mama atrajaṃ;

Gaṇanāya na vattabbo, tatiyābhisamayo ahu.

Right here in Kapilavatthu, at this time, when I admonished my son, the third penetration of the truth for devas and humans was incalculable by number.

Ekosi sannipāto me, sāvakānaṃ mahesinaṃ;

Aḍḍhateḷasasatānaṃ, bhikkhūnāsi samāgamo.

There was only one assembly of my disciples, the great seers; in that gathering, there was an assembly of twelve hundred and fifty bhikkhus.

Virocamāno vimalo, bhikkhusaṅghassa majjhago;

Dadāmi patthitaṃ sabbaṃ, maṇīva sabbakāmado.

Shining and stainless in the midst of the Saṅgha of bhikkhus, like a wish-fulfilling gem that grants all desires, I give all that is wished for.

Phalamākaṅkhamānānaṃ, bhavacchandajahesinaṃ;

Catusaccaṃ pakāsemi, anukampāya pāṇinaṃ.

For those desiring the fruit, for those wishing to abandon the craving for existence, I proclaim the Four Truths out of compassion for beings.

Dasavīsasahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu;

Ekadvinnaṃ abhisamayo, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyo.

In the proclamation of the Four Truths, the penetration of the Dhamma occurred for thirty thousand beings; for individuals, the penetrations were incalculable by number.

Vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ, iddhaṃ phītaṃ suphullitaṃ;

Idha mayhaṃ sakyamunino, sāsanaṃ suvisodhitaṃ.

Here, this Dispensation of me, the Sage of the Sakyans, will be widespread, known to many, powerful, prosperous, flourishing, and well-purified.

10.

10.

Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā;

Bhikkhūnekasatā sabbe, parivārenti maṃ sadā.

Taintless, free from lust, with peaceful minds, and concentrated—all the many hundreds of bhikkhus always surround me.

11.

11.

Idāni ye etarahi, jahanti mānusaṃ bhavaṃ;

Appattamānasā sekhā, te bhikkhū viññugarahitā.

Now, at this time, whatever bhikkhus who are trainees, not having yet attained their goal, abandon human existence—those bhikkhus are censured by the wise.

12.

12.

Ariyañca saṃthomayantā, sadā dhammaratā janā;

Bujjhissanti satimanto, saṃsārasaritaṃ gatā.

Praising the Noble Path, people who always delight in the Dhamma, being mindful, though they have gone into the river of saṃsāra, will awaken to the truth.

13.

13.

Nagaraṃ kapilavatthu me, rājā suddhodano pitā;

Mayhaṃ janettikā mātā, māyādevīti vuccati.

My city is named Kapilavatthu, the king Suddhodana is my father; my birth mother is called Māyādevī.

14.

14.

Ekūnatiṃsavassāni, agāraṃ ajjhahaṃ vasiṃ;

Rammo surammo subhako, tayo pāsādamuttamā.

For twenty-nine years, I lived the household life; Ramma, Suramma, and Subha were my three excellent palaces.

15.

15.

Cattārīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā;

Bhaddakañcanā nāma nārī, rāhulo nāma atrajo.

There were forty thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Bhaddakañcanā, and the son was named Rāhula.

16.

16.

Nimitte [Pg.381] caturo disvā, assayānena nikkhamiṃ;

Chabbassaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acariṃ dukkaraṃ ahaṃ.

Having seen the four signs, I went forth by means of a horse-vehicle; for six years I practiced the difficult striving.

17.

17.

Bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane, cakkaṃ pavattitaṃ mayā;

Ahaṃ gotamasambuddho, saraṇaṃ sabbapāṇinaṃ.

At Isipatana in Bārāṇasī, the Wheel was set in motion by me. I am Gotama the Perfectly Enlightened One, a refuge for all beings.

18.

18.

Kolito upatisso ca, dve bhikkhū aggasāvakā;

Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, santikāvacaro mama;

Kolita and Upatissa were the two monks, the chief disciples. Ānanda will be the name of my attendant, who is ever in my presence.

Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, bhikkhunī aggasāvikā.

Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā were the chief female disciples.

19.

19.

Citto hatthāḷavako ca, aggupaṭṭhākupāsakā;

Nandamātā ca uttarā, aggupaṭṭhikupāsikā.

Citta and Hatthāḷavaka were the chief male lay attendants; Nandamātā and Uttarā were the chief female lay attendants.

20.

20.

Ahaṃ assatthamūlamhi, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ;

Byāmappabhā sadā mayhaṃ, soḷasahatthamuggatā.

I attained supreme enlightenment at the foot of the Assattha tree. My fathom-wide radiance is ever-present, and I am sixteen cubits in height.

21.

21.

Appaṃ vassasataṃ āyu, idānetarahi vijjati;

Tāvatā tiṭṭhamānohaṃ, tāremi janataṃ bahuṃ.

Now, at this time, the lifespan is a mere one hundred years. Remaining for that long, I ferry many people across.

22.

22.

Ṭhapayitvāna dhammukkaṃ, pacchimaṃ janabodhanaṃ;

Ahampi nacirasseva, saddhiṃ sāvakasaṅghato;

Idheva parinibbissaṃ, aggī vāhārasaṅkhayā.

Having established the torch of the Dhamma for the awakening of future generations, I too, not long from now, together with the assembly of disciples, will attain Parinibbāna right here, like a fire upon the exhaustion of its fuel.

23.

23.

Tāni ca atulatejāni, imāni ca dasabalāni ;

Ayañca guṇadhāraṇo deho, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇavicitto.

And those incomparable powers, and these ten powers, and this body which is a bearer of virtues, adorned with the thirty-two excellent marks—

24.

24.

Dasa disā pabhāsetvā, sataraṃsīva chappabhā;

Sabbaṃ tamantarahissanti, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārāti.

Having illuminated the ten directions with the six-hued radiance like the sun, all that will disappear. Are not all conditioned things indeed empty?

Gotamassa bhagavato vaṃso pañcavīsatimo.

The twenty-fifth chronicle of the Blessed One Gotama.

28. Buddhapakiṇṇakakaṇḍaṃ

28. The Miscellaneous Section on the Buddhas.

Aparimeyyito kappe, caturo āsuṃ vināyakā;

Taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro, athopi saraṇaṅkaro;

Dīpaṅkaro ca sambuddho, ekakappamhi te jinā.

In an incalculable aeon from this one, there were four Leaders: Taṇhaṅkara, Medhaṅkara, and also Saraṇaṅkara, and Dīpaṅkara the Fully Enlightened One. Those Conquerors arose in a single aeon.

Dīpaṅkarassa [Pg.382] aparena, koṇḍañño nāma nāyako;

Ekova ekakappamhi, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

After Dīpaṅkara, a Leader named Koṇḍañña, the only one in a single aeon, ferried many people across.

Dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato, koṇḍaññassa ca satthuno;

Etesaṃ antarā kappā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā.

Between the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara and the Teacher Koṇḍañña, the intervening aeons are incalculable by counting.

Koṇḍaññassa aparena, maṅgalo nāma nāyako;

Tesampi antarā kappā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā.

After Koṇḍañña, a Leader named Maṅgala arose. Between them also, the aeons are incalculable by counting.

Maṅgalo ca sumano ca, revato sobhito muni;

Tepi buddhā ekakappe, cakkhumanto pabhaṅkarā.

Maṅgala, Sumana, Revata, and the sage Sobhita; those Buddhas, endowed with vision and makers of light, also arose in a single aeon.

Sobhitassa aparena, anomadassī mahāyaso;

Tesampi antarā kappā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā.

After Sobhita, Anomadassī of great fame arose. Between them also, the aeons are incalculable by counting.

Anomadassī padumo, nārado cāpi nāyako;

Tepi buddhā ekakappe, tamantakārakā munī.

Anomadassī, Paduma, and also the Leader Nārada; those Buddhas, sages who made an end to darkness, also arose in a single aeon.

Nāradassa aparena, padumuttaro nāma nāyako;

Ekakappamhi uppanno, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ.

After Nārada, a Leader named Padumuttara arose in a single aeon; he ferried many people across.

Nāradassa bhagavato, padumuttarassa satthuno;

Tesampi antarā kappā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā.

Between the Blessed One Nārada and the Teacher Padumuttara, the intervening aeons are also incalculable by counting.

10.

10.

Kappasatasahassamhi, eko āsi mahāmuni;

Padumuttaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho.

One hundred thousand aeons ago, there was one Great Sage: Padumuttara, the Knower of the Worlds, worthy of receiving offerings.

11.

11.

Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, duve āsuṃ vināyakā ;

Sumedho ca sujāto ca, orato padumuttarā.

Thirty thousand aeons after Padumuttara, there were two Leaders: Sumedha and Sujāta.

12.

12.

Aṭṭhārase kappasate, tayo āsuṃ vināyakā ;

Piyadassī atthadassī, dhammadassī ca nāyakā.

Eighteen hundred aeons ago, there were three Leaders: Piyadassī, Atthadassī, and Dhammadassī.

13.

13.

Orato ca sujātassa, sambuddhā dvipaduttamā;

Ekakappamhi te buddhā, loke appaṭipuggalā.

And after Sujāta, in a single aeon, those Fully Enlightened Ones, supreme among two-footed beings, those peerless Buddhas, arose in the world.

14.

14.

Catunnavutito kappe, eko āsi mahāmuni;

Siddhattho so lokavidū, sallakatto anuttaro.

Ninety-four aeons from this one, there was one Great Sage: that Siddhattha, the Knower of the Worlds, the unsurpassed Extractor of the Dart.

15.

15.

Dvenavute [Pg.383] ito kappe, duve āsuṃ vināyakā;

Tisso phusso ca sambuddhā, asamā appaṭipuggalā.

Ninety-two aeons from this one, there were two Leaders: Tissa and Phussa, the Fully Enlightened, unequalled, and peerless Ones.

16.

16.

Ekanavutito kappe, vipassī nāma nāyako;

Sopi buddho kāruṇiko, satte mocesi bandhanā.

Ninety-one aeons from this one, a Leader named Vipassī arose. That compassionate Buddha liberated beings from bondage.

17.

17.

Ekatiṃse ito kappe, duve āsuṃ vināyakā;

Sikhī ca vessabhū ceva, asamā appaṭipuggalā.

Thirty-one aeons from this one, there were two Leaders: Sikhī and Vessabhū, the unequalled and peerless Ones.

18.

18.

Imamhi bhaddake kappe, tayo āsuṃ vināyakā;

Kakusandho koṇāgamano, kassapo cāpi nāyako.

In this auspicious aeon, there have been three Leaders: Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and also the Leader Kassapa.

19.

19.

Ahametarahi sambuddho, metteyyo cāpi hessati;

Etepime pañca buddhā, dhīrā lokānukampakā.

I am now the Fully Enlightened One, and Metteyya will also come to be. These five Buddhas are steadfast and compassionate towards the world.

20.

20.

Etesaṃ dhammarājūnaṃ, aññesaṃnekakoṭinaṃ;

Ācikkhitvāna taṃ maggaṃ, nibbutā te sasāvakāti.

Having declared that path, those Kings of Dhamma and countless others attained Nibbāna together with their disciples.

Buddhapakiṇṇakakaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

The Miscellaneous Section on the Buddhas is concluded.

29. Dhātubhājanīyakathā

29. The Discourse on the Distribution of the Relics.

Mahāgotamo jinavaro, kusināramhi nibbuto;

Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesato.

The excellent Victor, Mahāgotama, attained Parinibbāna in Kusinārā. The relics were distributed in those various regions.

Eko ajātasattussa, eko vesāliyā pure;

Eko kapilavatthusmiṃ, eko ca allakappake.

One portion was for Ajātasattu, one in the city of Vesālī, one in Kapilavatthu, and one in Allakappa.

Eko ca rāmagāmamhi, eko ca veṭhadīpake;

Eko pāveyyake malle, eko ca kosinārake.

And one portion was in Rāmagāma, and one in Veṭhadīpaka; one for the Mallas of Pāvā, and one in Kosināra.

Kumbhassa thūpaṃ kāresi, brāhmaṇo doṇasavhayo;

Aṅgārathūpaṃ kāresuṃ, moriyā tuṭṭhamānasā.

The brahmin named Doṇa had a stūpa made for the urn; the Moriyas, with delighted minds, had a stūpa made for the embers.

Aṭṭha sārīrikā thūpā, navamo kumbhacetiyo;

Aṅgārathūpo dasamo, tadāyeva patiṭṭhito.

There were eight stūpas for the bodily relics; the ninth was the urn-cetiya, and the tenth was the ember-stūpa. They were established at that very time.

Uṇhīsaṃ catasso dāṭhā, akkhakā dve ca dhātuyo;

Asambhinnā imā satta, sesā bhinnāva dhātuyo.

The Uṇhīsa, the four canine teeth, and the two collarbones—these seven relics were unfragmented; the remaining relics were indeed fragmented.

Mahantā [Pg.384] muggamattā ca, majjhimā bhinnataṇḍulā;

Khuddakā sāsapamattā ca, nānāvaṇṇā ca dhātuyo.

The large relics are the size of mung beans, the medium ones are like broken rice grains, and the small ones are the size of mustard seeds; and the relics are of various colors.

Mahantā suvaṇṇavaṇṇā ca, muttavaṇṇā ca majjhimā;

Khuddakā makulavaṇṇā ca, soḷasadoṇamattikā.

The large relics are of golden color, the medium ones are of pearl color, and the small ones are the color of jasmine buds.

Mahantā pañca nāḷiyo, nāḷiyo pañca majjhimā;

Khuddakā cha nāḷī ceva, etā sabbāpi dhātuyo.

The large relics amount to five nāḷis, the medium relics to five nāḷis, and the small relics to six nāḷis; all these relics together amount to sixteen nāḷis.

10.

10.

Uṇhīsaṃ sīhaḷe dīpe, brahmaloke ca vāmakaṃ;

Sīhaḷe dakkhiṇakkhañca, sabbāpetā patiṭṭhitā.

The Uṇhīsa is on the island of Sīhaḷa, and the left collarbone is in the Brahma world; the right collarbone is in Sīhaḷa. All these are thus established.

11.

11.

Ekā dāṭhā tidasapure, ekā nāgapure ahu;

Ekā gandhāravisaye, ekā kaliṅgarājino.

One canine tooth is in the city of the Thirty-three, one was in the city of the Nāgas; one is in the region of Gandhāra, and one is in the domain of the king of Kaliṅga.

12.

12.

Cattālīsasamā dantā, kesā lomā ca sabbaso;

Devā hariṃsu ekekaṃ, cakkavāḷaparamparā.

The forty even teeth, and all the head hairs and body hairs—the devas took one of each, throughout the succession of world-systems.

13.

13.

Vajirāyaṃ bhagavato, patto daṇḍañca cīvaraṃ;

Nivāsanaṃ kulaghare, paccattharaṇaṃ kapilavhaye.

The Blessed One's bowl, staff, and robe are in Vajirā; the lower garment is in the clan house, and the ground-sheet is in Kapilavatthu.

14.

14.

Pāṭaliputtapuramhi, karaṇaṃ kāyabandhanaṃ;

Campāyudakasāṭiyaṃ, uṇṇalomañca kosale.

The girdle is in the city of Pāṭaliputta; the bathing cloth is in Campā, and the ūrṇā hair-relic is in Kosala.

15.

15.

Kāsāvaṃ brahmaloke ca, veṭhanaṃ tidase pure;

Nisīdanaṃ avantīsu, raṭṭhe attharaṇaṃ tadā.

The robe for changing is in the Brahma world, and the head-wrapping is in the city of the Thirty-three; the sitting mat is in Avanti, and the bedspread is in the country of Devaraṭṭha.

16.

16.

Araṇī ca mithilāyaṃ, videhe parisāvanaṃ;

Vāsi sūcigharañcāpi, indapatthapure tadā.

And the fire-sticks are in Mithilā, the water-strainer is in Videha; and also the adze and needle-case are in the city of Indapattha.

17.

17.

Parikkhārā avasesā, janapade aparantake;

Paribhuttāni muninā, akaṃsu manujā tadā.

As for the remaining requisites used by the Sage, people in the country of Aparantaka then made stūpas for them.

18.

18.

Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, gotamassa mahesino;

Pāṇīnaṃ anukampāya, ahu porāṇikaṃ tadāti.

There was a distribution of the relics of Gotama, the Great Sage. Out of compassion for beings, this ancient practice came to be.

Dhātubhājanīyakathā niṭṭhitā.

The Discourse on the Distribution of the Relics is concluded.

Buddhavaṃsoniṭṭhito.

The Buddhavaṃsa is concluded.

বাংলা
পালি	অট্ঠকথা	টীকা	অন্ন
1101 পারাজিক পালি 1102 পাচিত্তিয় পালি 1103 মহাবগ্গ পালি (বিনয়) 1104 চূলবগ্গ পালি 1105 পরিবার পালি	1201 পারাজিককণ্ড অট্ঠকথা-১ 1202 পারাজিককণ্ড অট্ঠকথা-২ 1203 পাচিত্তিয় অট্ঠকথা 1204 মহাবগ্গ অট্ঠকথা (বিনয়) 1205 চূলবগ্গ অট্ঠকথা 1206 পরিবার অট্ঠকথা	1301 সারত্থদীপনী টীকা-১ 1302 সারত্থদীপনী টীকা-২ 1303 সারত্থদীপনী টীকা-৩	1401 দ্বেমাতিকাপালি 1402 বিনয়সংগহ অট্ঠকথা 1403 বজিরবুদ্ধি টীকা 1404 বিমতিবিনোদনী টীকা-১ 1405 বিমতিবিনোদনী টীকা-২ 1406 বিনয়ালংকার টীকা-১ 1407 বিনয়ালংকার টীকা-২ 1408 কঙ্খাবিতরণীপুরাণ টীকা 1409 বিনয়বিনিচ্ছয়-উত্তরবিনিচ্ছয় 1410 বিনয়বিনিচ্ছয় টীকা-১ 1411 বিনয়বিনিচ্ছয় টীকা-২ 1412 পাচিত্যাদিযোজনাপালি 1413 খুদ্ধসিক্খা-মূলসিক্খা 8401 বিসুদ্ধিমগ্গ-১ 8402 বিসুদ্ধিমগ্গ-২ 8403 বিসুদ্ধিমগ্গ-মহাটীকা-১ 8404 বিসুদ্ধিমগ্গ-মহাটীকা-২ 8405 বিসুদ্ধিমগ্গ নিদানকথা 8406 দীঘনিকায় (পু-বি) 8407 মজ্ঝিমনিকায় (পু-বি) 8408 সংযুত্তনিকায় (পু-বি) 8409 অঙ্গুত্তরনিকায় (পু-বি) 8410 বিনয়পিটক (পু-বি) 8411 অভিধম্মপিটক (পু-বি) 8412 অট্ঠকথা (পু-বি) 8413 নিরুত্তিদীপনী 8414 পরমত্থদীপনী সংগহমহাটীকাপাঠ 8415 অনুদীপনীপাঠ 8416 পট্ঠানুদ্দেস দীপনীপাঠ 8417 নমক্কারটীকা 8418 মহাপণামপাঠ 8419 লক্খণাতো বুদ্ধথোমনাগাথা 8420 সুতবন্দনা 8421 কমলাঞ্জলি 8422 জিনালংকার 8423 পজ্জমধু 8424 বুদ্ধগুণগাথাবলী 8425 চূলগন্থবংস 8426 মহাবংস 8427 সাসনবংস 8428 কচ্চায়নব্যাকরণং 8429 মোগ্গল্লানব্যাকরণং 8430 সদ্দনীতিপ্পকরণং (পদমালা) 8431 সদ্দনীতিপ্পকরণং (ধাতুমালা) 8432 পদরূপসিদ্ধি 8433 মোগ্গল্লানপঞ্চিকা 8434 পযোগসিদ্ধিপাঠ 8435 বুত্তোদয়পাঠ 8436 অভিধানপ্পদীপিকাপাঠ 8437 অভিধানপ্পদীপিকাটীকা 8438 সুবোধালংকারপাঠ 8439 সুবোধালংকারটীকা 8440 বালাবতার গণ্ঠিপদত্থবিনিচ্ছয়সার 8441 লোকনীতি 8442 সুত্তন্তনীতি 8443 সূরস্সতীনীতি 8444 মহারহনীতি 8445 ধম্মনীতি 8446 কবিদপ্পণনীতি 8447 নীতিমঞ্জরী 8448 নরদক্খদীপনী 8449 চতুরারক্খদীপনী 8450 চাণক্যনীতি 8451 রসবাহিনী 8452 সীমাবিসোধনীপাঠ 8453 বেস্সন্তরগীতি 8454 মোগ্গল্লান বুত্তিবিবরণপঞ্চিকা 8455 থূপবংস 8456 দাঠাবংস 8457 ধাতুপাঠবিলাসিনিয়া 8458 ধাতুবংস 8459 হত্থবনগল্লবিহারবংস 8460 জিনচরিতয় 8461 জিনবংসদীপং 8462 তেলকটাহগাথা 8463 মিলিদটীকা 8464 পদমঞ্জরী 8465 পদসাধনং 8466 সদ্দবিন্দুপকরণং 8467 কচ্চায়নধাতুমঞ্জুসা 8468 সামন্তকূটবণ্ণনা
2101 সীলক্খন্ধবগ্গ পালি 2102 মহাবগ্গ পালি (দীঘ) 2103 পাথিকবগ্গ পালি	2201 সীলক্খন্ধবগ্গ অট্ঠকথা 2202 মহাবগ্গ অট্ঠকথা (দীঘ) 2203 পাথিকবগ্গ অট্ঠকথা	2301 সীলক্খন্ধবগ্গ টীকা 2302 মহাবগ্গ টীকা (দীঘ) 2303 পাথিকবগ্গ টীকা 2304 সীলক্খন্ধবগ্গ-অভিনবটীকা-১ 2305 সীলক্খন্ধবগ্গ-অভিনবটীকা-২
3101 মূলপণ্ণাস পালি 3102 মজ্ঝিমপণ্ণাস পালি 3103 উপরিপণ্ণাস পালি	3201 মূলপণ্ণাস অট্ঠকথা-১ 3202 মূলপণ্ণাস অট্ঠকথা-২ 3203 মজ্ঝিমপণ্ণাস অট্ঠকথা 3204 উপরিপণ্ণাস অট্ঠকথা	3301 মূলপণ্ণাস টীকা 3302 মজ্ঝিমপণ্ণাস টীকা 3303 উপরিপণ্ণাস টীকা
4101 সগাথাবগ্গ পালি 4102 নিদানবগ্গ পালি 4103 খন্ধবগ্গ পালি 4104 সলায়তনবগ্গ পালি 4105 মহাবগ্গ পালি (সংযুত্ত)	4201 সগাথাবগ্গ অট্ঠকথা 4202 নিদানবগ্গ অট্ঠকথা 4203 খন্ধবগ্গ অট্ঠকথা 4204 সলায়তনবগ্গ অট্ঠকথা 4205 মহাবগ্গ অট্ঠকথা (সংযুত্ত)	4301 সগাথাবগ্গ টীকা 4302 নিদানবগ্গ টীকা 4303 খন্ধবগ্গ টীকা 4304 সলায়তনবগ্গ টীকা 4305 মহাবগ্গ টীকা (সংযুত্ত)
5101 এককনিপাত পালি 5102 দুকনিপাত পালি 5103 তিকনিপাত পালি 5104 চতুক্কনিপাত পালি 5105 পঞ্চকনিপাত পালি 5106 ছক্কনিপাত পালি 5107 সত্তকনিপাত পালি 5108 অট্ঠকাদিনিপাত পালি 5109 নবকনিপাত পালি 5110 দশকনিপাত পালি 5111 একাদশকনিপাত পালি	5201 এককনিপাত অট্ঠকথা 5202 দুক-তিক-চতুক্কনিপাত অট্ঠকথা 5203 পঞ্চক-ছক্ক-সত্তকনিপাত অট্ঠকথা 5204 অট্ঠকাদিনিপাত অট্ঠকথা	5301 এককনিপাত টীকা 5302 দুক-তিক-চতুক্কনিপাত টীকা 5303 পঞ্চক-ছক্ক-সত্তকনিপাত টীকা 5304 অট্ঠকাদিনিপাত টীকা
6101 খুদ্ধকপাঠ পালি 6102 ধম্মপদ পালি 6103 উদান পালি 6104 ইতিবুত্তক পালি 6105 সুত্তনিপাত পালি 6106 বিমানবত্থু পালি 6107 পেতবত্থু পালি 6108 থেরগাথা পালি 6109 থেরীগাথা পালি 6110 অপদান পালি-১ 6111 অপদান পালি-২ 6112 বুদ্ধবংস পালি 6113 চরিয়াপিটক পালি 6114 জাতক পালি-১ 6115 জাতক পালি-২ 6116 মহানিদ্দেস পালি 6117 চূলনিদ্দেস পালি 6118 পটিসম্ভিদামগ্গ পালি 6119 নেত্তিপ্পকরণ পালি 6120 মিলিন্দপঞ্হ পালি 6121 পেটকোপদেস পালি	6201 খুদ্ধকপাঠ অট্ঠকথা 6202 ধম্মপদ অট্ঠকথা-১ 6203 ধম্মপদ অট্ঠকথা-২ 6204 উদান অট্ঠকথা 6205 ইতিবুত্তক অট্ঠকথা 6206 সুত্তনিপাত অট্ঠকথা-১ 6207 সুত্তনিপাত অট্ঠকথা-২ 6208 বিমানবত্থু অট্ঠকথা 6209 পেতবত্থু অট্ঠকথা 6210 থেরগাথা অট্ঠকথা-১ 6211 থেরগাথা অট্ঠকথা-২ 6212 থেরীগাথা অট্ঠকথা 6213 অপদান অট্ঠকথা-১ 6214 অপদান অট্ঠকথা-২ 6215 বুদ্ধবংস অট্ঠকথা 6216 চরিয়াপিটক অট্ঠকথা 6217 জাতক অট্ঠকথা-১ 6218 জাতক অট্ঠকথা-২ 6219 জাতক অট্ঠকথা-৩ 6220 জাতক অট্ঠকথা-৪ 6221 জাতক অট্ঠকথা-৫ 6222 জাতক অট্ঠকথা-৬ 6223 জাতক অট্ঠকথা-৭ 6224 মহানিদ্দেস অট্ঠকথা 6225 চূলনিদ্দেস অট্ঠকথা 6226 পটিসম্ভিদামগ্গ অট্ঠকথা-১ 6227 পটিসম্ভিদামগ্গ অট্ঠকথা-২ 6228 নেত্তিপ্পকরণ অট্ঠকথা	6301 নেত্তিপ্পকরণ টীকা 6302 নেত্তিবিভাবিনী
7101 ধম্মসংগণী পালি 7102 বিভঙ্গ পালি 7103 ধাতুকথা পালি 7104 পুগ্গলপঞ্ঞাত্তি পালি 7105 কথাবত্থু পালি 7106 যমক পালি-১ 7107 যমক পালি-২ 7108 যমক পালি-৩ 7109 পট্ঠান পালি-১ 7110 পট্ঠান পালি-২ 7111 পট্ঠান পালি-৩ 7112 পট্ঠান পালি-৪ 7113 পট্ঠান পালি-৫	7201 ধম্মসংগণি অট্ঠকথা 7202 সম্মোহবিনোদনী অট্ঠকথা 7203 পঞ্চপকরণ অট্ঠকথা	7301 ধম্মসংগণী-মূলটীকা 7302 বিভঙ্গ-মূলটীকা 7303 পঞ্চপকরণ-মূলটীকা 7304 ধম্মসংগণী-অনুটীকা 7305 পঞ্চপকরণ-অনুটীকা 7306 অভিধম্মাবতারো-নামরূপপরিচ্ছেদো 7307 অভিধম্মত্থসংগহো 7308 অভিধম্মাবতার-পুরাণটীকা 7309 অভিধম্মমাতিকাপালি

中文
巴利	義註	複註	藏外典籍
1101 巴拉基咖（波羅夷） 1102 巴吉帝亞（波逸提） 1103 大品（律藏） 1104 小品 1105 附隨	1201 巴拉基咖（波羅夷）義註-1 1202 巴拉基咖（波羅夷）義註-2 1203 巴吉帝亞（波逸提）義註 1204 大品義註（律藏） 1205 小品義註 1206 附隨義註	1301 心義燈-1 1302 心義燈-2 1303 心義燈-3	1401 疑惑度脫 1402 律攝註釋 1403 金剛智疏 1404 疑難解除疏-1 1405 疑難解除疏-2 1406 律莊嚴疏-1 1407 律莊嚴疏-2 1408 古老解惑疏 1409 律抉擇-上抉擇 1410 律抉擇疏-1 1411 律抉擇疏-2 1412 巴吉帝亞等啟請經 1413 小戒學-根本戒學 8401 清淨道論-1 8402 清淨道論-2 8403 清淨道大複註-1 8404 清淨道大複註-2 8405 清淨道論導論 8406 長部問答 8407 中部問答 8408 相應部問答 8409 增支部問答 8410 律藏問答 8411 論藏問答 8412 義注問答 8413 語言學詮釋手冊 8414 勝義顯揚 8415 隨燈論誦 8416 發趣論燈論 8417 禮敬文 8418 大禮敬文 8419 依相讚佛偈 8420 經讚 8421 蓮花供 8422 勝者莊嚴 8423 語蜜 8424 佛德偈集 8425 小史 8427 佛教史 8426 大史 8429 目犍連文法 8428 迦旃延文法 8430 文法寶鑑（詞幹篇） 8431 文法寶鑑（詞根篇） 8432 詞形成論 8433 目犍連五章 8434 應用成就讀本 8435 音韻論讀本 8436 阿毗曇燈讀本 8437 阿毗曇燈疏 8438 妙莊嚴論讀本 8439 妙莊嚴論疏 8440 初學入門義抉擇精要 8446 詩王智論 8447 智論花鬘 8445 法智論 8444 大羅漢智論 8441 世間智論 8442 經典智論 8443 勇士百智論 8450 考底利耶智論 8448 人眼燈 8449 四護衛燈 8451 妙味之流 8452 界清淨 8453 韋桑達拉頌 8454 目犍連語釋五章 8455 塔史 8456 佛牙史 8457 詞根讀本注釋 8458 舍利史 8459 象頭山寺史 8460 勝者行傳 8461 勝者宗燈 8462 油鍋偈 8463 彌蘭王問疏 8464 詞花鬘 8465 詞成就論 8466 正理滴論 8467 迦旃延詞根注 8468 邊境山注釋
2101 戒蘊品 2102 大品（長部） 2103 波梨品	2201 戒蘊品註義註 2202 大品義註（長部） 2203 波梨品義註	2301 戒蘊品疏 2302 大品複註（長部） 2303 波梨品複註 2304 戒蘊品新複註-1 2305 戒蘊品新複註-2
3101 根本五十經 3102 中五十經 3103 後五十經	3201 根本五十義註-1 3202 根本五十義註-2 3203 中五十義註 3204 後五十義註	3301 根本五十經複註 3302 中五十經複註 3303 後五十經複註
4101 有偈品 4102 因緣品 4103 蘊品 4104 六處品 4105 大品（相應部）	4201 有偈品義注 4202 因緣品義注 4203 蘊品義注 4204 六處品義注 4205 大品義注（相應部）	4301 有偈品複註 4302 因緣品註 4303 蘊品複註 4304 六處品複註 4305 大品複註（相應部）
5101 一集經 5102 二集經 5103 三集經 5104 四集經 5105 五集經 5106 六集經 5107 七集經 5108 八集等經 5109 九集經 5110 十集經 5111 十一集經	5201 一集義註 5202 二、三、四集義註 5203 五、六、七集義註 5204 八、九、十、十一集義註	5301 一集複註 5302 二、三、四集複註 5303 五、六、七集複註 5304 八集等複註
6101 小誦 6102 法句經 6103 自說 6104 如是語 6105 經集 6106 天宮事 6107 餓鬼事 6108 長老偈 6109 長老尼偈 6110 譬喻-1 6111 譬喻-2 6112 諸佛史 6113 所行藏 6114 本生-1 6115 本生-2 6116 大義釋 6117 小義釋 6118 無礙解道 6119 導論 6120 彌蘭王問 6121 藏釋	6201 小誦義注 6202 法句義注-1 6203 法句義注-2 6204 自說義注 6205 如是語義註 6206 經集義注-1 6207 經集義注-2 6208 天宮事義注 6209 餓鬼事義注 6210 長老偈義注-1 6211 長老偈義注-2 6212 長老尼義注 6213 譬喻義注-1 6214 譬喻義注-2 6215 諸佛史義注 6216 所行藏義注 6217 本生義注-1 6218 本生義注-2 6219 本生義注-3 6220 本生義注-4 6221 本生義注-5 6222 本生義注-6 6223 本生義注-7 6224 大義釋義注 6225 小義釋義注 6226 無礙解道義注-1 6227 無礙解道義注-2 6228 導論義注	6301 導論複註 6302 導論明解
7101 法集論 7102 分別論 7103 界論 7104 人施設論 7105 論事 7106 雙論-1 7107 雙論-2 7108 雙論-3 7109 發趣論-1 7110 發趣論-2 7111 發趣論-3 7112 發趣論-4 7113 發趣論-5	7201 法集論義註 7202 分別論義註（迷惑冰消） 7203 五部論義註	7301 法集論根本複註 7302 分別論根本複註 7303 五論根本複註 7304 法集論複註 7305 五論複註 7306 阿毘達摩入門 7307 攝阿毘達磨義論 7308 阿毘達摩入門古複註 7309 阿毘達摩論母

English
Pali Canon	Commentaries	Sub-commentaries	Other
1101 Pārājika Pāḷi 1102 Pācittiya Pāḷi 1103 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Vinaya) 1104 Cūḷavagga Pāḷi 1105 Parivāra Pāḷi	1201 Pārājikakaṇḍa Aṭṭhakathā-1 1202 Pārājikakaṇḍa Aṭṭhakathā-2 1203 Pācittiya Aṭṭhakathā 1204 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Vinaya) 1205 Cūḷavagga Aṭṭhakathā 1206 Parivāra Aṭṭhakathā	1301 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-1 1302 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-2 1303 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-3	1401 Dvemātikāpāḷi 1402 Vinayasaṅgaha Aṭṭhakathā 1403 Vajirabuddhi Ṭīkā 1404 Vimativinodanī Ṭīkā-1 1405 Vimativinodanī Ṭīkā-2 1406 Vinayālaṅkāra Ṭīkā-1 1407 Vinayālaṅkāra Ṭīkā-2 1408 Kaṅkhāvitaraṇīpurāṇa Ṭīkā 1409 Vinayavinicchaya-uttaravinicchaya 1410 Vinayavinicchaya Ṭīkā-1 1411 Vinayavinicchaya Ṭīkā-2 1412 Pācityādiyojanāpāḷi 1413 Khuddasikkhā-mūlasikkhā 8401 Visuddhimagga-1 8402 Visuddhimagga-2 8403 Visuddhimagga-mahāṭīkā-1 8404 Visuddhimagga-mahāṭīkā-2 8405 Visuddhimagga nidānakathā 8406 Dīghanikāya (pu-vi) 8407 Majjhimanikāya (pu-vi) 8408 Saṃyuttanikāya (pu-vi) 8409 Aṅguttaranikāya (pu-vi) 8410 Vinayapiṭaka (pu-vi) 8411 Abhidhammapiṭaka (pu-vi) 8412 Aṭṭhakathā (pu-vi) 8413 Niruttidīpanī 8414 Paramatthadīpanī Saṅgahamahāṭīkāpāṭha 8415 Anudīpanīpāṭha 8416 Paṭṭhānuddesa dīpanīpāṭha 8417 Namakkāraṭīkā 8418 Mahāpaṇāmapāṭha 8419 Lakkhaṇāto buddhathomanāgāthā 8420 Sutavandanā 8421 Kamalāñjali 8422 Jinālaṅkāra 8423 Pajjamadhu 8424 Buddhaguṇagāthāvalī 8425 Cūḷaganthavaṃsa 8427 Sāsanavaṃsa 8426 Mahāvaṃsa 8429 Moggallānabyākaraṇaṃ 8428 Kaccāyanabyākaraṇaṃ 8430 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (padamālā) 8431 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (dhātumālā) 8432 Padarūpasiddhi 8433 Mogallānapañcikā 8434 Payogasiddhipāṭha 8435 Vuttodayapāṭha 8436 Abhidhānappadīpikāpāṭha 8437 Abhidhānappadīpikāṭīkā 8438 Subodhālaṅkārapāṭha 8439 Subodhālaṅkāraṭīkā 8440 Bālāvatāra gaṇṭhipadatthavinicchayasāra 8446 Kavidappaṇanīti 8447 Nītimañjarī 8445 Dhammanīti 8444 Mahārahanīti 8441 Lokanīti 8442 Suttantanīti 8443 Sūrassatinīti 8450 Cāṇakyanīti 8448 Naradakkhadīpanī 8449 Caturārakkhadīpanī 8451 Rasavāhinī 8452 Sīmavisodhanīpāṭha 8453 Vessantaragīti 8454 Moggallāna vuttivivaraṇapañcikā 8455 Thūpavaṃsa 8456 Dāṭhāvaṃsa 8457 Dhātupāṭhavilāsiniyā 8458 Dhātuvaṃsa 8459 Hatthavanagallavihāravaṃsa 8460 Jinacaritaya 8461 Jinavaṃsadīpaṃ 8462 Telakaṭāhagāthā 8463 Milidaṭīkā 8464 Padamañjarī 8465 Padasādhanaṃ 8466 Saddabindupakaraṇaṃ 8467 Kaccāyanadhātumañjusā 8468 Sāmantakūṭavaṇṇanā
2101 Sīlakkhandhavagga Pāḷi 2102 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Dīgha) 2103 Pāthikavagga Pāḷi	2201 Sīlakkhandhavagga Aṭṭhakathā 2202 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Dīgha) 2203 Pāthikavagga Aṭṭhakathā	2301 Sīlakkhandhavagga Ṭīkā 2302 Mahāvagga Ṭīkā (Dīgha) 2303 Pāthikavagga Ṭīkā 2304 Sīlakkhandhavagga-abhinavaṭīkā-1 2305 Sīlakkhandhavagga-abhinavaṭīkā-2
3101 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3102 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3103 Uparipaṇṇāsa Pāḷi	3201 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā-1 3202 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā-2 3203 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā 3204 Uparipaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā	3301 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā 3302 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā 3303 Uparipaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā
4101 Sagāthāvagga Pāḷi 4102 Nidānavagga Pāḷi 4103 Khandhavagga Pāḷi 4104 Saḷāyatanavagga Pāḷi 4105 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Saṃyutta)	4201 Sagāthāvagga Aṭṭhakathā 4202 Nidānavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4203 Khandhavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4204 Saḷāyatanavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4205 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Saṃyutta)	4301 Sagāthāvagga Ṭīkā 4302 Nidānavagga Ṭīkā 4303 Khandhavagga Ṭīkā 4304 Saḷāyatanavagga Ṭīkā 4305 Mahāvagga Ṭīkā (Saṃyutta)
5101 Ekakanipāta Pāḷi 5102 Dukanipāta Pāḷi 5103 Tikanipāta Pāḷi 5104 Catukkanipāta Pāḷi 5105 Pañcakanipāta Pāḷi 5106 Chakkanipāta Pāḷi 5107 Sattakanipāta Pāḷi 5108 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Pāḷi 5109 Navakanipāta Pāḷi 5110 Dasakanipāta Pāḷi 5111 Ekādasakanipāta Pāḷi	5201 Ekakanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5202 Duka-tika-catukkanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5203 Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5204 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Aṭṭhakathā	5301 Ekakanipāta Ṭīkā 5302 Duka-tika-catukkanipāta Ṭīkā 5303 Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta Ṭīkā 5304 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Ṭīkā
6101 Khuddakapāṭha Pāḷi 6102 Dhammapada Pāḷi 6103 Udāna Pāḷi 6104 Itivuttaka Pāḷi 6105 Suttanipāta Pāḷi 6106 Vimānavatthu Pāḷi 6107 Petavatthu Pāḷi 6108 Theragāthā Pāḷi 6109 Therīgāthā Pāḷi 6110 Apadāna Pāḷi-1 6111 Apadāna Pāḷi-2 6112 Buddhavaṃsa Pāḷi 6113 Cariyāpiṭaka Pāḷi 6114 Jātaka Pāḷi-1 6115 Jātaka Pāḷi-2 6116 Mahāniddesa Pāḷi 6117 Cūḷaniddesa Pāḷi 6118 Paṭisambhidāmagga Pāḷi 6119 Nettippakaraṇa Pāḷi 6120 Milindapañha Pāḷi 6121 Peṭakopadesa Pāḷi	6201 Khuddakapāṭha Aṭṭhakathā 6202 Dhammapada Aṭṭhakathā-1 6203 Dhammapada Aṭṭhakathā-2 6204 Udāna Aṭṭhakathā 6205 Itivuttaka Aṭṭhakathā 6206 Suttanipāta Aṭṭhakathā-1 6207 Suttanipāta Aṭṭhakathā-2 6208 Vimānavatthu Aṭṭhakathā 6209 Petavatthu Aṭṭhakathā 6210 Theragāthā Aṭṭhakathā-1 6211 Theragāthā Aṭṭhakathā-2 6212 Therīgāthā Aṭṭhakathā 6213 Apadāna Aṭṭhakathā-1 6214 Apadāna Aṭṭhakathā-2 6215 Buddhavaṃsa Aṭṭhakathā 6216 Cariyāpiṭaka Aṭṭhakathā 6217 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-1 6218 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-2 6219 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-3 6220 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-4 6221 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-5 6222 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-6 6223 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-7 6224 Mahāniddesa Aṭṭhakathā 6225 Cūḷaniddesa Aṭṭhakathā 6226 Paṭisambhidāmagga Aṭṭhakathā-1 6227 Paṭisambhidāmagga Aṭṭhakathā-2 6228 Nettippakaraṇa Aṭṭhakathā	6301 Nettippakaraṇa Ṭīkā 6302 Nettivibhāvinī
7101 Dhammasaṅgaṇī Pāḷi 7102 Vibhaṅga Pāḷi 7103 Dhātukathā Pāḷi 7104 Puggalapaññatti Pāḷi 7105 Kathāvatthu Pāḷi 7106 Yamaka Pāḷi-1 7107 Yamaka Pāḷi-2 7108 Yamaka Pāḷi-3 7109 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-1 7110 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-2 7111 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-3 7112 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-4 7113 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-5	7201 Dhammasaṅgaṇi Aṭṭhakathā 7202 Sammohavinodanī Aṭṭhakathā 7203 Pañcapakaraṇa Aṭṭhakathā	7301 Dhammasaṅgaṇī-mūlaṭīkā 7302 Vibhaṅga-mūlaṭīkā 7303 Pañcapakaraṇa-mūlaṭīkā 7304 Dhammasaṅgaṇī-anuṭīkā 7305 Pañcapakaraṇa-anuṭīkā 7306 Abhidhammāvatāro-nāmarūpaparicchedo 7307 Abhidhammatthasaṅgaho 7308 Abhidhammāvatāra-purāṇaṭīkā 7309 Abhidhammamātikāpāḷi
1 Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa Homage to the Blessed One, the Arahant, the Perfectly Self-awakened One. Khuddakanikāye The Minor Collection Buddhavaṃsapāḷi The Chronicle of the Buddhas 1. Ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍaṃ 1. The Chapter on the Jeweled Promenade 1. 1. Brahmā [Pg.299] ca lokādhipatī sahampatī, katañjalī anadhivaraṃ ayācatha; ‘‘Santīdha sattāpparajakkhajātikā, desehi dhammaṃ anukampimaṃ pajaṃ’’. And Brahmā Sahampati, lord of the world, with reverential hands joined, requested the Unexcelled One: “There are beings here with little dust in their eyes; teach the Dhamma, having compassion for this multitude.” 2. 2. Sampannavijjācaraṇassa tādino, jutindharassantimadehadhārino; Tathāgatassappaṭipuggalassa, uppajji kāruññatā sabbasatte. For the one endowed with knowledge and conduct, the steadfast, the bearer of radiance, the bearer of the final body; for the Tathāgata, the incomparable person, compassion for all beings arose. 3. 3. ‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ kīdisako naruttamo; Iddhibalaṃ paññābalañca kīdisaṃ, buddhabalaṃ lokahitassa kīdisaṃ. “For these devas and humans do not know what this Buddha, this supreme among men, is like; what the nature of his psychic power and power of wisdom is like; what the nature of the Buddha-power for the welfare of the world is like.” 4. 4. ‘‘Na hete jānanti sadevamānusā, buddho ayaṃ edisako naruttamo; Iddhibalaṃ paññābalañca edisaṃ, buddhabalaṃ lokahitassa edisaṃ. “For these devas and humans do not know that this Buddha, this supreme among men, is of such a nature; that his psychic power and power of wisdom are of such a nature; that the Buddha-power for the welfare of the world is of such a nature.” 5. 5. ‘‘Handāhaṃ [Pg.300] dassayissāmi, buddhabalamanuttaraṃ; Caṅkamaṃ māpayissāmi, nabhe ratanamaṇḍitaṃ’’. “Now then, I shall show the unsurpassed Buddha-power; I shall create in the sky a promenade adorned with jewels.” 6. 6. Bhummā mahārājikā tāvatiṃsā, yāmā ca devā tusitā ca nimmitā; Paranimmitā yepi ca brahmakāyikā, ānanditā vipulamakaṃsu ghosaṃ. The earth-dwelling devas, the Mahārājikas, the Tāvatiṃsas, the Yāma devas, the Tusitas, and the Nimmitas; the Paranimmitas, and those of the Brahmā hosts, being joyful, made a vast acclamation. 7. 7. Obhāsitā ca pathavī sadevakā, puthū ca lokantarikā asaṃvutā; Tamo ca tibbo vihato tadā ahu, disvāna accherakaṃ pāṭihīraṃ. And the earth with its devas was illuminated, and the vast, open inter-cosmic realms as well; at that time the dense darkness was dispelled. A wondrous miracle was seen. 8. 8. Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhase, ābhā uḷārā vipulā ajāyatha; Imasmiṃ loke parasmiñcobhayasmiṃ, adho ca uddhaṃ tiriyañca vitthataṃ. A magnificent and vast radiance arose among the devas, gandhabbas, humans, and rakkhasas; in this world, in the next, and in both, it spread below, above, across, and far and wide. 9. 9. Sattuttamo anadhivaro vināyako, satthā ahū devamanussapūjito; Mahānubhāvo satapuññalakkhaṇo, dassesi accherakaṃ pāṭihīraṃ. The supreme among beings, the unexcelled, the guide, the Teacher worshipped by devas and humans, of great power, endowed with the marks of a hundred merits, displayed a wondrous miracle. 10. 10. So yācito devavarena cakkhumā, atthaṃ samekkhitvā tadā naruttamo; Caṅkamaṃ māpayi lokanāyako, suniṭṭhitaṃ sabbaratananimmitaṃ. Having been requested by the excellent deva, the One with Vision, the Supreme among Men, then considered the benefit; that Leader of the World caused a promenade to be made, well-finished and fashioned from all jewels. 11. 11. Iddhī ca ādesanānusāsanī, tipāṭihīre bhagavā vasī ahu; Caṅkamaṃ māpayi lokanāyako, suniṭṭhitaṃ sabbaratananimmitaṃ. The Blessed One was a master of the three miracles: psychic power, mind-reading, and instruction. The Leader of the World caused a promenade to be made, well-finished and fashioned from all jewels. 12. 12. Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, sinerupabbatuttame; Thambheva dassesi paṭipāṭiyā, caṅkame ratanāmaye. In the ten-thousandfold world-system, having made the excellent Sineru mountains into pillars in succession, he displayed the jeweled promenade created above them. 13. 13. Dasasahassī atikkamma, caṅkamaṃ māpayī jino; Sabbasoṇṇamayā passe, caṅkame ratanāmaye. The Victor, having transcended the ten-thousandfold world-system, caused a promenade to be made; on the sides of that jeweled promenade were sections made entirely of gold. 14. 14. Tulāsaṅghāṭānuvaggā[Pg.301], sovaṇṇaphalakatthatā; Vedikā sabbasovaṇṇā, dubhato passesu nimmitā. With beams and rafters in succession, and laid with golden planks, railings made entirely of gold were created on both sides. 15. 15. Maṇimuttāvālukākiṇṇā, nimmito ratanāmayo; Obhāseti disā sabbā, sataraṃsīva uggato. Strewn with sand of gems and pearls, that created jeweled promenade illuminates all directions, like the newly risen sun with its thousand rays. 16. 16. Tasmiṃ caṅkamane dhīro, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo; Virocamāno sambuddho, caṅkame caṅkamī jino. On that promenade, the steadfast one, endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks, resplendent, the Perfectly Enlightened One, the Victor, walked upon the promenade. 17. 17. Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ; Caṅkamane okiranti, sabbe devā samāgatā. All the assembled devas scatter divine Mandārava flowers, lotuses, and Pārichattaka flowers on the promenade. 18. 18. Passanti taṃ devasaṅghā, dasasahassī pamoditā; Namassamānā nipatanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā. The hosts of devas in the ten-thousandfold world-system see him, greatly rejoicing. Paying homage, they fall down in reverence, pleased, elated, and joyful. 19. 19. Tāvatiṃsā ca yāmā ca, tusitā cāpi devatā; Nimmānaratino devā, ye devā vasavattino; The Tāvatiṃsa and Yāma devas, the Tusita devas as well, the Nimmānaratī devas, and those devas who are Vasavattī; Udaggacittā sumanā, passanti lokanāyakaṃ. with minds uplifted and joyful hearts, they behold the Leader of the World. 20. 20. Sadevagandhabbamanussarakkhasā, nāgā supaṇṇā atha vāpi kinnarā; Passanti taṃ lokahitānukampakaṃ, nabheva accuggatacandamaṇḍalaṃ. Devas, gandhabbas, humans, and rakkhasas, nāgas, supaṇṇas, and also kinnaras—they see him, the one compassionate for the welfare of the world, like the orb of the moon risen high in the sky. 21. 21. Ābhassarā subhakiṇhā, vehapphalā akaniṭṭhā ca devatā; Susuddhasukkavatthavasanā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā. The Ābhassara, Subhakiṇha, Vehapphala, and Akaniṭṭha devas, wearing very pure, white garments, stand with reverential hands joined. 22. 22. Muñcanti pupphaṃ pana pañcavaṇṇikaṃ, mandāravaṃ candanacuṇṇamissitaṃ; Bhamenti celāni ca ambare tadā, ‘‘aho jino lokahitānukampako. They release five-colored flowers, Mandārava blossoms mixed with sandalwood powder; and they wave their garments in the sky then, exclaiming, “Oh, the Victor, compassionate for the welfare of the world!” 23. 23. ‘‘Tuvaṃ satthā ca ketū ca, dhajo yūpo ca pāṇinaṃ; Parāyano patiṭṭhā ca, dīpo ca dvipaduttamo. “You are the Teacher, the standard, the flag, and the pillar for living beings; the final resort, the firm support, the island, and the supreme among two-footed beings.” 24. 24. ‘‘Dasasahassīlokadhātuyā, devatāyo mahiddhikā; Parivāretvā namassanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā. In the ten-thousandfold world-system, deities of great psychic power, having surrounded him, pay homage, pleased, elated, and joyful. 25. 25. ‘‘Devatā devakaññā ca, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā; Pañcavaṇṇikapupphehi, pūjayanti narāsabhaṃ. Gods and divine maidens, with serene and gladdened minds, worship the Bull among Men with five-colored flowers. 26. 26. ‘‘Passanti [Pg.302] taṃ devasaṅghā, pasannā tuṭṭhamānasā; Pañcavaṇṇikapupphehi, pūjayanti narāsabhaṃ. The assemblies of devas, well-pleased and with joyful minds, behold that Chief among Men and honor him with five-colored flowers. 27. 27. ‘‘Aho acchariyaṃ loke, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ; Na medisaṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, accheraṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ’’. “Oh, a wonder in the world, unprecedented and hair-raising! Never before has there been for me such a wonder, such a hair-raising thing.” 28. 28. Sakasakamhi bhavane, nisīditvāna devatā; Hasanti tā mahāhasitaṃ, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe. Those devas, seated in their own respective mansions, having seen the wonder in the sky, laugh a great laugh. 29. 29. Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, tiṇapanthanivāsino; Katañjalī namassanti, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā. Those standing in the sky and those on the earth, and those dwelling on grassy paths, greatly pleased and joyful, with hands joined in reverence, pay homage. 30. 30. Yepi dīghāyukā nāgā, puññavanto mahiddhikā; Pamoditā namassanti, pūjayanti naruttamaṃ. Even those nāgas who are long-lived, meritorious, and of great psychic power, being greatly delighted, pay homage and make offerings to the Supreme among Men. 31. 31. Saṅgītiyo pavattenti, ambare anilañjase; Cammanaddhāni vādenti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe. Celestial dancers perform in the sky, the path of the wind; they beat drums covered with skin, having seen the wonder in the sky. 32. 32. Saṅkhā ca paṇavā ceva, athopi ḍiṇḍimā bahū; Antalikkhasmiṃ vajjanti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe. Conches and tabors, and also many kettledrums, are sounded in the sky, having seen the wonder in the sky. 33. 33. Abbhuto vata no ajja, uppajji lomahaṃsano; Dhuvamatthasiddhiṃ labhāma, khaṇo no paṭipādito. “Indeed, for us today an unprecedented, hair-raising thing has arisen! Certainly, we shall obtain the accomplishment of our goal; the opportune moment has been established for us.” 34. 34. Buddhoti tesaṃ sutvāna, pīti uppajji tāvade; Buddho buddhoti kathayantā, tiṭṭhanti pañjalīkatā. Having heard the word 'Buddha,' rapture arose in them at that very moment; saying 'Buddha, Buddha,' they stand with their hands joined in reverence. 35. 35. Hiṅkārā sādhukārā ca, ukkuṭṭhi sampahaṃsanaṃ ; Pajā ca vividhā gagane, vattenti pañjalīkatā. And various beings in the sky, with hands joined in reverence, utter sounds of approval, acclamations of 'sādhu,' shouts of joy, and great rejoicing. 36. 36. Gāyanti seḷenti ca vādayanti ca, bhujāni pothenti ca naccayanti ca; Muñcanti pupphaṃ pana pañcavaṇṇikaṃ, mandāravaṃ candanacuṇṇamissitaṃ. They sing, they play wind instruments, and they play percussion instruments; they slap their arms and they dance; and they scatter five-colored Mandārava flowers mixed with sandalwood powder. 37. 37. ‘‘Yathā tuyhaṃ mahāvīra, pādesu cakkalakkhaṇaṃ; Dhajavajirapaṭākā, vaḍḍhamānaṅkusācitaṃ. O Great Hero, just as on your feet is the mark of a wheel, adorned with a banner, thunderbolt, flag, svastika, and goad. 38. 38. ‘‘Rūpe [Pg.303] sīle samādhimhi, paññāya ca asādiso; Vimuttiyā asamasamo, dhammacakkappavattane. In form, in virtue, in concentration, and in wisdom, you are matchless; in liberation and in the turning of the Wheel of Dhamma, you are equal to the unequaled. 39. 39. ‘‘Dasanāgabalaṃ kāye, tuyhaṃ pākatikaṃ balaṃ; Iddhibalena asamo, dhammacakkappavattane. Your natural physical strength is the strength of ten elephants; in psychic power and in the turning of the Wheel of Dhamma, you are unequaled. 40. 40. ‘‘Evaṃ sabbaguṇūpetaṃ, sabbaṅgasamupāgataṃ; Mahāmuniṃ kāruṇikaṃ, lokanāthaṃ namassatha. Pay homage to the Lord of the World, the Great Sage, the compassionate one, who is thus endowed with all virtues and possessed of all noble qualities. 41. 41. ‘‘Abhivādanaṃ thomanañca, vandanañca pasaṃsanaṃ; Namassanañca pūjañca, sabbaṃ arahasī tuvaṃ. Reverence and praise, homage and acclaim, obeisance and offerings—you are worthy of them all. 42. 42. ‘‘Ye keci loke vandaneyyā, vandanaṃ arahanti ye; Sabbaseṭṭho mahāvīra, sadiso te na vijjati. Whoever in the world are worthy of homage, whoever are worthy to receive homage—O Great Hero, you are the most supreme of all. An equal to you is not found. 43. 43. ‘‘Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido; Gijjhakūṭe ṭhitoyeva, passati lokanāyakaṃ. Sāriputta, of great wisdom, skilled in concentration and jhāna, while standing on Gijjhakūṭa Peak, beholds the Leader of the World. 44. 44. ‘‘Suphullaṃ sālarājaṃva, candaṃva gagane yathā; Majjhanhikeva sūriyaṃ, olokesi narāsabhaṃ. He looked up at the Chief among Men, like a fully blossomed king of sāla trees, like the moon in the sky, and like the sun at midday. 45. 45. ‘‘Jalantaṃ dīparukkhaṃva, taruṇasūriyaṃva uggataṃ; Byāmappabhānurañjitaṃ, dhīraṃ passati lokanāyakaṃ. He beholds the steadfast Leader of the World, adorned with a fathom-wide radiance, like a blazing lamp-tree, like the newly risen morning sun. 46. 46. ‘‘Pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ, katakiccāna tādinaṃ; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, khaṇena sannipātayi. In an instant, he caused to assemble five hundred bhikkhus, who had done what was to be done, were steadfast, whose cankers were destroyed, and who were stainless. 47. 47. ‘‘Lokappasādanaṃ nāma, pāṭihīraṃ nidassayi; Amhepi tattha gantvāna, vandissāma mayaṃ jinaṃ. He has displayed the miracle named Lokappasādana (Inspiring Confidence in the World). We too shall go there and pay homage to the Conqueror. 48. 48. ‘‘Etha sabbe gamissāma, pucchissāma mayaṃ jinaṃ; Kaṅkhaṃ vinodayissāma, passitvā lokanāyakaṃ’’. Come, all of you, let us go. We shall question the Conqueror. Having seen the Leader of the World, we shall dispel our doubt. 49. 49. Sādhūti te paṭissutvā, nipakā saṃvutindriyā; Pattacīvaramādāya, taramānā upāgamuṃ. Those prudent ones, with faculties restrained, assented, saying 'Excellent!' Taking their bowls and robes, they approached in haste. 50. 50. Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, dantehi uttame dame; Sāriputto mahāpañño, iddhiyā upasaṅkami. Sāriputta, of great wisdom, approached by psychic power, accompanied by those whose cankers were destroyed, who were stainless, and who were tamed by the supreme taming. 51. 51. Tehi [Pg.304] bhikkhūhi parivuto, sāriputto mahāgaṇī; Laḷanto devova gagane, iddhiyā upasaṅkami. Surrounded by those bhikkhus, Sāriputta, the leader of a great assembly, approached by psychic power, moving gracefully like a deva in the sky. 52. 52. Ukkāsitañca khipitaṃ, ajjhupekkhiya subbatā; Sagāravā sappatissā, sambuddhaṃ upasaṅkamuṃ. Refraining from coughing and sneezing, those of good vows, being respectful and deferential, approached the Fully Enlightened One. 53. 53. Upasaṅkamitvā passanti, sayambhuṃ lokanāyakaṃ; Nabhe accuggataṃ dhīraṃ, candaṃva gagane yathā. Having approached, they behold the Self-Become, the Leader of the World, the steadfast one, just like the moon risen high in the heavens. 54. 54. Jalantaṃ dīparukkhaṃva, vijjuṃva gagane yathā; Majjhanhikeva sūriyaṃ, passanti lokanāyakaṃ. They behold the Leader of the World, shining like a blazing lamp-tree, like lightning in the sky, and like the sun at midday. 55. 55. Pañcabhikkhusatā sabbe, passanti lokanāyakaṃ; Rahadamiva vippasannaṃ, suphullaṃ padumaṃ yathā. All five hundred bhikkhus behold the Leader of the World, like an exceedingly clear lake adorned with fully blossomed lotuses. 56. 56. Añjaliṃ paggahetvāna, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā; Namassamānā nipatanti, satthuno cakkalakkhaṇe. Raising their joined palms, exceedingly pleased and joyful, they prostrated while paying homage near the Teacher's wheel-marks. 57. 57. Sāriputto mahāpañño, koraṇḍasamasādiso; Samādhijjhānakusalo, vandate lokanāyakaṃ. Sāriputta, of great wisdom, whose complexion is like the koraṇḍa flower, skilled in concentration and absorption, pays homage to the Leader of the World. 58. 58. Gajjitā kālameghova, nīluppalasamasādiso; Iddhibalena asamo, moggallāno mahiddhiko. Like a thundering raincloud, with a complexion like the blue water lily, unequaled in psychic power, Moggallāna of great psychic power pays homage to the Leader of the World. 59. 59. Mahākassapopi ca thero, uttattakanakasannibho; Dhutaguṇe agganikkhitto, thomito satthuvaṇṇito. The Elder Mahākassapa, too, resembling refined gold, placed as foremost in the ascetic qualities, praised by gods and men and lauded by the Teacher, pays homage to the Leader of the World. 60. 60. Dibbacakkhūnaṃ yo aggo, anuruddho mahāgaṇī; Ñātiseṭṭho bhagavato, avidūreva tiṭṭhati. Anuruddha, who is foremost among those with the divine eye, a leader of a great following and the most excellent kinsman of the Blessed One, stands not far away. 61. 61. Āpattianāpattiyā, satekicchāya kovido; Vinaye agganikkhitto, upāli satthuvaṇṇito. Upāli, skilled in what is an offense and what is not an offense, and in matters remediable, placed as foremost in the Vinaya and praised by the Teacher, pays homage to the Leader of the World. 62. 62. Sukhumanipuṇatthapaṭividdho, kathikānaṃ pavaro gaṇī; Isi mantāniyā putto, puṇṇo nāmāti vissuto. The sage, son of Mantānī, renowned by the name of Puṇṇa, who has penetrated the subtle text and its profound meaning, the most excellent of speakers and a leader of a following, pays homage to the Leader of the World. 63. 63. Etesaṃ cittamaññāya, opammakusalo muni; Kaṅkhacchedo mahāvīro, kathesi attano guṇaṃ. Knowing their thoughts, the Sage, skilled in similes, the cutter of doubt, the great hero, spoke of His own qualities. 64. 64. ‘‘Cattāro [Pg.305] te asaṅkheyyā, koṭi yesaṃ na nāyati; Sattakāyo ca ākāso, cakkavāḷā canantakā; Buddhañāṇaṃ appameyyaṃ, na sakkā ete vijānituṃ. These four are the incalculables, whose limit is not perceived: the host of beings, space, the endless world-systems, and the immeasurable knowledge of a Buddha. It is not possible for others to know these. 65. 65. ‘‘Kimetaṃ acchariyaṃ loke, yaṃ me iddhivikubbanaṃ; Aññe bahū acchariyā, abbhutā lomahaṃsanā. What marvel is this in the world, this psychic transformation of mine? There are many other marvels, unprecedented and hair-raising. 66. 66. ‘‘Yadāhaṃ tusite kāye, santusito nāmahaṃ tadā; Dasasahassī samāgamma, yācanti pañjalī mamaṃ. When I was in the Tusita realm, then named Santusita, the deities of the ten-thousand world-system assembled and beseeched me with joined palms. 67. 67. ‘‘‘Kālo kho te mahāvīra, uppajja mātukucchiyaṃ; Sadevakaṃ tārayanto, bujjhassu amataṃ padaṃ’. ‘O great hero, it is now the time for you. Be conceived in a mother’s womb. Ferrying across the world with its devas, awaken to the deathless state!’ 68. 68. ‘‘Tusitā kāyā cavitvāna, yadā okkami kucchiyaṃ; Dasasahassīlokadhātu, kampittha dharaṇī tadā. When, having passed away from the Tusita realm, I descended into the womb, then the earth of the ten-thousand world-system trembled. 69. 69. ‘‘Yadāhaṃ mātukucchito, sampajānova nikkhamiṃ; Sādhukāraṃ pavattenti, dasasahassī pakampatha. When I emerged from my mother’s womb, fully aware, they raised a cry of ‘Sādhu!’ and the ten-thousand world-system trembled. 70. 70. ‘‘Okkantiṃ me samo natthi, jātito abhinikkhame; Sambodhiyaṃ ahaṃ seṭṭho, dhammacakkappavattane. In my conception there is no equal, nor in my birth; I am the most excellent in supreme enlightenment and in the turning of the Wheel of Dhamma. 71. 71. ‘‘Aho acchariyaṃ loke, buddhānaṃ guṇamahantatā; Dasasahassīlokadhātu, chappakāraṃ pakampatha; Obhāso ca mahā āsi, accheraṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ’’. Ah, what a marvel in the world is the greatness of the qualities of the Buddhas! The ten-thousand world-system trembled in six ways; and a great radiance appeared, astonishing and hair-raising. 72. 72. Bhagavā tamhi samaye, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho; Sadevakaṃ dassayanto, iddhiyā caṅkamī jino. At that time the Blessed One, the Conqueror, foremost in the world, bull among men, walked by means of psychic power, showing Himself to the world with its devas. 73. 73. Caṅkame caṅkamantova, kathesi lokanāyako; Antarā na nivatteti, catuhatthe caṅkame yathā. While pacing upon the walkway, the Leader of the World taught the Dhamma; He did not turn back midway, as though upon a walkway of four cubits. 74. 74. Sāriputto mahāpañño, samādhijjhānakovido; Paññāya pāramippatto, pucchati lokanāyakaṃ. Sāriputta, of great wisdom, skilled in concentration and absorption, having reached the pinnacle of wisdom, questioned the Leader of the World. 75. 75. ‘‘Kīdiso te mahāvīra, abhinīhāro naruttama; Kamhi kāle tayā dhīra, patthitā bodhimuttamā. Of what kind, O great hero, O highest of men, was your aspiration? At what time, O steadfast one, did you aspire to supreme enlightenment? 76. 76. ‘‘Dānaṃ [Pg.306] sīlañca nekkhammaṃ, paññāvīriyañca kīdisaṃ; Khantisaccamadhiṭṭhānaṃ, mettupekkhā ca kīdisā. “Of what kind were your generosity, virtue, and renunciation; your wisdom and energy? Of what kind were your patience, truth, and determination; your loving-kindness and equanimity?” 77. 77. ‘‘Dasa pāramī tayā dhīra, kīdisī lokanāyaka; Kathaṃ upapāramī puṇṇā, paramatthapāramī kathaṃ’’. “O steadfast Leader of the World, how were your ten perfections fulfilled? How were the subsidiary perfections fulfilled, and how the ultimate perfections?” 78. 78. Tassa puṭṭho viyākāsi, karavīkamadhuragiro; Nibbāpayanto hadayaṃ, hāsayanto sadevakaṃ. Being questioned by him, the Lord, whose voice is as sweet as the karavīka bird, explained, cooling the heart and delighting the world with its devas. 79. 79. Atītabuddhānaṃ jinānaṃ desitaṃ, nikīlitaṃ buddhaparamparāgataṃ; Pubbenivāsānugatāya buddhiyā, pakāsayī lokahitaṃ sadevake. With the wisdom that follows the recollection of past lives, he revealed that which was taught by the past Buddhas, the Conquerors—unblemished and handed down in the succession of Buddhas—for the welfare of the world with its devas. 80. 80. ‘‘Pītipāmojjajananaṃ, sokasallavinodanaṃ; Sabbasampattipaṭilābhaṃ, cittīkatvā suṇātha me. “Listen respectfully to my words, which give rise to joy and gladness, dispel the dart of sorrow, and are the cause for attaining all accomplishments.” 81. 81. ‘‘Madanimmadanaṃ sokanudaṃ, saṃsāraparimocanaṃ; Sabbadukkhakkhayaṃ maggaṃ, sakkaccaṃ paṭipajjathā’’ti. “The path that crushes conceit, dispels sorrow, brings release from saṃsāra, and leads to the destruction of all suffering—undertake it with respect.” Ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍo niṭṭhito. The Chapter on the Jeweled Walkway is concluded. 2. Sumedhapatthanākathā 2. The Account of Sumedha’s Aspiration 1. 1. Kappe ca satasahasse, caturo ca asaṅkhiye; Amaraṃ nāma nagaraṃ, dassaneyyaṃ manoramaṃ. Four incalculable and one hundred thousand aeons ago, there was a city named Amara, lovely to behold and delightful. 2. 2. Dasahi saddehi avivittaṃ, annapānasamāyutaṃ; Hatthisaddaṃ assasaddaṃ, bherisaṅkharathāni ca; Khādatha pivatha ceva, annapānena ghositaṃ. Unceasingly filled with ten sounds and endowed with food and drink, it resounded with the sounds of elephants, horses, drums, conches, and chariots, and with proclamations concerning its food and drink: ‘Eat and drink!’ 3. 3. Nagaraṃ sabbaṅgasampannaṃ, sabbakammamupāgataṃ; Sattaratanasampannaṃ, nānājanasamākulaṃ; Samiddhaṃ devanagaraṃva, āvāsaṃ puññakamminaṃ. The city was complete in all its aspects, a center of all crafts and trades, possessed of the seven treasures, and crowded with various peoples; it was prosperous like a city of the devas, an abode for those of meritorious deeds. 4. 4. Nagare amaravatiyā, sumedho nāma brāhmaṇo; Anekakoṭisannicayo, pahūtadhanadhaññavā. In the city of Amaravatī, there was a brahmin named Sumedha, who had accumulated many crores and possessed abundant wealth and grain. 5. 5. Ajjhāyako [Pg.307] mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū; Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sadhamme pāramiṃ gato. He was a reciter and bearer of the sacred verses, one who had gone to the far shore of the three Vedas; in the science of signs and in legends, and in his own doctrine, he had reached perfection. 6. 6. Rahogato nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā; ‘‘Dukkho punabbhavo nāma, sarīrassa ca bhedanaṃ. Having gone into solitude and seated myself, I at that time reflected thus: ‘Rebirth is suffering, as is the breaking up of the body.’ 7. 7. ‘‘Jātidhammo jarādhammo, byādhidhammo sahaṃ tadā; Ajaraṃ amataṃ khemaṃ, pariyesissāmi nibbutiṃ. ‘Being myself subject to birth, aging, and sickness, I will seek Nibbāna, which is free from aging, free from death, and secure.’ 8. 8. ‘‘Yaṃnūnimaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, nānākuṇapapūritaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gaccheyyaṃ, anapekkho anatthiko. ‘Surely I should, without attachment or desire, cast off this putrid body, filled with various kinds of corpses, and depart.’ 9. 9. ‘‘Atthi hehiti so maggo, na so sakkā na hetuye; Pariyesissāmi taṃ maggaṃ, bhavato parimuttiyā. ‘There must be such a path; it cannot be that there is not. I will seek that path for the sake of liberation from existence.’ 10. 10. ‘‘Yathāpi dukkhe vijjante, sukhaṃ nāmapi vijjati; Evaṃ bhave vijjamāne, vibhavopi icchitabbako. ‘Just as when suffering exists, something called happiness is also found; so too, when existence is found, the cessation of existence should also be sought.’ 11. 11. ‘‘Yathāpi uṇhe vijjante, aparaṃ vijjati sītalaṃ; Evaṃ tividhaggi vijjante, nibbānaṃ icchitabbakaṃ. ‘Just as when heat exists, another thing, coolness, is also found; so too, when the threefold fire exists, Nibbāna should be sought.’ 12. 12. ‘‘Yathāpi pāpe vijjante, kalyāṇamapi vijjati; Evameva jāti vijjante, ajātipicchitabbakaṃ. ‘Just as when evil exists, good is also found; so too, when birth exists, the unborn should also be sought.’ 13. 13. ‘‘Yathā gūthagato puriso, taḷākaṃ disvāna pūritaṃ; Na gavesati taṃ taḷākaṃ, na doso taḷākassa so. ‘Just as a man covered in filth, upon seeing a full lake, does not seek out that lake—this is not the fault of the lake.’ 14. 14. ‘‘Evaṃ kilesamaladhova, vijjante amatantaḷe; Na gavesati taṃ taḷākaṃ, na doso amatantaḷe. ‘So too, when the deathless lake for washing away the stain of the defilements exists, if one does not seek that lake, it is not the fault of the deathless lake.’ 15. 15. ‘‘Yathā arīhi pariruddho, vijjante gamanampathe; Na palāyati so puriso, na doso añjasassa so. ‘Just as a man surrounded by enemies, though a path of escape exists, does not flee—this is not the fault of the path.’ 16. 16. ‘‘Evaṃ kilesapariruddho, vijjamāne sive pathe; Na gavesati taṃ maggaṃ, na doso sivamañjase. ‘So too, one surrounded by defilements, though a safe path exists, does not seek that path—this is not the fault of the safe path.’ 17. 17. ‘‘Yathāpi byādhito puriso, vijjamāne tikicchake; Na tikicchāpeti taṃ byādhiṃ, na doso so tikicchake. ‘Just as a sick man, though a physician is present, does not have his illness treated—this is not the fault of the physician.’ 18. 18. ‘‘Evaṃ [Pg.308] kilesabyādhīhi, dukkhito paripīḷito; Na gavesati taṃ ācariyaṃ, na doso so vināyake. ‘So too, one afflicted and tormented by the disease of the defilements, does not seek that teacher—this is not the fault of the guide.’ 19. 19. ‘‘Yathāpi kuṇapaṃ puriso, kaṇṭhe bandhaṃ jigucchiya; Mocayitvāna gaccheyya, sukhī serī sayaṃvasī. ‘Just as a man, disgusted with a corpse bound to his neck, would untie it and depart, happy, free, and his own master.’ 20. 20. ‘‘Tathevimaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, nānākuṇapasañcayaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gaccheyyaṃ, anapekkho anatthiko. ‘Even so, I should cast off this putrid body, this collection of various corpses, and depart, without attachment or desire.’ 21. 21. ‘‘Yathā uccāraṭṭhānamhi, karīsaṃ naranāriyo; Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchanti, anapekkhā anatthikā. ‘Just as men and women, having left excrement in a place for defecation, depart without attachment or desire.’ 22. 22. ‘‘Evamevāhaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ, nānākuṇapapūritaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchissaṃ, vaccaṃ katvā yathā kuṭiṃ. ‘Even so shall I, having cast off this body filled with various corpses, depart, as one leaves a privy after having used it.’ 23. 23. ‘‘Yathāpi jajjaraṃ nāvaṃ, paluggaṃ udagāhiniṃ ; Sāmī chaḍḍetvā gacchanti, anapekkhā anatthikā. ‘Just as the owners of a decayed, broken, and leaking boat abandon it and depart, without attachment or desire.’ 24. 24. ‘‘Evamevāhaṃ imaṃ kāyaṃ, navacchiddaṃ dhuvassavaṃ; Chaḍḍayitvāna gacchissaṃ, jiṇṇanāvaṃva sāmikā. ‘Even so shall I, having cast off this body with its nine openings and constant flow, depart, as owners do a worn-out boat.’ 25. 25. ‘‘Yathāpi puriso corehi, gacchanto bhaṇḍamādiya; Bhaṇḍacchedabhayaṃ disvā, chaḍḍayitvāna gacchati. ‘Just as a man traveling with his merchandise in the company of thieves, seeing the danger of his goods being stolen, would abandon them and depart.’ 26. 26. ‘‘Evameva ayaṃ kāyo, mahācorasamo viya; Pahāyimaṃ gamissāmi, kusalacchedanā bhayā’’. ‘Even so, this body is like a great thief. I shall abandon it and go, out of fear of the destruction of my merit.’ 27. 27. Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna, nekakoṭisataṃ dhanaṃ; Nāthānāthānaṃ datvāna, himavantamupāgamiṃ. Having reflected thus, I gave away my wealth of many hundreds of crores to those with and without protectors, and I went to the Himālaya. 28. 28. Himavantassāvidūre, dhammiko nāma pabbato; Assamo sukato mayhaṃ, paṇṇasālā sumāpitā. Not far from the Himālaya, there is a mountain named Dhammika. There my hermitage was well-made, a leaf-hut skillfully created. 29. 29. Caṅkamaṃ tattha māpesiṃ, pañcadosavivajjitaṃ; Aṭṭhaguṇasamūpetaṃ, abhiññābalamāhariṃ. There I created a walking path free from the five faults and endowed with eight qualities, and I brought forth the power of the super-knowledges. 30. 30. Sāṭakaṃ pajahiṃ tattha, navadosamupāgataṃ; Vākacīraṃ nivāsesiṃ, dvādasaguṇamupāgataṃ. There, I abandoned the fine cloth garment, which is endowed with nine faults; I wore the bark-cloth garment, which is endowed with twelve virtues. 31. 31. Aṭṭhadosasamākiṇṇaṃ[Pg.309], pajahiṃ paṇṇasālakaṃ; Upāgamiṃ rukkhamūlaṃ, guṇe dasahupāgataṃ. I abandoned the leaf-hut, which was replete with eight faults; I approached the foot of a tree, which is endowed with ten virtues. 32. 32. Vāpitaṃ ropitaṃ dhaññaṃ, pajahiṃ niravasesato; Anekaguṇasampannaṃ, pavattaphalamādiyiṃ. I abandoned completely the grain that is sown and planted; I took the fruit that falls of its own accord, which is endowed with many virtues. 33. 33. Tatthappadhānaṃ padahiṃ, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame; Abbhantaramhi sattāhe, abhiññābalapāpuṇiṃ. There, in the places for sitting, standing, and walking, I strove in the striving; within seven days, I attained the power of higher knowledge. 34. 34. Evaṃ me siddhippattassa, vasībhūtassa sāsane; Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, uppajji lokanāyako. Thus, while I had attained accomplishment and mastery in the teaching, the Victor named Dīpaṅkara, the Leader of the World, arose. 35. 35. Uppajjante ca jāyante, bujjhante dhammadesane; Caturo nimitte nāddasaṃ, jhānaratisamappito. At his conception, at his birth, at his awakening, and at his teaching of the Dhamma, I did not see the four omens that occurred, as I was devoted to the bliss of jhāna. 36. 36. Paccantadesavisaye, nimantetvā tathāgataṃ; Tassa āgamanaṃ maggaṃ, sodhenti tuṭṭhamānasā. In a border region, the people, having invited the Tathāgata, cleared the path for his arrival with joyful minds. 37. 37. Ahaṃ tena samayena, nikkhamitvā sakassamā; Dhunanto vākacīrāni, gacchāmi ambare tadā. At that time, having gone out from my own hermitage while shaking my bark-cloth garments, I then went through the sky. 38. 38. Vedajātaṃ janaṃ disvā, tuṭṭhahaṭṭhaṃ pamoditaṃ; Orohitvāna gaganā, manusse pucchi tāvade. Seeing the people filled with great joy, delighted and elated, I descended from the sky and at that moment asked them. 39. 39. ‘‘Tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamudito, vedajāto mahājano; Kassa sodhīyati maggo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ’’. ‘The great crowd is delighted, elated, and filled with great joy; for whose benefit is the path, the straight way, the highway, being cleared?’ 40. 40. Te me puṭṭhā viyākaṃsu, ‘‘buddho loke anuttaro; Dīpaṅkaro nāma jino, uppajji lokanāyako; Tassa sodhīyati maggo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ’’. Those who were asked by me replied: ‘The unsurpassed Buddha, the Victor named Dīpaṅkara, the Leader of the World, has arisen in the world. For his benefit, the path, the straight way, the highway, is being cleared.’ 41. 41. Buddhotivacanaṃ sutvāna, pīti uppajji tāvade; Buddho buddhoti kathayanto, somanassaṃ pavedayiṃ. Upon hearing the word ‘Buddha,’ joy arose in me at that very moment. Uttering, ‘Buddha, Buddha,’ I experienced mental gladness. 42. 42. Tattha ṭhatvā vicintesiṃ, tuṭṭho saṃviggamānaso; ‘‘Idha bījāni ropissaṃ, khaṇo ve mā upaccagā. Standing there, delighted and with a mind stirred by spiritual urgency, I reflected: ‘Here I shall plant the seeds. Indeed, let not this opportune moment pass me by.’ 43. 43. ‘‘Yadi buddhassa sodhetha, ekokāsaṃ dadātha me; Ahampi sodhayissāmi, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ’’. ‘If you are clearing the way for the Buddha, give me one section; I too will clear the straight path, the highway.’ 44. 44. Adaṃsu [Pg.310] te mamokāsaṃ, sodhetuṃ añjasaṃ tadā; Buddho buddhoti cintento, maggaṃ sodhemahaṃ tadā. Then they gave me a section to clear the straight path. Thinking, ‘Buddha, Buddha,’ I then cleared the path. 45. 45. Aniṭṭhite mamokāse, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni; Catūhi satasahassehi, chaḷabhiññehi tādihi; Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, paṭipajji añjasaṃ jino. While my section was still unfinished, the great sage Dīpaṅkara, the Victor, proceeded along the straight path together with four hundred thousand Arahants who possessed the six higher knowledges, were steadfast, and were stainless. 46. 46. Paccuggamanā vattanti, vajjanti bheriyo bahū; Āmoditā naramarū, sādhukāraṃ pavattayuṃ. They went forth to meet him, and many great drums were beaten. Men and gods, rejoicing, raised a cry of approval. 47. 47. Devā manusse passanti, manussāpi ca devatā; Ubhopi te pañjalikā, anuyanti tathāgataṃ. Devas saw humans, and humans also saw devas. Both groups, with hands joined in reverence, followed behind the Tathāgata. 48. 48. Devā dibbehi turiyehi, manussā mānusehi ca ; Ubhopi te vajjayantā, anuyanti tathāgataṃ. The devas with divine musical instruments and the humans with human ones, both groups playing, followed behind the Tathāgata. 49. 49. Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ; Disodisaṃ okiranti, ākāsanabhagatā marū. The devas moving through the sky scattered in every direction the divine Mandārava flowers, lotuses, and Pārichattaka flowers. 50. 50. Dibbaṃ candanacuṇṇañca, varagandhañca kevalaṃ; Disodisaṃ okiranti, ākāsanabhagatā marū. The devas moving through the sky scattered in every direction divine sandalwood powder and excellent, pure fragrances. 51. 51. Campakaṃ saralaṃ nīpaṃ, nāgapunnāgaketakaṃ; Disodisaṃ ukkhipanti, bhūmitalagatā narā. The people on the ground tossed up in every direction Campaka, Sarala, Nīpa, Nāga, Punnāga, and Ketaka flowers. 52. 52. Kese muñcitvāhaṃ tattha, vākacīrañca cammakaṃ; Kalale pattharitvāna, avakujjo nipajjahaṃ. There, having unbound my matted hair, and having spread my bark-cloth garment and deerskin on the mud, I lay down prone. 53. 53. ‘‘Akkamitvāna maṃ buddho, saha sissehi gacchatu; Mā naṃ kalale akkamittha, hitāya me bhavissati’’. ‘Let the Buddha, together with his disciples, walk over me; let him not step in the mud. This will be for my long-term welfare.’ 54. 54. Pathaviyaṃ nipannassa, evaṃ me āsi cetaso; ‘‘Icchamāno ahaṃ ajja, kilese jhāpaye mama. As I was lying on the ground, this thought arose in my mind: ‘If I so wished, today I could burn away my defilements.’ 55. 55. ‘‘Kiṃ me aññātavesena, dhammaṃ sacchikatenidha; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, buddho hessaṃ sadevake. ‘What use is it for me to realize the Dhamma here in an unknown guise? Having attained omniscience, I shall become a Buddha in the world together with its devas.’ 56. 56. ‘‘Kiṃ me ekena tiṇṇena, purisena thāmadassinā; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ. ‘What use is it for me, a man who perceives his own strength, to cross over alone? Having attained omniscience, I shall ferry across the world together with its devas.’ 57. 57. ‘‘Iminā [Pg.311] me adhikārena, katena purisuttame; Sabbaññutaṃ pāpuṇitvā, tāremi janataṃ bahuṃ. ‘By this act of aspiration made by me towards the Supreme among Men, I will, having attained omniscience, ferry across many beings.’ 58. 58. ‘‘Saṃsārasotaṃ chinditvā, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave; Dhammanāvaṃ samāruyha, santāressaṃ sadevakaṃ’’. ‘Having cut off the stream of saṃsāra and demolished the three states of existence, I will, having boarded the ship of the Dhamma, ferry across the world together with its devas.’ 59. 59. Manussattaṃ liṅgasampatti, hetu satthāradassanaṃ; Pabbajjā guṇasampatti, adhikāro ca chandatā; Aṭṭhadhammasamodhānā, abhinīhāro samijjhati. Human existence, perfection of gender, the right causal foundation, the sight of a Teacher, the going forth, the attainment of virtues, an act of aspiration, and strong desire: from the convergence of these eight conditions, the great resolution succeeds. 60. 60. Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho; Ussīsake maṃ ṭhatvāna, idaṃ vacanamabravi. Dīpaṅkara, the Knower of the World, the Receiver of Offerings, standing at my head, spoke this utterance. 61. 61. ‘‘Passatha imaṃ tāpasaṃ, jaṭilaṃ uggatāpanaṃ; Aparimeyyito kappe, buddho loke bhavissati. “See this ascetic, the matted-haired one of austere practice; in an immeasurable aeon from now, he will become a Buddha in the world. 62. 62. ‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā, nikkhamitvā tathāgato; Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ. “From the delightful city named Kapila, the Tathāgata will go forth; having applied himself to striving, he will perform the difficult ascetic practices. 63. 63. ‘‘Ajapālarukkhamūlasmiṃ, nisīditvā tathāgato; Tattha pāyāsaṃ paggayha, nerañjaramupehiti. “Having sat down at the foot of the Ajapāla banyan tree, the Tathāgata, having accepted the milk-rice there, will approach the Nerañjarā river. 64. 64. ‘‘Nerañjarāya tīramhi, pāyāsaṃ ada so jino; Paṭiyattavaramaggena, bodhimūlamupehiti. “That Victor, having partaken of the milk-rice on the bank of the Nerañjarā, will approach the foot of the Bodhi tree by the excellent path prepared. 65. 65. ‘‘Tato padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bodhimaṇḍaṃ anuttaro ; Assattharukkhamūlamhi, bujjhissati mahāyaso. “Then, having circumambulated the Bodhi-maṇḍa in a clockwise manner, the Unsurpassed One of great renown will awaken at the foot of the Assattha tree. 66. 66. ‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati; Pitā suddhodano nāma, ayaṃ hessati gotamo. “His birth-giving mother will be named Māyā; his father will be named Suddhodana, and this one will become Gotama. 67. 67. ‘‘Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā; Kolito upatisso ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā; Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, upaṭṭhissatimaṃ jinaṃ. “Free from taints, devoid of passion, with serene minds, and well-composed, Kolita and Upatissa will be the chief disciples. An attendant named Ānanda will wait upon this Victor. 68. 68. ‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā; Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, assatthoti pavuccati. “Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā will be the chief female disciples; free from taints, devoid of passion, with serene minds, and well-composed. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Assattha. 69. 69. ‘‘Citto [Pg.312] ca hatthāḷavako, aggā hessantupaṭṭhakā; Uttarā nandamātā ca, aggā hessantupaṭṭhikā’’. “Citto and Hatthāḷavaka will be the chief male lay attendants; Uttarā and Nandamātā will be the chief female lay attendants.” 70. 70. Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ, asamassa mahesino; Āmoditā naramarū, buddhabījaṃ kira ayaṃ. Hearing this utterance of the Unsurpassed Great Sage, humans and devas rejoiced, thinking, 'This is indeed a Buddha-seed!' 71. 71. Ukkuṭṭhisaddā vattanti, apphoṭenti hasanti ca; Katañjalī namassanti, dasasahassī sadevakā. The devas and beings of the ten-thousand world systems raised shouts of acclamation, snapped their fingers, and laughed; with hands joined in reverence, they paid homage. 72. 72. ‘‘Yadimassa lokanāthassa, virajjhissāma sāsanaṃ; Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ. “If we should miss the teaching of this Lord of the World, in a future time, we shall be in the presence of this one.” 73. 73. ‘‘Yathā manussā nadiṃ tarantā, paṭititthaṃ virajjhiya; Heṭṭhātitthe gahetvāna, uttaranti mahānadiṃ. “Just as people crossing a river, having missed the direct ford, take a ford downstream and cross the great river. 74. 74. ‘‘Evameva mayaṃ sabbe, yadi muñcāmimaṃ jinaṃ; Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. “Even so, all of us, if we miss this Victor, in a future time, we shall be in the presence of this one.” 75. 75. Dīpaṅkaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho; Mama kammaṃ pakittetvā, dakkhiṇaṃ pādamuddhari. Dīpaṅkara, the Knower of the Worlds, the Recipient of Offerings, having proclaimed my deed, lifted his right foot. 76. 76. Ye tatthāsuṃ jinaputtā, padakkhiṇamakaṃsu maṃ; Devā manussā asurā ca, abhivādetvāna pakkamuṃ. The sons of the Victor who were there circumambulated me; devas, humans, and asuras, having paid homage, then departed. 77. 77. Dassanaṃ me atikkante, sasaṅghe lokanāyake; Sayanā vuṭṭhahitvāna, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā. When the Leader of the World, together with the Saṅgha, had passed from my sight, I, having risen from my resting place, then sat down cross-legged. 78. 78. Sukhena sukhito homi, pāmojjena pamodito; Pītiyā ca abhissanno, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā. Happy with happiness, gladdened by joy, and suffused with rapture, I then sat down cross-legged. 79. 79. Pallaṅkena nisīditvā, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā; ‘‘Vasībhūto ahaṃ jhāne, abhiññāsu pāramiṃgato. Having sat down cross-legged, I then reflected thus: ‘I have gained mastery in the jhānas and have reached perfection in the higher knowledges.’ 80. 80. ‘‘Sahassiyamhi lokamhi, isayo natthi me samā; Asamo iddhidhammesu, alabhiṃ īdisaṃ sukhaṃ. ‘In this thousand-fold world system, there are no ascetics equal to me; I am unequalled in the powers of iddhi. Such happiness have I attained.’ 81. 81. ‘‘Pallaṅkābhujane mayhaṃ, dasasahassādhivāsino; Mahānādaṃ pavattesuṃ, ‘dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. As I sat cross-legged, the inhabitants of the ten-thousand world systems raised a great cry: ‘Assuredly, you will become a Buddha!’ 82. 82. ‘‘‘Yā [Pg.313] pubbe bodhisattānaṃ, pallaṅkavaramābhuje; Nimittāni padissanti, tāni ajja padissare. ‘The very signs that formerly appeared for Bodhisattas when assuming the excellent cross-legged posture, those same signs are appearing today.’ 83. 83. ‘‘‘Sītaṃ byapagataṃ hoti, uṇhañca upasammati; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘The cold vanishes, and the heat is allayed; those signs are appearing today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 84. 84. ‘‘‘Dasasahassī lokadhātū, nissaddā honti nirākulā; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘The ten-thousand world systems have become silent and untroubled; those signs are appearing today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 85. 85. ‘‘‘Mahāvātā na vāyanti, na sandanti savantiyo; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘Great winds do not blow, and flowing rivers do not run; those signs are appearing today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 86. 86. ‘‘‘Thalajā dakajā pupphā, sabbe pupphanti tāvade; Tepajja pupphitā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘Land-born and water-born flowers, all bloom at that moment; today, all those same flowers are in bloom. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 87. 87. ‘‘‘Latā vā yadi vā rukkhā, phalabhārā honti tāvade; Tepajja phalitā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘Creepers and trees alike become laden with fruit at that moment; today, all those same plants are bearing fruit. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 88. 88. ‘‘‘Ākāsaṭṭhā ca bhūmaṭṭhā, ratanā jotanti tāvade; Tepajja ratanā jotanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘Jewels abiding in the sky and on the earth shine forth at that moment; today, those same jewels are shining. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 89. 89. ‘‘‘Mānussakā ca dibbā ca, turiyā vajjanti tāvade; Tepajjubho abhiravanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘Human and divine musical instruments play at that moment; today, both kinds are resounding. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 90. 90. ‘‘‘Vicitrapupphā gaganā, abhivassanti tāvade; Tepi ajja pavassanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘At that moment, from the sky, various flowers rain down; those too are raining down today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 91. 91. ‘‘‘Mahāsamuddo ābhujati, dasasahassī pakampati; Tepajjubho abhiravanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘The great ocean churns, the ten-thousandfold world system trembles; today, both of these resound. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 92. 92. ‘‘‘Nirayepi dasasahasse, aggī nibbanti tāvade; Tepajja nibbutā aggī, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘In the hells of the ten-thousandfold world system, the fires are extinguished at that moment; today those fires are also extinguished. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 93. 93. ‘‘‘Vimalo hoti sūriyo, sabbā dissanti tārakā; Tepi ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘The sun becomes immaculate, all the stars become visible; those too are visible today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 94. 94. ‘‘‘Anovaṭṭhena udakaṃ, mahiyā ubbhijji tāvade; Tampajjubbhijjate mahiyā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘At that moment, water sprang up from the earth without rain; that water is also springing up from the earth today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 95. 95. ‘‘‘Tārāgaṇā [Pg.314] virocanti, nakkhattā gaganamaṇḍale; Visākhā candimā yuttā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘The hosts of stars and the constellations shine brightly in the sphere of the sky; the constellation Visākhā is conjoined with the moon. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 96. 96. ‘‘‘Bilāsayā darīsayā, nikkhamanti sakāsayā; Tepajja āsayā chuddhā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘Creatures dwelling in holes and creatures dwelling in ravines come forth from their own dwellings; today those creatures have also come forth from their dwellings. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 97. 97. ‘‘‘Na honti aratī sattānaṃ, santuṭṭhā honti tāvade; Tepajja sabbe santuṭṭhā, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘There is no discontent among beings; they become contented at that moment. Today, all those beings are also contented. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 98. 98. ‘‘‘Rogā tadupasammanti, jighacchā ca vinassati; Tāni ajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘Diseases are then pacified, and hunger perishes; those signs are visible today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 99. 99. ‘‘‘Rāgo tadā tanu hoti, doso moho vinassati; Tepajja vigatā sabbe, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘At that moment, lust becomes attenuated; hatred and delusion perish. Today, all those have also vanished. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 100. 100. ‘‘‘Bhayaṃ tadā na bhavati, ajjapetaṃ padissati; Tena liṅgena jānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘Fear does not arise at that moment; this is also apparent today. By that sign we know: assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 101. 101. ‘‘‘Rajonuddhaṃsati uddhaṃ, ajjapetaṃ padissati; Tena liṅgena jānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘Dust does not rise upwards; this is also apparent today. By that sign we know: assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 102. 102. ‘‘‘Aniṭṭhagandho pakkamati, dibbagandho pavāyati; Sopajja vāyati gandho, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘Unpleasant odors depart and divine fragrances waft; that fragrance is also wafting today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 103. 103. ‘‘‘Sabbe devā padissanti, ṭhapayitvā arūpino; Tepajja sabbe dissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘All devas, excepting the formless ones, become visible; all those are also visible today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 104. 104. ‘‘‘Yāvatā nirayā nāma, sabbe dissanti tāvade; Tepajja sabbe dissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘At that moment, all realms whatsoever that are called hells became visible; all those are also visible today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 105. 105. ‘‘‘Kuṭṭā kavāṭā selā ca, na hontāvaraṇā tadā; Ākāsabhūtā tepajja, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘At that moment, walls, doors, and rocks were not obstructions; today they have become as open space. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 106. 106. ‘‘‘Cutī ca upapatti ca, khaṇe tasmiṃ na vijjati; Tānipajja padissanti, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi. ‘At that moment, passing away and taking rebirth did not exist; those signs are visible today. Assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 107. 107. ‘‘‘Daḷhaṃ paggaṇha vīriyaṃ, mā nivatta abhikkama; Mayampetaṃ vijānāma, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasi’’’. ‘Exert your energy firmly! Do not turn back; go forward! We too know this: assuredly, you will become a Buddha.’ 108. 108. Buddhassa [Pg.315] vacanaṃ sutvā, dasasahassīnacūbhayaṃ; Tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamodito, evaṃ cintesahaṃ tadā. Having heard the words of both the Buddha and the inhabitants of the ten-thousandfold world system, I, pleased, joyful, and delighted, reflected thus at that time: 109. 109. ‘‘Advejjhavacanā buddhā, amoghavacanā jinā; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ. ‘The Buddhas, the Victors, are of speech that is not twofold; their speech is not in vain. The speech of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha.’ 110. 110. ‘‘Yathā khittaṃ nabhe leḍḍu, dhuvaṃ patati bhūmiyaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ. ‘Just as a clod of earth thrown into the sky certainly falls to the ground, so too the word of the foremost Buddhas is certain and constant. The speech of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha.’ 111. 111. ‘‘Yathāpi sabbasattānaṃ, maraṇaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ. ‘Just as the death of all beings is certain and constant, so too the word of the foremost Buddhas is certain and constant. The speech of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha.’ 112. 112. ‘‘Yathā rattikkhaye patte, sūriyuggamanaṃ dhuvaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ. ‘Just as, when the end of the night is reached, the rising of the sun is certain, so too the word of the foremost Buddhas is certain and constant. The word of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha.’ 113. 113. ‘‘Yathā nikkhantasayanassa, sīhassa nadanaṃ dhuvaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ. Just as the roar of a lion emerging from its lair is certain, so too the word of the foremost Buddhas is certain and constant. The word of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha. 114. 114. ‘‘Yathā āpannasattānaṃ, bhāramoropanaṃ dhuvaṃ; Tatheva buddhaseṭṭhānaṃ, vacanaṃ dhuvasassataṃ; Vitathaṃ natthi buddhānaṃ, dhuvaṃ buddho bhavāmahaṃ. Just as for pregnant women the laying down of their burden is certain, so too the word of the foremost Buddhas is certain and constant. The word of the Buddhas is not false; I shall surely become a Buddha. 115. 115. ‘‘Handa buddhakare dhamme, vicināmi ito cito; Uddhaṃ adho dasa disā, yāvatā dhammadhātuyā’’. Now, I shall investigate the qualities that make one a Buddha, searching here and there—upwards, downwards, and in the ten directions—as far as the Dhamma-element extends. 116. 116. Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, paṭhamaṃ dānapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, anuciṇṇaṃ mahāpathaṃ. While investigating at that time, I saw first the perfection of giving—the great path repeatedly practiced by the Great Sages of the past. 117. 117. ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ paṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Dānapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi. If you wish to attain enlightenment, first make this perfection of giving exceedingly firm and undertake it well. Go and fulfill the perfection of giving. 118. 118. ‘‘Yathāpi kumbho sampuṇṇo, yassa kassaci adho kato; Vamate vudakaṃ nissesaṃ, na tattha parirakkhati. Just as a pot filled with water, when turned upside down by anyone, pours out all the water without remainder and holds none of it back, 119. 119. ‘‘Tatheva [Pg.316] yācake disvā, hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime; Dadāhi dānaṃ nissesaṃ, kumbho viya adho kato. So too, having seen supplicants—whether lowly, excellent, or middling—give your gift without remainder, like a pot turned upside down. 120. 120. ‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’. The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity. 121. 121. Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dutiyaṃ sīlapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ. While investigating then, I perceived the second perfection, the perfection of virtue, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old. 122. 122. ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ dutiyaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Sīlapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi. If you wish to attain enlightenment, first make this second perfection firm and undertake it well; go and fulfill the perfection of virtue. 123. 123. ‘‘Yathāpi camarī vālaṃ, kismiñci paṭilaggitaṃ; Upeti maraṇaṃ tattha, na vikopeti vāladhiṃ. Just as the cāmarī yak, when its tail is entangled in anything, would rather meet death there than damage its tail, 124. 124. ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ catūsu bhūmīsu, sīlāni paripūraya; Parirakkha sabbadā sīlaṃ, camarī viya vāladhiṃ. So too, you should fulfill the virtues in the four planes; always guard your virtue, as the cāmarī guards its tail. 125. 125. ‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’. The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity. 126. 126. Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, tatiyaṃ nekkhammapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ. While investigating then, I perceived the third perfection, the perfection of renunciation, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old. 127. 127. ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ tatiyaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Nekkhammapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi. If you wish to attain enlightenment, first make this third perfection firm and undertake it well; go and fulfill the perfection of renunciation. 128. 128. ‘‘Yathā andughare puriso, ciravuttho dukhaṭṭito; Na tattha rāgaṃ janesi, muttiṃyeva gavesati. Just as a man who has long dwelt in a prison, afflicted by suffering, generates no attachment for that place but seeks only release, 129. 129. ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbabhave, passa andughare viya; Nekkhammābhimukho hohi, bhavato parimuttiyā. So too, you should see all existences as a prison; for the sake of liberation from existence, be one who is intent on renunciation. 130. 130. ‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’. The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity. 131. 131. Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, catutthaṃ paññāpāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ. While investigating then, I perceived the fourth perfection, the perfection of wisdom, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old. 132. 132. ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ catutthaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Paññāpāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi. If you wish to attain enlightenment, first make this fourth perfection firm and undertake it well; go and fulfill the perfection of wisdom. 133. 133. ‘‘Yathāpi [Pg.317] bhikkhu bhikkhanto, hīnamukkaṭṭhamajjhime; Kulāni na vivajjento, evaṃ labhati yāpanaṃ. Just as a bhikkhu, wandering for alms, not avoiding families—whether low, high, or middling—thus obtains sustenance, 134. 134. ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbakālaṃ, paripucchaṃ budhaṃ janaṃ; Paññāpāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. So too, you, by always questioning the wise, having fulfilled the perfection of wisdom, will attain supreme enlightenment. 135. 135. ‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’. The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity. 136. 136. Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, pañcamaṃ vīriyapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ. While investigating then, I perceived the fifth perfection, the perfection of energy, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old. 137. 137. ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ pañcamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Vīriyapāramitaṃ gaccha, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi. If you wish to attain enlightenment, first make this fifth perfection firm and undertake it well; go and fulfill the perfection of energy. 138. 138. ‘‘Yathāpi sīho migarājā, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame; Alīnavīriyo hoti, paggahitamano sadā. Just as the lion, the king of beasts, whether sitting, standing, or walking, is of unsluggish energy, with a mind ever steadfast, 139. 139. ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sabbabhave, paggaṇha vīriyaṃ daḷhaṃ; Vīriyapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. So too, in every existence, firmly exert your energy; having fulfilled the perfection of energy, you will attain supreme enlightenment. 140. 140. ‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’. The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity. 141. 141. Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, chaṭṭhamaṃ khantipāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ. While investigating then, I perceived the sixth perfection, the perfection of patience, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old. 142. 142. ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ chaṭṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tattha advejjhamānaso, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. First, make this sixth perfection firm and undertake it well; being of undivided mind therein, you will attain supreme enlightenment. 143. 143. ‘‘Yathāpi pathavī nāma, sucimpi asucimpi ca; Sabbaṃ sahati nikkhepaṃ, na karoti paṭighaṃ tayā. Just as the earth endures everything cast upon it, both the pure and the impure, and shows no aversion, 144. 144. ‘‘Tatheva tvampi sabbesaṃ, sammānāvamānakkhamo; Khantipāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. So too, you too, being one who endures the respect and disrespect of all, having fulfilled the perfection of patience, will attain supreme enlightenment. 145. 145. ‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’. The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity. 146. 146. Vicinanto [Pg.318] tadā dakkhiṃ, sattamaṃ saccapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ. While investigating then, I perceived the seventh perfection, the perfection of truth, cultivated and practiced by the great sages of old. 147. 147. ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ sattamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tattha advejjhavacano, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. First, make this seventh perfection firm and undertake it well; being of speech that is not twofold therein, you will attain supreme enlightenment. 148. 148. ‘‘Yathāpi osadhī nāma, tulābhūtā sadevake; Samaye utuvasse vā, na vokkamati vīthito. Just as the morning star, a balance for the world with its devas, does not deviate from its path, whether in season or out of season, 149. 149. ‘‘Tatheva tvampi saccesu, mā vokkama hi vīthito; Saccapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. So too, you too, do not deviate from the path of truth; having fulfilled the perfection of truth, you will attain supreme enlightenment. 150. 150. ‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’. The qualities of a Buddha cannot be only this many; I shall also investigate other qualities that bring enlightenment to maturity. 151. 151. Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, aṭṭhamaṃ adhiṭṭhānapāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ. While investigating then, I saw the eighth perfection, the perfection of determination, practiced and frequented by the great seers of the past. 152. 152. ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tattha tvaṃ acalo hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. First, make this eighth perfection firm and undertake it well; therein, having become unshakable, you will attain perfect enlightenment. 153. 153. ‘‘Yathāpi pabbato selo, acalo suppatiṭṭhito; Na kampati bhusavātehi, sakaṭṭhāneva tiṭṭhati. “Just as a mountain of rock, unshakable and well-established, does not tremble from fierce winds, but remains in its own place; 154. 154. ‘‘Tatheva tvampi adhiṭṭhāne, sabbadā acalo bhava; Adhiṭṭhānapāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. “Just so, you too, in your determination, always be unshakable; having fulfilled the perfection of determination, you will attain perfect enlightenment.” 155. 155. ‘‘Nahete ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’. “These will not be the only qualities for Buddhahood; I shall investigate other qualities that ripen for awakening.” 156. 156. Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, navamaṃ mettāpāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ. Investigating then, I saw the ninth perfection, the perfection of loving-kindness, practiced and frequented by the great seers of the past. 157. 157. ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ navamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Mettāya asamo hohi, yadi bodhiṃ pattumicchasi. “If you wish to attain enlightenment, first, having made this ninth perfection firm, undertake it well; be without equal in loving-kindness. 158. 158. ‘‘Yathāpi udakaṃ nāma, kalyāṇe pāpake jane; Samaṃ pharati sītena, pavāheti rajomalaṃ. “Just as water pervades good and evil people equally with coolness and washes away dust and dirt; 159. 159. ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ hitāhite, samaṃ mettāya bhāvaya; Mettāpāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. “Just so, you, develop loving-kindness equally towards the beneficial and the unbeneficial; having fulfilled the perfection of loving-kindness, you will attain perfect enlightenment.” 160. 160. ‘‘Nahete [Pg.319] ettakāyeva, buddhadhammā bhavissare; Aññepi vicinissāmi, ye dhammā bodhipācanā’’. “These will not be the only qualities for Buddhahood; I shall investigate other qualities that ripen for awakening.” 161. 161. Vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dasamaṃ upekkhāpāramiṃ; Pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevitanisevitaṃ. Investigating then, I saw the tenth perfection, the perfection of equanimity, practiced and frequented by the great seers of the past. 162. 162. ‘‘Imaṃ tvaṃ dasamaṃ tāva, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiya; Tulābhūto daḷho hutvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. “First, having made this tenth perfection firm, undertake it well; having become balanced and firm, you will attain perfect enlightenment. 163. 163. ‘‘Yathāpi pathavī nāma, nikkhittaṃ asuciṃ suciṃ; Upekkhati ubhopete, kopānunayavajjitā. “Just as the earth is equanimous towards both the impure and the pure that are cast upon it, being devoid of aversion and affection; 164. 164. ‘‘Tatheva tvaṃ sukhadukkhe, tulābhūto sadā bhava; Upekkhāpāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasi. “Just so, you too, in pleasure and pain, always be balanced; having fulfilled the perfection of equanimity, you will attain perfect enlightenment.” 165. 165. ‘‘Ettakāyeva te loke, ye dhammā bodhipācanā; Tatuddhaṃ natthi aññatra, daḷhaṃ tattha patiṭṭhaha’’. “In the world, these are the only qualities that ripen for awakening; beyond them, there is nothing further. Stand firm therein.” 166. 166. Ime dhamme sammasato, sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇe; Dhammatejena vasudhā, dasasahassī pakampatha. As these qualities were being contemplated with their nature, function, and characteristic, by the power of that Dhamma, the earth of the ten-thousand-world system trembled. 167. 167. Calatī ravatī pathavī, ucchuyantaṃva pīḷitaṃ; Telayante yathā cakkaṃ, evaṃ kampati medanī. The earth moves and roars, like a sugarcane press being squeezed; just as a wheel in an oil-press, so the earth quakes. 168. 168. Yāvatā parisā āsi, buddhassa parivesane; Pavedhamānā sā tattha, mucchitā seti bhūmiyaṃ. Whatever assembly was at the place of the Buddha's meal, that assembly, trembling and having fainted, lay there upon the ground. 169. 169. Ghaṭānekasahassāni, kumbhīnañca satā bahū; Sañcuṇṇamathitā tattha, aññamaññaṃ paghaṭṭitā. Many thousands of pots and many hundreds of jars, colliding with one another, were there crushed and smashed to powder. 170. 170. Ubbiggā tasitā bhītā, bhantā byāthitamānasā; Mahājanā samāgamma, dīpaṅkaramupāgamuṃ. Agitated, terrified, and afraid, bewildered and with afflicted minds, the great crowd, having gathered together, approached Dīpaṅkara. 171. 171. ‘‘Kiṃ bhavissati lokassa, kalyāṇamatha pāpakaṃ; Sabbo upadduto loko, taṃ vinodehi cakkhuma’’. “What will become of the world, good or evil? The whole world is afflicted by this disaster; dispel that fear, O One with Vision!” 172. 172. Tesaṃ tadā saññapesi, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni; ‘‘Visaṭṭhā hotha mā bhetha, imasmiṃ pathavikampane. Then Dīpaṅkara, the great sage, made it known to them: “Be at ease, do not be afraid at this earthquake. 173. 173. ‘‘Yamahaṃ [Pg.320] ajja byākāsiṃ, buddho loke bhavissati; Eso sammasati dhammaṃ, pubbakaṃ jinasevitaṃ. “The one whom I have today declared, ‘He will be a Buddha in the world,’ that one is contemplating the Dhamma frequented by the Jinas of the past. 174. 174. ‘‘Tassa sammasato dhammaṃ, buddhabhūmiṃ asesato; Tenāyaṃ kampitā pathavī, dasasahassī sadevake’’. “As he contemplates the Dhamma, the ground of Buddhahood, completely, for that reason this earth of the ten-thousand-world system, including its devas, has quaked.” 175. 175. Buddhassa vacanaṃ sutvā, mano nibbāyi tāvade; Sabbe maṃ upasaṅkamma, punāpi abhivandisuṃ. Having heard the Buddha's word, their minds were pacified at that very moment. All approached me and paid homage once more. 176. 176. Samādiyitvā buddhaguṇaṃ, daḷhaṃ katvāna mānasaṃ; Dīpaṅkaraṃ namassitvā, āsanā vuṭṭhahiṃ tadā. Having undertaken the qualities for Buddhahood and made my mind firm, I paid homage to Dīpaṅkara and then arose from my seat. 177. 177. Dibbaṃ mānusakaṃ pupphaṃ, devā mānusakā ubho; Samokiranti pupphehi, vuṭṭhahantassa āsanā. Both devas and humans scattered divine and human flowers upon me as I was rising from my seat. 178. 178. Vedayanti ca te sotthiṃ, devā mānusakā ubho; ‘‘Mahantaṃ patthitaṃ tuyhaṃ, taṃ labhassu yathicchitaṃ. Both devas and humans proclaimed a blessing: “May you obtain the great aspiration you have wished for, just as you desire. 179. 179. ‘‘Sabbītiyo vivajjantu, soko rogo vinassatu; Mā te bhavantvantarāyā, phusa khippaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ. “May all calamities be avoided for you, may sorrow and disease perish. May there be no obstacles for you; quickly attain the supreme enlightenment.” 180. 180. ‘‘Yathāpi samaye patte, pupphanti pupphino dumā; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, buddhañāṇena pupphasi. “Just as flowering trees bloom when their season arrives, so too, O Great Hero, may you blossom with the Buddha-knowledge. 181. 181. ‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, pūrayuṃ dasa pāramī; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, pūraya dasa pāramī. “Just as all Perfectly Enlightened Ones fulfilled the ten perfections, so too, O Great Hero, fulfill the ten perfections. 182. 182. ‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, bodhimaṇḍamhi bujjhare; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, bujjhassu jinabodhiyaṃ. “Just as all Perfectly Enlightened Ones awakened at the seat of enlightenment, so too, O Great Hero, may you awaken at the Conqueror's Bodhi-tree. 183. 183. ‘‘Yathā ye keci sambuddhā, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayuṃ; Tatheva tvaṃ mahāvīra, dhammacakkaṃ pavattaya. “Just as all Perfectly Enlightened Ones set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma, so too, O Great Hero, set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma. 184. 184. ‘‘Puṇṇamāye yathā cando, parisuddho virocati; Tatheva tvaṃ puṇṇamano, viroca dasasahassiyaṃ. “Just as the moon on the full-moon day, being pure, shines, so too, you, with a full mind, shine forth in the ten-thousand-world system. 185. 185. ‘‘Rāhumutto yathā sūriyo, tāpena atirocati; Tatheva lokā muñcitvā, viroca siriyā tuvaṃ. “Just as the sun, freed from Rāhu, shines exceedingly with its radiance, so too, you, being freed from the world, shine forth with glory. 186. 186. ‘‘Yathā [Pg.321] yā kāci nadiyo, osaranti mahodadhiṃ; Evaṃ sadevakā lokā, osarantu tavantike’’. “Just as all rivers flow into the great ocean, so may the worlds with their devas resort to your presence.” 187. 187. Tehi thutappasattho so, dasa dhamme samādiya; Te dhamme paripūrento, pavanaṃ pāvisī tadāti. He, praised and lauded by them, having undertaken the ten qualities, and wishing to fulfill those qualities, then entered the forest. Sumedhapatthanākathā niṭṭhitā. The Discourse on the Aspiration of Sumedha is concluded. 3. Dīpaṅkarabuddhavaṃso 3. The Chronicle of the Buddha Dīpaṅkara 1. 1. Tadā te bhojayitvāna, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ; Upagacchuṃ saraṇaṃ tassa, dīpaṅkarassa satthuno. 3. Then, having fed the World-Leader together with his Saṅgha, they went for refuge to that Teacher, Dīpaṅkara. 2. 2. Saraṇāgamane kañci, nivesesi tathāgato; Kañci pañcasu sīlesu, sīle dasavidhe paraṃ. The Tathāgata established some in the going for refuge, some in the five precepts, and others in the tenfold precepts. 3. 3. Kassaci deti sāmaññaṃ, caturo phalamuttame; Kassaci asame dhamme, deti so paṭisambhidā. To some he gave the fruits of recluseship, the four supreme fruits; to some he gave the incomparable qualities of analytical knowledge. 4. 4. Kassaci varasamāpattiyo, aṭṭha deti narāsabho; Tisso kassaci vijjāyo, chaḷabhiññā pavecchati. To some, the Bull among Men gave the eight supreme attainments; to some He gave the three knowledges; to some He bestowed the six supernormal powers. 5. 5. Tena yogena janakāyaṃ, ovadati mahāmuni; Tena vitthārikaṃ āsi, lokanāthassa sāsanaṃ. By that means the Great Sage instructed the populace; and thus the Dispensation of the Protector of the World became widespread. 6. 6. Mahāhanusabhakkhandho, dīpaṅkarassa nāmako; Bahū jane tārayati, parimoceti duggatiṃ. The Blessed One named Dīpaṅkara, who has a great jaw and shoulders like a bull, ferries many people across and frees them from the woeful states. 7. 7. Bodhaneyyaṃ janaṃ disvā, satasahassepi yojane; Khaṇena upagantvāna, bodheti taṃ mahāmuni. Seeing a person fit for awakening, even a hundred thousand leagues away, the Great Sage would approach in an instant and awaken them. 8. 8. Paṭhamābhisamaye buddho, koṭisatamabodhayi; Dutiyābhisamaye nātho, navutikoṭimabodhayi. At the first realization, the Buddha awakened one hundred crores; at the second realization, the Protector awakened ninety crores. 9. 9. Yadā ca devabhavanamhi, buddho dhammamadesayi; Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. And when the Buddha taught the Dhamma in the deva abode, for ninety thousand crores there was the third realization. 10. 10. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, dīpaṅkarassa satthuno; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo. There were three assemblies of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara; the first gathering was of one hundred thousand crores. 11. 11. Puna [Pg.322] nāradakūṭamhi, pavivekagate jine; Khīṇāsavā vītamalā, samiṃsu satakoṭiyo. Again, on Nārada peak, when the Conqueror had gone into seclusion, one hundred crores of those with cankers destroyed, free from defilement, assembled. 12. 12. Yamhi kāle mahāvīro, sudassanasiluccaye; Navakoṭisahassehi, pavāresi mahāmuni. At the time when the Great Hero was on the Sudassana peak, the Great Sage performed the Pavāraṇā with ninety thousand crores. 13. 13. Dasavīsasahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu; Ekadvinnaṃ abhisamayā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā. There was a realization of the Dhamma for ten thousand and for twenty thousand beings; the realizations of one or two were, by calculation, innumerable. 14. 14. Vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ, iddhaṃ phītaṃ ahū tadā; Dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato, sāsanaṃ suvisodhitaṃ. At that time, the well-purified Dispensation of the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara was widespread, widely known, prosperous, and flourishing. 15. 15. Cattāri satasahassāni, chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā; Dīpaṅkaraṃ lokaviduṃ, parivārenti sabbadā. Four hundred thousand, possessing the six supernormal powers and great psychic power, always attended on Dīpaṅkara, the Knower of the World. 16. 16. Ye keci tena samayena, jahanti mānusaṃ bhavaṃ; Apattamānasā sekhā, garahitā bhavanti te. At that time, any trainees who had not attained the goal and passed away from the human state, they were censured. 17. 17. Supupphitaṃ pāvacanaṃ, arahantehi tādihi; Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, upasobhati sabbadā. The well-blossomed teaching always shines, adorned with the Arahants—those who are steadfast, whose cankers are destroyed, and who are stainless. 18. 18. Nagaraṃ rammavatī nāma, sudevo nāma khattiyo; Sumedhā nāma janikā, dīpaṅkarassa satthuno. The city of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara was named Rammavatī; the king, his father, was named Sudeva; his mother was named Sumedhā. 19. 19. Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi ; Haṃsā koñcā mayūrā ca, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For ten thousand years he lived the household life; Haṃsā, Koñcā, and Mayūrā were his three excellent palaces. 20. 20. Tīṇisatasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Padumā nāma sā nārī, usabhakkhandho atrajo. There were three hundred thousand well-adorned women; his wife was named Padumā, and his son was named Usabhakkhandha. 21. 21. Nimitte caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami; Anūnadasamāsāni, padhāne padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, the Conqueror went forth by elephant vehicle; for no less than ten months, he engaged in the striving. 22. 22. Padhānacāraṃ caritvāna, abujjhi mānasaṃ muni; Brahmunā yācito santo, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni. Having practiced the course of striving, the Sage awakened his mind. Being requested by Brahmā, the serene Dīpaṅkara, the Great Sage... 23. 23. Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, nandārāme sirīghare ; Nisinno sirīsamūlamhi, akā titthiyamaddanaṃ. The Great Hero turned the Wheel in the Nanda Park, in the glorious monastery. Seated at the foot of a Sirīsa tree, he performed the subduing of the sectarians. 24. 24. Sumaṅgalo [Pg.323] ca tisso ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Sāgato nāmupaṭṭhāko, dīpaṅkarassa satthuno. Sumaṅgala and Tissa were the chief disciples. Sāgata by name was the attendant of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara. 25. 25. Nandā ceva sunandā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, pipphalīti pavuccati. Nandā and Sunandā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Pipphalī. 26. 26. Tapussabhallikā nāma, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Sirimā koṇā upaṭṭhikā, dīpaṅkarassa satthuno. Tapussa and Bhallika by name were the chief male lay supporters; Sirimā and Koṇā were the chief female lay supporters of the Teacher Dīpaṅkara. 27. 27. Asītihatthamubbedho, dīpaṅkaro mahāmuni; Sobhati dīparukkhova, sālarājāva phullito. The Great Sage Dīpaṅkara was eighty cubits in height; he shone like a lamp-tree, like a king of Sāl trees in full bloom. 28. 28. Satasahassavassāni, āyu tassa mahesino; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan of that Great Sage was one hundred thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried a great multitude across. 29. 29. Jotayitvāna saddhammaṃ, santāretvā mahājanaṃ; Jalitvā aggikkhandhova, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having made the True Dhamma shine, and having ferried the great multitude across, blazing like a mass of fire, he, together with his disciples, was utterly extinguished. 30. 30. Sā ca iddhi so ca yaso, tāni ca pādesu cakkaratanāni; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. That psychic power and that glory, and those jewel-wheels on the soles of his feet—all of that has vanished. Indeed, are not all conditioned things empty? 31. 31. Dīpaṅkaro jino satthā, nandārāmamhi nibbuto; Tatthevassa jinathūpo, chattiṃsubbedhayojanoti. Dīpaṅkara, the Conqueror, the Teacher, attained Parinibbāna in the Nanda Park. Right there, the Conqueror's stūpa is thirty-six yojanas high. Dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato vaṃso paṭhamo. The First Chronicle of the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara. 4. Koṇḍaññabuddhavaṃso 4. The Chronicle of the Buddha Koṇḍañña 1. 1. Dīpaṅkarassa aparena, koṇḍañño nāma nāyako; Anantatejo amitayaso, appameyyo durāsado. After Dīpaṅkara, a Leader named Koṇḍañña arose, of infinite power, immeasurable glory, incomparable, and unassailable. 2. 2. Dharaṇūpamo khamanena, sīlena sāgarūpamo; Samādhinā merūpamo, ñāṇena gaganūpamo. In patience, he was like the earth; in virtue, like the ocean; in concentration, like Meru; in wisdom, like the sky. 3. 3. Indriyabalabojjhaṅga-maggasaccappakāsanaṃ; Pakāsesi sadā buddho, hitāya sabbapāṇinaṃ. For the welfare of all beings, the Buddha always proclaimed the teaching that illuminates the faculties, powers, factors of enlightenment, the path, and the truths. 4. 4. Dhammacakkaṃ [Pg.324] pavattente, koṇḍaññe lokanāyake; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. When Koṇḍañña, the Leader of the World, was turning the Wheel of Dhamma, the first realization occurred for one hundred thousand crores. 5. 5. Tato parampi desente, naramarūnaṃ samāgame; Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. Then, on a later occasion, while he was teaching in an assembly of humans and devas, the second realization occurred for ninety thousand crores. 6. 6. Titthiye abhimaddanto, yadā dhammamadesayi; Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. When, while subduing the sectarians, he taught the Dhamma, the third realization occurred for eighty thousand crores. 7. 7. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, koṇḍaññassa mahesino; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies for the Great Sage Koṇḍañña—of those with cankers destroyed, who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and steadfast. 8. 8. Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo; Dutiyo koṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyo navutikoṭinaṃ. The first assembly was of one hundred thousand crores; the second, of one thousand crores; the third, of ninety crores. 9. 9. Ahaṃ tena samayena, vijitāvī nāma khattiyo; Samuddaṃ antamantena, issariyaṃ vattayāmahaṃ. At that time, I was a king named Vijitāvī, a universal monarch. I exercised sovereignty over the land bounded by the ocean. 10. 10. Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, vimalānaṃ mahesinaṃ; Saha lokagganāthena, paramannena tappayiṃ. Together with the Foremost Protector of the World, I satisfied one hundred thousand crores of stainless great sages with the finest food. 11. 11. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, koṇḍañño lokanāyako; ‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, buddho loke bhavissati. That Buddha also, Koṇḍañña, the Leader of the World, made a prophecy concerning me: ‘In an incalculable aeon from now, a Buddha will arise in the world.’ 12. 12. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ; Assatthamūle sambuddho, bujjhissati mahāyaso. ‘Having engaged in the striving and performed the difficult practice, the Fully Enlightened One of great fame will awaken at the foot of the Assattha tree.’ 13. 13. ‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati; Pitā suddhodano nāma, ayaṃ hessati gotamo. ‘His mother who gives him birth will be named Māyā; his father will be named Suddhodana, and this one will be Gotama.’ 14. 14. ‘‘Kolito upatisso ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā; Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, upaṭṭhissatimaṃ jinaṃ. ‘Kolita and Upatissa will be the chief disciples. An attendant named Ānanda will attend upon this Victor.’ 15. 15. ‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, assatthoti pavuccati. ‘Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā will be the chief female disciples. The Bodhi of that Blessed One is called the Assattha.’ 16. 16. ‘‘Citto ca hatthāḷavako, aggā hessantupaṭṭhakā; Nandamātā ca uttarā, aggā hessantupaṭṭhikā; Āyu vassasataṃ tassa, gotamassa yasassino’’. ‘Citta and Hatthāḷavaka will be the chief male lay supporters; Nandamātā and Uttarā will be the chief female lay supporters. The lifespan of that famous Gotama will be one hundred years.’ 17. 17. Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ, asamassa mahesino; Āmoditā naramarū, buddhabījaṃ kira ayaṃ. Having heard this utterance of the incomparable Great Sage, humans and devas rejoiced, saying: ‘This is indeed a seed of Buddhahood!’ 18. 18. Ukkuṭṭhisaddā [Pg.325] vattanti, apphoṭenti hasanti ca; Katañjalī namassanti, dasasahassidevatā. The deities of the ten-thousand world-system raised shouts of acclamation, clapped their hands, and laughed; with hands joined in reverence, they paid homage. 19. 19. ‘‘Yadimassa lokanāthassa, virajjhissāma sāsanaṃ; Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ. “If we should fail in the Dispensation of this Lord of the World, in the time to come, we shall be in the presence of this one.” 20. 20. ‘‘Yathā manussā nadiṃ tarantā, paṭititthaṃ virajjhiya; Heṭṭhātitthe gahetvāna, uttaranti mahānadiṃ. “Just as people crossing a river, having missed the direct ford, take the ford downstream and cross the great river; 21. 21. ‘‘Evameva mayaṃ sabbe, yadi muñcāmimaṃ jinaṃ; Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. “Just so, all of us, if we should miss this Conqueror, in the time to come, we shall be in the presence of this one.” 22. 22. Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Tameva atthaṃ sādhento, mahārajjaṃ jine adaṃ; Mahārajjaṃ daditvāna, pabbajiṃ tassa santike. Having heard his word, I clarified my mind even more. Accomplishing that very purpose, I gave the great kingdom to the Conqueror. Having given the great kingdom, I went forth in his presence. 23. 23. Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ; Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvāna, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ. Having mastered the Suttanta and the Vinaya, the entire nine-limbed Dispensation of the Teacher, I adorned the Dispensation of the Conqueror. 24. 24. Tatthappamatto viharanto, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame; Abhiññāpāramiṃ gantvā, brahmalokamagañchahaṃ. Dwelling there diligently, in the postures of sitting, standing, and walking, having reached the perfection of the higher knowledges, I went to the Brahma-world. 25. 25. Nagaraṃ rammavatī nāma, sunando nāma khattiyo; Sujātā nāma janikā, koṇḍaññassa mahesino. The city of the Great Sage Koṇḍañña was named Rammavatī; his khattiya father was named Sunanda, and his mother was named Sujātā. 26. 26. Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi ; Suci suruci subho ca, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For ten thousand years he dwelt in the household; Suci, Suruci, and Subha were the three excellent palaces. 27. 27. Tīṇisatasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Rucidevī nāma nārī, vijitaseno atrajo. There were three hundred thousand well-adorned women. The consort was named Rucidevī, and the son was named Vijitasena. 28. 28. Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami; Anūnadasamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, the Conqueror went forth by chariot; for a full ten months, he undertook the striving. 29. 29. Brahmunā yācito santo, koṇḍañño dvipaduttamo; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, devānaṃ nagaruttame. Requested by Brahmā, the serene Koṇḍañña, supreme among two-footed beings, the Great Hero, set in motion the Wheel in the excellent city of the devas. 30. 30. Bhaddo ceva subhaddo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Anuruddho nāmupaṭṭhāko, koṇḍaññassa mahesino. Bhadda and Subhadda were the chief disciples; Anuruddha by name was the attendant of the Great Sage Koṇḍañña. 31. 31. Tissā [Pg.326] ca upatissā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Sālakalyāṇiko bodhi, koṇḍaññassa mahesino. Tissā and Upatissā were the chief female disciples; the Bodhi tree of the Great Sage Koṇḍañña was the Sālakalyāṇī. 32. 32. Soṇo ca upasoṇo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Nandā ceva sirīmā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Soṇa and Upasoṇa were the chief male lay supporters; Nandā and Sirimā were the chief female lay supporters. 33. 33. So aṭṭhāsīti hatthāni, accuggato mahāmuni; Sobhate uḷurājāva sūriyo majjhanhike yathā. That Great Sage was eighty-eight cubits tall; he shone like the king of stars, and like the sun at midday. 34. 34. Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. At that time, the lifespan was one hundred thousand years. Abiding for that long, he ferried many beings across. 35. 35. Khīṇāsavehi vimalehi, vicittā āsi medanī; Yathā gaganamuḷūhi, evaṃ so upasobhatha. The earth was made resplendent by the stainless ones whose cankers were destroyed; just as the sky is adorned with constellations, so was he adorned by them. 36. 36. Tepi nāgā appameyyā, asaṅkhobhā durāsadā; Vijjupātaṃva dassetvā, nibbutā te mahāyasā. Those immeasurable Nāgas, unshakable and unassailable, of great renown—having shown themselves like a flash of lightning, they attained Parinibbāna. 37. 37. Sā ca atuliyā jinassa iddhi, ñāṇaparibhāvito ca samādhi; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. That matchless psychic power of the Conqueror, and the concentration cultivated by wisdom—all that has vanished. Are not all conditioned things indeed empty? 38. 38. Koṇḍañño pavaro buddho, candārāmamhi nibbuto; Tattheva cetiyo citto, satta yojanamussitoti. The excellent Buddha Koṇḍañña attained Parinibbāna in the Candārāma. Right there, an adorned stupa was raised, seven yojanas high. Koṇḍaññassa bhagavato vaṃso dutiyo. The second chronicle, that of the Blessed One Koṇḍañña, is concluded. 5. Maṅgalabuddhavaṃso 5. The Chronicle of the Buddha Maṅgala 1. 1. Koṇḍaññassa aparena, maṅgalo nāma nāyako; Tamaṃ loke nihantvāna, dhammokkamabhidhārayi. After Koṇḍañña, the Leader named Maṅgala, having dispelled the darkness in the world, held aloft the lamp of the Dhamma. 2. 2. Atulāsi pabhā tassa, jinehaññehi uttariṃ; Candasūriyapabhaṃ hantvā, dasasahassī virocati. His radiance was incomparable, surpassing that of other Victors; having dispelled the light of the moon and sun, it shone throughout the ten-thousand world-system. 3. 3. Sopi buddho pakāsesi, caturo saccavaruttame; Te te saccarasaṃ pītvā, vinodenti mahātamaṃ. That Buddha, too, revealed the four supreme, excellent truths. Having drunk the essence of the truths, they dispel the great darkness. 4. 4. Patvāna bodhimatulaṃ, paṭhame dhammadesane; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu. Having attained incomparable enlightenment, at the first Dhamma discourse, there was the realization of the Dhamma for one hundred thousand koṭis. 5. 5. Surindadevabhavane[Pg.327], buddho dhammamadesayi; Tadā koṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyo samayo ahu. When the Buddha taught the Dhamma in the celestial abode of Surinda, at that time, there was the second realization for one thousand koṭis. 6. 6. Yadā sunando cakkavattī, sambuddhaṃ upasaṅkami; Tadā āhani sambuddho, dhammabheriṃ varuttamaṃ. When the wheel-turning monarch Sunanda approached the Sambuddha, then the Sambuddha sounded the most excellent drum of the Dhamma. 7. 7. Sunandassānucarā janatā, tadāsuṃ navutikoṭiyo; Sabbepi te niravasesā, ahesuṃ ehi bhikkhukā. At that time, the people in the retinue of Sunanda numbered ninety koṭis. All of them, without remainder, became Ehi Bhikkhus. 8. 8. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, maṅgalassa mahesino; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo. There were three assemblies for Maṅgala, the Great Sage. The first assembly was of one hundred thousand koṭis of those whose cankers were destroyed. 9. 9. Dutiyo koṭisatasahassānaṃ, tatiyo navutikoṭinaṃ; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, tadā āsi samāgamo. The second assembly was of one hundred thousand koṭis. The third assembly, at that time, was of ninety koṭis of stainless ones whose cankers were destroyed. 10. 10. Ahaṃ tena samayena, surucī nāma brāhmaṇo; Ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū. At that time, I was a brahmin named Suruci, a reciter and master of the mantras, one who had reached the further shore of the three Vedas. 11. 11. Tamahaṃ upasaṅkamma, saraṇaṃ gantvāna satthuno; Sambuddhappamukhaṃ saṅghaṃ, gandhamālena pūjayiṃ; Pūjetvā gandhamālena, gavapānena tappayiṃ. Having approached him, the Teacher, and gone for refuge, I honored the Saṅgha, headed by the Sambuddha, with perfumes and garlands. Having honored them with perfumes and garlands, I satisfied them with a milk-beverage. 12. 12. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, maṅgalo dvipaduttamo; ‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha, Maṅgala, the supreme among two-footed beings, also made a prophecy concerning me: 'In an incalculable aeon from now, this one will become a Buddha.' 13. 13. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. 'Having striven in the great endeavor... we shall be in the presence of this one.' 14. 14. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasa pāramipūriyā. Having heard his words as well, I made my mind exceedingly serene. I undertook a further vow to fulfill the ten perfections. 15. 15. Tadā pītimanubrūhanto, sambodhivarapattiyā; Buddhe datvāna maṃ gehaṃ, pabbajiṃ tassa santike. Then, cultivating joy for the attainment of excellent enlightenment, having given my home to the Buddha, I went forth in his presence. 16. 16. Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ; Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ. Having mastered the Suttanta and the Vinaya, the entire nine-limbed teaching of the Teacher, I illuminated the dispensation of the Victor. 17. 17. Tatthappamatto viharanto, brahmaṃ bhāvetva bhāvanaṃ; Abhiññāpāramiṃ gantvā, brahmalokamagacchahaṃ. Dwelling there diligently, having developed the divine meditation, and having reached the perfection of the higher knowledges, I went to the Brahma-world. 18. 18. Uttaraṃ [Pg.328] nāma nagaraṃ, uttaro nāma khattiyo; Uttarā nāma janikā, maṅgalassa mahesino. The city of Maṅgala, the great sage, was named Uttara; his khattiya father was named Uttara, and his mother was named Uttarā. 19. 19. Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Yasavā sucimā sirīmā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For nine thousand years he dwelt in the household life. He had three excellent palaces: Yasavā, Sucimā, and Sirīmā. 20. 20. Samatiṃsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Yasavatī nāma nārī, sīvalo nāma atrajo. There were thirty thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Yasavatī, and his son was named Sīvala. 21. 21. Nimitte caturo disvā, assayānena nikkhami; Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, the Victor went forth on horseback. For no less than eight months, he engaged in the great endeavor. 22. 22. Brahmunā yācito santo, maṅgalo nāma nāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, vane sirīvaruttame. Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful one, the Leader named Maṅgala, the great hero, turned the wheel of Dhamma in the forest named Sirīvaruttama. 23. 23. Sudevo dhammaseno ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Pālito nāmupaṭṭhāko, maṅgalassa mahesino. Sudeva and Dhammasena were the chief disciples of Maṅgala, the great sage. His attendant was named Pālita. 24. 24. Sīvalā ca asokā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, nāgarukkhoti vuccati. Sīvalā and Asokā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is said to be the Nāga tree. 25. 25. Nando ceva visākho ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Anulā ceva sutanā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Nanda and Visākha were the chief male lay supporters; Anulā and Sutanā were the chief female lay supporters. 26. 26. Aṭṭhāsīti ratanāni, accuggato mahāmuni; Tato niddhāvatī raṃsī, anekasatasahassiyo. The great sage was eighty-eight cubits in height. From him issued forth rays of light, many hundreds of thousands. 27. 27. Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. His lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many people across. 28. 28. Yathāpi sāgare ūmī, na sakkā tā gaṇetuye; Tatheva sāvakā tassa, na sakkā te gaṇetuye. Just as it is not possible to count the waves in the ocean, so too it was not possible to count his disciples. 29. 29. Yāva aṭṭhāsi sambuddho, maṅgalo lokanāyako; Na tassa sāsane atthi, sakilesamaraṇaṃ tadā. For as long as the Sambuddha Maṅgala, the leader of the world, lived, there was no death with defilements in his dispensation. 30. 30. Dhammokkaṃ dhārayitvāna, santāretvā mahājanaṃ; Jalitvā dhūmaketūva, nibbuto so mahāyaso. Having held up the lamp of the Dhamma, having ferried the great multitude across, having blazed like a comet, that one of great fame attained Parinibbāna. 31. 31. Saṅkhārānaṃ [Pg.329] sabhāvatthaṃ, dassayitvā sadevake; Jalitvā aggikkhandhova, sūriyo atthaṅgato yathā. Having shown the true nature of conditioned things to the world with its devas, he blazed like a mass of fire and set like the sun, and thus attained Parinibbāna. 32. 32. Uyyāne vassare nāma, buddho nibbāyi maṅgalo; Tatthevassa jinathūpo, tiṃsayojanamuggatoti. The Buddha named Maṅgala attained Parinibbāna in the park named Vassara. Right there, the stupa of that Conqueror is thirty yojanas high. Maṅgalassa bhagavato vaṃso tatiyo. The third chronicle, that of the Blessed One Maṅgala, is concluded. 6. Sumanabuddhavaṃso 6. The Chronicle of the Buddha Sumana 1. 1. Maṅgalassa aparena, sumano nāma nāyako; Sabbadhammehi asamo, sabbasattānamuttamo. After Maṅgala, a Leader named Sumana arose, unequalled in all dhammas, supreme among all beings. 2. 2. Tadā amatabheriṃ so, āhanī mekhale pure; Dhammasaṅkhasamāyuttaṃ, navaṅgaṃ jinasāsanaṃ. At that time, in the city of Mekhala, he beat the drum of the Deathless—the nine-fold teaching of the Conqueror, accompanied by the conch of the Dhamma. 3. 3. Nijjinitvā kilese so, patvā sambodhimuttamaṃ; Māpesi nagaraṃ satthā, saddhammapuravaruttamaṃ. Having conquered the defilements and attained supreme enlightenment, that Teacher fashioned a city—the supreme, excellent city of the good Dhamma, which is Nibbāna. 4. 4. Nirantaraṃ akuṭilaṃ, ujuṃ vipulavitthataṃ; Māpesi so mahāvīthiṃ, satipaṭṭhānavaruttamaṃ. He fashioned the great highway—uninterrupted, not crooked, straight, extensive, and broad—which is the supreme, excellent establishment of mindfulness. 5. 5. Phale cattāri sāmaññe, catasso paṭisambhidā; Chaḷabhiññāṭṭhasamāpattī, pasāresi tattha vīthiyaṃ. On that highway, he set forth the four fruits of the contemplative life, the four analytical knowledges, the six higher knowledges, and the eight attainments. 6. 6. Ye appamattā akhilā, hirivīriyehupāgatā; Te te ime guṇavare, ādiyanti yathā sukhaṃ. Those persons who are heedful, free from mental barrenness, and endowed with moral shame and energy—they take up these excellent qualities with ease. 7. 7. Evametena yogena, uddharanto mahājanaṃ; Bodhesi paṭhamaṃ satthā, koṭisatasahassiyo. Thus, by this method, while uplifting the great multitude, the Teacher, at the first discourse, awakened one hundred thousand koṭis. 8. 8. Yamhi kāle mahāvīro, ovadī titthiye gaṇe; Koṭisahassābhisamiṃsu, dutiye dhammadesane. At the time when the Great Hero admonished the groups of sectarians, a thousand koṭis attained full understanding at the second Dhamma discourse. 9. 9. Yadā devā manussā ca, samaggā ekamānasā; Nirodhapañhaṃ pucchiṃsu, saṃsayañcāpi mānasaṃ. When devas and humans, harmonious and of one mind, asked the Blessed One the question concerning cessation, and also the doubt in their minds, 10. 10. Tadāpi [Pg.330] dhammadesane, nirodhaparidīpane; Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. Then, at the Dhamma discourse illuminating cessation, the third full understanding occurred for ninety thousand koṭis. 11. 11. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sumanassa mahesino; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies of the great sage Sumana, of Arahants who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and steadfast. 12. 12. Vassaṃvutthassa bhagavato, abhighuṭṭhe pavāraṇe; Koṭisatasahassehi, pavāresi tathāgato. When the Pavāraṇā was announced for the Blessed One who had completed the rains-residence, the Tathāgata performed the ceremony with one hundred thousand koṭis of Arahants. 13. 13. Tatoparaṃ sannipāte, vimale kañcanapabbate; Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. After that, at an assembly on the stainless golden mountain, the second gathering of ninety thousand koṭis of Arahants occurred. 14. 14. Yadā sakko devarājā, buddhadassanupāgami; Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo. When Sakka, king of the devas, approached to see the Buddha, the third gathering of eighty thousand koṭis of Arahants occurred. 15. 15. Ahaṃ tena samayena, nāgarājā mahiddhiko; Atulo nāma nāmena, ussannakusalasañcayo. At that time, I was a nāga king of great power, named Atula, with an abundance of accumulated merit. 16. 16. Tadāhaṃ nāgabhāvanā, nikkhamitvā sañātibhi; Nāgānaṃ dibbaturiyehi, sasaṅghaṃ jinamupaṭṭhahiṃ. Then, having departed from the nāga abode with my kinsmen, I attended upon the Conqueror together with his Saṅgha with the divine musical instruments of the nāgas. 17. 17. Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, annapānena tappayiṃ; Paccekadussayugaṃ datvā, saraṇaṃ tamupāgamiṃ. I satisfied one hundred thousand koṭis of Arahants with food and drink; having given a pair of cloths to each one, I went to that Triple Gem for refuge. 18. 18. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, sumano lokanāyako; ‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha Sumana, the leader of the world, also made a prediction concerning me: ‘In an immeasurable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’ 19. 19. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having striven in the great endeavor and performed austerities, he will awaken at the foot of an Assattha tree.’ … ‘We shall be in the presence of this one,’ thus they aspired. 20. 20. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words of prediction, I made my mind even more serene; I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 21. 21. Nagaraṃ mekhalaṃ nāma, sudatto nāma khattiyo; Sirimā nāma janikā, sumanassa mahesino. The city of the great sage Sumana was named Mekhalā; his khattiya father was named Sudatta, and his mother was named Sirimā. 22. 22. Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Cando sucando vaṭaṃso ca, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For nine thousand years he dwelt in the household life. Canda, Sucanda, and Vaṭaṃsa were his three supreme palaces. 23. 23. Tesaṭṭhisatasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Vaṭaṃsikā nāma nārī, anūpamo nāma atrajo. There were sixty-three hundred thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Vaṭaṃsikā, and the son was named Anūpama. 24. 24. Nimitte [Pg.331] caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami; Anūnadasamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, he went forth by elephant vehicle; for a full ten months, the Conqueror strove in the great endeavor. 25. 25. Brahmunā yācito santo, sumano lokanāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, mekhale puramuttame. Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful one, Sumana, the leader of the world, the Great Hero, turned the Wheel in the supreme city of Mekhalā. 26. 26. Saraṇo bhāvitatto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Udeno nāmupaṭṭhāko, sumanassa mahesino. Saraṇa and Bhāvitatta were the chief disciples; Udena was the attendant of the great sage Sumana. 27. 27. Soṇā ca upasoṇā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Sopi buddho amitayaso, nāgamūle abujjhatha. Soṇā and Upasoṇā were the chief female disciples. That Buddha of incomparable glory awakened at the foot of a Nāga tree. 28. 28. Varuṇo ceva saraṇo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Cālā ca upacālā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Varuṇa and Saraṇa were the chief male lay supporters; Cālā and Upacālā were the chief female lay supporters. 29. 29. Uccattanena so buddho, navutihatthamuggato; Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, dasasahassī virocati. That Buddha was ninety cubits in height; like a great golden pillar, he shines throughout the ten-thousand-fold world system. 30. 30. Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. His lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years; remaining for that long, he delivered a great multitude of people. 31. 31. Tāraṇīye tārayitvā, bodhanīye ca bodhayi; Parinibbāyi sambuddho, uḷurājāva atthami. Having delivered those who could be delivered, and awakened those who could be awakened, the Perfectly Enlightened One attained Parinibbāna, just as the moon, the king of stars, sets. 32. 32. Te ca khīṇāsavā bhikkhū, so ca buddho asādiso; Atulappabhaṃ dassayitvā, nibbutā ye mahāyasā. Those bhikkhus with taints destroyed and that incomparable Buddha—those of great glory, having displayed matchless radiance, have become extinguished. 33. 33. Tañca ñāṇaṃ atuliyaṃ, tāni ca atulāni ratanāni; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. That incomparable knowledge and those incomparable jewels—all that has vanished. Surely, all conditioned formations are empty! 34. 34. Sumano yasadharo buddho, aṅgārāmamhi nibbuto; Tattheva tassa jinathūpo, catuyojanamuggatoti. The Buddha Sumana, bearer of glory, attained Parinibbāna at Aṅgārāma; right there the Conqueror's stūpa was four yojanas high. Sumanassa bhagavato vaṃso catuttho. The Fourth Chronicle, of the Blessed One Sumana, is concluded. 7. Revatabuddhavaṃso 7. The Chronicle of the Buddha Revata 1. 1. Sumanassa aparena, revato nāma nāyako; Anūpamo asadiso, atulo uttamo jino. After Sumana, there arose a leader named Revata, an incomparable, unequalled, matchless, supreme Conqueror. 2. 2. Sopi dhammaṃ [Pg.332] pakāsesi, brahmunā abhiyācito; Khandhadhātuvavatthānaṃ, appavattaṃ bhavābhave. Requested by Brahmā, he too proclaimed the Dhamma: the analysis of the aggregates and elements, which is the cause for non-recurrence in any state of existence. 3. 3. Tassābhisamayā tīṇi, ahesuṃ dhammadesane; Gaṇanāya na vattabbo, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. There were three occasions of realization during his teaching of the Dhamma. The first realization was beyond enumeration. 4. 4. Yadā arindamaṃ rājaṃ, vinesi revato muni; Tadā koṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. When the sage Revata disciplined King Arindama, the second realization occurred for a thousand koṭis of beings. 5. 5. Sattāhaṃ paṭisallānā, vuṭṭhahitvā narāsabho; Koṭisataṃ naramarūnaṃ, vinesi uttame phale. Having emerged from seven days of seclusion, the bull among men disciplined a hundred koṭis of humans and devas, establishing them in the supreme fruit. 6. 6. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, revatassa mahesino; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, suvimuttāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies for the great sage Revata: of those with taints destroyed, the stainless, the well-liberated, and the steadfast. 7. 7. Atikkantā gaṇanapathaṃ, paṭhamaṃ ye samāgatā; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. Those who gathered for the first assembly surpassed any reckoning; the second assembly was of a hundred thousand koṭis. 8. 8. Yopi paññāya asamo, tassa cakkānuvattako; So tadā byādhito āsi, patto jīvitasaṃsayaṃ. The one who was unequalled in wisdom, who turned the Wheel after him, was then afflicted by illness and had reached a point of doubt regarding his life. 9. 9. Tassa gilānapucchāya, ye tadā upagatā munī; Koṭisahassā arahanto, tatiyo āsi samāgamo. The third assembly was of those sages who gathered then to inquire about his illness; it resulted in a thousand koṭis of Arahants. 10. 10. Ahaṃ tena samayena, atidevo nāma brāhmaṇo; Upagantvā revataṃ buddhaṃ, saraṇaṃ tassa gañchahaṃ. At that time, I was a brahmin named Atideva. Approaching the Buddha Revata, I went for refuge to him. 11. 11. Tassa sīlaṃ samādhiñca, paññāguṇamanuttamaṃ; Thomayitvā yathāthāmaṃ, uttarīyamadāsahaṃ. Having praised his virtue, concentration, and the unsurpassed quality of his wisdom according to my ability, I gave him an upper garment. 12. 12. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, revato lokanāyako; ‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha Revata, the leader of the world, also made a prediction about me: ‘In an immeasurable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’ 13. 13. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having striven in the great endeavor… we shall be in the presence of this one.’ 14. 14. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words of prediction, I made my mind even more serene; I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 15. 15. Tadāpi taṃ buddhadhammaṃ, saritvā anubrūhayiṃ; Āharissāmi taṃ dhammaṃ, yaṃ mayhaṃ abhipatthitaṃ. Then, too, recollecting the qualities of a Buddha, I cultivated them further, thinking: ‘I shall attain that state for which I have longed.’ 16. 16. Nagaraṃ [Pg.333] sudhaññavatī nāma, vipulo nāma khattiyo; Vipulā nāma janikā, revatassa mahesino. The city of the great sage Revata was named Sudhaññavatī; the khattiya father was named Vipula, and the mother was named Vipulā. 17. 17. Cha ca vassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Sudassano ratanagghi, āveḷo ca vibhūsito; Puññakammābhinibbattā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For six thousand years he lived the household life. Sudassana, Ratanagghi, and Āveḷa were his three supreme and adorned palaces, produced by his meritorious deeds. 18. 18. Tettiṃsa ca sahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Sudassanā nāma nārī, varuṇo nāma atrajo. There were thirty-three thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Sudassanā, and his son was named Varuṇa. 19. 19. Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami; Anūnasattamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, the Conqueror went forth by chariot; for a full seven months he strove in the great endeavor. 20. 20. Brahmunā yācito santo, revato lokanāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, varuṇārāme sirīghare. Entreated by Brahmā, the tranquil one, Revata, the leader of the world, the Great Hero, turned the Wheel of Dhamma in the glorious monastery in the Varuṇa Park. 21. 21. Varuṇo brahmadevo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Sambhavo nāmupaṭṭhāko, revatassa mahesino. Varuṇa and Brahmadeva were the chief disciples; Sambhava was the attendant of the great sage Revata. 22. 22. Bhaddā ceva subhaddā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Sopi buddho asamasamo, nāgamūle abujjhatha. Bhaddā and Subhaddā were the chief female disciples. That Buddha, the one equal to the unequalled, awakened at the foot of a Nāga tree. 23. 23. Padumo kuñjaro ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā; Sirīmā ceva yasavatī, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Paduma and Kuñjara were the chief male lay supporters; Sirīmā and Yasavatī were the chief female lay supporters. 24. 24. Uccattanena so buddho, asītihatthamuggato; Obhāseti disā sabbā, indaketuva uggato. That Buddha was eighty cubits in height; he illuminated all directions like a raised banner of Indra. 25. 25. Tassa sarīre nibbattā, pabhāmālā anuttarā; Divā vā yadi vā rattiṃ, samantā pharati yojanaṃ. From his body arose an unsurpassed garland of light; whether by day or by night, it spread for a yojana all around. 26. 26. Saṭṭhivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. His lifespan at that time was sixty thousand years; remaining for that long, he ferried many beings across. 27. 27. Dassayitvā buddhabalaṃ, amataṃ loke pakāsayaṃ; Nibbāyi anupādāno, yathaggupādānasaṅkhayā. Having displayed the Buddha's power and proclaimed the Deathless in the world, he was extinguished without clinging, like a fire when its fuel is exhausted. 28. 28. So ca kāyo ratananibho, so ca dhammo asādiso; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. And that jewel-like body, and that incomparable Dhamma—all that has vanished. Surely, all conditioned formations are empty! 29. 29. Revato [Pg.334] yasadharo buddho, nibbuto so mahāpure; Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti. The Buddha Revata, bearer of glory, was extinguished in the great city. There was a wide distribution of his relics in all the various regions. Revatassa bhagavato vaṃso pañcamo. The fifth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Revata, is concluded. 8. Sobhitabuddhavaṃso 8. The Chronicle of the Buddha Sobhita 1. 1. Revatassa aparena, sobhito nāma nāyako; Samāhito santacitto, asamo appaṭipuggalo. After Revata, there was the leader named Sobhita, composed and with a tranquil mind, unequalled, without a counterpart. 2. 2. So jino sakagehamhi, mānasaṃ vinivattayi; Patvāna kevalaṃ bodhiṃ, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi. That Victor turned his mind away from his own home; having attained complete enlightenment, he set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma. 3. 3. Yāva heṭṭhā avīcito, bhavaggā cāpi uddhato; Etthantare ekaparisā, ahosi dhammadesane. From Avīci below up to the peak of existence, there was one assembly for his teaching of the Dhamma. 4. 4. Tāya parisāya sambuddho, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi; Gaṇanāya na vattabbo, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. To that assembly the Perfectly Enlightened One set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma; the first realization was beyond calculation. 5. 5. Tato parampi desente, marūnañca samāgame; Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. Then again, while he was teaching at an assembly of devas, the second realization occurred for ninety thousand koṭis. 6. 6. Punāparaṃ rājaputto, jayaseno nāma khattiyo; Ārāmaṃ ropayitvāna, buddhe niyyādayī tadā. Then again, a prince, the khattiya named Jayasena, having established a park, presented it to the Buddha. 7. 7. Tassa yāgaṃ pakittento, dhammaṃ desesi cakkhumā; Tadā koṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. Praising his offering, the One with Vision taught the Dhamma; then the third realization occurred for a thousand koṭis. 8. 8. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sobhitassa mahesino; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies of the great sage Sobhita—of those with taints destroyed, the stainless, the tranquil-minded, the steadfast. 9. 9. Uggato nāma so rājā, dānaṃ deti naruttame; Tamhi dāne samāgañchuṃ, arahantā satakoṭiyo. A king named Uggata gave a gift to the supreme man; at that offering, a hundred koṭis of arahants assembled. 10. 10. Punāparaṃ puragaṇo, deti dānaṃ naruttame; Tadā navutikoṭīnaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. Again, the people of the city gave a gift to the supreme man; then the second assembly was of ninety koṭis. 11. 11. Devaloke [Pg.335] vasitvāna, yadā orohatī jino; Tadā asītikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo. After dwelling in the world of the devas, when the Victor descended, the third assembly was of eighty koṭis. 12. 12. Ahaṃ tena samayena, sujāto nāma brāhmaṇo; Tadā sasāvakaṃ buddhaṃ, annapānena tappayiṃ. At that time I was a brahmin named Sujāta; I then satisfied the Buddha and his disciples with food and drink. 13. 13. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, sobhito lokanāyako; ‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha Sobhita, the Leader of the World, also made this prediction about me: ‘In an immeasurable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’ 14. 14. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having striven in the striving …pe… we shall come face to face with this one.’ 15. 15. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso; Tamevatthamanuppattiyā, uggaṃ dhitimakāsahaṃ. Having heard his words, joyful and with a mind stirred by urgency, I made a strong resolution to attain that very goal. 16. 16. Sudhammaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sudhammo nāma khattiyo; Sudhammā nāma janikā, sobhitassa mahesino. The city was named Sudhamma; the khattiya father was named Sudhamma; the mother of the great sage Sobhita was named Sudhammā. 17. 17. Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Kumudo nāḷino padumo, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For nine thousand years he lived the household life; Kumuda, Nāḷina, and Paduma were his three excellent palaces. 18. 18. Sattatiṃsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Maṇilā nāma sā nārī, sīho nāmāsi atrajo. He had thirty-seven thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Maṇilā, and his son was named Sīha. 19. 19. Nimitte caturo disvā, pāsādenābhinikkhami; Sattāhaṃ padhānacāraṃ, caritvā purisuttamo. The supreme man, having seen the four signs, went forth from the palace; having practiced the striving for seven days. 20. 20. Brahmunā yācito santo, sobhito lokanāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, sudhammuyyānamuttame. Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful one, the great hero Sobhita, leader of the world, set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma in the excellent Sudhamma Park. 21. 21. Asamo ca sunetto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Anomo nāmupaṭṭhāko, sobhitassa mahesino. Asama and Sunetta were the chief disciples; the attendant of the great sage Sobhita was named Anoma. 22. 22. Nakulā ca sujātā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bujjhamāno ca so buddho, nāgamūle abujjhatha. Nakulā and Sujātā were the chief female disciples; and that Buddha awakened at the foot of a Nāga tree. 23. 23. Rammo ceva sudatto ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Nakulā ceva cittā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Ramma and Sudatta were the chief male lay supporters; Nakulā and Cittā were the chief female lay supporters. 24. 24. Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni; Obhāseti disā sabbā, sataraṃsīva uggato. The great sage was fifty-eight cubits tall; he illuminated all directions like the rising, thousand-rayed sun. 25. 25. Yathā [Pg.336] suphullaṃ pavanaṃ, nānāgandhehi dhūpitaṃ; Tatheva tassa pāvacanaṃ, sīlagandhehi dhūpitaṃ. Just as a well-flowered forest is perfumed with various scents, so too was his teaching perfumed with the fragrance of the virtue of his Arahant disciples. 26. 26. Yathāpi sāgaro nāma, dassanena atappiyo; Tatheva tassa pāvacanaṃ, savaṇena atappiyaṃ. Just as the ocean is insatiable to the sight, so too was his teaching insatiable to the hearing. 27. 27. Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. At that time, the lifespan was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many people across from the stream of saṃsāra. 28. 28. Ovādaṃ anusiṭṭhiñca, datvāna sesake jane; Hutāsanova tāpetvā, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having given exhortation and instruction to the remaining people, then, having blazed like a fire, he was extinguished along with his disciples. 29. 29. So ca buddho asamasamo, tepi sāvakā balappattā; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. That Buddha, the equal of the unequalled, and those disciples who had attained the powers—all that has vanished. Surely, all conditioned formations are empty. 30. 30. Sobhito varasambuddho, sīhārāmamhi nibbuto; Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti. The excellent Sambuddha Sobhita attained Parinibbāna in Sīhārāma; there was a widespread distribution of his relics in the various regions. Sobhitassa bhagavato vaṃso chaṭṭho. The sixth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Sobhita, is finished. 9. Anomadassībuddhavaṃso 9. The Chronicle of the Buddha Anomadassī 1. 1. Sobhitassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo; Anomadassī amitayaso, tejassī duratikkamo. After Sobhita, there arose in the world the Sambuddha Anomadassī, supreme among bipeds, of limitless fame, majestic, and invincible. 2. 2. So chetvā bandhanaṃ sabbaṃ, viddhaṃsetvā tayo bhave; Anivattigamanaṃ maggaṃ, desesi devamānuse. Having cut off all bonds and demolished the three kinds of existence, he taught the path of no-return to devas and humans. 3. 3. Sāgarova asaṅkhobho, pabbatova durāsado; Ākāsova ananto so, sālarājāva phullito. Like the ocean, he was unshakable; like a mountain, hard to assail; like space, he was infinite; like a sāl-tree king in full bloom. 4. 4. Dassanenapi taṃ buddhaṃ, tositā honti pāṇino; Byāharantaṃ giraṃ sutvā, amataṃ pāpuṇanti te. Just by seeing that Buddha, living beings are delighted; hearing the words he utters, they attain the Deathless. 5. 5. Dhammābhisamayo tassa, iddho phīto tadā ahu; Koṭisatāni abhisamiṃsu, paṭhame dhammadesane. The realization of the Dhamma by his assembly was then successful and prosperous; at the first Dhamma discourse, a hundred koṭis attained comprehension. 6. 6. Tato paraṃ abhisamaye, vassante dhammavuṭṭhiyo; Asītikoṭiyobhisamiṃsu, dutiye dhammadesane. Then later, at the second Dhamma discourse, when the great rain of Dhamma fell, eighty koṭis attained comprehension. 7. 7. Tatoparañhi [Pg.337] vassante, tappayante ca pāṇinaṃ; Aṭṭhasattatikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. Then afterwards, as he rained down the teaching and satisfied living beings, the third realization occurred for seventy-eight koṭis. 8. 8. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tassāpi ca mahesino; Abhiññābalappattānaṃ, pupphitānaṃ vimuttiyā. There were three assemblies for that great sage, of those who had attained the power of higher knowledge and had blossomed in liberation. 9. 9. Aṭṭhasatasahassānaṃ, sannipāto tadā ahu; Pahīnamadamohānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There was then a first assembly of eight hundred thousand who had abandoned intoxication and delusion, who were tranquil-minded and steadfast. 10. 10. Sattasatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo; Anaṅgaṇānaṃ virajānaṃ, upasantāna tādinaṃ. The second assembly was of seven hundred thousand who were stainless, dust-free, serene, and steadfast. 11. 11. Channaṃ satasahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo; Abhiññābalappattānaṃ, nibbutānaṃ tapassinaṃ. The third assembly was of six hundred thousand ascetics who had attained the power of higher knowledge and were extinguished. 12. 12. Ahaṃ tena samayena, yakkho āsiṃ mahiddhiko; Nekānaṃ yakkhakoṭīnaṃ, vasavattimhi issaro. At that time I was a yakkha of great power, a sovereign exercising mastery over many koṭis of yakkhas. 13. 13. Tadāpi taṃ buddhavaraṃ, upagantvā mahesinaṃ; Annapānena tappesiṃ, sasaṅghaṃ lokanāyakaṃ. Then too, having approached that excellent Buddha, the great sage, I satisfied the Leader of the World and his Saṅgha with food and drink. 14. 14. Sopi maṃ tadā byākāsi, visuddhanayano muni; ‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That sage with the purified eye also made this prediction about me then: ‘In an immeasurable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha in the world.’ 15. 15. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having striven in the striving …pe… we shall come face to face with this one.’ 16. 16. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, joyful and with a mind stirred by urgency, I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 17. 17. Nagaraṃ candavatī nāma, yasavā nāma khattiyo; Mātā yasodharā nāma, anomadassissa satthuno. Of the Teacher Anomadassī, the city was named Candavatī, the khattiya was named Yasavā, and the mother was named Yasodharā. 18. 18. Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Sirī upasirī vaḍḍho, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For ten thousand years, he dwelt in the household life. Sirī, Upasirī, and Vaḍḍha—these were his three excellent palaces. 19. 19. Tevīsatisahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Sirimā nāma sā nārī, upavāṇo nāma atrajo. There were twenty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Sirimā, and his son was named Upavāṇa. 20. 20. Nimitte caturo disvā, sivikāyābhinikkhami; Anūnadasamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, he went forth in a palanquin; for a full ten months the Victor practiced the striving. 21. 21. Brahmunā [Pg.338] yācito santo, anomadassī mahāmuni; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, uyyāne so sudassane. Requested by Brahmā, the serene great sage Anomadassī, the great hero, set in motion the Wheel in the Sudassana park. 22. 22. Nisabho ca anomo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Varuṇo nāmupaṭṭhāko, anomadassissa satthuno. Nisabha and Anoma were the chief disciples; the attendant of the Teacher Anomadassī was named Varuṇa. 23. 23. Sundarī ca sumanā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, ajjunoti pavuccati. Sundarī and Sumanā were the chief female disciples; the Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Ajjuna tree. 24. 24. Nandivaḍḍho sirivaḍḍho, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Uppalā ceva padumā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Nandivaḍḍha and Sirivaḍḍha were the chief male lay supporters; Uppalā and Padumā were the chief female lay supporters. 25. 25. Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni; Pabhā niddhāvatī tassa, sataraṃsīva uggato. The great sage was fifty-eight cubits tall; his radiance streamed forth like the rising, hundred-rayed sun. 26. 26. Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan then was one hundred thousand years; remaining for that long, he ferried many people across. 27. 27. Supupphitaṃ pāvacanaṃ, arahantehi tādihi; Vītarāgehi vimalehi, sobhittha jinasāsanaṃ. The teaching was well-flowered with Arahants who were steadfast, free from passion, and stainless; the Victor's dispensation was resplendent. 28. 28. So ca satthā amitayaso, yugāni tāni atuliyāni; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. That Teacher of incomparable fame, and those incomparable pairs of disciples—all that has vanished. Surely, all conditioned formations are empty. 29. 29. Anomadassī jino satthā, dhammārāmamhi nibbuto; Tatthevassa jinathūpo, ubbedho pañcavīsatīti. The Victor Anomadassī, the Teacher, attained Parinibbāna in Dhammārāma; his Victor's stūpa there was twenty-five yojanas in height. Anomadassissa bhagavato vaṃso sattamo. The seventh chronicle, that of the Blessed One Anomadassī, is finished. 10. Padumabuddhavaṃso 10. The Chronicle of the Buddha Paduma 1. 1. Anomadassissa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo; Padumo nāma nāmena, asamo appaṭipuggalo. After Anomadassī, there arose the Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among two-footed beings, Paduma by name, unequalled, without a counterpart. 2. 2. Tassāpi asamaṃ sīlaṃ, samādhipi anantako; Asaṅkheyyaṃ ñāṇavaraṃ, vimuttipi anūpamā. His virtue was also unequalled, his concentration was also boundless, his excellent knowledge was incalculable, and his liberation was also incomparable. 3. 3. Tassāpi [Pg.339] atulatejassa, dhammacakkappavattane; Abhisamayā tayo āsuṃ, mahātamapavāhanā. For him of unequalled power, at the turning of the Wheel of Dhamma, there were three realizations that dispelled the great darkness. 4. 4. Paṭhamābhisamaye buddho, koṭisatamabodhayi; Dutiyābhisamaye dhīro, navutikoṭimabodhayi. At the first realization, the Buddha awakened one hundred koṭis; at the second realization, the steadfast one awakened ninety koṭis. 5. 5. Yadā ca padumo buddho, ovadī sakamatrajaṃ; Tadā asītikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. And when the Buddha Paduma admonished his own son, the third realization occurred for eighty koṭis. 6. 6. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, padumassa mahesino; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo. There were three assemblies of the great seer Paduma. The first gathering consisted of one hundred thousand koṭis of Arahants. 7. 7. Kathinatthārasamaye, uppanne kathinacīvare; Dhammasenāpatitthāya, bhikkhū sibbiṃsu cīvaraṃ. At the time of the spreading of the kathina, when the kathina robe-material had arisen, the bhikkhus sewed a robe for the General of the Dhamma. 8. 8. Tadā te vimalā bhikkhū, chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā; Tīṇi satasahassāni, samiṃsu aparājitā. Then three hundred thousand of those bhikkhus assembled—stainless, undefeated, possessors of the six superknowledges and great psychic power. 9. 9. Punāparaṃ so narāsabho, pavane vāsaṃ upāgami; Tadā samāgamo āsi, dvinnaṃ satasahassinaṃ. Again, on another occasion, that bull of men went to dwell in the forest; then there was a gathering of two hundred thousand Arahants. 10. 10. Ahaṃ tena samayena, sīho āsiṃ migādhibhū; Vivekamanubrūhantaṃ, pavane addasaṃ jinaṃ. At that time I was a lion, the lord of beasts. I saw the Victor in the forest cultivating seclusion. 11. 11. Vanditvā sirasā pāde, katvāna taṃ padakkhiṇaṃ; Tikkhattuṃ abhināditvā, sattāhaṃ jinamupaṭṭhahaṃ. Having venerated his feet with my head and circumambulated him, I roared three times and attended on the Victor for seven days. 12. 12. Sattāhaṃ varasamāpattiyā, vuṭṭhahitvā tathāgato; Manasā cintayitvāna, koṭibhikkhū samānayi. Having emerged after seven days from the supreme attainment, the Tathāgata, having considered it in his mind, summoned a koṭi of bhikkhus. 13. 13. Tadāpi so mahāvīro, tesaṃ majjhe viyākari; ‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. Then that great hero also made a prediction in their midst: ‘In an incalculable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’ 14. 14. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having undertaken the striving… we will come face to face with this one.’ 15. 15. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, I clarified my mind even more. I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 16. 16. Campakaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, asamo nāma khattiyo; Asamā nāma janikā, padumassa mahesino. The city of the great seer Paduma was named Campaka; the khattiya, his father, was named Asama; and his mother was named Asamā. 17. 17. Dasavassasahassāni[Pg.340], agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Nandāvasuyasuttarā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For ten thousand years he dwelt in the household life. Nanduttara, Vasuttara, and Yasuttara were his three excellent palaces. 18. 18. Tettiṃsa ca sahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Uttarā nāma sā nārī, rammo nāmāsi atrajo. There were thirty-three thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Uttarā, and his son was named Ramma. 19. 19. Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami; Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, he went forth by chariot. For a full eight months the Victor engaged in the striving. 20. 20. Brahmunā yācito santo, padumo lokanāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, dhanañcuyyānamuttame. Requested by Brahmā, the tranquil Paduma, leader of the world, the great hero, set the Wheel in motion in the excellent Dhanañcuya Park. 21. 21. Sālo ca upasālo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Varuṇo nāmupaṭṭhāko, padumassa mahesino. Sāla and Upasāla were the chief disciples; the attendant of the great seer Paduma was named Varuṇa. 22. 22. Rādhā ceva surādhā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, mahāsoṇoti vuccati. Rādhā and Surādhā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Mahāsoṇa. 23. 23. Bhiyyo ceva asamo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Rucī ca nandarāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Bhiyya and Asama were the chief male lay supporters; Rucī and Nandarāmā were the chief female lay supporters. 24. 24. Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni; Pabhā niddhāvatī tassa, asamā sabbaso disā. The great sage was fifty-eight ratanas in height. His unequalled radiance streamed forth in all directions. 25. 25. Candappabhā sūriyappabhā, ratanaggimaṇippabhā; Sabbāpi tā hatā honti, patvā jinapabhuttamaṃ. The light of the moon, the light of the sun, the light of gems, fire, and jewels—all these are outshone when they encounter the supreme radiance of the Victor. 26. 26. Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan at that time was one hundred thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many people across. 27. 27. Paripakkamānase satte, bodhayitvā asesato; Sesake anusāsitvā, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having awakened without remainder beings whose minds were mature, and having instructed the remaining ones, he attained Nibbāna together with his disciples. 28. 28. Uragova tacaṃ jiṇṇaṃ, vaddhapattaṃva pādapo; Jahitvā sabbasaṅkhāre, nibbuto so yathā sikhī. Like a snake its worn-out skin, or a tree its withered leaves, having abandoned all formations, he was extinguished like a fire. 29. 29. Padumo jinavaro satthā, dhammārāmamhi nibbuto; Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti. The excellent Victor, the Teacher Paduma, attained Nibbāna in the Dhamma Park. There was a wide dispersal of his relics in various regions. Padumassa bhagavato vaṃso aṭṭhamo. The Eighth Chronicle of the Blessed One Paduma. 11. Nāradabuddhavaṃso 11. The Chronicle of the Buddha Nārada 1. 1. Padumassa [Pg.341] aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo; Nārado nāma nāmena, asamo appaṭipuggalo. After Paduma, there arose a Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among two-footed beings, Nārada by name, unequalled, without a counterpart. 2. 2. So buddho cakkavattissa, jeṭṭho dayitaoraso; Āmukkamālābharaṇo, uyyānaṃ upasaṅkami. That Buddha-to-be was the eldest, beloved, legitimate son of a wheel-turning monarch. Wearing garlands and ornaments, he went to a park. 3. 3. Tatthāsi rukkho yasavipulo, abhirūpo brahā suci; Tamajjhapatvā upanisīdi, mahāsoṇassa heṭṭhato. There was a tree of vast renown, beautiful, large, and pure. Having approached it, he sat down beneath the Mahāsoṇa tree. 4. 4. Tattha ñāṇavaruppajji, anantaṃ vajirūpamaṃ; Tena vicini saṅkhāre, ukkujjamavakujjakaṃ. There the excellent, endless, diamond-like knowledge arose in him. With it he investigated the formations, both their arising and their ceasing. 5. 5. Tattha sabbakilesāni, asesamabhivāhayi; Pāpuṇī kevalaṃ bodhiṃ, buddhañāṇe ca cuddasa. There he drove away all defilements without remainder. He attained complete enlightenment and the fourteen knowledges of a Buddha. 6. 6. Pāpuṇitvāna sambodhiṃ, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. Having attained perfect enlightenment, he set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion. The first breakthrough occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis. 7. 7. Mahādoṇaṃ nāgarājaṃ, vinayanto mahāmuni; Pāṭiheraṃ tadākāsi, dassayanto sadevake. While taming the nāga king Mahādoṇa, the great sage performed a miracle, displaying it to the world with its devas. 8. 8. Tadā devamanussānaṃ, tamhi dhammappakāsane; Navutikoṭisahassāni, tariṃsu sabbasaṃsayaṃ. Then, at that proclamation of the Dhamma, ninety thousand koṭis of devas and humans crossed over all doubt. 9. 9. Yamhi kāle mahāvīro, ovadī sakamatrajaṃ; Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. At the time when the great hero admonished his own son, the third breakthrough occurred for eighty thousand koṭis. 10. 10. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, nāradassa mahesino; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo. There were three assemblies of the great seer Nārada. The first gathering consisted of one hundred thousand koṭis of Arahants. 11. 11. Yadā buddho buddhaguṇaṃ, sanidānaṃ pakāsayi; Navutikoṭisahassāni, samiṃsu vimalā tadā. When the Buddha proclaimed the qualities of a Buddha together with their source, ninety thousand koṭis of stainless ones assembled then. 12. 12. Yadā verocano nāgo, dānaṃ dadāti satthuno; Tadā samiṃsu jinaputtā, asītisatasahassiyo. When the nāga Verocana gave a gift to the Teacher, eight million sons of the Victor assembled then. 13. 13. Ahaṃ [Pg.342] tena samayena, jaṭilo uggatāpano; Antalikkhacaro āsiṃ, pañcābhiññāsu pāragū. At that time I was a matted-hair ascetic of fierce austerities. I was a sky-farer who had mastered the five superknowledges. 14. 14. Tadāpāhaṃ asamasamaṃ, sasaṅghaṃ saparijjanaṃ; Annapānena tappetvā, candanenābhipūjayiṃ. Then I, having satisfied with food and drink the one equal to the unequalled, together with his Saṅgha and retinue, honored him with sandalwood. 15. 15. Sopi maṃ tadā byākāsi, nārado lokanāyako; ‘‘Aparimeyyito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. He, Nārada, the Leader of the World, also made a prophecy about me at that time: 'In an incalculable eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.' 16. 16. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having undertaken the striving… we will be in his presence.’ 17. 17. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo hāsetva mānasaṃ; Adhiṭṭhahiṃ vataṃ uggaṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, I made my mind rejoice even more. I resolved upon a fierce practice for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 18. 18. Nagaraṃ dhaññavatī nāma, sudevo nāma khattiyo; Anomā nāma janikā, nāradassa mahesino. The city was named Dhaññavatī, the khattiya was named Sudeva, and the mother of the great seer Nārada was named Anomā. 19. 19. Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Jito vijitābhirāmo, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For nine thousand years he dwelt in the household life. Jita, Vijita, and Abhirāma were his three excellent palaces. 20. 20. Ticattārīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Vijitasenā nāma nārī, nanduttaro nāma atrajo. There were forty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Vijitasenā, and his son was named Nanduttara. 21. 21. Nimitte caturo disvā, padasā gamanena nikkhami; Sattāhaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo. Having seen the four signs, he went forth on foot. For seven days, the supreme person practiced the striving. 22. 22. Brahmunā yācito santo, nārado lokanāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, dhanañcuyyānamuttame. Requested by Brahmā, the serene Nārada, the great hero and leader of the world, set the Wheel in motion in the excellent Dhanañca Park. 23. 23. Bhaddasālo jitamitto, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Vāseṭṭho nāmupaṭṭhāko, nāradassa mahesino. Bhaddasāla and Jitamitta were the chief disciples; the attendant of the great seer Nārada was named Vāseṭṭha. 24. 24. Uttarā phaggunī ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, mahāsoṇoti vuccati. Uttarā and Phaggunī were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Mahāsoṇa. 25. 25. Uggarindo vasabho ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Indāvarī ca vaṇḍī ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Uggarinda and Vasabha were the chief male lay supporters; Indāvarī and Vaṇḍī were the chief female lay supporters. 26. 26. Aṭṭhāsītiratanāni[Pg.343], accuggato mahāmuni; Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, dasasahassī virocati. The great sage was eighty-eight cubits in height. Like a great golden pillar, he illumined the ten-thousand-fold world system. 27. 27. Tassa byāmappabhā kāyā, niddhāvati disodisaṃ; Nirantaraṃ divārattiṃ, yojanaṃ pharate sadā. The fathom-wide radiance from his body streamed out in all directions. Continuously, day and night, it always pervaded a yojana. 28. 28. Na keci tena samayena, samantā yojane janā; Ukkāpadīpe ujjālenti, buddharaṃsīhi otthaṭā. At that time, no people within a yojana all around lit torches or lamps, as they were suffused by the Buddha's rays. 29. 29. Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. His lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many people across. 30. 30. Yathā uḷūhi gaganaṃ, vicittaṃ upasobhati; Tatheva sāsanaṃ tassa, arahantehi sobhati. Just as the sky is beautifully adorned with its host of stars, so too his Dispensation shone, adorned with Arahants. 31. 31. Saṃsārasotaṃ taraṇāya, sesake paṭipannake; Dhammasetuṃ daḷhaṃ katvā, nibbuto so narāsabho. Having built a firm bridge of Dhamma for the remaining practitioners to cross the stream of saṃsāra, that bull among men attained Parinibbāna. 32. 32. Sopi buddho asamasamo, tepi khīṇāsavā atulatejā; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. That Buddha, equal to the unequalled, and those Arahants of immeasurable majesty—all that has disappeared. Surely, all conditioned things are empty! 33. 33. Nārado jinavasabho, nibbuto sudassane pure; Tatthevassa thūpavaro, catuyojanamuggatoti. Nārada, the bull among conquerors, attained Parinibbāna in the city of Sudassana. There his excellent stūpa stands, four yojanas high. Nāradassa bhagavato vaṃso navamo. The Ninth Chronicle of the Blessed One Nārada is concluded. 12. Padumuttarabuddhavaṃso 12. The Chronicle of the Buddha Padumuttara 1. 1. Nāradassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo; Padumuttaro nāma jino, akkhobho sāgarūpamo. After Nārada, the Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among bipeds, the Victor named Padumuttara, imperturbable and like the ocean, arose in the world. 2. 2. Maṇḍakappova so āsi, yamhi buddho ajāyatha; Ussannakusalā janatā, tamhi kappe ajāyatha. That was a Maṇḍa eon in which the Buddha was born; in that eon, a populace arose abounding in wholesome actions. 3. 3. Padumuttarassa bhagavato, paṭhame dhammadesane; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu. At the first Dhamma discourse of the Blessed One Padumuttara, the penetration to the Dhamma occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis of beings. 4. 4. Tato parampi vassante, tappayante ca pāṇine; Sattatiṃsasatasahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. Then on another occasion, while showering the rain of Dhamma and satisfying living beings, the second penetration to the Dhamma occurred for three million seven hundred thousand beings. 5. 5. Yamhi [Pg.344] kāle mahāvīro, ānandaṃ upasaṅkami; Pitusantikaṃ upagantvā, āhanī amatadundubhiṃ. At the time when the Great Hero approached his father, Ānanda, having gone into his father's presence, he beat the drum of the Deathless. 6. 6. Āhate amatabherimhi, vassante dhammavuṭṭhiyā; Paññāsasatasahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. When the drum of the Deathless was beaten and the rain of Dhamma was showering down, the third penetration to the Dhamma occurred for five million beings. 7. 7. Ovādako viññāpako, tārako sabbapāṇinaṃ; Desanākusalo buddho, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. An exhorter, an instructor, a ferryman for all beings, the Buddha, skilled in teaching, ferried a great populace across. 8. 8. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, padumuttarassa satthuno; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo. There were three assemblies of the taintless ones for the Teacher Padumuttara; the first assembly was of one hundred thousand koṭis. 9. 9. Yadā buddho asamasamo, vasi vebhārapabbate; Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. When the Buddha, the equal of the unequalled, dwelt on Mount Vebhāra, the second assembly was of ninety thousand koṭis of Arahants. 10. 10. Puna cārikaṃ pakkante, gāmanigamaraṭṭhato; Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo. Again, when he set out on tour, the third assembly was of eighty thousand koṭis of Arahants who had gone forth from villages, towns, and countries. 11. 11. Ahaṃ tena samayena, jaṭilo nāma raṭṭhiko; Sambuddhappamukhaṃ saṅghaṃ, sabhattaṃ dussamadāsahaṃ. At that time, I was a householder named Jaṭila, an inhabitant of the country. I gave cloth for robes, together with food, to the Sangha headed by the Perfectly Enlightened One. 12. 12. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya; ‘‘Satasahassito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha, too, sitting in the midst of the Sangha, made a prediction about me: “One hundred thousand eons from now, this one will become a Buddha.” 13. 13. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. “Having undertaken the striving… we shall be in the presence of this one.” 14. 14. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhahiṃ; Akāsiṃ uggadaḷhaṃ dhitiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, I resolved still further on my vow. I made a keen and firm effort for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 15. 15. Byāhatā titthiyā sabbe, vimanā dummanā tadā; Na tesaṃ keci paricaranti, raṭṭhato nicchubhanti te. All the sectarians were refuted; then they became dejected and miserable. No one attended to them; they were driven from the country. 16. 16. Sabbe tattha samāgantvā, upagacchuṃ buddhasantike; Tuvaṃ nātho mahāvīra, saraṇaṃ hohi cakkhuma. All of them, having assembled there, approached the Buddha’s presence, saying: “You are our protector, O Great Hero! Be our refuge, O One with Vision!” 17. 17. Anukampako kāruṇiko, hitesī sabbapāṇinaṃ; Sampatte titthiye sabbe, pañcasīle patiṭṭhapi. The compassionate, caring, well-wisher for all beings established all the sectarians who had come to him in the five precepts. 18. 18. Evaṃ nirākulaṃ āsi, suññataṃ titthiyehi taṃ; Vicittaṃ arahantehi, vasībhūtehi tādihi. Thus that Dispensation was untroubled, empty of sectarians, and resplendent with Arahants who had attained mastery, the steadfast ones. 19. 19. Nagaraṃ [Pg.345] haṃsavatī nāma, ānando nāma khattiyo; Sujātā nāma janikā, padumuttarassa satthuno. The Teacher Padumuttara’s city was named Haṃsavatī. His father was the khattiya named Ānanda, and his mother was named Sujātā. 20. 20. Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Naravāhano yaso vasavattī, tayo pāsādamuttamā. He lived the household life for ten thousand years. Naravāhana, Yasa, and Vasavattī were his three excellent palaces. 21. 21. Ticattārīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Vasudattā nāma nārī, uttamo nāma atrajo. There were forty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Vasudattā, and the son was named Uttama. 22. 22. Nimitte caturo disvā, pāsādenābhinikkhami; Sattāhaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo. Having seen the four signs, the supreme person went forth by way of the palace. For seven days he practiced the great striving. 23. 23. Brahmunā yācito santo, padumuttaro vināyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, mithiluyyānamuttame. Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful Guide Padumuttara, the Great Hero, set the Wheel in motion in the excellent park of Mithilā. 24. 24. Devalo ca sujāto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Sumano nāmupaṭṭhāko, padumuttarassa mahesino. Devala and Sujāta were the chief disciples; Sumana was the attendant of the great sage Padumuttara. 25. 25. Amitā ca asamā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, salaloti pavuccati. Amitā and Asamā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is said to be a Salala tree. 26. 26. Vitiṇṇo ceva tisso ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Haṭṭhā ceva vicittā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Vitiṇṇa and Tissa were the chief male supporters; Haṭṭhā and Vicittā were the chief female supporters. 27. 27. Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, accuggato mahāmuni; Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo. The great sage was fifty-eight cubits tall, endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks, like a pillar of gold. 28. 28. Kuṭṭā kavāṭā bhittī ca, rukkhā nagasiluccayā; Na tassāvaraṇaṃ atthi, samantā dvādasayojane. Gate-towers, door-panels, and walls, trees, mountains, and rocky heights—for him there was no obstruction for twelve yojanas all around. 29. 29. Vassasatasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. His lifespan at that time was one hundred thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried a great populace across. 30. 30. Santāretvā bahujanaṃ, chinditvā sabbasaṃsayaṃ; Jalitvā aggikkhandhova nibbuto so sasāvako. Having ferried many beings across and cut off all doubt, blazing like a great mass of fire, he, together with his disciples, attained Parinibbāna. 31. 31. Padumuttaro jino buddho, nandārāmamhi nibbuto; Tatthevassa thūpavaro, dvādasubbedhayojanoti. The Victor, the Buddha named Padumuttara, attained Parinibbāna in the Nandā Park. In that very place, his excellent stupa was twelve yojanas high. Padumuttarassa bhagavato vaṃso dasamo. The tenth chronicle of the Blessed One Padumuttara. 13. Sumedhabuddhavaṃso 13. The Chronicle of the Buddha Sumedha 1. 1. Padumuttarassa [Pg.346] aparena, sumedho nāma nāyako; Durāsado uggatejo, sabbalokuttamo muni. After Padumuttara, there arose a leader named Sumedha, a sage who was difficult to assail, of fierce power, and supreme in all the world. 2. 2. Pasannanetto sumukho, brahā uju patāpavā; Hitesī sabbasattānaṃ, bahū mocesi bandhanā. With clear eyes and a beautiful face, great, upright, and majestic, a seeker of the welfare of all beings, he freed many from the fetters. 3. 3. Yadā buddho pāpuṇitvā, kevalaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ; Sudassanamhi nagare, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi. When the Buddha, having attained the entire supreme enlightenment, set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion in the city of Sudassana. 4. 4. Tassāpi abhisamayā tīṇi, ahesuṃ dhammadesane; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. For him also, there were three penetrations of the Truths at the preaching of the Dhamma. The first penetration of the Truths occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis. 5. 5. Punāparaṃ kumbhakaṇṇaṃ, yakkhaṃ so damayī jino; Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. Again, at another time, that Victor tamed the yakkha named Kumbhakaṇṇa. Then, the second penetration of the Truths occurred for ninety thousand koṭis. 6. 6. Punāparaṃ amitayaso, catusaccaṃ pakāsayi; Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. Again, at another time, the One of incomparable fame proclaimed the Four Truths. Then, the third penetration of the Truths occurred for eighty thousand koṭis. 7. 7. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sumedhassa mahesino; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies of the Arahants, disciples of the great sage Sumedha, who were free from defilements, of tranquil mind, and steadfast. 8. 8. Sudassanaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, upagañchi jino yadā; Tadā khīṇāsavā bhikkhū, samiṃsu satakoṭiyo. When the Victor approached the city named Sudassana, one hundred koṭis of monks who were Arahants assembled. 9. 9. Punāparaṃ devakūṭe, bhikkhūnaṃ kathinatthate; Tadā navutikoṭīnaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. Again, at another time, at Mount Devakūṭa, at the spreading of the kathina cloth for the monks, the second assembly of ninety koṭis occurred. 10. 10. Punāparaṃ dasabalo, yadā carati cārikaṃ; Tadā asītikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo. Again, at another time, when the One with Ten Powers was wandering on tour, the third assembly of eighty koṭis occurred. 11. 11. Ahaṃ tena samayena, uttaro nāma māṇavo; Asītikoṭiyo mayhaṃ, ghare sannicitaṃ dhanaṃ. At that time, I was a young man named Uttara. In my house, there was an accumulated wealth of eighty koṭis. 12. 12. Kevalaṃ sabbaṃ datvāna, sasaṅghe lokanāyake; Saraṇaṃ tassupagañchiṃ, pabbajjañcābhirocayiṃ. Having given all that wealth without remainder to the World-Leader together with the Sangha, I went for refuge to him and greatly delighted in the going forth. 13. 13. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, karonto anumodanaṃ; ‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha also, while giving his blessings, made a prediction concerning me: ‘Thirty thousand aeons from now, this one will become a Buddha.’ 14. 14. ‘‘Padhānaṃ [Pg.347] padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having striven in the great striving... (etc.)... we shall be in the presence of this one.’ 15. 15. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, I made my mind exceedingly serene. For the fulfillment of the ten perfections, I undertook a more excellent practice. 16. 16. Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ; Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvāna, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ. Having mastered the Suttanta and the Vinaya, the entire nine-limbed Teaching of the Master, I adorned the Dispensation of the Victor. 17. 17. Tatthappamatto viharanto, nisajjaṭṭhānacaṅkame; Abhiññāsu pāramiṃ gantvā, brahmalokamagañchahaṃ. Dwelling there heedfully in the postures of sitting, standing, and walking, and having reached the further shore in the supernormal knowledges, I went to the Brahma-world. 18. 18. Sudassanaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sudatto nāma khattiyo; Sudattā nāma janikā, sumedhassa mahesino. The city of the great sage Sumedha was named Sudassana; his father, the khattiya, was named Sudatta, and his mother was named Sudattā. 19. 19. Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Sucandakañcanasirivaḍḍhā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For nine thousand years he dwelt ruling in the household. Sucanda, Kañcana, and Sirivaddha were his three excellent palaces. 20. 20. Tisoḷasasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Sumanā nāma sā nārī, punabbasu nāma atrajo. There were forty-eight thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Sumanā, and the son was named Punabbasu. 21. 21. Nimitte caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami; Anūnakaṃ aḍḍhamāsaṃ, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, he went forth by means of an elephant-vehicle. For no less than half a month, the Victor undertook the great striving. 22. 22. Brahmunā yācito santo, sumedho lokanāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, sudassanuyyānamuttame. Requested by Brahmā, the serene World-Leader Sumedha, the Great Hero, set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion in the excellent Sudassana Park. 23. 23. Saraṇo sabbakāmo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Sāgaro nāmupaṭṭhāko, sumedhassa mahesino. Saraṇa and Sabbakāma were the chief disciples. The attendant of the great sage Sumedha was named Sāgara. 24. 24. Rāmā ceva surāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, mahānīpoti vuccati. Rāmā and Surāmā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the great Nīpa tree. 25. 25. Uruvelā yasavā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Yasodharā sirimā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Uruvela and Yasava were the chief male lay supporters; Yasodharā and Sirimā were the chief female lay supporters. 26. 26. Aṭṭhāsītiratanāni, accuggato mahāmuni; Obhāseti disā sabbā, cando tāragaṇe yathā. The great sage was eighty-eight cubits tall. He illumined all directions, just as the moon among the host of stars. 27. 27. Cakkavattimaṇī nāma, yathā tapati yojanaṃ; Tatheva tassa ratanaṃ, samantā pharati yojanaṃ. Just as the jewel of a wheel-turning monarch shines, pervading a yojana, even so the radiance from his body spreads for a yojana all around. 28. 28. Navutivassasahassāni[Pg.348], āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many beings across. 29. 29. Tevijjachaḷabhiññehi, balappattehi tādihi; Samākulamidaṃ āsi, arahantehi sādhuhi. This dispensation was thronged with virtuous Arahants endowed with the three knowledges and the six direct knowledges, who had attained the power and were steadfast. 30. 30. Tepi sabbe amitayasā, vippamuttā nirūpadhī; Ñāṇālokaṃ dassayitvā, nibbutā te mahāyasā. All of them, of immeasurable fame, fully liberated and without substrates, having displayed the light of knowledge, those of great fame attained Parinibbāna. 31. 31. Sumedho jinavaro buddho, medhārāmamhi nibbuto; Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti. The Buddha Sumedha, the excellent Victor, attained Parinibbāna in the Medhārāma. There was a wide dispersal of his relics in all the various regions. Sumedhassa bhagavato vaṃso ekādasamo. The Eleventh Chronicle of the Blessed One Sumedha. 14. Sujātabuddhavaṃso 14. The Chronicle of the Buddha Sujāta 1. 1. Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, sujāto nāma nāyako; Sīhahanusabhakkhandho, appameyyo durāsado. In that very Maṇḍa eon, there arose a leader named Sujāta, with jaws like a lion and shoulders like a bull, immeasurable and unassailable. 2. 2. Candova vimalo suddho, sataraṃsīva patāpavā; Evaṃ sobhati sambuddho, jalanto siriyā sadā. Like the moon, stainless and pure, and like the sun in its majesty, so shines the Perfectly Enlightened One, ever blazing with splendor. 3. 3. Pāpuṇitvāna sambuddho, kevalaṃ bodhimuttamaṃ; Sumaṅgalamhi nagare, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi. Having attained complete and supreme enlightenment, the Perfectly Enlightened One set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma in the city of Sumaṅgala. 4. 4. Desente pavaraṃ dhammaṃ, sujāte lokanāyake ; Asītikoṭī abhisamiṃsu, paṭhame dhammadesane. When Sujāta, the leader of the world, was teaching the supreme Dhamma, eighty crores attained comprehension at the first teaching of the Dhamma. 5. 5. Yadā sujāto amitayaso, deve vassaṃ upāgami; Sattatiṃsasatasahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. When Sujāta of limitless fame entered upon the rains retreat among the devas, the second comprehension occurred for thirty-seven hundred thousand beings. 6. 6. Yadā sujāto asamasamo, upagacchi pitusantikaṃ; Saṭṭhisatasahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. When Sujāta, the equal of the unequalled, approached his father, the third comprehension occurred for sixty hundred thousand beings. 7. 7. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, sujātassa mahesino; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies of the great sage Sujāta, of those whose cankers were destroyed, who were stainless, peaceful in mind, and steadfast. 8. 8. Abhiññābalappattānaṃ[Pg.349], appattānaṃ bhavābhave; Saṭṭhisatasahassāni, paṭhamaṃ sannipatiṃsu te. The first assembly was of sixty hundred thousand of them, who had attained the power of direct knowledge and would not arrive in any state of becoming. 9. 9. Punāparaṃ sannipāte, tidivorohaṇe jine; Paññāsasatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. Furthermore, at the Victor's descent from the celestial world, there was a second gathering of fifty hundred thousand. 10. 10. Upasaṅkamanto narāsabhaṃ, tassa yo aggasāvako; Catūhi satasahassehi, sambuddhaṃ upasaṅkami. His chief disciple, approaching the bull among men, came to the Perfectly Enlightened One accompanied by four hundred thousand. 11. 11. Ahaṃ tena samayena, catudīpamhi issaro; Antalikkhacaro āsiṃ, cakkavattī mahabbalo. At that time I was a wheel-turning monarch, a lord over the four continents, of great power, who traveled through the sky. 12. 12. Loke acchariyaṃ disvā, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ; Upagantvāna vandiṃ so, sujātaṃ lokanāyakaṃ. Having seen a wonder in the world, an amazing and hair-raising thing, I approached and paid homage to Sujāta, the leader of the world. 13. 13. Catudīpe mahārajjaṃ, ratane satta uttame; Buddhe niyyādayitvāna, pabbajiṃ tassa santike. Having offered to the Buddha the great sovereignty over the four continents and the seven supreme treasures, I went forth in his presence. 14. 14. Ārāmikā janapade, uṭṭhānaṃ paṭipiṇḍiya; Upanenti bhikkhusaṅghassa, paccayaṃ sayanāsanaṃ. The people in the country, having made a collection of the produce, bring to the community of monks requisites, lodging, and seating. 15. 15. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, dasasahassimhi issaro; ‘‘Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha, the lord of the ten-thousand-world system, also made a prediction concerning me: ‘In thirty thousand eons, this one will become a Buddha.’ 16. 16. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having undertaken the striving… we shall be in the presence of this one.’ 17. 17. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo hāsaṃ janesahaṃ; Adhiṭṭhahiṃ vataṃ uggaṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, I generated even greater joy. I undertook a formidable observance for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 18. 18. Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ; Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvāna, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ. Having learned the Suttanta, the Vinaya, and the entire nine-limbed Teaching of the Teacher, I adorned the Dispensation of the Victor. 19. 19. Tatthappamatto viharanto, brahmaṃ bhāvetva bhāvanaṃ; Abhiññāpāramiṃ gantvā, brahmalokamagañchahaṃ. Dwelling there heedfully, having developed the Brahma-meditation, and having reached the perfection of the direct knowledges, I went to the Brahma-world. 20. 20. Sumaṅgalaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, uggato nāma khattiyo; Mātā pabhāvatī nāma, sujātassa mahesino. The city of the great sage Sujāta was named Sumaṅgala, the khattiya father was named Uggata, and his mother was named Pabhāvatī. 21. 21. Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Sirī upasirī nando, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For nine thousand years he dwelt in the household. Sirī, Upasirī, and Nanda were his three supreme palaces. 22. 22. Tevīsatisahassāni[Pg.350], nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Sirinandā nāma nārī, upaseno nāma atrajo. There were twenty-three thousand well-adorned women. His wife was named Sirinandā, and his son was named Upasena. 23. 23. Nimitte caturo disvā, assayānena nikkhami; Anūnanavamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, he went forth by horse-drawn chariot. For no less than nine months the Victor engaged in the striving. 24. 24. Brahmunā yācito santo, sujāto lokanāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, sumaṅgaluyyānamuttame. Having been requested by Brahmā, the serene great hero Sujāta, leader of the world, set the Wheel in motion in the supreme Sumaṅgala Park. 25. 25. Sudassano sudevo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Nārado nāmupaṭṭhāko, sujātassa mahesino. Sudassana and Sudeva were the chief disciples. The attendant of the great sage Sujāta was named Nārada. 26. 26. Nāgā ca nāgasamālā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, mahāveḷūti vuccati. Nāgā and Nāgasamālā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Great Bamboo. 27. 27. So ca rukkho ghanakkhandho, acchiddo hoti pattiko; Uju vaṃso brahā hoti, dassanīyo manoramo. And that tree had a solid trunk, was without hollows, and was covered with leaves. It was a large, straight bamboo, lovely to see and delightful. 28. 28. Ekakkhandho pavaḍḍhitvā, tato sākhā pabhijjati; Yathā subaddho morahattho, evaṃ sobhati so dumo. Growing up with a single trunk, its branches then spread out. That tree shines like a well-made fan of peacock feathers. 29. 29. Na tassa kaṇṭakā honti, nāpi chiddaṃ mahā ahu; Vitthiṇṇasākho aviralo, sandacchāyo manoramo. It had no thorns, nor was there any large hollow in it. With sprawling, dense branches, its thick shade was delightful. 30. 30. Sudatto ceva citto ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Subhaddā ca padumā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Sudatta and Citta were the chief male lay supporters; Subhaddā and Padumā were the chief female lay supporters. 31. 31. Paññāsaratano āsi, uccattanena so jino; Sabbākāravarūpeto, sabbaguṇamupāgato. That Victor was fifty cubits in height. He was endowed with all the best features, possessed of all virtues. 32. 32. Tassa pabhā asamasamā, niddhāvati samantato; Appamāṇo atuliyo, opammehi anūpamo. His peerless radiance streamed forth in all directions. He was immeasurable, incomparable, and beyond compare by any simile. 33. 33. Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried a great multitude across. 34. 34. Yathāpi sāgare ūmī, gagane tārakā yathā; Evaṃ tadā pāvacanaṃ, arahantehi cittitaṃ. Just as there are waves in the ocean and stars in the sky, so at that time the teaching was adorned by Arahants. 35. 35. So [Pg.351] ca buddho asamasamo, guṇāni ca tāni atuliyāni; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. That peerless Buddha and those incomparable virtues—all that has vanished. Are not all conditioned formations indeed empty? 36. 36. Sujāto jinavaro buddho, silārāmamhi nibbuto; Tattheva tassa cetiyo, tīṇigāvutamuggatoti. The victorious leader, the Buddha Sujāta, attained Parinibbāna in the Silā Park. Right there his stupa stands, three leagues high. Sujātassa bhagavato vaṃso dvādasamo. The Twelfth Chronicle of the Blessed One Sujāta is concluded. 15. Piyadassībuddhavaṃso 15. The Chronicle of the Buddha Piyadassī 1. 1. Sujātassa aparena, sayambhū lokanāyako; Durāsado asamasamo, piyadassī mahāyaso. After Sujāta, there arose the Self-become, leader of the world, Piyadassī of great renown, difficult to assail, and peerless. 2. 2. Sopi buddho amitayaso, ādiccova virocati; Sabbaṃ tamaṃ nihantvāna, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi. That Buddha, too, of boundless glory, shone like the sun; having dispelled all darkness, he set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion. 3. 3. Tassāpi atulatejassa, ahesuṃ abhisamayā tayo; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. For him, too, of incomparable power, there were three awakenings. The first awakening was for a hundred thousand koṭis of beings. 4. 4. Sudassano devarājā, micchādiṭṭhimarocayi; Tassa diṭṭhiṃ vinodento, satthā dhammamadesayi. The king of the devas, Sudassana, took delight in wrong view. Dispelling his view, the Teacher taught the Dhamma. 5. 5. Janasannipāto atulo, mahāsannipatī tadā; Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. There was then an incomparable gathering of people, a great assembly. The second awakening was for ninety thousand koṭis of beings. 6. 6. Yadā doṇamukhaṃ hatthiṃ, vinesi narasārathi; Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. When the guide of men tamed the elephant Doṇamukha, the third awakening was for eighty thousand koṭis of beings. 7. 7. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tassāpi piyadassino; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo. There were three assemblies of the Arahants of that Piyadassī. The first assembly was of a hundred thousand koṭis. 8. 8. Tato paraṃ navutikoṭī, samiṃsu ekato munī; Tatiye sannipātamhi, asītikoṭiyo ahū. After that, ninety koṭis of sages assembled together. At the third assembly, there were eighty koṭis. 9. 9. Ahaṃ tena samayena, kassapo nāma brāhmaṇo ; Ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū. At that time I was a brahmin named Kassapa, a reciter and master of the sacred hymns, who had mastered the three Vedas. 10. 10. Tassa [Pg.352] dhammaṃ suṇitvāna, pasādaṃ janayiṃ ahaṃ; Koṭisatasahassehi, saṅghārāmaṃ amāpayiṃ. Having heard his Dhamma, I gained confidence. With a hundred thousand koṭis, I had a monastery built for the Sangha. 11. 11. Tassa datvāna ārāmaṃ, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso; Saraṇe pañca sīle ca, daḷhaṃ katvā samādiyiṃ. Having given him the park, with a joyful and inspired mind, I firmly undertook the Three Refuges and the five precepts. 12. 12. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya; ‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha, too, seated in the midst of the Sangha, made this prophecy about me: ‘In eighteen hundred aeons from now, this one will become a Buddha.’ 13. 13. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having striven in the great striving … we will come face to face with him.’ 14. 14. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Hearing his words, I was inspired with even greater confidence. I undertook a further vow to fulfill the ten perfections. 15. 15. Sudhaññaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sudatto nāma khattiyo; Candā nāmāsi janikā, piyadassissa satthuno. The city was named Sudhañña, the khattiya was named Sudatta, and the mother of the Teacher Piyadassī was named Candā. 16. 16. Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Sunimmalavimalagiriguhā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For nine thousand years, he dwelt in the home. Sunimmala, Vimala, and Giriguhā were the three excellent palaces. 17. 17. Tettiṃsasahassāni ca, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Vimalā nāma nārī ca, kañcanāveḷo nāma atrajo. There were thirty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Vimalā, and the son was named Kañcanāveḷa. 18. 18. Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami; Chamāsaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo. Having seen the four signs, the supreme man went forth by chariot. For six months he practiced the striving. 19. 19. Brahmunā yācito santo, piyadassī mahāmuni; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, usabhuyyāne manorame. Requested by Brahmā, the serene Piyadassī, the great sage, the great hero, turned the wheel in the delightful Usabha Park. 20. 20. Pālito sabbadassī ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Sobhito nāmupaṭṭhāko, piyadassissa satthuno. Pālita and Sabbadassī were the chief disciples. The attendant of the Teacher Piyadassī was named Sobhita. 21. 21. Sujātā dhammadinnā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, kakudhoti pavuccati. Sujātā and Dhammadinnā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Kakudha. 22. 22. Sandhako dhammako ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Visākhā dhammadinnā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Sandhaka and Dhammaka were the chief male lay supporters. Visākhā and Dhammadinnā were the chief female lay supporters. 23. 23. Sopi [Pg.353] buddho amitayaso, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo; Asītihatthamubbedho, sālarājāva dissati. That Buddha, of incomparable glory and endowed with the thirty-two excellent marks, was eighty cubits in height; he appeared like a kingly sāl tree. 24. 24. Aggicandasūriyānaṃ, natthi tādisikā pabhā; Yathā ahu pabhā tassa, asamassa mahesino. The radiance of fire, the moon, and the sun is not like the radiance of that unequalled great sage. 25. 25. Tassāpi devadevassa, āyu tāvatakaṃ ahu; Navutivassasahassāni, loke aṭṭhāsi cakkhumā. For ninety thousand years the One with Vision remained in the world; the lifespan of that god of gods was that long. 26. 26. Sopi buddho asamasamo, yugānipi tāni atuliyāni; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. That peerless Buddha and those incomparable pairs of disciples—all that has vanished. Are not all conditioned formations indeed empty? 27. 27. Piyadassī munivaro, assatthārāmamhi nibbuto; Tatthevassa jinathūpo, tīṇiyojanamuggatoti. The excellent sage Piyadassī attained Parinibbāna in the Assatthārāma. Right there, his stūpa of the Victor was three yojanas high. Piyadassissa bhagavato vaṃso terasamo. The Thirteenth Chronicle of the Blessed One Piyadassī is concluded. 16. Atthadassībuddhavaṃso 16. The Chronicle of the Buddha Atthadassī 1. 1. Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, atthadassī mahāyaso; Mahātamaṃ nihantvāna, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ. In that very Maṇḍa eon, Atthadassī of great renown, having dispelled the great darkness, attained supreme enlightenment. 2. 2. Brahmunā yācito santo, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi; Amatena tappayī lokaṃ, dasasahassisadevakaṃ. Requested by Brahmā, the serene one set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion. He gratified the world with its devas in the ten-thousand-fold world system with the deathless nectar. 3. 3. Tassāpi lokanāthassa, ahesuṃ abhisamayā tayo; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. For that Protector of the World, too, there were three realizations. The first realization was for one hundred thousand koṭis of beings. 4. 4. Yadā buddho atthadassī, carate devacārikaṃ; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. When the Buddha Atthadassī was journeying in the deva realm, the second realization occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis of devas and brahmās. 5. 5. Punāparaṃ yadā buddho, desesi pitusantike; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. Furthermore, when the Buddha taught in his father's presence, the third realization occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis of beings. 6. 6. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tassāpi ca mahesino; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies for that great sage, of Arahants whose cankers were destroyed, who were free from defilements, with peaceful minds, the Such-like Ones. 7. 7. Aṭṭhanavutisahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo; Aṭṭhāsītisahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. The first assembly was of ninety-eight thousand. The second assembly was of eighty-eight thousand. 8. 8. Aṭṭhasattatisatasahassānaṃ[Pg.354], tatiyo āsi samāgamo; Anupādā vimuttānaṃ, vimalānaṃ mahesinaṃ. The third assembly was of seventy-eight hundred thousand great sages, who were without clinging, liberated, and stainless. 9. 9. Ahaṃ tena samayena, jaṭilo uggatāpano; Susīmo nāma nāmena, mahiyā seṭṭhasammato. At that time, I was a matted-hair ascetic of fierce austerities, named Susīma, esteemed as excellent on earth. 10. 10. Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ; Devalokāharitvāna, sambuddhamabhipūjayiṃ. Having brought the divine Mandārava flower, the Paduma lotus, and the Pārichattaka flower from the deva world, I worshipped the Perfectly Enlightened One. 11. 11. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, atthadassī mahāmuni; ‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha, the great sage Atthadassī, also made this prophecy about me: ‘In eighteen hundred eons, this one will become a Buddha.’ 12. 12. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having engaged in the striving… we will be in the presence of this one.’ 13. 13. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, haṭṭho saṃviggamānaso; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, joyful and with a mind stirred with urgency, I undertook a further vow to fulfill the ten perfections. 14. 14. Sobhaṇaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, sāgaro nāma khattiyo; Sudassanā nāma janikā, atthadassissa satthuno. The city of the Teacher Atthadassī was named Sobhaṇa, the khattiya father was named Sāgara, and the mother was named Sudassanā. 15. 15. Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Amaragiri sugiri vāhanā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For ten thousand years he dwelt ruling in the home. Amaragiri, Sugiri, and Vāhana were the three excellent palaces. 16. 16. Tettiṃsañca sahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Visākhā nāma nārī ca, selo nāmāsi atrajo. There were thirty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Visākhā, and the son was named Sela. 17. 17. Nimitte caturo disvā, assayānena nikkhami; Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, the Victor went forth by horse-vehicle. For a full eight months, he engaged in the striving. 18. 18. Brahmunā yācito santo, atthadassī mahāyaso; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, anomuyyāne narāsabho. Requested by Brahmā, the serene one, Atthadassī of great renown, the great hero, the bull among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Anoma park. 19. 19. Santo ca upasanto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Abhayo nāmupaṭṭhāko, atthadassissa satthuno. For the Teacher Atthadassī, Santa and Upasanta were the chief disciples; the attendant was named Abhaya. 20. 20. Dhammā ceva sudhammā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, campakoti pavuccati. Dhammā and Sudhammā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Campaka. 21. 21. Nakulo ca nisabho ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Makilā ca sunandā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Nakula and Nisabha were the chief male lay supporters; Makilā and Sunandā were the chief female lay supporters. 22. 22. Sopi [Pg.355] buddho asamasamo, asītihatthamuggato; Sobhate sālarājāva, uḷurājāva pūrito. That Buddha, the Unequalled, was eighty cubits tall. He shone like a kingly sāl tree, and like the full moon, the king of stars. 23. 23. Tassa pākatikā raṃsī, anekasatakoṭiyo; Uddhaṃ adho dasa disā, pharanti yojanaṃ sadā. His natural rays, many hundreds of koṭis, always spread for a yojana upwards, downwards, and in the ten directions. 24. 24. Sopi buddho narāsabho, sabbasattuttamo muni; Vassasatasahassāni, loke aṭṭhāsi cakkhumā. That Buddha, the bull among men, the sage supreme among all beings, the One with Vision, remained in the world for one hundred thousand years. 25. 25. Atulaṃ dassetvā obhāsaṃ, virocetvā sadevake ; Sopi aniccataṃ patto, yathaggupādānasaṅkhayā. Having displayed incomparable light and illuminated the world with its devas, he too reached impermanence, just as a fire is extinguished with the exhaustion of its fuel. 26. 26. Atthadassī jinavaro, anomārāmamhi nibbuto; Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti. The noble Victor Atthadassī attained Parinibbāna in the Anomārāma. There was a wide distribution of his relics in those various regions. Atthadassissa bhagavato vaṃso cuddasamo. The fourteenth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Atthadassī, is concluded. 17. Dhammadassībuddhavaṃso 17. The Chronicle of the Buddha Dhammadassī 1. 1. Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, dhammadassī mahāyaso; Tamandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā, atirocati sadevake. In that very Maṇḍa-kappa, Dhammadassī of great renown, having dispelled the darkness of ignorance, shines exceedingly in the world with its devas. 2. 2. Tassāpi atulatejassa, dhammacakkappavattane; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. For him also, one of unequalled splendor, at the setting in motion of the Wheel of Dhamma, the first realization occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis. 3. 3. Yadā buddho dhammadassī, vinesi sañjayaṃ isiṃ; Tadā navutikoṭīnaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. When the Buddha Dhammadassī disciplined the ascetic Sañjaya, then for ninety koṭis the second realization occurred. 4. 4. Yadā sakko upāgañchi, sapariso vināyakaṃ; Tadā asītikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. When Sakka with his retinue approached the Leader, then for eighty koṭis the third realization occurred. 5. 5. Tassāpi devadevassa, sannipātā tayo ahuṃ ; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. For that Deva of devas, there were also three assemblies of those who had destroyed the taints, were stainless, serene in mind, and imperturbable. 6. 6. Yadā buddho dhammadassī, saraṇe vassaṃ upāgami; Tadā koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo. When the Buddha Dhammadassī entered upon the rains-retreat in Saraṇa, then the first assembly was of one hundred thousand koṭis. 7. 7. Punāparaṃ yadā buddho, devato eti mānusaṃ; Tadāpi satakoṭīnaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. Again, on another occasion, when the Buddha came from the deva world to the human world, then also the second assembly was of one hundred koṭis. 8. 8. Punāparaṃ [Pg.356] yadā buddho, pakāsesi dhute guṇe; Tadā asītikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo. Again, on another occasion, when the Buddha proclaimed the qualities of the ascetic practices, then the third assembly was of eighty koṭis. 9. 9. Ahaṃ tena samayena, sakko āsiṃ purindado; Dibbena gandhamālena, turiyenābhipūjayiṃ. At that time, I was Sakka, Purindada. With divine perfumes, garlands, and music, I honored the Buddha. 10. 10. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, devamajjhe nisīdiya; ‘‘Aṭṭhārase kappasate, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha, too, seated in the midst of the devas, made a prophecy concerning me: ‘In eighteen hundred eons, this one will become a Buddha.’ 11. 11. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having engaged in the striving… we will be in the presence of this one.’ 12. 12. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, I made my mind even more serene. I undertook a further practice for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 13. 13. Saraṇaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, saraṇo nāma khattiyo; Sunandā nāma janikā, dhammadassissa satthuno. The city was named Saraṇa, the khattiya father was named Saraṇa, and the mother of the Teacher Dhammadassī was named Sunandā. 14. 14. Aṭṭhavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Arajo virajo sudassano, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For eight thousand years he dwelt in the household. Araja, Viraja, and Sudassana were his three excellent palaces. 15. 15. Ticattārīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Vicikoḷi nāma nārī, atrajo puññavaḍḍhano. There were forty-three thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Vicikoḷi, and his son was named Puññavaḍḍhana. 16. 16. Nimitte caturo disvā, pāsādenābhinikkhami; Sattāhaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo. Having seen the four signs, he went forth by palace-vehicle. For seven days, the supreme man engaged in the practice of striving. 17. 17. Brahmunā yācito santo, dhammadassī narāsabho; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo. Requested by Brahmā, the serene Dhammadassī, bull among men, the great hero, supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Migadāya. 18. 18. Padumo phussadevo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Sunetto nāmupaṭṭhāko, dhammadassissa satthuno. For the Teacher Dhammadassī, Paduma and Phussadeva were the chief disciples; the attendant was named Sunetta. 19. 19. Khemā ca saccanāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, bimbijāloti vuccati. Khemā and Saccanāmā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Bimbijāla. 20. 20. Subhaddo kaṭissaho ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Sāḷiyā ca kaḷiyā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Subhadda and Kaṭissaha were the chief male lay supporters; Sāḷiyā and Kaḷiyā were the chief female lay supporters. 21. 21. Sopi [Pg.357] buddho asamasamo, asītihatthamuggato; Atirocati tejena, dasasahassimhi dhātuyā. That Buddha, equal to the unequalled, was eighty cubits in height. He shone resplendently with his splendor throughout the ten-thousandfold world-system. 22. 22. Suphullo sālarājāva, vijjūva gagane yathā; Majjhanhikeva sūriyo, evaṃ so upasobhatha. Like a sāl tree king in full bloom, like lightning in the sky, like the sun at midday, so was he resplendent. 23. 23. Tassāpi atulatejassa, samakaṃ āsi jīvitaṃ; Vassasatasahassāni, loke aṭṭhāsi cakkhumā. For him of unequalled splendor, the lifespan was the same as that of the people of his time. The One with Vision remained in the world for one hundred thousand years. 24. 24. Obhāsaṃ dassayitvāna, vimalaṃ katvāna sāsanaṃ; Cavi candova gagane, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having displayed a radiance and made the Dispensation stainless, he attained Parinibbāna along with his disciples, like the moon passing away in the sky. 25. 25. Dhammadassī mahāvīro, sālārāmamhi nibbuto; Tatthevassa thūpavaro, tīṇiyojanamuggatoti. The great hero Dhammadassī attained Parinibbāna in the Sālārāma. There his excellent stūpa was three yojanas in height. Dhammadassissa bhagavato vaṃso pannarasamo. The fifteenth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Dhammadassī, is concluded. 18. Siddhatthabuddhavaṃso 18. The Chronicle of the Buddha Siddhattha 1. 1. Dhammadassissa aparena, siddhattho nāma nāyako; Nihanitvā tamaṃ sabbaṃ, sūriyo abbhuggato yathā. After Dhammadassī, there was a leader named Siddhattha who, having dispelled all darkness, arose like the rising sun. 2. 2. Sopi patvāna sambodhiṃ, santārento sadevakaṃ; Abhivassi dhammameghena, nibbāpento sadevakaṃ. He too, having attained full enlightenment, ferried the world with its devas across. He rained down with the cloud of Dhamma, extinguishing the defilements for the world with its devas. 3. 3. Tassāpi atulatejassa, ahesuṃ abhisamayā tayo; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. For him of unequalled splendor, there were three realizations. The first realization was for one hundred thousand koṭis of beings. 4. 4. Punāparaṃ bhīmarathe, yadā āhani dundubhiṃ; Tadā navutikoṭīnaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. Furthermore, on another occasion, when he beat the drum of the Dhamma in Bhīmaratha, the second realization occurred for ninety koṭis. 5. 5. Yadā buddho dhammaṃ desesi, vebhāre so puruttame; Tadā navutikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. When that Buddha taught the Dhamma in Vebhāra, that best of cities, the third realization occurred for ninety koṭis. 6. 6. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tasmimpi dvipaduttame; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies for that supreme among bipeds: of those whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, serene in mind, and steadfast. 7. 7. Koṭisatānaṃ [Pg.358] navutīnaṃ, asītiyāpi ca koṭinaṃ; Ete āsuṃ tayo ṭhānā, vimalānaṃ samāgame. Of one hundred koṭis, ninety koṭis, and eighty koṭis—these were the three assemblies of the stainless ones. 8. 8. Ahaṃ tena samayena, maṅgalo nāma tāpaso; Uggatejo duppasaho, abhiññābalasamāhito. At that time I was an ascetic named Maṅgala, of fierce power, difficult to overcome, and endowed with the power of supernormal knowledge. 9. 9. Jambuto phalamānetvā siddhatthassa adāsahaṃ; Paṭiggahetvā sambuddho, idaṃ vacanamabravi. Having brought a fruit from the Jambu tree, I gave it to Siddhattha. The Perfectly Enlightened One, having accepted it, spoke this word: 10. 10. ‘‘Passatha imaṃ tāpasaṃ, jaṭilaṃ uggatāpanaṃ; Catunnavutito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. ‘Behold this matted-hair ascetic who practices fierce austerities. Ninety-four aeons from now, this one will become a Buddha.’ 11. 11. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having striven in the striving…’ [Hearing this, many aspired:] ‘We will be in his presence.’ 12. 12. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his word, I clarified my mind even more. I undertook a further vow in order to fulfill the ten perfections. 13. 13. Vebhāraṃ nāma nagaraṃ, udeno nāma khattiyo; Suphassā nāma janikā, siddhatthassa mahesino. The city was named Vebhāra, the khattiya father was named Udena, and the mother of the great sage Siddhattha was named Suphassā. 14. 14. Dasavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Kokāsuppalakokanadā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For ten thousand years he lived the household life. Kokā, Suppalā, and Kokanudā were his three excellent palaces. 15. 15. Tisoḷasasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Somanassā nāma sā nārī, anupamo nāma atrajo. There were forty-eight thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Somanassā, and the son was named Anupama. 16. 16. Nimitte caturo disvā, sivikāyābhinikkhami; Anūnadasamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, he went forth by palanquin. For ten full months, the Victor undertook the striving. 17. 17. Brahmunā yācito santo, siddhattho lokanāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo. Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful Siddhattha, leader of the world, the great hero, supreme among men, turned the Wheel in the Deer Park. 18. 18. Sambalo ca sumitto ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Revato nāmupaṭṭhāko, siddhatthassa mahesino. Sambala and Sumitta were the chief disciples. The attendant of the great sage Siddhattha was named Revata. 19. 19. Sīvalā ca surāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, kaṇikāroti vuccati. Sīvalā and Surāmā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Kaṇikāra. 20. 20. Suppiyo ca samuddo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Rammā ceva surammā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Suppiya and Samudda were the chief male lay supporters; Rammā and Surammā were the chief female lay supporters. 21. 21. So [Pg.359] buddho saṭṭhiratanaṃ, ahosi nabhamuggato; Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, dasasahassī virocati. That Buddha was sixty cubits tall, rising up to the sky. Like a golden pillar, he illuminated the ten-thousandfold world-system. 22. 22. Sopi buddho asamasamo, atulo appaṭipuggalo; Vassasatasahassāni, loke aṭṭhāsi cakkhumā. That Buddha, equal to the unequalled, incomparable, and peerless, the One with Vision, remained in the world for one hundred thousand years. 23. 23. Vipulaṃ pabhaṃ dassayitvā, pupphāpetvāna sāvake; Vilāsetvā samāpatyā, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having displayed a vast and excellent radiance, having caused the disciples to blossom, and having delighted in the noble attainments, he, together with his disciples, attained Parinibbāna. 24. 24. Siddhattho munivaro buddho, anomārāmamhi nibbuto; Tatthevassa thūpavaro, catuyojanamuggatoti. The Buddha Siddhattha, the most excellent of sages, attained Parinibbāna in the Anoma Park. In that very place, his excellent stūpa rose to a height of four yojanas. Siddhatthassa bhagavato vaṃso soḷasamo. The sixteenth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Siddhattha, is concluded. 19. Tissabuddhavaṃso 19. The Chronicle of the Buddha Tissa 1. 1. Siddhatthassa aparena, asamo appaṭipuggalo; Anantatejo amitayaso, tisso lokagganāyako. After Siddhattha, there arose the supreme guide of the world named Tissa, who was unequalled, peerless, of infinite power, and of immeasurable fame. 2. 2. Tamandhakāraṃ vidhamitvā, obhāsetvā sadevakaṃ; Anukampako mahāvīro, loke uppajji cakkhumā. Having dispelled the darkness of ignorance and illuminated the world with its devas, the compassionate Great Hero, the One with Vision, arose in the world. 3. 3. Tassāpi atulā iddhi, atulaṃ sīlaṃ samādhi ca; Sabbattha pāramiṃ gantvā, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi. His spiritual power was incomparable, and incomparable too were his virtue and concentration. Having reached perfection in all things, he set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma. 4. 4. So buddho dasasahassimhi, viññāpesi giraṃ suciṃ; Koṭisatāni abhisamiṃsu, paṭhame dhammadesane. That Buddha made known his pure utterance in the ten-thousandfold world-system. At the first Dhamma discourse, one hundred koṭis of beings attained full understanding. 5. 5. Dutiyo navutikoṭīnaṃ, tatiyo saṭṭhikoṭiyo; Bandhanāto pamocesi, satte naramarū tadā. The second full understanding was for ninety koṭis, and the third for sixty koṭis. At that time, he liberated beings—humans and devas—from their bonds. 6. 6. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, tisse lokagganāyake; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies during the time of Tissa, the supreme guide of the world: of those whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, of tranquil mind, and steadfast. 7. 7. Khīṇāsavasatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo; Navutisatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. The first assembly was of one hundred thousand of those with cankers destroyed. The second assembly was of nine million of those with cankers destroyed. 8. 8. Asītisatasahassānaṃ[Pg.360], tatiyo āsi samāgamo; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, pupphitānaṃ vimuttiyā. The third assembly was of eight million of those with cankers destroyed, who were stainless and had blossomed through liberation. 9. 9. Ahaṃ tena samayena, sujāto nāma khattiyo; Mahābhogaṃ chaḍḍayitvā, pabbajiṃ isipabbajaṃ. At that time, I was a khattiya named Sujāta. Having renounced great wealth, I went forth into the ascetic life of a seer. 10. 10. Mayi pabbajite sante, uppajji lokanāyako; Buddhoti saddaṃ sutvāna, pīti me upapajjatha. While I was living as one who had gone forth, the Leader of the World arose. Hearing the sound ‘Buddha,’ joy arose in me. 11. 11. Dibbaṃ mandāravaṃ pupphaṃ, padumaṃ pārichattakaṃ; Ubho hatthehi paggayha, dhunamāno upāgamiṃ. Lifting a divine Mandārava flower, a Paduma lotus, and a Pārichattaka flower with both hands, I approached, shaking my bark-cloth garments. 12. 12. Catuvaṇṇaparivutaṃ, tissaṃ lokagganāyakaṃ; Tamahaṃ pupphaṃ gahetvā, matthake dhārayiṃ jinaṃ. Having taken that flower, I placed it on the head of the Victor, Tissa, the supreme guide of the world, who was surrounded by the four castes. 13. 13. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, janamajjhe nisīdiya; ‘‘Dvenavute ito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. Seated in the midst of the people, that Buddha also made a prediction concerning me: ‘Ninety-two aeons from now, this one will become a Buddha.’ 14. 14. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having striven in the great endeavor… we will be in his presence.’ 15. 15. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, my mind became even more serene. I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 16. 16. Khemakaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, janasandho nāma khattiyo; Padumā nāma janikā, tissassa ca mahesino. The city of the great seer Tissa was named Khemaka, the khattiya father was named Janasandha, and the mother was named Padumā. 17. 17. Sattavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Guhāsela nārisaya nisabhā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For seven thousand years he dwelt in the household life. Guhāsela, Nārisaya, and Nisabha were his three excellent palaces. 18. 18. Samatiṃsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Subhaddānāmikā nārī, ānando nāma atrajo. He was attended by thirty thousand well-adorned women. His wife was named Subhaddā, and his son was named Ānanda. 19. 19. Nimitte caturo disvā, assayānena nikkhami; Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, he went forth by horse-drawn chariot. For a full eight months, the Victor strove in the great endeavor. 20. 20. Brahmunā yācito santo, tisso lokagganāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, yasavatiyamuttame. Requested by Brahmā, the serene Tissa, the great hero and supreme guide of the world, set the Wheel in motion in the excellent deer park of Yasavatī. 21. 21. Brahmadevo udayo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Samaṅgo nāmupaṭṭhāko, tissassa ca mahesino. Brahmadeva and Udaya were the chief disciples. The attendant of the great seer Tissa was named Samaṅga. 22. 22. Phussā [Pg.361] ceva sudattā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, asanoti pavuccati. Phussā and Sudattā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Asana. 23. 23. Sambalo ca sirimā ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Kisāgotamī upasenā, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Sambala and Sirimā were the chief male lay supporters; Kisāgotamī and Upasenā were the chief female lay supporters. 24. 24. So buddho saṭṭhiratano, ahu uccattane jino; Anūpamo asadiso, himavā viya dissati. That Buddha, the Victor, was sixty cubits in height. Incomparable and unequalled, he was visible like the Himavanta mountain. 25. 25. Tassāpi atulatejassa, āyu āsi anuttaro; Vassasatasahassāni, loke aṭṭhāsi cakkhumā. The lifespan of that one of incomparable power was supreme. The One with Vision remained in the world for one hundred thousand years. 26. 26. Uttamaṃ pavaraṃ seṭṭhaṃ, anubhotvā mahāyasaṃ; Jalitvā aggikkhandhova, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having enjoyed great renown—supreme, noble, and best—and having blazed forth like a great mass of fire, He, together with His disciples, attained Parinibbāna. 27. 27. Valāhakova anilena, sūriyena viya ussavo; Andhakārova padīpena, nibbuto so sasāvako. Like a cloud by the wind, like a dewdrop by the sun, and like darkness by a lamp, so He, together with His disciples, attained Parinibbāna. 28. 28. Tisso jinavaro buddho, nandārāmamhi nibbuto; Tatthevassa jinathūpo, tīṇiyojanamuggatoti. The noble Victor, the Buddha Tissa, attained Parinibbāna in the Nandā Park. In that very place, His Victor's stūpa is three yojanas high. Tissassa bhagavato vaṃso sattarasamo. The seventeenth chronicle of the Blessed One Tissa. 20. Phussabuddhavaṃso 20. The Chronicle of the Buddha Phussa. 1. 1. Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, ahu satthā anuttaro; Anupamo asamasamo, phusso lokagganāyako. In that very Maṇḍa aeon, there arose the Teacher named Phussa, who was unsurpassed, incomparable, equal to the unequalled, and the foremost guide of the world. 2. 2. Sopi sabbaṃ tamaṃ hantvā, vijaṭetvā mahājaṭaṃ; Sadevakaṃ tappayanto, abhivassi amatambunā. He too, having dispelled all darkness and unravelled the great tangle, rained down the water of the Deathless, bringing contentment to the world with its devas. 3. 3. Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, phusse nakkhattamaṅgale; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. When Phussa, whose name is an auspicious constellation, set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion, the first penetration of the truth occurred for one hundred thousand koṭis of beings. 4. 4. Navutisatasahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu; Asītisatasahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. The second penetration of the truth occurred for nine million beings; the third penetration of the truth occurred for eight million beings. 5. 5. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, phussassāpi mahesino; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies of the great seer Phussa, of those with cankers destroyed, who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and endowed with forbearance. 6. 6. Saṭṭhisatasahassānaṃ[Pg.362], paṭhamo āsi samāgamo; Paññāsasatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. The first assembly was of six million Arahants; the second assembly was of five million Arahants. 7. 7. Cattārīsasatasahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo; Anupādā vimuttānaṃ, vocchinnapaṭisandhinaṃ. The third assembly was of four million Arahants, liberated without clinging, for whom rebirth-linking had been cut off. 8. 8. Ahaṃ tena samayena, vijitāvī nāma khattiyo; Chaḍḍayitvā mahārajjaṃ, pabbajiṃ tassa santike. At that time, I was a khattiya named Vijitāvī. Having renounced a great kingdom, I went forth in His presence. 9. 9. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, phusso lokagganāyako; ‘‘Dvenavute ito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha also, Phussa, the foremost guide of the world, made a prediction concerning me: ‘Ninety-two aeons from now, this one will become a Buddha.’ 10. 10. ‘‘Padhānaṃ padahitvāna…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having exerted Himself in the striving… we shall be in the presence of this one.’ 11. 11. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard His word of prediction, I made my mind exceedingly serene. I undertook a further vow in order to fulfill the ten perfections. 12. 12. Suttantaṃ vinayañcāpi, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ; Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ. Having mastered the Suttanta and the Vinaya, the entire nine-limbed Teaching of the Master, I adorned the Dispensation of the Victor. 13. 13. Tatthappamatto viharanto, brahmaṃ bhāvetva bhāvanaṃ; Abhiññāsu pāramiṃ gantvā, brahmalokamagañchahaṃ. Dwelling there diligently and having developed the meditation on the divine abidings, having gone to the perfection of the direct knowledges, I went to the Brahmā world. 14. 14. Kāsikaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, jayaseno nāma khattiyo; Sirimā nāma janikā, phussassāpi mahesino. The city of the great seer Phussa was named Kāsika, His khattiya father was named Jayasena, and His mother was named Sirimā. 15. 15. Navavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Garuḷapakkha haṃsa suvaṇṇabhārā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For nine thousand years He dwelt in the household. Garuḷapakkha, Haṃsa, and Suvaṇṇabhāra were His three excellent palaces. 16. 16. Tiṃsaitthisahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Kisāgotamī nāma nārī, anūpamo nāma atrajo. There were thirty thousand well-adorned women. The wife was named Kisāgotamī, and the son was named Anūpama. 17. 17. Nimitte caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami; Chamāsaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo. The supreme man, having seen the four signs, went forth by elephant vehicle; for six months He practiced the striving. 18. 18. Brahmunā yācito santo, phusso lokagganāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo. Requested by Brahmā, the serene Phussa, the foremost guide of the world, the great hero, the supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Deer Park. 19. 19. Surakkhito dhammaseno, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Sabhiyo nāmupaṭṭhāko, phussassāpi mahesino. Surakkhita and Dhammasena were the chief disciples; the attendant of the great seer Phussa was named Sabhiya. 20. 20. Cālā [Pg.363] ca upacālā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, āmaṇḍoti pavuccati. Cālā and Upacālā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is said to be the Āmalaka tree. 21. 21. Dhanañcayo visākho ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Padumā ceva nāgā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Dhanañcaya and Visākha were the chief male lay supporters; Padumā and Nāgā were the chief female lay supporters. 22. 22. Aṭṭhapaṇṇāsaratanaṃ, sopi accuggato muni; Sobhate sataraṃsīva, uḷurājāva pūrito. That sage was fifty-eight cubits tall; He shone like the thousand-rayed sun and like the full moon, the king of stars. 23. 23. Navutivassasahassāni, āyu vijjati tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan at that time was ninety thousand years. Remaining for that long, He ferried many people across. 24. 24. Ovaditvā bahū satte, santāretvā bahū jane; Sopi satthā atulayaso, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having advised many beings and having ferried many people across, that Teacher of incomparable renown, together with His disciples, attained Parinibbāna. 25. 25. Phusso jinavaro satthā, senārāmamhi nibbuto; Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti. The noble Victor, the Teacher Phussa, attained Parinibbāna in the Senārāma. His relics were widely spread throughout the various regions. Phussassa bhagavato vaṃso aṭṭhārasamo. The eighteenth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Phussa, is concluded. 21. Vipassībuddhavaṃso 21. The Chronicle of the Buddha Vipassī 1. 1. Phussassa ca aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo; Vipassī nāma nāmena, loke uppajji cakkhumā. And after Phussa, the Fully Enlightened One, supreme among bipeds, named Vipassī, the Visionary One, arose in the world. 2. 2. Avijjaṃ sabbaṃ padāletvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ; Dhammacakkaṃ pavattetuṃ, pakkāmi bandhumatīpuraṃ. Having shattered all ignorance and attained supreme enlightenment, He journeyed to the city of Bandhumatī to set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion. 3. 3. Dhammacakkaṃ pavattetvā, ubho bodhesi nāyako; Gaṇanāya na vattabbo, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. Having set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion, the Leader awakened the two; the first realization was beyond enumeration. 4. 4. Punāparaṃ amitayaso, tattha saccaṃ pakāsayi; Caturāsītisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. Again, the one of limitless glory proclaimed the truth there; for eighty-four thousand, the second realization occurred. 5. 5. Caturāsītisahassāni, sambuddhaṃ anupabbajuṃ; Tesamārāmapattānaṃ, dhammaṃ desesi cakkhumā. Eighty-four thousand went forth following the Fully Enlightened One; to them, who had found delight in the monastic life, the Visionary One taught the Dhamma. 6. 6. Sabbākārena [Pg.364] bhāsato, sutvā upanisādino ; Tepi dhammavaraṃ gantvā, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. For those attending upon him who speaks in all aspects, having heard the excellent Dhamma, for them too the third realization occurred. 7. 7. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, vipassissa mahesino; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies for the great sage Vipassī, of those whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and steadfast. 8. 8. Aṭṭhasaṭṭhisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo; Bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. The first gathering was of six million, eight hundred thousand; the second gathering was of one hundred thousand monks. 9. 9. Asītibhikkhusahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo; Tattha bhikkhugaṇamajjhe, sambuddho atirocati. The third gathering was of eighty thousand monks; there, in the midst of the assembly of monks, the Fully Enlightened One shone resplendently. 10. 10. Ahaṃ tena samayena, nāgarājā mahiddhiko; Atulo nāma nāmena, puññavanto jutindharo. At that time, I was a nāga king of great psychic power, named Atula, meritorious and majestic. 11. 11. Nekānaṃ nāgakoṭīnaṃ, parivāretvānahaṃ tadā; Vajjanto dibbaturiyehi, lokajeṭṭhaṃ upāgamiṃ. Then, surrounded by many crores of nāgas and playing divine musical instruments, I approached the Chief of the World. 12. 12. Upasaṅkamitvā sambuddhaṃ, vipassiṃ lokanāyakaṃ; Maṇimuttaratanakhacitaṃ, sabbābharaṇavibhūsitaṃ; Having approached the Fully Enlightened One, Vipassī, the Leader of the World, with a seat inlaid with gems, pearls, and jewels, and adorned with every kind of ornament, Nimantetvā dhammarājassa, suvaṇṇapīṭhamadāsahaṃ. and having invited the King of Dhamma, I gave the golden seat. 13. 13. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya; ‘‘Ekanavutito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha, seated in the midst of the Saṅgha, made this prophecy about me: ‘In the ninety-first eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’ 14. 14. ‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā, nikkhamitvā tathāgato; Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ. ‘Having gone forth from the delightful city named Kapila, the Tathāgata, having exerted himself in the struggle and performed the difficult practice,’ 15. 15. ‘‘Ajapālarukkhamūlasmiṃ, nisīditvā tathāgato; Tattha pāyāsaṃ paggayha, nerañjaramupehiti. ‘having sat down at the foot of the Ajapāla tree, the Tathāgata will there accept milk-rice and will approach the Nerañjarā river.’ 16. 16. ‘‘Nerañjarāya tīramhi, pāyāsaṃ ada so jino; Paṭiyattavaramaggena, bodhimūlamupehiti. ‘On the bank of the Nerañjarā, that Victor will eat the milk-rice; he will then approach the foot of the Bodhi tree by the excellent, prepared path.’ 17. 17. ‘‘Tato padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bodhimaṇḍaṃ anuttaro; Assatthamūle sambodhiṃ, bujjhissati mahāyaso. ‘Then, having circumambulated the Bodhi-terrace, the unsurpassed one, he of great fame, will awaken to full enlightenment at the foot of the Assattha tree.’ 18. 18. ‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati; Pitā suddhodano nāma, ayaṃ hessati gotamo. ‘His birth mother will be named Māyā; his father will be named Suddhodana. This one will be Gotama.’ 19. 19. ‘‘Anāsavā [Pg.365] vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā; Kolito upatisso ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā; Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, upaṭṭhissatimaṃ jinaṃ. ‘Kolita and Upatissa will be the chief disciples—taintless, free from lust, with peaceful minds, and well-composed. An attendant named Ānanda will wait upon this Victor.’ 20. 20. ‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā; Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, assatthoti pavuccati. ‘Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā will be the chief female disciples—taintless, free from lust, with peaceful minds, and well-composed. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Assattha.’ 21. 21. ‘‘Citto ca hatthāḷavako, aggā hessantupaṭṭhakā; Nandamātā ca uttarā, aggā hessantupaṭṭhikā; Āyu vassasataṃ tassa, gotamassa yasassino. ‘Citta and Hatthāḷavaka will be his chief male lay supporters; Nandamātā and Uttarā will be his chief female lay supporters. The lifespan of that renowned Gotama will be one hundred years.’ 22. 22. ‘‘Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Having heard these words… we will be in the presence of this one.’ 23. 23. Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, I was all the more inspired in mind; I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 24. 24. Nagaraṃ bandhumatī nāma, bandhumā nāma khattiyo; Mātā bandhumatī nāma, vipassissa mahesino. The city of the great sage Vipassī was named Bandhumatī; the khattiya king was named Bandhumā, and his mother was named Bandhumatī. 25. 25. Aṭṭhavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Nando sunando sirimā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For eight thousand years he lived the household life; Nanda, Sunanda, and Sirimā were his three superb palaces. 26. 26. Ticattārīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Sudassanā nāma sā nārī, samavattakkhandho nāma atrajo. There were forty-three thousand well-adorned women. His wife was named Sudassanā, and his son was named Samavattakkhandha. 27. 27. Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami; Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, the Victor went forth by chariot; for a full eight months He engaged in the struggle. 28. 28. Brahmunā yācito santo, vipassī lokanāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo. Requested by Brahmā, the serene Vipassī, the foremost guide of the world, the Great Hero, the supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Deer Park. 29. 29. Khaṇḍo ca tissanāmo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Asoko nāmupaṭṭhāko, vipassissa mahesino. Khaṇḍa and Tissa were the chief disciples, and Asoka was the attendant of the great sage Vipassī. 30. 30. Candā ca candamittā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, pāṭalīti pavuccati. Candā and Candamittā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Pāṭalī tree. 31. 31. Punabbasumitto nāgo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Sirimā uttarā ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Punabbasumitta and Nāga were the chief male lay supporters; Sirimā and Uttarā were the chief female lay supporters. 32. 32. Asītihatthamubbedho[Pg.366], vipassī lokanāyako; Pabhā niddhāvati tassa, samantā sattayojane. Vipassī, the leader of the world, was eighty cubits in height. His radiance spread out for seven leagues all around. 33. 33. Asītivassasahassāni, āyu buddhassa tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan of that Buddha was eighty thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many beings across. 34. 34. Bahudevamanussānaṃ, bandhanā parimocayi; Maggāmaggañca ācikkhi, avasesaputhujjane. He released many devas and human beings from their bonds. To the remaining worldlings he pointed out the path and the non-path. 35. 35. Ālokaṃ dassayitvāna, desetvā amataṃ padaṃ; Jalitvā aggikkhandhova, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having shown the light and taught the deathless state, blazing like a great mass of fire, he was extinguished along with his disciples. 36. 36. Iddhivaraṃ puññavaraṃ, lakkhaṇañca kusumitaṃ; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. The excellence of psychic power, the excellence of merit, and the blossoming of the characteristic marks—all that has vanished. Indeed, are not all conditioned formations void? 37. 37. Vipassī jinavaro buddho, sumittārāmamhi nibbuto; Tatthevassa thūpavaro, sattayojanamussitoti. The Victorious Buddha Vipassī attained final Nibbāna in the Sumitta Park. There his magnificent stūpa stood seven leagues in height. Vipassissa bhagavato vaṃso ekūnavīsatimo. The nineteenth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Vipassī, is concluded. 22. Sikhībuddhavaṃso 22. The Chronicle of the Buddha Sikhī 1. 1. Vipassissa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo; Sikhivhayo āsi jino, asamo appaṭipuggalo. After Vipassī, there was the Victor named Sikhī, a Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among bipeds, unequalled and incomparable. 2. 2. Mārasenaṃ pamadditvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ; Dhammacakkaṃ pavattesi, anukampāya pāṇinaṃ. Having vanquished Māra’s army, he attained supreme enlightenment. He set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma out of compassion for living beings. 3. 3. Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, sikhimhi jinapuṅgave ; Koṭisatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. When the Wheel of Dhamma was set in motion by Sikhī, the bull among victors, the first realization occurred for a hundred thousand koṭis of beings. 4. 4. Aparampi dhammaṃ desente, gaṇaseṭṭhe naruttame; Navutikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. And again, when the Dhamma was taught by the leader of the multitude, the supreme among men, the second realization occurred for ninety thousand koṭis of beings. 5. 5. Yamakapāṭihāriyañca, dassayante sadevake; Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. When he displayed the Twin Miracle in the world with its devas, the third realization occurred for eighty thousand koṭis of beings. 6. 6. Sannipātā [Pg.367] tayo āsuṃ, sikhissāpi mahesino; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies of the disciples of the great sage Sikhī: of arahants whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and imperturbable. 7. 7. Bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo; Asītibhikkhusahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. The first assembly was of one hundred thousand monks; the second assembly was of eighty thousand monks. 8. 8. Sattatibhikkhusahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo; Anupalitto padumaṃva, toyamhi sampavaḍḍhitaṃ. The third assembly was of seventy thousand monks. They were unsullied, like a lotus well-grown in the water. 9. 9. Ahaṃ tena samayena, arindamo nāma khattiyo; Sambuddhappamukhaṃ saṅghaṃ, annapānena tappayiṃ. At that time, I was a khattiya named Arindama. I satisfied the Saṅgha headed by the Perfectly Enlightened One with food and drink. 10. 10. Bahuṃ dussavaraṃ datvā, dussakoṭiṃ anappakaṃ; Alaṅkataṃ hatthiyānaṃ, sambuddhassa adāsahaṃ. Having given many excellent cloths, an immeasurable number of garments, I gave an adorned elephant vehicle to the Perfectly Enlightened One. 11. 11. Hatthiyānaṃ nimminitvā, kappiyaṃ upanāmayiṃ; Pūrayiṃ mānasaṃ mayhaṃ, niccaṃ daḷhamupaṭṭhitaṃ. Having exchanged the elephant vehicle for suitable goods, I made the offering. I fulfilled my aspiration, which was constantly and firmly established. 12. 12. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, sikhī lokagganāyako; ‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha Sikhī, the foremost guide of the world, then made this prophecy about me: ‘In the thirty-first eon from this one, this man will become a Buddha.’ 13. 13. ‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘He will go forth from the delightful city named Kapila … we will come face to face with this one.’ 14. 14. Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, my mind became even more serene. I undertook a further vow to fulfill the ten perfections. 15. 15. Nagaraṃ aruṇavatī nāma, aruṇo nāma khattiyo; Pabhāvatī nāma janikā, sikhissāpi mahesino. For the great sage Sikhī, the city was named Aruṇavatī, his father was the khattiya Aruṇa, and his mother was named Pabhāvatī. 16. 16. Sattavassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Sucandako giri vasabho, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For seven thousand years he lived the household life. His three excellent palaces were Sucandaka, Giri, and Vāsabha. 17. 17. Catuvīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Sabbakāmā nāma nārī, atulo nāma atrajo. He had twenty-four thousand well-adorned female attendants. His wife was named Sabbakāmā, and his son was named Atula. 18. 18. Nimitte caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami; Aṭṭhamāsaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo. Having seen the four signs, he went forth by elephant vehicle. For eight months that supreme man practiced the striving. 19. 19. Brahmunā [Pg.368] yācito santo, sikhī lokagganāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo. Requested by Brahmā, the serene Sikhī, the foremost guide of the world, the great hero, the supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Deer Park. 20. 20. Abhibhū sambhavo ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Khemaṅkaro nāmupaṭṭhāko, sikhissāpi mahesino. Abhibhū and Sambhava were the chief disciples; Khemaṅkara was the name of the attendant of the great sage Sikhī. 21. 21. Sakhilā ca padumā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, puṇḍarīkoti vuccati. Sakhilā and Padumā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called Puṇḍarīka. 22. 22. Sirivaḍḍho ca nando ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Cittā ceva suguttā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Sirivaḍḍha and Nanda were the chief male lay supporters; Cittā and Suguttā were the chief female lay supporters. 23. 23. Uccattanena so buddho, sattatihatthamuggato; Kañcanagghiyasaṅkāso, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇo. That Buddha was seventy cubits in height, like a golden pillar, and he possessed the thirty-two excellent marks of a great man. 24. 24. Tassāpi byāmappabhā kāyā, divārattiṃ nirantaraṃ; Disodisaṃ niccharanti, tīṇiyojanaso pabhā. From his body, a fathom-wide radiance issued forth continuously day and night; the radiance spread for three yojanas in every direction. 25. 25. Sattativassasahassāni, āyu tassa mahesino; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan of that great sage was seventy thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many beings across. 26. 26. Dhammameghaṃ pavassetvā, temayitvā sadevake; Khemantaṃ pāpayitvāna, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having rained down the cloud of Dhamma, drenching the world with its devas, and having led them to the state of security, he attained Parinibbāna together with his disciples. 27. 27. Anubyañjanasampannaṃ, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇaṃ; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. Endowed with the minor characteristics and the thirty-two excellent major marks, all of that has vanished—surely, all conditioned things are empty. 28. 28. Sikhī munivaro buddho, assārāmamhi nibbuto; Tatthevassa thūpavaro, tīṇiyojanamuggatoti. The Buddha Sikhī, the excellent sage, attained Parinibbāna in the Assārāma. There his excellent stūpa rose three yojanas high. Sikhissa bhagavato vaṃso vīsatimo. The twentieth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Sikhī, is concluded. 23. Vessabhūbuddhavaṃso 23. The Chronicle of the Buddha Vessabhū 1. 1. Tattheva maṇḍakappamhi, asamo appaṭipuggalo; Vessabhū nāma nāmena, loke uppajji nāyako. In that very Maṇḍa eon, there arose in the world a leader named Vessabhū, one who was unequalled and incomparable. 2. 2. Ādittaṃ [Pg.369] vata rāgaggi, taṇhānaṃ vijitaṃ tadā; Nāgova bandhanaṃ chetvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ. Like a great elephant breaking its bonds, he cut through the domain of craving, which blazes with the fire of lust, and attained supreme enlightenment. 3. 3. Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, vessabhūlokanāyake; Asītikoṭisahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. When the Wheel of Dhamma was set in motion by Vessabhū, the leader of the world, the first realization occurred for eighty thousand koṭis of beings. 4. 4. Pakkante cārikaṃ raṭṭhe, lokajeṭṭhe narāsabhe; Sattatikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. When that elder of the world, that bull among men, was journeying on tour in the country, the second realization occurred for seventy thousand koṭis of beings. 5. 5. Mahādiṭṭhiṃ vinodento, pāṭiheraṃ karoti so; Samāgatā naramarū, dasasahassī sadevake. When humans and gods from the ten-thousand-world system, together with its devas, had assembled, he, dispelling a great wrong view, performed a miracle. 6. 6. Mahāacchariyaṃ disvā, abbhutaṃ lomahaṃsanaṃ; Devā ceva manussā ca, bujjhare saṭṭhikoṭiyo. Seeing that great, unprecedented, and hair-raising wonder, sixty koṭis of devas and humans awakened to the truth. 7. 7. Sannipātā tayo āsuṃ, vessabhussa mahesino; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There were three assemblies for the great sage Vessabhū: of Arahants whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, of peaceful mind, and imperturbable. 8. 8. Asītibhikkhusahassānaṃ, paṭhamo āsi samāgamo; Sattatibhikkhusahassānaṃ, dutiyo āsi samāgamo. The first assembly was of eighty thousand monks; the second assembly was of seventy thousand monks. 9. 9. Saṭṭhibhikkhusahassānaṃ, tatiyo āsi samāgamo; Jarādibhayabhītānaṃ, orasānaṃ mahesino. The third assembly was of sixty thousand monks, the great sage’s own spiritual sons, who were fearful of the dangers of old age and so on. 10. 10. Ahaṃ tena samayena, sudassano nāma khattiyo; Nimantetvā mahāvīraṃ, dānaṃ datvā mahārahaṃ; Annapānena vatthena, sasaṅghaṃ jina pūjayiṃ. At that time, I was a khattiya named Sudassana. Having invited the great hero with his Sangha and given a gift of great value, I honored the Victor and his Sangha with food, drink, and robes. 11. 11. Tassa buddhassa asamassa, cakkaṃ vattitamuttamaṃ; Sutvāna paṇitaṃ dhammaṃ, pabbajjamabhirocayiṃ. Having heard the supreme Wheel set in motion by that unequalled Buddha and the sublime Dhamma, I came to delight in the going forth. 12. 12. Mahādānaṃ pavattetvā, rattindivamatandito; Pabbajjaṃ guṇasampannaṃ, pabbajiṃ jinasantike. Having performed great giving tirelessly day and night, I undertook the going forth, which is endowed with virtue, in the presence of the Victor. 13. 13. Ācāraguṇasampanno, vattasīlasamāhito; Sabbaññutaṃ gavesanto, ramāmi jinasāsane. Endowed with the virtue of good conduct, composed in observances and morality, and seeking omniscience, I delighted in the Victor’s Dispensation. 14. 14. Saddhāpītiṃ upagantvā, buddhaṃ vandāmi sattharaṃ; Pīti uppajjati mayhaṃ, bodhiyāyeva kāraṇā. Having attained faith and joy, I venerated the Buddha, the Teacher. Joy arose in me only for the sake of enlightenment. 15. 15. Anivattamānasaṃ [Pg.370] ñatvā, sambuddho etadabravi; ‘‘Ekatiṃse ito kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. Knowing my mind would not turn back, the Perfectly Enlightened One said this: ‘In the thirty-first eon from now, this one will become a Buddha.’ 16. 16. ‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘There was a delightful city named Kapila … we will come face to face with this one.’ 17. 17. Tassāhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, my mind became even more serene. I undertook a further vow in order to fulfill the ten perfections. 18. 18. Anomaṃ nāma nagaraṃ, suppatīto nāma khattiyo; Mātā yasavatī nāma, vessabhussa mahesino. For the great sage Vessabhū, the city was named Anoma, his father was the khattiya Suppatīta, and his mother was named Yasavatī. 19. 19. Cha ca vassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Ruci suruci rativaḍḍhano, tayo pāsādamuttamā. He lived the household life for six thousand years. Ruci, Suruci, and Rativaḍḍhana were the three excellent palaces. 20. 20. Anūnatiṃsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Sucittā nāma sā nārī, suppabuddho nāma atrajo. There were thirty thousand well-adorned ladies. The queen was named Sucittā, and the son was named Suppabuddha. 21. 21. Nimitte caturo disvā, sivikāyābhinikkhami; Chamāsaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo. The supreme man, having seen the four signs, went forth by palanquin. For six months, he practiced the striving. 22. 22. Brahmunā yācito santo, vessabhūlokanāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, aruṇārāme naruttamo. Requested by Brahmā, the serene Vessabhū, leader of the world, the great hero, supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Aruṇa Park. 23. 23. Soṇo ca uttaro ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Upasanto nāmupaṭṭhāko, vessabhussa mahesino. Soṇa and Uttara were the chief disciples; Upasanta was the attendant of the great sage Vessabhū. 24. 24. Rāmā ceva samālā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, mahāsāloti vuccati. Rāmā and Samālā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Great Sāla. 25. 25. Sotthiko ceva rambho ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Gotamī sirimā ceva, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Sotthika and Rambha were the chief male lay supporters; Gotamī and Sirimā were the chief female lay supporters. 26. 26. Saṭṭhiratanamubbedho, hemayūpasamūpamo; Kāyā niccharati rasmi, rattiṃva pabbate sikhī. He was sixty cubits in height, like a golden sacrificial post. Radiance issued from his body, like a flame on a mountain at night. 27. 27. Saṭṭhivassasahassāni, āyu tassa mahesino; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan of that great sage was sixty thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried a great many people across. 28. 28. Dhammaṃ [Pg.371] vitthārikaṃ katvā, vibhajitvā mahājanaṃ; Dhammanāvaṃ ṭhapetvāna, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having made the Dhamma widespread, having classified the great populace, and having established the ship of the Dhamma, he attained Parinibbāna together with his disciples. 29. 29. Dassaneyyaṃ sabbajanaṃ, vihāraṃ iriyāpathaṃ; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. The delightful assembly of all people, the monastery with its graceful deportment—all that has vanished. Surely, all conditioned formations are empty. 30. 30. Vessabhū jinavaro satthā, khemārāmamhi nibbuto; Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti. The Teacher Vessabhū, the excellent Victor, attained Parinibbāna in the Khemārāma. His relics were widely distributed throughout the various regions. Vessabhussa bhagavato vaṃso ekavīsatimo. The Twenty-first Chronicle: The Lineage of the Blessed One Vessabhū. 24. Kakusandhabuddhavaṃso 24. The Chronicle of the Buddha Kakusandha 1. 1. Vessabhussa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo; Kakusandho nāma nāmena, appameyyo durāsado. After Vessabhū, there was the Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among two-footed beings, Kakusandha by name, immeasurable and unassailable. 2. 2. Ugghāṭetvā sabbabhavaṃ, cariyāya pāramiṃ gato; Sīhova pañjaraṃ bhetvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ. Having uprooted all existence, he reached perfection in his conduct; like a lion breaking its cage, he attained supreme enlightenment. 3. 3. Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, kakusandhe lokanāyake; Cattārīsakoṭisahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu. When the Wheel of Dhamma was set in motion by Kakusandha, the Leader of the World, there was a penetration of the Dhamma for forty thousand koṭis of beings. 4. 4. Antalikkhamhi ākāse, yamakaṃ katvā vikubbanaṃ; Tiṃsakoṭisahassānaṃ, bodhesi devamānuse. Having performed the display of the Twin Miracle in the sky, in open space, he awakened thirty thousand koṭis of gods and humans. 5. 5. Naradevassa yakkhassa, catusaccappakāsane; Dhammābhisamayo tassa, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyo. At his exposition of the Four Truths to the yakkha Naradeva, the penetration of the Dhamma on that occasion was incalculable. 6. 6. Kakusandhassa bhagavato, eko āsi samāgamo; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There was one assembly for the Blessed One Kakusandha: of Arahants who had destroyed the taints, who were stainless, peaceful in mind, and steadfast. 7. 7. Cattālīsasahassānaṃ, tadā āsi samāgamo; Dantabhūmimanuppattānaṃ, āsavārigaṇakkhayā. At that time there was an assembly of forty thousand who had reached the plane of the tamed, having destroyed the host of enemies, the taints. 8. 8. Ahaṃ tena samayena, khemo nāmāsi khattiyo; Tathāgate jinaputte, dānaṃ datvā anappakaṃ. At that time I was a khattiya named Khema. Having given abundant gifts to the Tathāgata and the sons of the Victor, 9. 9. Pattañca cīvaraṃ datvā, añjanaṃ madhulaṭṭhikaṃ; Imetaṃ patthitaṃ sabbaṃ, paṭiyādemi varaṃ varaṃ. and having given a bowl and robe, ointment, and a honey-lump, I provided all that they wished for, the very best of things. 10. 10. Sopi [Pg.372] maṃ buddho byākāsi, kakusandho vināyako; ‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha too, Kakusandha the Guide, made a prediction about me: “In this fortunate aeon, this one will become a Buddha.” 11. 11. ‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. “Departing from the delightful city named Kapila … we will come into the presence of this one.” 12. 12. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, I clarified my mind even more. I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 13. 13. Nagaraṃ khemāvatī nāma, khemo nāmāsahaṃ tadā; Sabbaññutaṃ gavesanto, pabbajiṃ tassa santike. The city was named Khemavatī; at that time I was named Khema. Seeking omniscience, I went forth in his presence. 14. 14. Brāhmaṇo aggidatto ca, āsi buddhassa so pitā; Visākhā nāma janikā, kakusandhassa satthuno. The father of the Buddha, the Teacher Kakusandha, was the brahmin Aggidatta, and his mother was named Visākhā. 15. 15. Vasate tattha kheme pure, sambuddhassa mahākulaṃ; Narānaṃ pavaraṃ seṭṭhaṃ, jātimantaṃ mahāyasaṃ. In that city of Khema dwelt the great family of the Perfectly Enlightened One—foremost and best among humans, of high birth and great fame. 16. 16. Catuvassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Kāma -kāmavaṇṇa-kāmasuddhināmā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For four thousand years he lived the household life. He had three supreme palaces named Kāma, Kāmavaṇṇa, and Kāmasuddhi. 17. 17. Samatiṃsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Rocinī nāma sā nārī, uttaro nāma atrajo. He had thirty thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Rocinī, and his son was named Uttara. 18. 18. Nimitte caturo disvā, rathayānena nikkhami; Anūnaaṭṭhamāsāni, padhānaṃ padahī jino. Having seen the four signs, he went forth by chariot. For no less than eight months the Conqueror engaged in the striving. 19. 19. Brahmunā yācito santo, kakusandho vināyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo. Requested by Brahmā, the serene Kakusandha, the Guide, the Great Hero, supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Deer Park. 20. 20. Vidhuro ca sañjīvo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Buddhijo nāmupaṭṭhāko, kakusandhassa satthuno. Vidhura and Sañjīva were his chief disciples; the attendant of the Teacher Kakusandha was named Buddhija. 21. 21. Sāmā ca campānāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, sirīsoti pavuccati. Sāmā and Campā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is said to be a Sirīsa tree. 22. 22. Accuto ca sumano ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Nandā ceva sunandā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Accuta and Sumana were his chief male lay supporters; Nandā and Sunandā were his chief female lay supporters. 23. 23. Cattālīsaratanāni[Pg.373], accuggato mahāmuni; Kanakappabhā niccharati, samantā dasayojanaṃ. The Great Sage was forty cubits tall. A golden radiance issued from him, spreading for ten yojanas all around. 24. 24. Cattālīsavassasahassāni, āyu tassa mahesino; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan of that Great Seer was forty thousand years. Remaining for that long, he brought many people across. 25. 25. Dhammāpaṇaṃ pasāretvā, naranārīnaṃ sadevake; Naditvā sīhanādaṃva, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having opened his stall of the Dhamma for men, women, and devas, and having roared a lion’s roar, he attained Nibbāna together with his disciples. 26. 26. Aṭṭhaṅgavacanasampanno, acchiddāni nirantaraṃ; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. He who was endowed with the eight-factored speech, and his disciples of uninterrupted and flawless virtue—all that has vanished. Alas, how empty are all conditioned formations! 27. 27. Kakusandho jinavaro, khemārāmamhi nibbuto; Tatthevassa thūpavaro, gāvutaṃ nabhamuggatoti. The excellent Conqueror Kakusandha attained Nibbāna in the Khemā Park. There his excellent stūpa rose a gāvuta high into the sky. Kakusandhassa bhagavato vaṃso dvāvīsatimo. The twenty-second chronicle, that of the Blessed One Kakusandha, is concluded. 25. Koṇāgamanabuddhavaṃso 25. The Chronicle of the Buddha Koṇāgamana 1. 1. Kakusandhassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo; Koṇāgamano nāma jino, lokajeṭṭho narāsabho. After Kakusandha came the Perfectly Self-Enlightened One, supreme among two-footed beings, the Conqueror named Koṇāgamana, eldest in the world, a bull among men. 2. 2. Dasadhamme pūrayitvāna, kantāraṃ samatikkami; Pavāhiya malaṃ sabbaṃ, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ. Having fulfilled the ten perfections, he crossed over the wilderness; having washed away every stain, he attained the unsurpassed enlightenment. 3. 3. Dhammacakkaṃ pavattente, koṇāgamananāyake; Tiṃsakoṭisahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. When the leader Koṇāgamana set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion, there was the first penetration of the Dhamma for thirty thousand koṭis of beings. 4. 4. Pāṭihīraṃ karonte ca, paravādappamaddane; Vīsatikoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. And when he performed a miracle, crushing the doctrines of others, there was the second penetration of the Dhamma for twenty thousand koṭis of beings. 5. 5. Tato vikubbanaṃ katvā, jino devapuraṃ gato; Vasate tattha sambuddho, silāya paṇḍukambale. Then, having performed a display of psychic power, the Conqueror went to the city of the devas. There the Perfectly Enlightened One dwelt on the Paṇḍukambala stone seat. 6. 6. Pakaraṇe satta desento, vassaṃ vasati so muni; Dasakoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. While teaching the seven treatises, that sage dwelt there for the rains residence. There was the third penetration of the Dhamma for ten thousand koṭis of beings. 7. 7. Tassāpi devadevassa, eko āsi samāgamo; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There was also one assembly for that god of gods, an assembly of arahants who had destroyed the taints, who were stainless, peaceful in mind, and steadfast. 8. 8. Tiṃsabhikkhusahassānaṃ[Pg.374], tadā āsi samāgamo; Oghānamatikkantānaṃ, bhijjitānañca maccuyā. At that time there was an assembly of thirty thousand bhikkhus, of those who had crossed over the floods and had shattered death. 9. 9. Ahaṃ tena samayena, pabbato nāma khattiyo; Mittāmaccehi sampanno, anantabalavāhano. At that time I was a khattiya named Pabbata, endowed with friends and ministers, possessing an infinite army and transport. 10. 10. Sambuddhadassanaṃ gantvā, sutvā dhammamanuttaraṃ; Nimantetvā sajinasaṅghaṃ, dānaṃ datvā yadicchakaṃ. Having gone to see the Perfectly Enlightened One and heard the unsurpassed Dhamma, I invited the Saṅgha together with the Conqueror and gave gifts as I wished. 11. 11. Paṭṭuṇṇaṃ cīnapaṭṭañca, koseyyaṃ kambalampi ca; Sovaṇṇapādukañceva, adāsiṃ satthusāvake. I gave fine woolen cloth, Chinese silk, silk garments, and blankets, as well as golden sandals, to the Teacher and his disciples. 12. 12. Sopi maṃ buddho byākāsi, saṅghamajjhe nisīdiya; ‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. That Buddha too, having sat down in the midst of the Saṅgha, made a prediction about me: “In this same fortunate aeon, this one will become a Buddha.” 13. 13. ‘‘Ahu kapilavhayā rammā…pe… hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. “Departing from the delightful city named Kapila … we will come into the presence of this one.” 14. 14. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Having heard his words, I clarified my mind even more. I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 15. 15. Sabbaññutaṃ gavesanto, dānaṃ datvā naruttame; Ohāyāhaṃ mahārajjaṃ, pabbajiṃ jinasantike. Seeking omniscience, having given gifts to the supreme among men, I abandoned my great kingdom and went forth in the presence of the Conqueror. 16. 16. Nagaraṃ sobhavatī nāma, sobho nāmāsi khattiyo; Vasate tattha nagare, sambuddhassa mahākulaṃ. The city was named Sobhavatī, and its khattiya ruler was named Sobha. In that city dwelt the great family of the Perfectly Enlightened One. 17. 17. Brāhmaṇo yaññadatto ca, āsi buddhassa so pitā; Uttarā nāma janikā, koṇāgamanassa satthuno. The father of the Buddha, the Teacher Koṇāgamana, was the brahmin Yaññadatta, and his mother was named Uttarā. 18. 18. Tīṇi vassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Tusitasantusitasantuṭṭhā, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For three thousand years he lived the household life. The three supreme palaces were Tusita, Santusita, and Santuṭṭha. 19. 19. Anūnasoḷasasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Rucigattā nāma nārī, satthavāho nāma atrajo. There were sixteen thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Rucigattā, and his son was named Satthavāha. 20. 20. Nimitte caturo disvā, hatthiyānena nikkhami; Chamāsaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo. Having seen the four signs, the supreme man went forth by elephant-vehicle. For six months, he practiced the striving. 21. 21. Brahmunā [Pg.375] yācito santo, koṇāgamananāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo. Requested by Brahmā, the serene Koṇāgamana, the Guide, the Great Hero, supreme among men, set the Wheel in motion in the Deer Park. 22. 22. Bhiyyaso uttaro nāma, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Sotthijo nāmupaṭṭhāko, koṇāgamanassa satthuno. Bhiyyaso and Uttara were the chief disciples; the attendant of the Teacher Koṇāgamana was named Sotthija. 23. 23. Samuddā uttarā ceva, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, udumbaroti pavuccati. Samuddā and Uttarā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is said to be an Udumbara tree. 24. 24. Uggo ca somadevo ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Sīvalā ceva sāmā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Ugga and Somadeva were the chief male lay supporters; Sīvalā and Sāmā were the chief female lay supporters. 25. 25. Uccattanena so buddho, tiṃsahatthasamuggato; Ukkāmukhe yathā kambu, evaṃ raṃsīhi maṇḍito. That Buddha was thirty cubits in height. He was adorned with rays, just like gold in a goldsmith's crucible. 26. 26. Tiṃsavassasahassāni, āyu buddhassa tāvade; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan of the Buddha at that time was thirty thousand years. Remaining for that long, he ferried many people across. 27. 27. Dhammacetiṃ samussetvā, dhammadussavibhūsitaṃ; Dhammapupphaguḷaṃ katvā, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having raised high the monument of the Dhamma, and having made a cluster of Dhamma-flowers adorned with the cloth of the Dhamma, he attained Parinibbāna together with his disciples. 28. 28. Mahāvilāso tassa jano, siridhammappakāsano; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. The Blessed One, illuminator of the glorious Dhamma, and his disciples of great splendor—all that has vanished. Indeed, are not all conditioned things empty? 29. 29. Koṇāgamano sambuddho, pabbatārāmamhi nibbuto; Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesatoti. The Perfectly Enlightened One Koṇāgamana attained Parinibbāna in the Pabbatārāma. There was a wide distribution of his relics in various regions. Koṇāgamanassa bhagavato vaṃso tevīsatimo. The twenty-third chronicle, that of the Blessed One Koṇāgamana, is concluded. 26. Kassapabuddhavaṃso 26. The Chronicle of Kassapa the Buddha 1. 1. Koṇāgamanassa aparena, sambuddho dvipaduttamo; Kassapo nāma gottena, dhammarājā pabhaṅkaro. After Koṇāgamana, there arose a Perfectly Enlightened One, supreme among bipeds, Kassapa by name and by clan, a King of Dhamma, a maker of light. 2. 2. Sañchaḍḍitaṃ kulamūlaṃ, bahvannapānabhojanaṃ; Datvāna yācake dānaṃ, pūrayitvāna mānasaṃ; Usabhova āḷakaṃ bhetvā, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ. Having abandoned his family estate, abundant with food and drink, and having given gifts to beggars, fulfilling his resolve, he, like a bull breaking out of its pen, attained supreme enlightenment. 3. 3. Dhammacakkaṃ [Pg.376] pavattente, kassape lokanāyake; Vīsakoṭisahassānaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. When Kassapa, the leader of the world, set in motion the Wheel of Dhamma, there was the first penetration for twenty thousand crores of beings. 4. 4. Catumāsaṃ yadā buddho, loke carati cārikaṃ; Dasakoṭisahassānaṃ, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. When the Buddha wandered on tour in the world for four months, there was the second penetration for ten thousand crores of beings. 5. 5. Yamakaṃ vikubbanaṃ katvā, ñāṇadhātuṃ pakittayi; Pañcakoṭisahassānaṃ, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. Having performed the Twin Miracle and proclaimed the element of knowledge, there was the third penetration for five thousand crores of beings. 6. 6. Sudhammā devapure ramme, tattha dhammaṃ pakittayi; Tīṇikoṭisahassānaṃ, devānaṃ bodhayī jino. In the delightful city of the devas, in the Sudhammā hall, there he proclaimed the Dhamma. The Victor awakened three thousand crores of devas. 7. 7. Naradevassa yakkhassa, apare dhammadesane; Etesānaṃ abhisamayā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā. In a subsequent Dhamma teaching for the yakkha Naradeva, the penetrations of those who had assembled were incalculable by counting. 8. 8. Tassāpi devadevassa, eko āsi samāgamo; Khīṇāsavānaṃ vimalānaṃ, santacittāna tādinaṃ. There was a single assembly for that god of gods, an assembly of those whose taints were destroyed, who were stainless, with tranquil minds, such ones. 9. 9. Vīsabhikkhusahassānaṃ, tadā āsi samāgamo; Atikkantabhavantānaṃ, hirisīlena tādinaṃ. Then there was an assembly of twenty thousand bhikkhus, such ones who had transcended existence, endowed with conscience and virtue. 10. 10. Ahaṃ tadā māṇavako, jotipāloti vissuto; Ajjhāyako mantadharo, tiṇṇaṃ vedāna pāragū. At that time I was a young brahmin known as Jotipāla, a reciter of the hymns, a master of the sacred texts, one who had mastered the three Vedas. 11. 11. Lakkhaṇe itihāse ca, sadhamme pāramiṃ gato; Bhūmantalikkhakusalo, katavijjo anāvayo. I had gone to perfection in the science of marks, in legends, and in my own doctrine. I was skilled in earth-lore and sky-lore, accomplished in knowledge, and faultless. 12. 12. Kassapassa bhagavato, ghaṭikāro nāmupaṭṭhāko; Sagāravo sappatisso, nibbuto tatiye phale. Ghaṭikāra by name was the attendant of the Blessed One Kassapa. Respectful and deferential, he was extinguished with the third fruit. 13. 13. Ādāya maṃ ghaṭīkāro, upagañchi kassapaṃ jinaṃ; Tassa dhammaṃ suṇitvāna, pabbajiṃ tassa santike. Taking me with him, Ghaṭikāra approached the Victor Kassapa. Having heard his Dhamma, I went forth in his presence. 14. 14. Āraddhavīriyo hutvā, vattāvattesu kovido; Na kvaci parihāyāmi, pūresiṃ jinasāsanaṃ. Having become one with aroused energy, skilled in the major and minor duties, I did not fall away in any respect but fulfilled the Victor's Dispensation. 15. 15. Yāvatā buddhabhaṇitaṃ, navaṅgaṃ jinasāsanaṃ; Sabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitvāna, sobhayiṃ jinasāsanaṃ. Having completely mastered the entire nine-limbed Dispensation of the Victor as spoken by the Buddha, I illuminated the Victor's Dispensation. 16. 16. Mama acchariyaṃ disvā, sopi buddho viyākari; ‘‘Imamhi bhaddake kappe, ayaṃ buddho bhavissati. Seeing my wonderful deed, that Buddha too made a prediction: ‘In this fortunate aeon, this one will become a Buddha.’ 17. 17. ‘‘Ahu [Pg.377] kapilavhayā rammā, nikkhamitvā tathāgato; Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, katvā dukkarakārikaṃ. ‘Having gone forth from the delightful city named Kapila, the Tathāgata, having undertaken the striving and performed the difficult practice, 18. 18. ‘‘Ajapālarukkhamūle, nisīditvā tathāgato; Tattha pāyāsaṃ paggayha, nerañjaramupehiti. ‘Having sat down at the foot of the Goatherd's Banyan Tree, the Tathāgata, having accepted the milk-rice there, will approach the Nerañjarā River. 19. 19. ‘‘Nerañjarāya tīramhi, pāyāsaṃ paribhuñjiya; Paṭiyattavaramaggena, bodhimūlamupehiti. ‘On the bank of the Nerañjarā, having consumed the milk-rice, he will approach the foot of the Bodhi tree by the excellent, prepared path. 20. 20. ‘‘Tato padakkhiṇaṃ katvā, bodhimaṇḍaṃ anuttaro; Aparājitaṭṭhānamhi, bodhipallaṅkamuttame; Pallaṅkena nisīditvā, bujjhissati mahāyaso. ‘Then, having circumambulated the Bodhi terrace, the unsurpassed one will sit cross-legged on the supreme Bodhi seat at the unconquered spot; and that one of great fame will awaken. 21. 21. ‘‘Imassa janikā mātā, māyā nāma bhavissati; Pitā suddhodano nāma, ayaṃ hessati gotamo. ‘This one’s birth-mother will be named Māyā; his father will be named Suddhodana. This one will be Gotama. 22. 22. ‘‘Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā; Kolito upatisso ca, aggā hessanti sāvakā; ‘Free from taints, devoid of lust, with tranquil minds, and concentrated, Kolita and Upatissa will be the chief disciples. Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, upaṭṭhissatimaṃ jinaṃ. An attendant named Ānanda will attend upon this Victor. 23. 23. ‘‘Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, aggā hessanti sāvikā; Anāsavā santacittā, vītarāgā samāhitā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, assatthoti pavuccati. ‘Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā will be the chief female disciples, free from taints, with tranquil minds, devoid of lust, and concentrated. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Assattha tree. 24. 24. ‘‘Citto hatthāḷavako ca, aggā hessantupaṭṭhakā; Nandamātā ca uttarā, aggā hessantupaṭṭhikā’’. ‘Citta and Hatthāḷavaka will be the chief male lay supporters; Nandamātā and Uttarā will be the chief female lay supporters.’ 25. 25. Idaṃ sutvāna vacanaṃ, assamassa mahesino; Āmoditā naramarū, buddhabījaṃ kira ayaṃ. Hearing this word of the peerless great seer, humans and devas rejoiced: “This one is indeed a Buddha-sprout!” 26. 26. Ukkuṭṭhisaddā pavattanti, apphoṭenti hasanti ca; Katañjalī namassanti, dasasahassī sadevakā. Shouts of acclamation arose, they snapped their fingers and laughed; with palms joined in reverence, the devas and humans of the ten-thousand-world system paid homage. 27. 27. ‘‘Yadimassa lokanāthassa, virajjhissāma sāsanaṃ; Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ. ‘If we should miss the Dispensation of this Lord of the World, in a future time we will be in this one’s presence. 28. 28. ‘‘Yathā manussā nadiṃ tarantā, paṭititthaṃ virajjhiya; Heṭṭhā titthe gahetvāna, uttaranti mahānadiṃ. ‘Just as people crossing a river, having missed the ford directly opposite, take a ford further down and cross the great river, 29. 29. ‘‘Evameva [Pg.378] mayaṃ sabbe, yadi muñcāmimaṃ jinaṃ; Anāgatamhi addhāne, hessāma sammukhā imaṃ’’. ‘Even so, all of us, if we miss this Victor, will be in this one’s presence in a future time.’ 30. 30. Tassāpi vacanaṃ sutvā, bhiyyo cittaṃ pasādayiṃ; Uttariṃ vatamadhiṭṭhāsiṃ, dasapāramipūriyā. Hearing his word, I clarified my mind even more. I undertook a further vow for the fulfillment of the ten perfections. 31. 31. Evamahaṃ saṃsaritvā, parivajjento anācaraṃ; Dukkarañca kataṃ mayhaṃ, bodhiyāyeva kāraṇā. Thus I wandered on in saṃsāra, avoiding wrong conduct, and I performed difficult deeds for the sake of enlightenment alone. 32. 32. Nagaraṃ bārāṇasī nāma, kikī nāmāsi khattiyo; Vasate tattha nagare, sambuddhassa mahākulaṃ. The city was named Bārāṇasī, and the khattiya king was named Kikī. In that city dwelt the great family of the Perfectly Enlightened One. 33. 33. Brāhmaṇo brahmadattova, āsi buddhassa so pitā; Dhanavatī nāma janikā, kassapassa mahesino. The brahmin Brahmadatta was that Buddha's father; the mother of the great seer Kassapa was named Dhanavatī. 34. 34. Duve vassasahassāni, agāraṃ ajjha so vasi; Haṃso yaso sirinando, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For two thousand years he lived the household life. Haṃsa, Yasa, and Sirinanda were his three supreme palaces. 35. 35. Tisoḷasasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Sunandā nāma sā nārī, vijitaseno nāma atrajo. There were forty-eight thousand well-adorned women. His chief consort was named Sunandā, and his son was named Vijitasena. 36. 36. Nimitte caturo disvā, pāsādenābhinikkhami; Sattāhaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acarī purisuttamo. Having seen the four signs, he went forth by chariot. For seven days that supreme man engaged in the striving. 37. 37. Brahmunā yācito santo, kassapo lokanāyako; Vatti cakkaṃ mahāvīro, migadāye naruttamo. Requested by Brahmā, the peaceful Kassapa, the leader of the world, the great hero and supreme man, set in motion the Wheel in the Deer Park. 38. 38. Tisso ca bhāradvājo ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvakā; Sabbamitto nāmupaṭṭhāko, kassapassa mahesino. Tissa and Bhāradvāja were the chief disciples. An attendant named Sabbamitta waited upon the great seer Kassapa. 39. 39. Anuḷā uruveḷā ca, ahesuṃ aggasāvikā; Bodhi tassa bhagavato, nigrodhoti pavuccati. Anuḷā and Uruvelā were the chief female disciples. The Bodhi tree of that Blessed One is called the Banyan. 40. 40. Sumaṅgalo ghaṭikāro ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhakā; Vicitasenā bhaddā ca, ahesuṃ aggupaṭṭhikā. Sumaṅgala and Ghaṭikāra were the chief male lay supporters; Vijitasenā and Bhaddā were the chief female lay supporters. 41. 41. Uccattanena so buddho, vīsatiratanuggato; Vijjulaṭṭhīva ākāse, candova gahapūrito. That Buddha was twenty cubits in height. He shone like a streak of lightning in the sky, like the moon surrounded by planets. 42. 42. Vīsativassasahassāni[Pg.379], āyu tassa mahesino; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamāno so, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. The lifespan of that great seer was twenty thousand years. Abiding for that long, he ferried a great many people across. 43. 43. Dhammataḷākaṃ māpayitvā, sīlaṃ datvā vilepanaṃ; Dhammadussaṃ nivāsetvā, dhammamālaṃ vibhajjiya. Having created a lake of Dhamma, given virtue as an unguent, dressed them in the cloth of Dhamma, and distributed the garland of Dhamma, 44. 44. Dhammavimalamādāsaṃ, ṭhapayitvā mahājane; Keci nibbānaṃ patthentā, passantu me alaṅkaraṃ. Having placed the stainless mirror of Dhamma before the great populace, he said: ‘Let those who aspire to Nibbāna behold my adornment!’ 45. 45. Sīlakañcukaṃ datvāna, jhānakavacavammitaṃ; Dhammacammaṃ pārupitvā, datvā sannāhamuttamaṃ. Having given the tunic of virtue and the mail-coat of jhāna, having cloaked them in the leather of Dhamma, and having given the supreme armor, 46. 46. Satiphalakaṃ datvāna, tikhiṇañāṇakuntimaṃ; Dhammakhaggavaraṃ datvā, sīlasaṃsaggamaddanaṃ. Having given the shield of mindfulness, the spear of sharp knowledge, the excellent sword of Dhamma, and the virtue that crushes the entanglement of defilements, 47. 47. Tevijjābhūsanaṃ datvāna, āveḷaṃ caturo phale; Chaḷabhiññābharaṇaṃ datvā, dhammapupphapiḷandhanaṃ. Having given the ornament of the three knowledges and the four fruits as a head-ornament, having given the adornment of the six supernormal knowledges, and having made the flower-garland of the supramundane Dhamma, 48. 48. Saddhammapaṇḍaracchattaṃ, datvā pāpanivāraṇaṃ; Māpayitvābhayaṃ pupphaṃ, nibbuto so sasāvako. Having given the white parasol of the good Dhamma that prevents evil, and having fashioned the flower of fearlessness, that Kassapa, together with his disciples, attained Parinibbāna. 49. 49. Eso hi sammāsambuddho, appameyyo durāsado; Eso hi dhammaratano, svākkhāto ehipassiko. This indeed is the Perfectly Enlightened One, immeasurable and unassailable. This indeed is the jewel of the Dhamma, well-expounded and inviting inspection. 50. 50. Eso hi saṅgharatano, suppaṭipanno anuttaro; Sabbaṃ tamantarahitaṃ, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārā. This indeed is the jewel of the Sangha, of good practice and unsurpassed. All that has vanished. Are not all conditioned formations indeed empty? 51. 51. Mahākassapo jino satthā, setabyārāmamhi nibbuto; Tatthevassa jinathūpo, yojanubbedhamuggatoti. The great Kassapa, the Victor, the Teacher, attained Parinibbāna in the Setabyā monastery. In that very place, the stupa of that Victor rose to a height of one yojana. Kassapassa bhagavato vaṃso catuvīsatimo. The twenty-fourth chronicle, that of the Blessed One Kassapa, is concluded. 27. Gotamabuddhavaṃso 27. The Chronicle of the Buddha Gotama 1. 1. Ahametarahi sambuddho, gotamo sakyavaḍḍhano; Padhānaṃ padahitvāna, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ. I, at this time, am the Perfectly Enlightened One, Gotama, who brings increase to the Sakyans; having undertaken the striving, I have attained supreme enlightenment. 2. 2. Brahmunā [Pg.380] yācito santo, dhammacakkaṃ pavattayiṃ; Aṭṭhārasannaṃ koṭīnaṃ, paṭhamābhisamayo ahu. Being requested by Brahmā, I, being at peace, set the Wheel of Dhamma in motion; the first penetration of the truth occurred for eighteen koṭis of devas and brahmās. 3. 3. Tato parañca desente, naradevasamāgame; Gaṇanāya na vattabbo, dutiyābhisamayo ahu. Then, on a later occasion, while teaching in an assembly of humans and devas, the second penetration of the truth was incalculable by number. 4. 4. Idhevāhaṃ etarahi, ovadiṃ mama atrajaṃ; Gaṇanāya na vattabbo, tatiyābhisamayo ahu. Right here in Kapilavatthu, at this time, when I admonished my son, the third penetration of the truth for devas and humans was incalculable by number. 5. 5. Ekosi sannipāto me, sāvakānaṃ mahesinaṃ; Aḍḍhateḷasasatānaṃ, bhikkhūnāsi samāgamo. There was only one assembly of my disciples, the great seers; in that gathering, there was an assembly of twelve hundred and fifty bhikkhus. 6. 6. Virocamāno vimalo, bhikkhusaṅghassa majjhago; Dadāmi patthitaṃ sabbaṃ, maṇīva sabbakāmado. Shining and stainless in the midst of the Saṅgha of bhikkhus, like a wish-fulfilling gem that grants all desires, I give all that is wished for. 7. 7. Phalamākaṅkhamānānaṃ, bhavacchandajahesinaṃ; Catusaccaṃ pakāsemi, anukampāya pāṇinaṃ. For those desiring the fruit, for those wishing to abandon the craving for existence, I proclaim the Four Truths out of compassion for beings. 8. 8. Dasavīsasahassānaṃ, dhammābhisamayo ahu; Ekadvinnaṃ abhisamayo, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyo. In the proclamation of the Four Truths, the penetration of the Dhamma occurred for thirty thousand beings; for individuals, the penetrations were incalculable by number. 9. 9. Vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ, iddhaṃ phītaṃ suphullitaṃ; Idha mayhaṃ sakyamunino, sāsanaṃ suvisodhitaṃ. Here, this Dispensation of me, the Sage of the Sakyans, will be widespread, known to many, powerful, prosperous, flourishing, and well-purified. 10. 10. Anāsavā vītarāgā, santacittā samāhitā; Bhikkhūnekasatā sabbe, parivārenti maṃ sadā. Taintless, free from lust, with peaceful minds, and concentrated—all the many hundreds of bhikkhus always surround me. 11. 11. Idāni ye etarahi, jahanti mānusaṃ bhavaṃ; Appattamānasā sekhā, te bhikkhū viññugarahitā. Now, at this time, whatever bhikkhus who are trainees, not having yet attained their goal, abandon human existence—those bhikkhus are censured by the wise. 12. 12. Ariyañca saṃthomayantā, sadā dhammaratā janā; Bujjhissanti satimanto, saṃsārasaritaṃ gatā. Praising the Noble Path, people who always delight in the Dhamma, being mindful, though they have gone into the river of saṃsāra, will awaken to the truth. 13. 13. Nagaraṃ kapilavatthu me, rājā suddhodano pitā; Mayhaṃ janettikā mātā, māyādevīti vuccati. My city is named Kapilavatthu, the king Suddhodana is my father; my birth mother is called Māyādevī. 14. 14. Ekūnatiṃsavassāni, agāraṃ ajjhahaṃ vasiṃ; Rammo surammo subhako, tayo pāsādamuttamā. For twenty-nine years, I lived the household life; Ramma, Suramma, and Subha were my three excellent palaces. 15. 15. Cattārīsasahassāni, nāriyo samalaṅkatā; Bhaddakañcanā nāma nārī, rāhulo nāma atrajo. There were forty thousand well-adorned women. The chief consort was named Bhaddakañcanā, and the son was named Rāhula. 16. 16. Nimitte [Pg.381] caturo disvā, assayānena nikkhamiṃ; Chabbassaṃ padhānacāraṃ, acariṃ dukkaraṃ ahaṃ. Having seen the four signs, I went forth by means of a horse-vehicle; for six years I practiced the difficult striving. 17. 17. Bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane, cakkaṃ pavattitaṃ mayā; Ahaṃ gotamasambuddho, saraṇaṃ sabbapāṇinaṃ. At Isipatana in Bārāṇasī, the Wheel was set in motion by me. I am Gotama the Perfectly Enlightened One, a refuge for all beings. 18. 18. Kolito upatisso ca, dve bhikkhū aggasāvakā; Ānando nāmupaṭṭhāko, santikāvacaro mama; Kolita and Upatissa were the two monks, the chief disciples. Ānanda will be the name of my attendant, who is ever in my presence. Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca, bhikkhunī aggasāvikā. Khemā and Uppalavaṇṇā were the chief female disciples. 19. 19. Citto hatthāḷavako ca, aggupaṭṭhākupāsakā; Nandamātā ca uttarā, aggupaṭṭhikupāsikā. Citta and Hatthāḷavaka were the chief male lay attendants; Nandamātā and Uttarā were the chief female lay attendants. 20. 20. Ahaṃ assatthamūlamhi, patto sambodhimuttamaṃ; Byāmappabhā sadā mayhaṃ, soḷasahatthamuggatā. I attained supreme enlightenment at the foot of the Assattha tree. My fathom-wide radiance is ever-present, and I am sixteen cubits in height. 21. 21. Appaṃ vassasataṃ āyu, idānetarahi vijjati; Tāvatā tiṭṭhamānohaṃ, tāremi janataṃ bahuṃ. Now, at this time, the lifespan is a mere one hundred years. Remaining for that long, I ferry many people across. 22. 22. Ṭhapayitvāna dhammukkaṃ, pacchimaṃ janabodhanaṃ; Ahampi nacirasseva, saddhiṃ sāvakasaṅghato; Idheva parinibbissaṃ, aggī vāhārasaṅkhayā. Having established the torch of the Dhamma for the awakening of future generations, I too, not long from now, together with the assembly of disciples, will attain Parinibbāna right here, like a fire upon the exhaustion of its fuel. 23. 23. Tāni ca atulatejāni, imāni ca dasabalāni ; Ayañca guṇadhāraṇo deho, dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇavicitto. And those incomparable powers, and these ten powers, and this body which is a bearer of virtues, adorned with the thirty-two excellent marks— 24. 24. Dasa disā pabhāsetvā, sataraṃsīva chappabhā; Sabbaṃ tamantarahissanti, nanu rittā sabbasaṅkhārāti. Having illuminated the ten directions with the six-hued radiance like the sun, all that will disappear. Are not all conditioned things indeed empty? Gotamassa bhagavato vaṃso pañcavīsatimo. The twenty-fifth chronicle of the Blessed One Gotama. 28. Buddhapakiṇṇakakaṇḍaṃ 28. The Miscellaneous Section on the Buddhas. 1. 1. Aparimeyyito kappe, caturo āsuṃ vināyakā; Taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro, athopi saraṇaṅkaro; Dīpaṅkaro ca sambuddho, ekakappamhi te jinā. In an incalculable aeon from this one, there were four Leaders: Taṇhaṅkara, Medhaṅkara, and also Saraṇaṅkara, and Dīpaṅkara the Fully Enlightened One. Those Conquerors arose in a single aeon. 2. 2. Dīpaṅkarassa [Pg.382] aparena, koṇḍañño nāma nāyako; Ekova ekakappamhi, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. After Dīpaṅkara, a Leader named Koṇḍañña, the only one in a single aeon, ferried many people across. 3. 3. Dīpaṅkarassa bhagavato, koṇḍaññassa ca satthuno; Etesaṃ antarā kappā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā. Between the Blessed One Dīpaṅkara and the Teacher Koṇḍañña, the intervening aeons are incalculable by counting. 4. 4. Koṇḍaññassa aparena, maṅgalo nāma nāyako; Tesampi antarā kappā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā. After Koṇḍañña, a Leader named Maṅgala arose. Between them also, the aeons are incalculable by counting. 5. 5. Maṅgalo ca sumano ca, revato sobhito muni; Tepi buddhā ekakappe, cakkhumanto pabhaṅkarā. Maṅgala, Sumana, Revata, and the sage Sobhita; those Buddhas, endowed with vision and makers of light, also arose in a single aeon. 6. 6. Sobhitassa aparena, anomadassī mahāyaso; Tesampi antarā kappā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā. After Sobhita, Anomadassī of great fame arose. Between them also, the aeons are incalculable by counting. 7. 7. Anomadassī padumo, nārado cāpi nāyako; Tepi buddhā ekakappe, tamantakārakā munī. Anomadassī, Paduma, and also the Leader Nārada; those Buddhas, sages who made an end to darkness, also arose in a single aeon. 8. 8. Nāradassa aparena, padumuttaro nāma nāyako; Ekakappamhi uppanno, tāresi janataṃ bahuṃ. After Nārada, a Leader named Padumuttara arose in a single aeon; he ferried many people across. 9. 9. Nāradassa bhagavato, padumuttarassa satthuno; Tesampi antarā kappā, gaṇanāto asaṅkhiyā. Between the Blessed One Nārada and the Teacher Padumuttara, the intervening aeons are also incalculable by counting. 10. 10. Kappasatasahassamhi, eko āsi mahāmuni; Padumuttaro lokavidū, āhutīnaṃ paṭiggaho. One hundred thousand aeons ago, there was one Great Sage: Padumuttara, the Knower of the Worlds, worthy of receiving offerings. 11. 11. Tiṃsakappasahassamhi, duve āsuṃ vināyakā ; Sumedho ca sujāto ca, orato padumuttarā. Thirty thousand aeons after Padumuttara, there were two Leaders: Sumedha and Sujāta. 12. 12. Aṭṭhārase kappasate, tayo āsuṃ vināyakā ; Piyadassī atthadassī, dhammadassī ca nāyakā. Eighteen hundred aeons ago, there were three Leaders: Piyadassī, Atthadassī, and Dhammadassī. 13. 13. Orato ca sujātassa, sambuddhā dvipaduttamā; Ekakappamhi te buddhā, loke appaṭipuggalā. And after Sujāta, in a single aeon, those Fully Enlightened Ones, supreme among two-footed beings, those peerless Buddhas, arose in the world. 14. 14. Catunnavutito kappe, eko āsi mahāmuni; Siddhattho so lokavidū, sallakatto anuttaro. Ninety-four aeons from this one, there was one Great Sage: that Siddhattha, the Knower of the Worlds, the unsurpassed Extractor of the Dart. 15. 15. Dvenavute [Pg.383] ito kappe, duve āsuṃ vināyakā; Tisso phusso ca sambuddhā, asamā appaṭipuggalā. Ninety-two aeons from this one, there were two Leaders: Tissa and Phussa, the Fully Enlightened, unequalled, and peerless Ones. 16. 16. Ekanavutito kappe, vipassī nāma nāyako; Sopi buddho kāruṇiko, satte mocesi bandhanā. Ninety-one aeons from this one, a Leader named Vipassī arose. That compassionate Buddha liberated beings from bondage. 17. 17. Ekatiṃse ito kappe, duve āsuṃ vināyakā; Sikhī ca vessabhū ceva, asamā appaṭipuggalā. Thirty-one aeons from this one, there were two Leaders: Sikhī and Vessabhū, the unequalled and peerless Ones. 18. 18. Imamhi bhaddake kappe, tayo āsuṃ vināyakā; Kakusandho koṇāgamano, kassapo cāpi nāyako. In this auspicious aeon, there have been three Leaders: Kakusandha, Koṇāgamana, and also the Leader Kassapa. 19. 19. Ahametarahi sambuddho, metteyyo cāpi hessati; Etepime pañca buddhā, dhīrā lokānukampakā. I am now the Fully Enlightened One, and Metteyya will also come to be. These five Buddhas are steadfast and compassionate towards the world. 20. 20. Etesaṃ dhammarājūnaṃ, aññesaṃnekakoṭinaṃ; Ācikkhitvāna taṃ maggaṃ, nibbutā te sasāvakāti. Having declared that path, those Kings of Dhamma and countless others attained Nibbāna together with their disciples. Buddhapakiṇṇakakaṇḍaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. The Miscellaneous Section on the Buddhas is concluded. 29. Dhātubhājanīyakathā 29. The Discourse on the Distribution of the Relics. 1. 1. Mahāgotamo jinavaro, kusināramhi nibbuto; Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, tesu tesu padesato. The excellent Victor, Mahāgotama, attained Parinibbāna in Kusinārā. The relics were distributed in those various regions. 2. 2. Eko ajātasattussa, eko vesāliyā pure; Eko kapilavatthusmiṃ, eko ca allakappake. One portion was for Ajātasattu, one in the city of Vesālī, one in Kapilavatthu, and one in Allakappa. 3. 3. Eko ca rāmagāmamhi, eko ca veṭhadīpake; Eko pāveyyake malle, eko ca kosinārake. And one portion was in Rāmagāma, and one in Veṭhadīpaka; one for the Mallas of Pāvā, and one in Kosināra. 4. 4. Kumbhassa thūpaṃ kāresi, brāhmaṇo doṇasavhayo; Aṅgārathūpaṃ kāresuṃ, moriyā tuṭṭhamānasā. The brahmin named Doṇa had a stūpa made for the urn; the Moriyas, with delighted minds, had a stūpa made for the embers. 5. 5. Aṭṭha sārīrikā thūpā, navamo kumbhacetiyo; Aṅgārathūpo dasamo, tadāyeva patiṭṭhito. There were eight stūpas for the bodily relics; the ninth was the urn-cetiya, and the tenth was the ember-stūpa. They were established at that very time. 6. 6. Uṇhīsaṃ catasso dāṭhā, akkhakā dve ca dhātuyo; Asambhinnā imā satta, sesā bhinnāva dhātuyo. The Uṇhīsa, the four canine teeth, and the two collarbones—these seven relics were unfragmented; the remaining relics were indeed fragmented. 7. 7. Mahantā [Pg.384] muggamattā ca, majjhimā bhinnataṇḍulā; Khuddakā sāsapamattā ca, nānāvaṇṇā ca dhātuyo. The large relics are the size of mung beans, the medium ones are like broken rice grains, and the small ones are the size of mustard seeds; and the relics are of various colors. 8. 8. Mahantā suvaṇṇavaṇṇā ca, muttavaṇṇā ca majjhimā; Khuddakā makulavaṇṇā ca, soḷasadoṇamattikā. The large relics are of golden color, the medium ones are of pearl color, and the small ones are the color of jasmine buds. 9. 9. Mahantā pañca nāḷiyo, nāḷiyo pañca majjhimā; Khuddakā cha nāḷī ceva, etā sabbāpi dhātuyo. The large relics amount to five nāḷis, the medium relics to five nāḷis, and the small relics to six nāḷis; all these relics together amount to sixteen nāḷis. 10. 10. Uṇhīsaṃ sīhaḷe dīpe, brahmaloke ca vāmakaṃ; Sīhaḷe dakkhiṇakkhañca, sabbāpetā patiṭṭhitā. The Uṇhīsa is on the island of Sīhaḷa, and the left collarbone is in the Brahma world; the right collarbone is in Sīhaḷa. All these are thus established. 11. 11. Ekā dāṭhā tidasapure, ekā nāgapure ahu; Ekā gandhāravisaye, ekā kaliṅgarājino. One canine tooth is in the city of the Thirty-three, one was in the city of the Nāgas; one is in the region of Gandhāra, and one is in the domain of the king of Kaliṅga. 12. 12. Cattālīsasamā dantā, kesā lomā ca sabbaso; Devā hariṃsu ekekaṃ, cakkavāḷaparamparā. The forty even teeth, and all the head hairs and body hairs—the devas took one of each, throughout the succession of world-systems. 13. 13. Vajirāyaṃ bhagavato, patto daṇḍañca cīvaraṃ; Nivāsanaṃ kulaghare, paccattharaṇaṃ kapilavhaye. The Blessed One's bowl, staff, and robe are in Vajirā; the lower garment is in the clan house, and the ground-sheet is in Kapilavatthu. 14. 14. Pāṭaliputtapuramhi, karaṇaṃ kāyabandhanaṃ; Campāyudakasāṭiyaṃ, uṇṇalomañca kosale. The girdle is in the city of Pāṭaliputta; the bathing cloth is in Campā, and the ūrṇā hair-relic is in Kosala. 15. 15. Kāsāvaṃ brahmaloke ca, veṭhanaṃ tidase pure; Nisīdanaṃ avantīsu, raṭṭhe attharaṇaṃ tadā. The robe for changing is in the Brahma world, and the head-wrapping is in the city of the Thirty-three; the sitting mat is in Avanti, and the bedspread is in the country of Devaraṭṭha. 16. 16. Araṇī ca mithilāyaṃ, videhe parisāvanaṃ; Vāsi sūcigharañcāpi, indapatthapure tadā. And the fire-sticks are in Mithilā, the water-strainer is in Videha; and also the adze and needle-case are in the city of Indapattha. 17. 17. Parikkhārā avasesā, janapade aparantake; Paribhuttāni muninā, akaṃsu manujā tadā. As for the remaining requisites used by the Sage, people in the country of Aparantaka then made stūpas for them. 18. 18. Dhātuvitthārikaṃ āsi, gotamassa mahesino; Pāṇīnaṃ anukampāya, ahu porāṇikaṃ tadāti. There was a distribution of the relics of Gotama, the Great Sage. Out of compassion for beings, this ancient practice came to be. Dhātubhājanīyakathā niṭṭhitā. The Discourse on the Distribution of the Relics is concluded. Buddhavaṃsoniṭṭhito. The Buddhavaṃsa is concluded.
Français
Canon Pali	Commentaires	Sous-commentaires	Autres
1101 Pārājika Pāḷi 1102 Pācittiya Pāḷi 1103 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Vinaya) 1104 Cūḷavagga Pāḷi 1105 Parivāra Pāḷi	1201 Pārājikakaṇḍa Aṭṭhakathā-1 1202 Pārājikakaṇḍa Aṭṭhakathā-2 1203 Pācittiya Aṭṭhakathā 1204 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Vinaya) 1205 Cūḷavagga Aṭṭhakathā 1206 Parivāra Aṭṭhakathā	1301 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-1 1302 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-2 1303 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-3	1401 Dvemātikāpāḷi 1402 Vinayasaṅgaha Aṭṭhakathā 1403 Vajirabuddhi Ṭīkā 1404 Vimativinodanī Ṭīkā-1 1405 Vimativinodanī Ṭīkā-2 1406 Vinayālaṅkāra Ṭīkā-1 1407 Vinayālaṅkāra Ṭīkā-2 1408 Kaṅkhāvitaraṇīpurāṇa Ṭīkā 1409 Vinayavinicchaya-uttaravinicchaya 1410 Vinayavinicchaya Ṭīkā-1 1411 Vinayavinicchaya Ṭīkā-2 1412 Pācityādiyojanāpāḷi 1413 Khuddasikkhā-mūlasikkhā 8401 Visuddhimagga-1 8402 Visuddhimagga-2 8403 Visuddhimagga-mahāṭīkā-1 8404 Visuddhimagga-mahāṭīkā-2 8405 Visuddhimagga nidānakathā 8406 Dīghanikāya (pu-vi) 8407 Majjhimanikāya (pu-vi) 8408 Saṃyuttanikāya (pu-vi) 8409 Aṅguttaranikāya (pu-vi) 8410 Vinayapiṭaka (pu-vi) 8411 Abhidhammapiṭaka (pu-vi) 8412 Aṭṭhakathā (pu-vi) 8413 Niruttidīpanī 8414 Paramatthadīpanī Saṅgahamahāṭīkāpāṭha 8415 Anudīpanīpāṭha 8416 Paṭṭhānuddesa dīpanīpāṭha 8417 Namakkāraṭīkā 8418 Mahāpaṇāmapāṭha 8419 Lakkhaṇāto buddhathomanāgāthā 8420 Sutavandanā 8421 Kamalāñjali 8422 Jinālaṅkāra 8423 Pajjamadhu 8424 Buddhaguṇagāthāvalī 8425 Cūḷaganthavaṃsa 8427 Sāsanavaṃsa 8426 Mahāvaṃsa 8429 Moggallānabyākaraṇaṃ 8428 Kaccāyanabyākaraṇaṃ 8430 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (padamālā) 8431 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (dhātumālā) 8432 Padarūpasiddhi 8433 Mogallānapañcikā 8434 Payogasiddhipāṭha 8435 Vuttodayapāṭha 8436 Abhidhānappadīpikāpāṭha 8437 Abhidhānappadīpikāṭīkā 8438 Subodhālaṅkārapāṭha 8439 Subodhālaṅkāraṭīkā 8440 Bālāvatāra gaṇṭhipadatthavinicchayasāra 8446 Kavidappaṇanīti 8447 Nītimañjarī 8445 Dhammanīti 8444 Mahārahanīti 8441 Lokanīti 8442 Suttantanīti 8443 Sūrassatinīti 8450 Cāṇakyanīti 8448 Naradakkhadīpanī 8449 Caturārakkhadīpanī 8451 Rasavāhinī 8452 Sīmavisodhanīpāṭha 8453 Vessantaragīti 8454 Moggallāna vuttivivaraṇapañcikā 8455 Thūpavaṃsa 8456 Dāṭhāvaṃsa 8457 Dhātupāṭhavilāsiniyā 8458 Dhātuvaṃsa 8459 Hatthavanagallavihāravaṃsa 8460 Jinacaritaya 8461 Jinavaṃsadīpaṃ 8462 Telakaṭāhagāthā 8463 Milidaṭīkā 8464 Padamañjarī 8465 Padasādhanaṃ 8466 Saddabindupakaraṇaṃ 8467 Kaccāyanadhātumañjusā 8468 Sāmantakūṭavaṇṇanā
2101 Sīlakkhandhavagga Pāḷi 2102 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Dīgha) 2103 Pāthikavagga Pāḷi	2201 Sīlakkhandhavagga Aṭṭhakathā 2202 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Dīgha) 2203 Pāthikavagga Aṭṭhakathā	2301 Sīlakkhandhavagga Ṭīkā 2302 Mahāvagga Ṭīkā (Dīgha) 2303 Pāthikavagga Ṭīkā 2304 Sīlakkhandhavagga-abhinavaṭīkā-1 2305 Sīlakkhandhavagga-abhinavaṭīkā-2
3101 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3102 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3103 Uparipaṇṇāsa Pāḷi	3201 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā-1 3202 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā-2 3203 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā 3204 Uparipaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā	3301 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā 3302 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā 3303 Uparipaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā
4101 Sagāthāvagga Pāḷi 4102 Nidānavagga Pāḷi 4103 Khandhavagga Pāḷi 4104 Saḷāyatanavagga Pāḷi 4105 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Saṃyutta)	4201 Sagāthāvagga Aṭṭhakathā 4202 Nidānavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4203 Khandhavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4204 Saḷāyatanavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4205 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Saṃyutta)	4301 Sagāthāvagga Ṭīkā 4302 Nidānavagga Ṭīkā 4303 Khandhavagga Ṭīkā 4304 Saḷāyatanavagga Ṭīkā 4305 Mahāvagga Ṭīkā (Saṃyutta)
5101 Ekakanipāta Pāḷi 5102 Dukanipāta Pāḷi 5103 Tikanipāta Pāḷi 5104 Catukkanipāta Pāḷi 5105 Pañcakanipāta Pāḷi 5106 Chakkanipāta Pāḷi 5107 Sattakanipāta Pāḷi 5108 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Pāḷi 5109 Navakanipāta Pāḷi 5110 Dasakanipāta Pāḷi 5111 Ekādasakanipāta Pāḷi	5201 Ekakanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5202 Duka-tika-catukkanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5203 Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5204 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Aṭṭhakathā	5301 Ekakanipāta Ṭīkā 5302 Duka-tika-catukkanipāta Ṭīkā 5303 Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta Ṭīkā 5304 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Ṭīkā
6101 Khuddakapāṭha Pāḷi 6102 Dhammapada Pāḷi 6103 Udāna Pāḷi 6104 Itivuttaka Pāḷi 6105 Suttanipāta Pāḷi 6106 Vimānavatthu Pāḷi 6107 Petavatthu Pāḷi 6108 Theragāthā Pāḷi 6109 Therīgāthā Pāḷi 6110 Apadāna Pāḷi-1 6111 Apadāna Pāḷi-2 6112 Buddhavaṃsa Pāḷi 6113 Cariyāpiṭaka Pāḷi 6114 Jātaka Pāḷi-1 6115 Jātaka Pāḷi-2 6116 Mahāniddesa Pāḷi 6117 Cūḷaniddesa Pāḷi 6118 Paṭisambhidāmagga Pāḷi 6119 Nettippakaraṇa Pāḷi 6120 Milindapañha Pāḷi 6121 Peṭakopadesa Pāḷi	6201 Khuddakapāṭha Aṭṭhakathā 6202 Dhammapada Aṭṭhakathā-1 6203 Dhammapada Aṭṭhakathā-2 6204 Udāna Aṭṭhakathā 6205 Itivuttaka Aṭṭhakathā 6206 Suttanipāta Aṭṭhakathā-1 6207 Suttanipāta Aṭṭhakathā-2 6208 Vimānavatthu Aṭṭhakathā 6209 Petavatthu Aṭṭhakathā 6210 Theragāthā Aṭṭhakathā-1 6211 Theragāthā Aṭṭhakathā-2 6212 Therīgāthā Aṭṭhakathā 6213 Apadāna Aṭṭhakathā-1 6214 Apadāna Aṭṭhakathā-2 6215 Buddhavaṃsa Aṭṭhakathā 6216 Cariyāpiṭaka Aṭṭhakathā 6217 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-1 6218 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-2 6219 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-3 6220 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-4 6221 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-5 6222 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-6 6223 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-7 6224 Mahāniddesa Aṭṭhakathā 6225 Cūḷaniddesa Aṭṭhakathā 6226 Paṭisambhidāmagga Aṭṭhakathā-1 6227 Paṭisambhidāmagga Aṭṭhakathā-2 6228 Nettippakaraṇa Aṭṭhakathā	6301 Nettippakaraṇa Ṭīkā 6302 Nettivibhāvinī
7101 Dhammasaṅgaṇī Pāḷi 7102 Vibhaṅga Pāḷi 7103 Dhātukathā Pāḷi 7104 Puggalapaññatti Pāḷi 7105 Kathāvatthu Pāḷi 7106 Yamaka Pāḷi-1 7107 Yamaka Pāḷi-2 7108 Yamaka Pāḷi-3 7109 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-1 7110 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-2 7111 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-3 7112 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-4 7113 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-5	7201 Dhammasaṅgaṇi Aṭṭhakathā 7202 Sammohavinodanī Aṭṭhakathā 7203 Pañcapakaraṇa Aṭṭhakathā	7301 Dhammasaṅgaṇī-mūlaṭīkā 7302 Vibhaṅga-mūlaṭīkā 7303 Pañcapakaraṇa-mūlaṭīkā 7304 Dhammasaṅgaṇī-anuṭīkā 7305 Pañcapakaraṇa-anuṭīkā 7306 Abhidhammāvatāro-nāmarūpaparicchedo 7307 Abhidhammatthasaṅgaho 7308 Abhidhammāvatāra-purāṇaṭīkā 7309 Abhidhammamātikāpāḷi

Deutsch
Pali-Kanon	Kommentare	Subkommentare	Sonstige
1101 Pārājika Pāḷi 1102 Pācittiya Pāḷi 1103 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Vinaya) 1104 Cūḷavagga Pāḷi 1105 Parivāra Pāḷi	1201 Pārājikakaṇḍa Aṭṭhakathā-1 1202 Pārājikakaṇḍa Aṭṭhakathā-2 1203 Pācittiya Aṭṭhakathā 1204 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Vinaya) 1205 Cūḷavagga Aṭṭhakathā 1206 Parivāra Aṭṭhakathā	1301 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-1 1302 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-2 1303 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-3	1401 Dvemātikāpāḷi 1402 Vinayasaṅgaha Aṭṭhakathā 1403 Vajirabuddhi Ṭīkā 1404 Vimativinodanī Ṭīkā-1 1405 Vimativinodanī Ṭīkā-2 1406 Vinayālaṅkāra Ṭīkā-1 1407 Vinayālaṅkāra Ṭīkā-2 1408 Kaṅkhāvitaraṇīpurāṇa Ṭīkā 1409 Vinayavinicchaya-uttaravinicchaya 1410 Vinayavinicchaya Ṭīkā-1 1411 Vinayavinicchaya Ṭīkā-2 1412 Pācityādiyojanāpāḷi 1413 Khuddasikkhā-mūlasikkhā 8401 Visuddhimagga-1 8402 Visuddhimagga-2 8403 Visuddhimagga-mahāṭīkā-1 8404 Visuddhimagga-mahāṭīkā-2 8405 Visuddhimagga nidānakathā 8406 Dīghanikāya (pu-vi) 8407 Majjhimanikāya (pu-vi) 8408 Saṃyuttanikāya (pu-vi) 8409 Aṅguttaranikāya (pu-vi) 8410 Vinayapiṭaka (pu-vi) 8411 Abhidhammapiṭaka (pu-vi) 8412 Aṭṭhakathā (pu-vi) 8413 Niruttidīpanī 8414 Paramatthadīpanī Saṅgahamahāṭīkāpāṭha 8415 Anudīpanīpāṭha 8416 Paṭṭhānuddesa dīpanīpāṭha 8417 Namakkāraṭīkā 8418 Mahāpaṇāmapāṭha 8419 Lakkhaṇāto buddhathomanāgāthā 8420 Sutavandanā 8421 Kamalāñjali 8422 Jinālaṅkāra 8423 Pajjamadhu 8424 Buddhaguṇagāthāvalī 8425 Cūḷaganthavaṃsa 8427 Sāsanavaṃsa 8426 Mahāvaṃsa 8429 Moggallānabyākaraṇaṃ 8428 Kaccāyanabyākaraṇaṃ 8430 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (padamālā) 8431 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (dhātumālā) 8432 Padarūpasiddhi 8433 Mogallānapañcikā 8434 Payogasiddhipāṭha 8435 Vuttodayapāṭha 8436 Abhidhānappadīpikāpāṭha 8437 Abhidhānappadīpikāṭīkā 8438 Subodhālaṅkārapāṭha 8439 Subodhālaṅkāraṭīkā 8440 Bālāvatāra gaṇṭhipadatthavinicchayasāra 8446 Kavidappaṇanīti 8447 Nītimañjarī 8445 Dhammanīti 8444 Mahārahanīti 8441 Lokanīti 8442 Suttantanīti 8443 Sūrassatinīti 8450 Cāṇakyanīti 8448 Naradakkhadīpanī 8449 Caturārakkhadīpanī 8451 Rasavāhinī 8452 Sīmavisodhanīpāṭha 8453 Vessantaragīti 8454 Moggallāna vuttivivaraṇapañcikā 8455 Thūpavaṃsa 8456 Dāṭhāvaṃsa 8457 Dhātupāṭhavilāsiniyā 8458 Dhātuvaṃsa 8459 Hatthavanagallavihāravaṃsa 8460 Jinacaritaya 8461 Jinavaṃsadīpaṃ 8462 Telakaṭāhagāthā 8463 Milidaṭīkā 8464 Padamañjarī 8465 Padasādhanaṃ 8466 Saddabindupakaraṇaṃ 8467 Kaccāyanadhātumañjusā 8468 Sāmantakūṭavaṇṇanā
2101 Sīlakkhandhavagga Pāḷi 2102 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Dīgha) 2103 Pāthikavagga Pāḷi	2201 Sīlakkhandhavagga Aṭṭhakathā 2202 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Dīgha) 2203 Pāthikavagga Aṭṭhakathā	2301 Sīlakkhandhavagga Ṭīkā 2302 Mahāvagga Ṭīkā (Dīgha) 2303 Pāthikavagga Ṭīkā 2304 Sīlakkhandhavagga-abhinavaṭīkā-1 2305 Sīlakkhandhavagga-abhinavaṭīkā-2
3101 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3102 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3103 Uparipaṇṇāsa Pāḷi	3201 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā-1 3202 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā-2 3203 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā 3204 Uparipaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā	3301 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā 3302 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā 3303 Uparipaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā
4101 Sagāthāvagga Pāḷi 4102 Nidānavagga Pāḷi 4103 Khandhavagga Pāḷi 4104 Saḷāyatanavagga Pāḷi 4105 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Saṃyutta)	4201 Sagāthāvagga Aṭṭhakathā 4202 Nidānavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4203 Khandhavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4204 Saḷāyatanavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4205 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Saṃyutta)	4301 Sagāthāvagga Ṭīkā 4302 Nidānavagga Ṭīkā 4303 Khandhavagga Ṭīkā 4304 Saḷāyatanavagga Ṭīkā 4305 Mahāvagga Ṭīkā (Saṃyutta)
5101 Ekakanipāta Pāḷi 5102 Dukanipāta Pāḷi 5103 Tikanipāta Pāḷi 5104 Catukkanipāta Pāḷi 5105 Pañcakanipāta Pāḷi 5106 Chakkanipāta Pāḷi 5107 Sattakanipāta Pāḷi 5108 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Pāḷi 5109 Navakanipāta Pāḷi 5110 Dasakanipāta Pāḷi 5111 Ekādasakanipāta Pāḷi	5201 Ekakanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5202 Duka-tika-catukkanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5203 Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5204 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Aṭṭhakathā	5301 Ekakanipāta Ṭīkā 5302 Duka-tika-catukkanipāta Ṭīkā 5303 Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta Ṭīkā 5304 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Ṭīkā
6101 Khuddakapāṭha Pāḷi 6102 Dhammapada Pāḷi 6103 Udāna Pāḷi 6104 Itivuttaka Pāḷi 6105 Suttanipāta Pāḷi 6106 Vimānavatthu Pāḷi 6107 Petavatthu Pāḷi 6108 Theragāthā Pāḷi 6109 Therīgāthā Pāḷi 6110 Apadāna Pāḷi-1 6111 Apadāna Pāḷi-2 6112 Buddhavaṃsa Pāḷi 6113 Cariyāpiṭaka Pāḷi 6114 Jātaka Pāḷi-1 6115 Jātaka Pāḷi-2 6116 Mahāniddesa Pāḷi 6117 Cūḷaniddesa Pāḷi 6118 Paṭisambhidāmagga Pāḷi 6119 Nettippakaraṇa Pāḷi 6120 Milindapañha Pāḷi 6121 Peṭakopadesa Pāḷi	6201 Khuddakapāṭha Aṭṭhakathā 6202 Dhammapada Aṭṭhakathā-1 6203 Dhammapada Aṭṭhakathā-2 6204 Udāna Aṭṭhakathā 6205 Itivuttaka Aṭṭhakathā 6206 Suttanipāta Aṭṭhakathā-1 6207 Suttanipāta Aṭṭhakathā-2 6208 Vimānavatthu Aṭṭhakathā 6209 Petavatthu Aṭṭhakathā 6210 Theragāthā Aṭṭhakathā-1 6211 Theragāthā Aṭṭhakathā-2 6212 Therīgāthā Aṭṭhakathā 6213 Apadāna Aṭṭhakathā-1 6214 Apadāna Aṭṭhakathā-2 6215 Buddhavaṃsa Aṭṭhakathā 6216 Cariyāpiṭaka Aṭṭhakathā 6217 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-1 6218 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-2 6219 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-3 6220 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-4 6221 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-5 6222 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-6 6223 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-7 6224 Mahāniddesa Aṭṭhakathā 6225 Cūḷaniddesa Aṭṭhakathā 6226 Paṭisambhidāmagga Aṭṭhakathā-1 6227 Paṭisambhidāmagga Aṭṭhakathā-2 6228 Nettippakaraṇa Aṭṭhakathā	6301 Nettippakaraṇa Ṭīkā 6302 Nettivibhāvinī
7101 Dhammasaṅgaṇī Pāḷi 7102 Vibhaṅga Pāḷi 7103 Dhātukathā Pāḷi 7104 Puggalapaññatti Pāḷi 7105 Kathāvatthu Pāḷi 7106 Yamaka Pāḷi-1 7107 Yamaka Pāḷi-2 7108 Yamaka Pāḷi-3 7109 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-1 7110 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-2 7111 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-3 7112 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-4 7113 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-5	7201 Dhammasaṅgaṇi Aṭṭhakathā 7202 Sammohavinodanī Aṭṭhakathā 7203 Pañcapakaraṇa Aṭṭhakathā	7301 Dhammasaṅgaṇī-mūlaṭīkā 7302 Vibhaṅga-mūlaṭīkā 7303 Pañcapakaraṇa-mūlaṭīkā 7304 Dhammasaṅgaṇī-anuṭīkā 7305 Pañcapakaraṇa-anuṭīkā 7306 Abhidhammāvatāro-nāmarūpaparicchedo 7307 Abhidhammatthasaṅgaho 7308 Abhidhammāvatāra-purāṇaṭīkā 7309 Abhidhammamātikāpāḷi

हिंदी
पाली कैनन	कमेंट्री	उप-टिप्पणियाँ	अन्य
1101 पाराजिक पाळि 1102 पाचित्तिय पाळि 1103 महावग्ग पाळि (विनय) 1104 चूळवग्ग पाळि 1105 परिवार पाळि	1201 पाराजिककण्ड अट्ठकथा-1 1202 पाराजिककण्ड अट्ठकथा-2 1203 पाचित्तिय अट्ठकथा 1204 महावग्ग अट्ठकथा (विनय) 1205 चूळवग्ग अट्ठकथा 1206 परिवार अट्ठकथा	1301 सारत्थदीपनी टीका-1 1302 सारत्थदीपनी टीका-2 1303 सारत्थदीपनी टीका-3	1401 द्वेमातिकापाळि 1402 विनयसंगह अट्ठकथा 1403 वजिरबुद्धि टीका 1404 विमतिविनोदनी टीका-1 1405 विमतिविनोदनी टीका-2 1406 विनयालंकार टीका-1 1407 विनयालंकार टीका-2 1408 कंखावितरणीपुराण टीका 1409 विनयविनिच्छय-उत्तरविनिच्छय 1410 विनयविनिच्छय टीका-1 1411 विनयविनिच्छय टीका-2 1412 पाचित्यादियोजनापाळि 1413 खुद्दसिक्खा-मूलसिक्खा 8401 विसुद्धिमग्ग-1 8402 विसुद्धिमग्ग-2 8403 विसुद्धिमग्ग-महाटीका-1 8404 विसुद्धिमग्ग-महाटीका-2 8405 विसुद्धिमग्ग निदानकथा 8406 दीघनिकाय (पु-वि) 8407 मज्झिमनिकाय (पु-वि) 8408 संयुत्तनिकाय (पु-वि) 8409 अङ्गुत्तरनिकाय (पु-वि) 8410 विनयपिटक (पु-वि) 8411 अभिधम्मपिटक (पु-वि) 8412 अट्ठकथा (पु-वि) 8413 निरुत्तिदीपनी 8414 परमत्थदीपनी सङ्गहमहाटीकापाठ 8415 अनुदीपनीपाठ 8416 पट्ठानुद्देस दीपनीपाठ 8417 नमक्कारटीका 8418 महापणामपाठ 8419 लक्खणातो बुद्धथोमनागाथा 8420 सुतवन्दना 8421 कमलाञ्जलि 8422 जिनालंकार 8423 पज्जमधु 8424 बुद्धगुणगाथावली 8425 चूळगन्थवंस 8427 सासनवंस 8426 महावंस 8429 मोग्गल्लानब्याकरणं 8428 कच्चायनब्याकरणं 8430 सद्दनीतिप्पकरणं (पदमाला) 8431 सद्दनीतिप्पकरणं (धातुमाला) 8432 पदरूपसिद्धि 8433 मोग्गल्लानपञ्चिका 8434 पयोगसिद्धिपाठ 8435 वुत्तोदयपाठ 8436 अभिधानप्पदीपिकापाठ 8437 अभिधानप्पदीपिकाटीका 8438 सुबोधालंकारपाठ 8439 सुबोधालंकारटीका 8440 बालावतार गण्ठिपदत्थविनिच्छयसार 8446 कविदप्पणनीति 8447 नीतिमञ्जरी 8445 धम्मनीति 8444 महारहनीति 8441 लोकनीति 8442 सुत्तन्तनीति 8443 सूरस्सतीनीति 8450 चाणक्यनीति 8448 नरदक्खदीपनी 8449 चतुरारक्खदीपनी 8451 रसवाहिनी 8452 सीमविसोधनीपाठ 8453 वेस्सन्तरगीति 8454 मोग्गल्लान वुत्तिविवरणपञ्चिका 8455 थूपवंस 8456 दाठावंस 8457 धातुपाठविलासिनिया 8458 धातुवंस 8459 हत्थवनगल्लविहारवंस 8460 जिनचरितय 8461 जिनवंसदीपं 8462 तेलकटाहगाथा 8463 मिलिदटीका 8464 पदमञ्जरी 8465 पदसाधनं 8466 सद्दबिन्दुपकरणं 8467 कच्चायनधातुमञ्जुसा 8468 सामन्तकूटवण्णना
2101 सीलक्खन्धवग्ग पाळि 2102 महावग्ग पाळि (दीघ) 2103 पाथिकवग्ग पाळि	2201 सीलक्खन्धवग्ग अट्ठकथा 2202 महावग्ग अट्ठकथा (दीघ) 2203 पाथिकवग्ग अट्ठकथा	2301 सीलक्खन्धवग्ग टीका 2302 महावग्ग टीका (दीघ) 2303 पाथिकवग्ग टीका 2304 सीलक्खन्धवग्ग-अभिनवटीका-1 2305 सीलक्खन्धवग्ग-अभिनवटीका-2
3101 मूलपण्णास पाळि 3102 मज्झिमपण्णास पाळि 3103 उपरिपण्णास पाळि	3201 मूलपण्णास अट्ठकथा-1 3202 मूलपण्णास अट्ठकथा-2 3203 मज्झिमपण्णास अट्ठकथा 3204 उपरिपण्णास अट्ठकथा	3301 मूलपण्णास टीका 3302 मज्झिमपण्णास टीका 3303 उपरिपण्णास टीका
4101 सगाथावग्ग पाळि 4102 निदानवग्ग पाळि 4103 खन्धवग्ग पाळि 4104 सळायतनवग्ग पाळि 4105 महावग्ग पाळि (संयुत्त)	4201 सगाथावग्ग अट्ठकथा 4202 निदानवग्ग अट्ठकथा 4203 खन्धवग्ग अट्ठकथा 4204 सळायतनवग्ग अट्ठकथा 4205 महावग्ग अट्ठकथा (संयुत्त)	4301 सगाथावग्ग टीका 4302 निदानवग्ग टीका 4303 खन्धवग्ग टीका 4304 सळायतनवग्ग टीका 4305 महावग्ग टीका (संयुत्त)
5101 एककनिपात पाळि 5102 दुकनिपात पाळि 5103 तिकनिपात पाळि 5104 चतुक्कनिपात पाळि 5105 पञ्चकनिपात पाळि 5106 छक्कनिपात पाळि 5107 सत्तकनिपात पाळि 5108 अट्ठकादिनिपात पाळि 5109 नवकनिपात पाळि 5110 दसकनिपात पाळि 5111 एकादसकनिपात पाळि	5201 एककनिपात अट्ठकथा 5202 दुक-तिक-चतुक्कनिपात अट्ठकथा 5203 पञ्चक-छक्क-सत्तकनिपात अट्ठकथा 5204 अट्ठकादिनिपात अट्ठकथा	5301 एककनिपात टीका 5302 दुक-तिक-चतुक्कनिपात टीका 5303 पञ्चक-छक्क-सत्तकनिपात टीका 5304 अट्ठकादिनिपात टीका
6101 खुद्दकपाठ पाळि 6102 धम्मपद पाळि 6103 उदान पाळि 6104 इतिवुत्तक पाळि 6105 सुत्तनिपात पाळि 6106 विमानवत्थु पाळि 6107 पेतवत्थु पाळि 6108 थेरगाथा पाळि 6109 थेरीगाथा पाळि 6110 अपदान पाळि-1 6111 अपदान पाळि-2 6112 बुद्धवंस पाळि 6113 चरियापिटक पाळि 6114 जातक पाळि-1 6115 जातक पाळि-2 6116 महानिद्देस पाळि 6117 चूळनिद्देस पाळि 6118 पटिसम्भिदामग्ग पाळि 6119 नेत्तिप्पकरण पाळि 6120 मिलिन्दपञ्ह पाळि 6121 पेटकोपदेस पाळि	6201 खुद्दकपाठ अट्ठकथा 6202 धम्मपद अट्ठकथा-1 6203 धम्मपद अट्ठकथा-2 6204 उदान अट्ठकथा 6205 इतिवुत्तक अट्ठकथा 6206 सुत्तनिपात अट्ठकथा-1 6207 सुत्तनिपात अट्ठकथा-2 6208 विमानवत्थु अट्ठकथा 6209 पेतवत्थु अट्ठकथा 6210 थेरगाथा अट्ठकथा-1 6211 थेरगाथा अट्ठकथा-2 6212 थेरीगाथा अट्ठकथा 6213 अपदान अट्ठकथा-1 6214 अपदान अट्ठकथा-2 6215 बुद्धवंस अट्ठकथा 6216 चरियापिटक अट्ठकथा 6217 जातक अट्ठकथा-1 6218 जातक अट्ठकथा-2 6219 जातक अट्ठकथा-3 6220 जातक अट्ठकथा-4 6221 जातक अट्ठकथा-5 6222 जातक अट्ठकथा-6 6223 जातक अट्ठकथा-7 6224 महानिद्देस अट्ठकथा 6225 चूळनिद्देस अट्ठकथा 6226 पटिसम्भिदामग्ग अट्ठकथा-1 6227 पटिसम्भिदामग्ग अट्ठकथा-2 6228 नेत्तिप्पकरण अट्ठकथा	6301 नेत्तिप्पकरण टीका 6302 नेत्तिविभाविनी
7101 धम्मसङ्गणी पाळि 7102 विभङ्ग पाळि 7103 धातुकथा पाळि 7104 पुग्गलपञ्ञत्ति पाळि 7105 कथावत्थु पाळि 7106 यमक पाळि-1 7107 यमक पाळि-2 7108 यमक पाळि-3 7109 पट्ठान पाळि-1 7110 पट्ठान पाळि-2 7111 पट्ठान पाळि-3 7112 पट्ठान पाळि-4 7113 पट्ठान पाळि-5	7201 धम्मसङ्गणि अट्ठकथा 7202 सम्मोहविनोदनी अट्ठकथा 7203 पञ्चपकरण अट्ठकथा	7301 धम्मसङ्गणी-मूलटीका 7302 विभङ्ग-मूलटीका 7303 पञ्चपकरण-मूलटीका 7304 धम्मसङ्गणी-अनुटीका 7305 पञ्चपकरण-अनुटीका 7306 अभिधम्मावतारो-नामरूपपरिच्छेदो 7307 अभिधम्मत्थसङ्गहो 7308 अभिधम्मावतार-पुराणटीका 7309 अभिधम्ममातिकापाळि

Indonesia
Kanon Pali	Komentar	Sub-komentar	Lainnya
1101 Pārājika Pāḷi 1102 Pācittiya Pāḷi 1103 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Vinaya) 1104 Cūḷavagga Pāḷi 1105 Parivāra Pāḷi	1201 Pārājikakaṇḍa Aṭṭhakathā-1 1202 Pārājikakaṇḍa Aṭṭhakathā-2 1203 Pācittiya Aṭṭhakathā 1204 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Vinaya) 1205 Cūḷavagga Aṭṭhakathā 1206 Parivāra Aṭṭhakathā	1301 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-1 1302 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-2 1303 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-3	1401 Dvemātikāpāḷi 1402 Vinayasaṅgaha Aṭṭhakathā 1403 Vajirabuddhi Ṭīkā 1404 Vimativinodanī Ṭīkā-1 1405 Vimativinodanī Ṭīkā-2 1406 Vinayālaṅkāra Ṭīkā-1 1407 Vinayālaṅkāra Ṭīkā-2 1408 Kaṅkhāvitaraṇīpurāṇa Ṭīkā 1409 Vinayavinicchaya-uttaravinicchaya 1410 Vinayavinicchaya Ṭīkā-1 1411 Vinayavinicchaya Ṭīkā-2 1412 Pācityādiyojanāpāḷi 1413 Khuddasikkhā-mūlasikkhā 8401 Visuddhimagga-1 8402 Visuddhimagga-2 8403 Visuddhimagga-mahāṭīkā-1 8404 Visuddhimagga-mahāṭīkā-2 8405 Visuddhimagga nidānakathā 8406 Dīghanikāya (pu-vi) 8407 Majjhimanikāya (pu-vi) 8408 Saṃyuttanikāya (pu-vi) 8409 Aṅguttaranikāya (pu-vi) 8410 Vinayapiṭaka (pu-vi) 8411 Abhidhammapiṭaka (pu-vi) 8412 Aṭṭhakathā (pu-vi) 8413 Niruttidīpanī 8414 Paramatthadīpanī Saṅgahamahāṭīkāpāṭha 8415 Anudīpanīpāṭha 8416 Paṭṭhānuddesa dīpanīpāṭha 8417 Namakkāraṭīkā 8418 Mahāpaṇāmapāṭha 8419 Lakkhaṇāto buddhathomanāgāthā 8420 Sutavandanā 8421 Kamalāñjali 8422 Jinālaṅkāra 8423 Pajjamadhu 8424 Buddhaguṇagāthāvalī 8425 Cūḷaganthavaṃsa 8427 Sāsanavaṃsa 8426 Mahāvaṃsa 8429 Moggallānabyākaraṇaṃ 8428 Kaccāyanabyākaraṇaṃ 8430 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (padamālā) 8431 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (dhātumālā) 8432 Padarūpasiddhi 8433 Mogallānapañcikā 8434 Payogasiddhipāṭha 8435 Vuttodayapāṭha 8436 Abhidhānappadīpikāpāṭha 8437 Abhidhānappadīpikāṭīkā 8438 Subodhālaṅkārapāṭha 8439 Subodhālaṅkāraṭīkā 8440 Bālāvatāra gaṇṭhipadatthavinicchayasāra 8446 Kavidappaṇanīti 8447 Nītimañjarī 8445 Dhammanīti 8444 Mahārahanīti 8441 Lokanīti 8442 Suttantanīti 8443 Sūrassatinīti 8450 Cāṇakyanīti 8448 Naradakkhadīpanī 8449 Caturārakkhadīpanī 8451 Rasavāhinī 8452 Sīmavisodhanīpāṭha 8453 Vessantaragīti 8454 Moggallāna vuttivivaraṇapañcikā 8455 Thūpavaṃsa 8456 Dāṭhāvaṃsa 8457 Dhātupāṭhavilāsiniyā 8458 Dhātuvaṃsa 8459 Hatthavanagallavihāravaṃsa 8460 Jinacaritaya 8461 Jinavaṃsadīpaṃ 8462 Telakaṭāhagāthā 8463 Milidaṭīkā 8464 Padamañjarī 8465 Padasādhanaṃ 8466 Saddabindupakaraṇaṃ 8467 Kaccāyanadhātumañjusā 8468 Sāmantakūṭavaṇṇanā
2101 Sīlakkhandhavagga Pāḷi 2102 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Dīgha) 2103 Pāthikavagga Pāḷi	2201 Sīlakkhandhavagga Aṭṭhakathā 2202 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Dīgha) 2203 Pāthikavagga Aṭṭhakathā	2301 Sīlakkhandhavagga Ṭīkā 2302 Mahāvagga Ṭīkā (Dīgha) 2303 Pāthikavagga Ṭīkā 2304 Sīlakkhandhavagga-abhinavaṭīkā-1 2305 Sīlakkhandhavagga-abhinavaṭīkā-2
3101 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3102 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3103 Uparipaṇṇāsa Pāḷi	3201 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā-1 3202 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā-2 3203 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā 3204 Uparipaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā	3301 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā 3302 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā 3303 Uparipaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā
4101 Sagāthāvagga Pāḷi 4102 Nidānavagga Pāḷi 4103 Khandhavagga Pāḷi 4104 Saḷāyatanavagga Pāḷi 4105 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Saṃyutta)	4201 Sagāthāvagga Aṭṭhakathā 4202 Nidānavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4203 Khandhavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4204 Saḷāyatanavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4205 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Saṃyutta)	4301 Sagāthāvagga Ṭīkā 4302 Nidānavagga Ṭīkā 4303 Khandhavagga Ṭīkā 4304 Saḷāyatanavagga Ṭīkā 4305 Mahāvagga Ṭīkā (Saṃyutta)
5101 Ekakanipāta Pāḷi 5102 Dukanipāta Pāḷi 5103 Tikanipāta Pāḷi 5104 Catukkanipāta Pāḷi 5105 Pañcakanipāta Pāḷi 5106 Chakkanipāta Pāḷi 5107 Sattakanipāta Pāḷi 5108 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Pāḷi 5109 Navakanipāta Pāḷi 5110 Dasakanipāta Pāḷi 5111 Ekādasakanipāta Pāḷi	5201 Ekakanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5202 Duka-tika-catukkanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5203 Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5204 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Aṭṭhakathā	5301 Ekakanipāta Ṭīkā 5302 Duka-tika-catukkanipāta Ṭīkā 5303 Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta Ṭīkā 5304 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Ṭīkā
6101 Khuddakapāṭha Pāḷi 6102 Dhammapada Pāḷi 6103 Udāna Pāḷi 6104 Itivuttaka Pāḷi 6105 Suttanipāta Pāḷi 6106 Vimānavatthu Pāḷi 6107 Petavatthu Pāḷi 6108 Theragāthā Pāḷi 6109 Therīgāthā Pāḷi 6110 Apadāna Pāḷi-1 6111 Apadāna Pāḷi-2 6112 Buddhavaṃsa Pāḷi 6113 Cariyāpiṭaka Pāḷi 6114 Jātaka Pāḷi-1 6115 Jātaka Pāḷi-2 6116 Mahāniddesa Pāḷi 6117 Cūḷaniddesa Pāḷi 6118 Paṭisambhidāmagga Pāḷi 6119 Nettippakaraṇa Pāḷi 6120 Milindapañha Pāḷi 6121 Peṭakopadesa Pāḷi	6201 Khuddakapāṭha Aṭṭhakathā 6202 Dhammapada Aṭṭhakathā-1 6203 Dhammapada Aṭṭhakathā-2 6204 Udāna Aṭṭhakathā 6205 Itivuttaka Aṭṭhakathā 6206 Suttanipāta Aṭṭhakathā-1 6207 Suttanipāta Aṭṭhakathā-2 6208 Vimānavatthu Aṭṭhakathā 6209 Petavatthu Aṭṭhakathā 6210 Theragāthā Aṭṭhakathā-1 6211 Theragāthā Aṭṭhakathā-2 6212 Therīgāthā Aṭṭhakathā 6213 Apadāna Aṭṭhakathā-1 6214 Apadāna Aṭṭhakathā-2 6215 Buddhavaṃsa Aṭṭhakathā 6216 Cariyāpiṭaka Aṭṭhakathā 6217 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-1 6218 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-2 6219 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-3 6220 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-4 6221 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-5 6222 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-6 6223 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-7 6224 Mahāniddesa Aṭṭhakathā 6225 Cūḷaniddesa Aṭṭhakathā 6226 Paṭisambhidāmagga Aṭṭhakathā-1 6227 Paṭisambhidāmagga Aṭṭhakathā-2 6228 Nettippakaraṇa Aṭṭhakathā	6301 Nettippakaraṇa Ṭīkā 6302 Nettivibhāvinī
7101 Dhammasaṅgaṇī Pāḷi 7102 Vibhaṅga Pāḷi 7103 Dhātukathā Pāḷi 7104 Puggalapaññatti Pāḷi 7105 Kathāvatthu Pāḷi 7106 Yamaka Pāḷi-1 7107 Yamaka Pāḷi-2 7108 Yamaka Pāḷi-3 7109 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-1 7110 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-2 7111 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-3 7112 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-4 7113 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-5	7201 Dhammasaṅgaṇi Aṭṭhakathā 7202 Sammohavinodanī Aṭṭhakathā 7203 Pañcapakaraṇa Aṭṭhakathā	7301 Dhammasaṅgaṇī-mūlaṭīkā 7302 Vibhaṅga-mūlaṭīkā 7303 Pañcapakaraṇa-mūlaṭīkā 7304 Dhammasaṅgaṇī-anuṭīkā 7305 Pañcapakaraṇa-anuṭīkā 7306 Abhidhammāvatāro-nāmarūpaparicchedo 7307 Abhidhammatthasaṅgaho 7308 Abhidhammāvatāra-purāṇaṭīkā 7309 Abhidhammamātikāpāḷi

日文
パーリ仏典	註釈書	副註釈書	その他
1101 パーラージカ・パーリ 1102 パーチッティヤ・パーリ 1103 マハーヴァッガ・パーリ（ヴィナヤ） 1104 チューラヴァッガ・パーリ 1105 パリヴァーラ・パーリ	1201 パーラージカカンダ・アッタカター-1 1202 パーラージカカンダ・アッタカター-2 1203 パーチッティヤ・アッタカター 1204 マハーヴァッガ・アッタカター（ヴィナヤ） 1205 チューラヴァッガ・アッタカター 1206 パリヴァーラ・アッタカター	1301 サーラッタディーパニー・ティーカー-1 1302 サーラッタディーパニー・ティーカー-2 1303 サーラッタディーパニー・ティーカー-3	1401 ドヴェマーティカー・パーリ 1402 ヴィナヤサンガハ・アッタカター 1403 ヴァジラブッディ・ティーカー 1404 ヴィマティヴィノーダニー・ティーカー-1 1405 ヴィマティヴィノーダニー・ティーカー-2 1406 ヴィナヤーランカーラ・ティーカー-1 1407 ヴィナヤーランカーラ・ティーカー-2 1408 カンカーウィタラニープラーナ・ティーカー 1409 ヴィナヤヴィニッチャヤ-ウッタラヴィニッチャヤ 1410 ヴィナヤヴィニッチャヤ・ティーカー-1 1411 ヴィナヤヴィニッチャヤ・ティーカー-2 1412 パーチッティヤーディヨージャナー・パーリ 1413 クッダシッカー-ムーラシッカー 8401 ヴィスッディマッガ-1 8402 ヴィスッディマッガ-2 8403 ヴィスッディマッガ・マハーティーカー-1 8404 ヴィスッディマッガ・マハーティーカー-2 8405 ヴィスッディマッガ・ニダーナカター 8406 ディーガニカーヤ（プ・ヴィ） 8407 マッジマニカーヤ（プ・ヴィ） 8408 サンユッタニカーヤ（プ・ヴィ） 8409 アングッタラニカーヤ（プ・ヴィ） 8410 ヴィナヤピタカ（プ・ヴィ） 8411 アビダンマピタカ（プ・ヴィ） 8412 アッタカター（プ・ヴィ） 8413 ニルッティディーパニー 8414 パラマッタディーパニー・サンガハマハーティカーパータ 8415 アヌディーパニーパータ 8416 パッターヌッデーサ・ディーパニーパータ 8417 ナマッカラ・ティーカー 8418 マハーパナーマ・パータ 8419 ラッカナート・ブッダトーマナーガーター 8420 スタヴァンダナー 8421 カマラーニャジャリ 8422 ジナランカーラ 8423 パッジャマドゥ 8424 ブッダグナガーター・ヴァリー 8425 チューラガンタヴァンサ 8427 サーサナヴァンサ 8426 マハーヴァンサ 8429 モッガラーナ・ビャーカラナン 8428 カッチャーヤナ・ビャーカラナン 8430 サッダニーティッパカラナン（パダマーラー） 8431 サッダニーティッパカラナン（ダートゥマーラー） 8432 パダルーパシッディ 8433 モッガラーナ・パンチカー 8434 パヨーガシッディ・パータ 8435 ヴットーダヤ・パータ 8436 アビダーナッパディーピカー・パータ 8437 アビダーナッパディーピカー・ティーカー 8438 スボーダーランカーラ・パータ 8439 スボーダーランカーラ・ティーカー 8440 バーラーヴァターラ・ガンティパダッタヴィニッチャヤサーラ 8446 カヴィダッパナニーティ 8447 ニーティマンジャリー 8445 ダンマニーティ 8444 マハーラハニーティ 8441 ローカニーティ 8442 スタンタニーティ 8443 スーラッサティニーティ 8450 チャーナキャニーティ 8448 ナラダッカディーパニー 8449 チャトゥラーラッカディーパニー 8451 ラサヴァーヒニー 8452 シーマヴィソーダニー・パータ 8453 ヴェッサンタラ・ギーティ 8454 モッガラーナ・ヴッティヴィヴァラナパンチカー 8455 トゥーパヴァンサ 8456 ダーターヴァンサ 8457 ダートゥパータヴィラーヴィシニヤー 8458 ダートゥヴァンサ 8459 ハッタヴァナッガラヴィハーラヴァンサ 8460 ジナチャリタヤ 8461 ジナヴァンサディーパン 8462 テーラカターガーター 8463 ミリダ・ティーカー 8464 パダマンジャリー 8465 パダサーダナン 8466 サッダビンドゥパカラナン 8467 カッチャーヤナ・ダートゥマンジューサー 8468 サーマンタクータ・ヴァンナナー
2101 シーラッカンダワッガ・パーリ 2102 マハーワッガ・パーリ（ディーガ） 2103 パーティカワッガ・パーリ	2201 シーラッカンダワッガ・アッタカター 2202 マハーワッガ・アッタカター（ディーガ） 2203 パーティカワッガ・アッタカター	2301 シーラッカンダワッガ・ティーカー 2302 マハーワッガ・ティーカー（ディーガ） 2303 パーティカワッガ・ティーカー 2304 シーラッカンダワッガ・アビナワティーカー-1 2305 シーラッカンダワッガ・アビナワティーカー-2
3101 ムーラパンナーサ・パーリ 3102 マッジマパンナーサ・パーリ 3103 ウパリパンナーサ・パーリ	3201 ムーラパンナーサ・アッタカター-1 3202 ムーラパンナーサ・アッタカター-2 3203 マッジマパンナーサ・アッタカター 3204 ウパリパンナーサ・アッタカター	3301 ムーラパンナーサ・ティーカー 3302 マッジマパンナーサ・ティーカー 3303 ウパリパンナーサ・ティーカー
4101 サガーター・ワッガ・パーリ 4102 ニダーナ・ワッガ・パーリ 4103 カンダ・ワッガ・パーリ 4104 サラーヤタナ・ワッガ・パーリ 4105 マハーワッガ・パーリ（サンユッタ）	4201 サガーター・ワッガ・アッタカター 4202 ニダーナ・ワッガ・アッタカター 4203 カンダ・ワッガ・アッタカター 4204 サラーヤタナ・ワッガ・アッタカター 4205 マハーワッガ・アッタカター（サンユッタ）	4301 サガーター・ワッガ・ティーカー 4302 ニダーナ・ワッガ・ティーカー 4303 カンダ・ワッガ・ティーカー 4304 サラーヤタナ・ワッガ・ティーカー 4305 マハーワッガ・ティーカー（サンユッタ）
5101 エーカカニパータ・パーリ 5102 ドゥカニパータ・パーリ 5103 ティカニパータ・パーリ 5104 チャトゥッカニパータ・パーリ 5105 パンチャカニパータ・パーリ 5106 チャッカニパータ・パーリ 5107 サッタカニパータ・パーリ 5108 アッタカーディニパータ・パーリ 5109 ナヴァカニパータ・パーリ 5110 ダサカニパータ・パーリ 5111 エーカーダサカニパータ・パーリ	5201 エーカカニパータ・アッタカター 5202 ドゥカ・ティカ・チャトゥッカニパータ・アッタカター 5203 パンチャカ・チャッカ・サッタカニパータ・アッタカター 5204 アッタカーディニパータ・アッタカター	5301 エーカカニパータ・ティーカー 5302 ドゥカ・ティカ・チャトゥッカニパータ・ティーカー 5303 パンチャカ・チャッカ・サッタカニパータ・ティーカー 5304 アッタカーディニパータ・ティーカー
6101 クッダカパータ・パーリ 6102 ダンマパダ・パーリ 6103 ウダーナ・パーリ 6104 イティヴッタカ・パーリ 6105 スッタニパータ・パーリ 6106 ヴィマーナヴァットゥ・パーリ 6107 ペーヴァットゥ・パーリ 6108 テーラガーター・パーリ 6109 テーリーガーター・パーリ 6110 アパダーナ・パーリ-1 6111 アパダーナ・パーリ-2 6112 ブッダヴァンサ・パーリ 6113 チャリヤーピタカ・パーリ 6114 ジャータカ・パーリ-1 6115 ジャータカ・パーリ-2 6116 マハーニッデーサ・パーリ 6117 チューラニッデーサ・パーリ 6118 パティサンビダーマッガ・パーリ 6119 ネッティッパカラナ・パーリ 6120 ミリンダパンハ・パーリ 6121 ペータコーパデーサ・パーリ	6201 クッダカパータ・アッタカター 6202 ダンマパダ・アッタカター-1 6203 ダンマパダ・アッタカター-2 6204 ウダーナ・アッタカター 6205 イティヴッタカ・アッタカター 6206 スッタニパータ・アッタカター-1 6207 スッタニパータ・アッタカター-2 6208 ヴィマーナヴァットゥ・アッタカター 6209 ペータヴァットゥ・アッタカター 6210 テーラガーター・アッタカター-1 6211 テーラガーター・アッタカター-2 6212 テーリーガーター・アッタカター 6213 アパダーナ・アッタカター-1 6214 アパダーナ・アッタカター-2 6215 ブッダヴァンサ・アッタカター 6216 チャリヤーピタカ・アッタカター 6217 ジャータカ・アッタカター-1 6218 ジャータカ・アッタカター-2 6219 ジャータカ・アッタカター-3 6220 ジャータカ・アッタカター-4 6221 ジャータカ・アッタカター-5 6222 ジャータカ・アッタカター-6 6223 ジャータカ・アッタカター-7 6224 マハーニッデーサ・アッタカター 6225 チューラニッデーサ・アッタカター 6226 パティサンビダーマッガ・アッタカター-1 6227 パティサンビダーマッガ・アッタカター-2 6228 ネッティッパカラナ・アッタカター	6301 ネッティッパカラナ・ティーカー 6302 ネッティヴィバーヴィニー
7101 ダンマサンガニー・パーリ 7102 ヴィバンガ・パーリ 7103 ダートゥカター・パーリ 7104 プッガラパンニャッティ・パーリ 7105 カター・ヴァットゥ・パーリ 7106 ヤマカ・パーリ-1 7107 ヤマカ・パーリ-2 7108 ヤマカ・パーリ-3 7109 パッターナ・パーリ-1 7110 パッターナ・パーリ-2 7111 パッターナ・パーリ-3 7112 パッターナ・パーリ-4 7113 パッターナ・パーリ-5	7201 ダンマサンガニ・アッタカター 7202 サンモーハヴィノーダニー・アッタカター 7203 パンチャパカラナ・アッタカター	7301 ダンマサンガニー・ムーラティーカー 7302 ヴィバンガ・ムーラティーカー 7303 パンチャパカラナ・ムーラティーカー 7304 ダンマサンガニー・アヌティーカー 7305 パンチャパカラナ・アヌティーカー 7306 アビダンマーヴァターロ・ナーマルーパパリッチェード 7307 アビダンマッタ・サンガホ 7308 アビダンマーヴァターラ・プラーナティーカー 7309 アビダンマ・マーティカーパーリ

ខ្មែរ
ព្រះត្រៃបិដកបាលី	អដ្ឋកថា	ដីកា	ផ្សេងទៀត
1101 បារាជិកបាឡិ 1102 បាចិត្តិយបាឡិ 1103 មហាវគ្គបាឡិ (វិន័យ) 1104 ចូឡវគ្គបាឡិ 1105 បរិវារបាឡិ	1201 បារាជិកកណ្ឌអដ្ឋកថា-១ 1202 បារាជិកកណ្ឌអដ្ឋកថា-២ 1203 បាចិត្តិយអដ្ឋកថា 1204 មហាវគ្គអដ្ឋកថា (វិន័យ) 1205 ចូឡវគ្គអដ្ឋកថា 1206 បរិវារអដ្ឋកថា	1301 សារត្ថទីបនីដីកា-១ 1302 សារត្ថទីបនីដីកា-២ 1303 សារត្ថទីបនីដីកា-៣	1401 ទ្វេមាតិកាបាឡិ 1402 វិនយសង្គហអដ្ឋកថា 1403 វជិរពុទ្ធិដីកា 1404 វិមតិវិនោទនីដីកា-១ 1405 វិមតិវិនោទនីដីកា-២ 1406 វិនយាលង្ការដីកា-១ 1407 វិនយាលង្ការដីកា-២ 1408 កង្ខាវិតរណីបុរាណដីកា 1409 វិនយវិនិច្ឆយ-ឧត្តរវិនិច្ឆយ 1410 វិនយវិនិច្ឆយដីកា-១ 1411 វិនយវិនិច្ឆយដីកា-២ 1412 បាចិត្យាទិយោជនាបាឡិ 1413 ខុទ្ទសិក្ខា-មូលសិក្ខា 8401 វិសុទ្ធិមគ្គ-១ 8402 វិសុទ្ធិមគ្គ-២ 8403 វិសុទ្ធិមគ្គ-មហាដីកា-១ 8404 វិសុទ្ធិមគ្គ-មហាដីកា-២ 8405 វិសុទ្ធិមគ្គ និទានកថា 8406 ទីឃនិកាយ (បុ-វិ) 8407 មជ្ឈិមនិកាយ (បុ-វិ) 8408 សំយុត្តនិកាយ (បុ-វិ) 8409 អង្គុត្តរនិកាយ (បុ-វិ) 8410 វិនយបិដក (បុ-វិ) 8411 អភិធម្មបិដក (បុ-វិ) 8412 អដ្ឋកថា (បុ-វិ) 8413 និរុត្តិទីបនី 8414 បរមត្ថទីបនី សង្គហមហាដីកាបាឋ 8415 អនុទីបនីបាឋ 8416 បដ្ឋានុទ្ទេស ទីបនីបាឋ 8417 នមក្ការដីកា 8418 មហាបណាមបាឋ 8419 លក្ខណាតោ ពុទ្ធថោមនាគាថា 8420 សុតវន្ទនា 8421 កមលាញ្ជលិ 8422 ជិនាលង្ការ 8423 បជ្ជមធុ 8424 ពុទ្ធគុណគាថាវលី 8425 ចូឡគន្ថវង្ស 8427 សាសនវង្ស 8426 មហាវង្ស 8429 មោគ្គល្លានព្យាករណំ 8428 កច្ចាយនព្យាករណំ 8430 សទ្ទនីតិប្បករណំ (បទមាលា) 8431 សទ្ទនីតិប្បករណំ (ធាតុមាលា) 8432 បទរូបសិទ្ធិ 8433 មោគ្គល្លានបញ្ចិកា 8434 បយោគសិទ្ធិបាឋ 8435 វុត្តោទយបាឋ 8436 អភិធានប្បទីបិកាបាឋ 8437 អភិធានប្បទីបិកាដីកា 8438 សុពោធាលង្ការបាឋ 8439 សុពោធាលង្ការដីកា 8440 បាលាវតារ គណ្ឋិបទត្ថវិនិច្ឆយសារ 8446 កវិទប្បណនីតិ 8447 នីតិមញ្ជរី 8445 ធម្មនីតិ 8444 មហារហនីតិ 8441 លោកនីតិ 8442 សុត្តន្តនីតិ 8443 សូរស្សតិនីតិ 8450 ចាណក្យនីតិ 8448 នរទក្ខទីបនី 8449 ចតុរារក្ខទីបនី 8451 រសវាហិនី 8452 សីមវិសោធនីបាឋ 8453 វេស្សន្តរគីតិ 8454 មោគ្គល្លាន វុត្តិវិវរណបញ្ចិកា 8455 ថូបវង្ស 8456 ទាឋាវង្ស 8457 ធាតុបាឋវិលាសិនិយា 8458 ធាតុវង្ស 8459 ហត្ថវនគល្លវិហារវង្ស 8460 ជិនចរិតយ 8461 ជិនវង្សទីបំ 8462 តេលកដាហគាថា 8463 មិលិទដីកា 8464 បទមញ្ជរី 8465 បទសាធនំ 8466 សទ្ទពិន្ទុបករណំ 8467 កច្ចាយនធាតុមញ្ជុសា 8468 សាមន្តកូដវណ្ណនា
2101 សីលក្ខន្ធវគ្គបាឡិ 2102 មហាវគ្គបាឡិ (ទីឃ) 2103 បាថិកវគ្គបាឡិ	2201 សីលក្ខន្ធវគ្គអដ្ឋកថា 2202 មហាវគ្គអដ្ឋកថា (ទីឃ) 2203 បាថិកវគ្គអដ្ឋកថា	2301 សីលក្ខន្ធវគ្គដីកា 2302 មហាវគ្គដីកា (ទីឃ) 2303 បាថិកវគ្គដីកា 2304 សីលក្ខន្ធវគ្គ-អភិនវដីកា-១ 2305 សីលក្ខន្ធវគ្គ-អភិនវដីកា-២
3101 មូលបណ្ណាសបាឡិ 3102 មជ្ឈិមបណ្ណាសបាឡិ 3103 ឧបរិបណ្ណាសបាឡិ	3201 មូលបណ្ណាសអដ្ឋកថា-១ 3202 មូលបណ្ណាសអដ្ឋកថា-២ 3203 មជ្ឈិមបណ្ណាសអដ្ឋកថា 3204 ឧបរិបណ្ណាសអដ្ឋកថា	3301 មូលបណ្ណាសដីកា 3302 មជ្ឈិមបណ្ណាសដីកា 3303 ឧបរិបណ្ណាសដីកា
4101 សគាថាវគ្គបាឡិ 4102 និទានវគ្គបាឡិ 4103 ខន្ធវគ្គបាឡិ 4104 សឡាយតនវគ្គបាឡិ 4105 មហាវគ្គបាឡិ (សំយុត្ត)	4201 សគាថាវគ្គអដ្ឋកថា 4202 និទានវគ្គអដ្ឋកថា 4203 ខន្ធវគ្គអដ្ឋកថា 4204 សឡាយតនវគ្គអដ្ឋកថា 4205 មហាវគ្គអដ្ឋកថា (សំយុត្ត)	4301 សគាថាវគ្គដីកា 4302 និទានវគ្គដីកា 4303 ខន្ធវគ្គដីកា 4304 សឡាយតនវគ្គដីកា 4305 មហាវគ្គដីកា (សំយុត្ត)
5101 ឯកកនិបាតបាឡិ 5102 ទុកនិបាតបាឡិ 5103 តិកនិបាតបាឡិ 5104 ចតុក្កនិបាតបាឡិ 5105 បញ្ចកនិបាតបាឡិ 5106 ឆក្កនិបាតបាឡិ 5107 សត្តកនិបាតបាឡិ 5108 អដ្ឋកាទិនិបាតបាឡិ 5109 នវកនិបាតបាឡិ 5110 ទសកនិបាតបាឡិ 5111 ឯកាទសកនិបាតបាឡិ	5201 ឯកកនិបាតអដ្ឋកថា 5202 ទុក-តិក-ចតុក្កនិបាតអដ្ឋកថា 5203 បញ្ចក-ឆក្ក-សត្តកនិបាតអដ្ឋកថា 5204 អដ្ឋកាទិនិបាតអដ្ឋកថា	5301 ឯកកនិបាតដីកា 5302 ទុក-តិក-ចតុក្កនិបាតដីកា 5303 បញ្ចក-ឆក្ក-សត្តកនិបាតដីកា 5304 អដ្ឋកាទិនិបាតដីកា
6101 ខុទ្ទកបាឋបាឡិ 6102 ធម្មបទបាឡិ 6103 ឧទានបាឡិ 6104 ឥតិវុត្តកបាឡិ 6105 សុត្តនិបាតបាឡិ 6106 វិមានវត្ថុបាឡិ 6107 បេតវត្ថុបាឡិ 6108 ថេរគាថាបាឡិ 6109 ថេរីគាថាបាឡិ 6110 អបទានបាឡិ-១ 6111 អបទានបាឡិ-២ 6112 ពុទ្ធវង្សបាឡិ 6113 ចរិយាបិដកបាឡិ 6114 ជាតកបាឡិ-១ 6115 ជាតកបាឡិ-២ 6116 មហានិទ្ទេសបាឡិ 6117 ចូឡនិទ្ទេសបាឡិ 6118 បដិសម្ភិទាមគ្គបាឡិ 6119 នេត្តិប្បករណបាឡិ 6120 មិលិន្ទបញ្ហាបាឡិ 6121 បេដកោបទេសបាឡិ	6201 ខុទ្ទកបាឋអដ្ឋកថា 6202 ធម្មបទអដ្ឋកថា-១ 6203 ធម្មបទអដ្ឋកថា-២ 6204 ឧទានអដ្ឋកថា 6205 ឥតិវុត្តកអដ្ឋកថា 6206 សុត្តនិបាតអដ្ឋកថា-១ 6207 សុត្តនិបាតអដ្ឋកថា-២ 6208 វិមានវត្ថុអដ្ឋកថា 6209 បេតវត្ថុអដ្ឋកថា 6210 ថេរគាថាអដ្ឋកថា-១ 6211 ថេរគាថាអដ្ឋកថា-២ 6212 ថេរីគាថាអដ្ឋកថា 6213 អបទានអដ្ឋកថា-១ 6214 អបទានអដ្ឋកថា-២ 6215 ពុទ្ធវង្សអដ្ឋកថា 6216 ចរិយាបិដកអដ្ឋកថា 6217 ជាតកអដ្ឋកថា-១ 6218 ជាតកអដ្ឋកថា-២ 6219 ជាតកអដ្ឋកថា-៣ 6220 ជាតកអដ្ឋកថា-៤ 6221 ជាតកអដ្ឋកថា-៥ 6222 ជាតកអដ្ឋកថា-៦ 6223 ជាតកអដ្ឋកថា-៧ 6224 មហានិទ្ទេសអដ្ឋកថា 6225 ចូឡនិទ្ទេសអដ្ឋកថា 6226 បដិសម្ភិទាមគ្គអដ្ឋកថា-១ 6227 បដិសម្ភិទាមគ្គអដ្ឋកថា-២ 6228 នេត្តិប្បករណអដ្ឋកថា	6301 នេត្តិប្បករណដីកា 6302 នេត្តិវិភាវិនី
7101 ធម្មសង្គណីបាឡិ 7102 វិភង្គបាឡិ 7103 ធាតុកថាបាឡិ 7104 បុគ្គលបញ្ញត្តិបាឡិ 7105 កថាវត្ថុបាឡិ 7106 យមកបាឡិ-១ 7107 យមកបាឡិ-២ 7108 យមកបាឡិ-៣ 7109 បដ្ឋានបាឡិ-១ 7110 បដ្ឋានបាឡិ-២ 7111 បដ្ឋានបាឡិ-៣ 7112 បដ្ឋានបាឡិ-៤ 7113 បដ្ឋានបាឡិ-៥	7201 ធម្មសង្គណិអដ្ឋកថា 7202 សម្មោហវិនោទនីអដ្ឋកថា 7203 បញ្ចបករណអដ្ឋកថា	7301 ធម្មសង្គណី-មូលដីកា 7302 វិភង្គ-មូលដីកា 7303 បញ្ចបករណ-មូលដីកា 7304 ធម្មសង្គណី-អនុដីកា 7305 បញ្ចបករណ-អនុដីកា 7306 អភិធម្មាវតារោ-នាមរូបបរិច្ឆេទោ 7307 អភិធម្មត្ថសង្គហោ 7308 អភិធម្មាវតារ-បុរាណដីកា 7309 អភិធម្មមាតិកាបាឡិ

한국인
팔리 대장경	주석서	부주석서	기타
1101 빠라지카 빨리 1102 빠찟띠야 빨리 1103 마하왁가 빨리 (비나야) 1104 출라왁가 빨리 1105 빠리와라 빨리	1201 빠라지까깐다 앗타카타-1 1202 빠라지까깐다 앗타카타-2 1203 빠찟띠야 앗타카타 1204 마하왁가 앗타카타 (비나야) 1205 출라왁가 앗타카타 1206 빠리와라 앗타카타	1301 사랏타디빠니 띠까-1 1302 사랏타디빠니 띠까-2 1303 사랏타디빠니 띠까-3	1401 드베마띠까빨리 1402 위나야상가하 앗타카타 1403 와지라붓디 띠까 1404 위마띠위노다니 띠까-1 1405 위마띠위노다니 띠까-2 1406 위나야랑까라 띠까-1 1407 위나야랑까라 띠까-2 1408 깡카위따라니뿌라나 띠까 1409 위나야위닛차야-웃따라위닛차야 1410 위나야위닛차야 띠까-1 1411 위나야위닛차야 띠까-2 1412 빠찟땨디요자나빨리 1413 쿳닷시카-물라시카 8401 위숟디막가-1 8402 위숟디막가-2 8403 위숟디막가-마하띠까-1 8404 위숟디막가-마하띠까-2 8405 위숟디막가 니다나까타 8406 디가니까야 (뿌-위) 8407 맛지마니까야 (뿌-위) 8408 삼윳따니까야 (뿌-위) 8409 앙굳따라니까야 (뿌-위) 8410 위나야삐따까 (뿌-위) 8411 아비담마삐따까 (뿌-위) 8412 앗타카타 (뿌-위) 8413 니룻띠디빠니 8414 빠라맛타디빠니 상가하마하띠까빠타 8415 아누디빠니빠타 8416 빳타누ㄸ데사 디빠니빠타 8417 나막까라띠까 8418 마하빠나마빠타 8419 락카나또 붓다토마나가타 8420 수타완다나 8421 까말란자리 8422 지나랑까라 8423 빳자마두 8424 붓다구나가타왈리 8425 출라간타왕사 8427 사사나왕사 8426 마하왕사 8429 목갈라나뱌까라낭 8428 깟차야나뱌까라낭 8430 삿다니띠빠까라낭 (빠다말라) 8431 삿다니띠빠까라낭 (다두말라) 8432 빠다루빠싣디 8433 목갈라나빤찌까 8434 빠요가싣디빠타 8435 붇또다야빠타 8436 아비다나빠디피까빠타 8437 아비다나빠디피까띠까 8438 수보다랑까라빠타 8439 수보다랑까라띠까 8440 발라와따라 간티빠닷타위닛차야사라 8446 까위닷빠나니띠 8447 니띠만자리 8445 담마니띠 8444 마하라하니띠 8441 로까니띠 8442 숫딴따니띠 8443 수랏사띠니띠 8450 짜낙야니띠 8448 나라닥카디빠니 8449 짜뚜라락카디빠니 8451 라사와히니 8452 시마위소다니빠타 8453 웨산따라기띠 8454 목갈라나 붇띠위와라나빤찌까 8455 투빠왕사 8456 다타왕사 8457 다두빠타윌라시니야 8458 다두왕사 8459 핟타와나갈라위하라왕사 8460 지나짜리따야 8461 지나왕사디빵 8462 떼라까타하가타 8463 밀리다띠까 8464 빠다만자리 8465 빠다사다낭 8466 삿다빈두빠까라낭 8467 깟차야나다두만주사 8468 사만따꿋타완나나
2101 실락칸다왁가 빨리 2102 마하왁가 빨리 (디가) 2103 빠티까왁가 빨리	2201 실락칸다왁가 앗타카타 2202 마하왁가 앗타카타 (디가) 2203 빠티까왁가 앗타카타	2301 실락칸다왁가 띠까 2302 마하왁가 띠까 (디가) 2303 빠티까왁가 띠까 2304 실락칸다왁가-아비나와띠까-1 2305 실락칸다왁가-아비나와띠까-2
3101 물라빤나사 빨리 3102 맛지마빤나사 빨리 3103 우빠리빤나사 빨리	3201 물라빤나사 앗타카타-1 3202 물라빤나사 앗타카타-2 3203 맛지마빤나사 앗타카타 3204 우빠리빤나사 앗타카타	3301 물라빤나사 띠까 3302 맛지마빤나사 띠까 3303 우빠리빤나사 띠까
4101 사가타왁가 빨리 4102 니다나왁가 빨리 4103 칸다왁가 빨리 4104 살라야따나왁가 빨리 4105 마하왁가 빨리 (삼윳따)	4201 사가타왁가 앗타카타 4202 니다나왁가 앗타카타 4203 칸다왁가 앗타카타 4204 살라야따나왁가 앗타카타 4205 마하왁가 앗타카타 (삼윳따)	4301 사가타왁가 띠까 4302 니다나왁가 띠까 4303 칸다왁가 띠까 4304 살라야따나왁가 띠까 4305 마하왁가 띠까 (삼윳따)
5101 에까까니빠따 빨리 5102 두까니빠따 빨리 5103 띠까니빠따 빨리 5104 짜뚝까니빠따 빨리 5105 빤짜까니빠따 빨리 5106 착까니빠따 빨리 5107 삿따까니빠따 빨리 5108 앗타까디니빠따 빨리 5109 나와까니빠따 빨리 5110 다사까니빠따 빨리 5111 에까다사까니빠따 빨리	5201 에까까니빠따 앗타카타 5202 두까-띠까-짜뚝까니빠따 앗타카타 5203 빤짜까-착까-삿따까니빠따 앗타카타 5204 앗타까디니빠따 앗타카타	5301 에까까니빠따 띠까 5302 두까-띠까-짜뚝까니빠따 띠까 5303 빤짜까-착까-삿따까니빠따 띠까 5304 앗타까디니빠따 띠까
6101 쿳닥까빠타 빨리 6102 담마빠다 빨리 6103 우다나 빨리 6104 이띠웃따까 빨리 6105 숫따니빠따 빨리 6106 위마나왓투 빨리 6107 베따왓투 빨리 6108 테라가타 빨리 6109 테리가타 빨리 6110 아빠다나 빨리-1 6111 아빠다나 빨리-2 6112 붓다왕사 빨리 6113 짜리야삐따까 빨리 6114 자따까 빨리-1 6115 자따까 빨리-2 6116 마하닷데사 빨리 6117 출라닷데사 빨리 6118 빠티삼비다막가 빨리 6119 넷띠빠까라나 빨리 6120 밀린다빤하 빨리 6121 뻬따꼬빠데사 빨리	6201 쿳닥까빠타 앗타카타 6202 담마빠다 앗타카타-1 6203 담마빠다 앗타카타-2 6204 우다나 앗타카타 6205 이띠웃따까 앗타카타 6206 숫따니빠따 앗타카타-1 6207 숫따니빠따 앗타카타-2 6208 위마나왓투 앗타카타 6209 베따왓투 앗타카타 6210 테라가타 앗타카타-1 6211 테라가타 앗타카타-2 6212 테리가타 앗타카타 6213 아빠다나 앗타카타-1 6214 아빠다나 앗타카타-2 6215 붓다왕사 앗타카타 6216 짜리야삐따까 앗타카타 6217 자따까 앗타카타-1 6218 자따까 앗타카타-2 6219 자따까 앗타카타-3 6220 자따까 앗타카타-4 6221 자따까 앗타카타-5 6222 자따까 앗타카타-6 6223 자따까 앗타카타-7 6224 마하닷데사 앗타카타 6225 출라닷데사 앗타카타 6226 빠티삼비다막가 앗타카타-1 6227 빠티삼비다막가 앗타카타-2 6228 넷띠빠까라나 앗타카타	6301 넷띠빠까라나 띠까 6302 넷띠위바비니
7101 담마상가니 빨리 7102 위방가 빨리 7103 다뚜까타 빨리 7104 뿍갈라빤냣띠 빨리 7105 까타왓투 빨리 7106 야마까 빨리-1 7107 야마까 빨리-2 7108 야마까 빨리-3 7109 빳타나 빨리-1 7110 빳타나 빨리-2 7111 빳타나 빨리-3 7112 빳타나 빨리-4 7113 빳타나 빨리-5	7201 담마상가니 앗타카타 7202 삼모하위노다니 앗타카타 7203 빤짜빠까라나 앗타카타	7301 담마상가니-물라띠까 7302 위방가-물라띠까 7303 빤짜빠까라나-물라띠까 7304 담마상가니-아누띠까 7305 빤짜빠까라나-아누띠까 7306 아비담마와따로-나마루빠빠릳체도 7307 아비담맛타상가호 7308 아비담마와따라-뿌라나띠까 7309 아비담마마띠까빨리

ອັກສອນລາວ
ປາລີ	ອັດຖະກະຖາ	ຏີກາ	ອັນຍາ
1101 ປາຣາຊິກະ ປາລີ 1102 ປາຈິດຕິຍະ ປາລີ 1103 ມະຫາວັກຄະ ປາລີ (ວິໄນ) 1104 ຈູລະວັກຄະ ປາລີ 1105 ປະລິວາລະ ປາລີ	1201 ປາຣາຊິກະກັນທະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-1 1202 ປາຣາຊິກະກັນທະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-2 1203 ປາຈິດຕິຍະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 1204 ມະຫາວັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ (ວິໄນ) 1205 ຈູລະວັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 1206 ປະລິວາລະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ	1301 ສາຣັດຖະທີປະນີ ຏີກາ-1 1302 ສາຣັດຖະທີປະນີ ຏີກາ-2 1303 ສາຣັດຖະທີປະນີ ຏີກາ-3	1401 ທເວມາຕິກາປາລີ 1402 ວິນະຍະສັງຄະຫະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 1403 ວະຊິລະພຸດທິ ຏີກາ 1404 ວິມະຕິວິໂນທະນີ ຏີກາ-1 1405 ວິມະຕິວິໂນທະນີ ຏີກາ-2 1406 ວິນະຍາລັງກາລະ ຏີກາ-1 1407 ວິນະຍາລັງກາລະ ຏີກາ-2 1408 ກັງຂາວິຕະຣະນີປຸຣານະ ຏີກາ 1409 ວິນະຍະວິນິດສະຍະ-ອຸຕຕະຣະວິນິດສະຍະ 1410 ວິນະຍະວິນິດສະຍະ ຏີກາ-1 1411 ວິນະຍະວິນິດສະຍະ ຏີກາ-2 1412 ປາຈິຕະຍາທິໂຍຊະນາປາລີ 1413 ຂຸທະທະສິກຂາ-ມູລະສິກຂາ 8401 ວິສຸດທິມັກຄະ-1 8402 ວິສຸດທິມັກຄະ-2 8403 ວິສຸດທິມັກຄະ-ມະຫາຏີກາ-1 8404 ວິສຸດທິມັກຄະ-ມະຫາຏີກາ-2 8405 ວິສຸດທິມັກຄະ ນິທານະກະຖາ 8406 ທີຆະນິກາຍະ (ປຸ-ວິ) 8407 ມັດຊິມະນິກາຍະ (ປຸ-ວິ) 8408 ສັງຍຸຕຕະນິກາຍະ (ປຸ-ວິ) 8409 ອັງຄຸຕຕະລະນິກາຍະ (ປຸ-ວິ) 8410 ວິນະຍະປິຕະກະ (ປຸ-ວິ) 8411 ອະພິທັມມະປິຕະກະ (ປຸ-ວິ) 8412 ອັດຖະກະຖາ (ປຸ-ວິ) 8413 ນິລຸຕຕິທີປະນີ 8414 ປະຣະມັດຖະທີປະນີ ສັງຄະຫະມະຫາຏີກາປາຖະ 8415 ອະນຸທີປະນີປາຖະ 8416 ປັດຖານຸທເທສະ ທີປະນີປາຖະ 8417 ນະມັກກາລະຏີກາ 8418 ມະຫາປະຖາມະປາຖະ 8419 ລັກຂະນາໂຕ ພຸດທະຖະມະນາຄາຖາ 8420 ສຸຕະວັນທະນາ 8421 ກະມະລາຍຈະລິ 8422 ຊິນາລັງກາລະ 8423 ປັດຊະມະທຸ 8424 ພຸດທະຄຸນະຄາຖາວະລີ 8425 ຈູລະຄັນຖະວັງສະ 8426 ມະຫາວັງສະ 8427 ສາສະນະວັງສະ 8428 ກັດຈາຍະນະພະຍາກະລະນັງ 8429 ມົກຄັນທານະພະຍາກະລະນັງ 8430 ສັດທະນີຕິປະກະລະນັງ (ປະທະມາລາ) 8431 ສັດທະນີຕິປະກະລະນັງ (ຘາຕຸມາລາ) 8432 ປະທະຣູປະສິດທິ 8433 ໂມຄັນທານະປັນຈິກາ 8434 ປະໂຍຄະສິດທິປາຖະ 8435 ວຸຕະໂທຍະປາຖະ 8436 ອະພິທານະປະປະທີປິກາປາຖະ 8437 ອະພິທານະປະປະທີປິກາຏີກາ 8438 ສຸໂພທາລັງກາລະປາຖະ 8439 ສຸໂພທາລັງກາລະຏີກາ 8440 ພາລາວະຕາລະ ຄັນຖິປະທັດຖະວິນິດສະຍະສາລະ 8441 ໂລກະນີຕິ 8442 ສຸດຕັນຕະນີຕິ 8443 ສູລັດສະຕິນີຕິ 8444 ມະຫາລະຫະນີຕິ 8445 ທັມມະນີຕິ 8446 ກະວິທັບປະຖານີຕິ 8447 ນີຕິມັນຊະລີ 8448 ນະລະທັກຂະທີປະນີ 8449 ຈະຕຸຣາລັກຂະທີປະນີ 8450 ຈານັກຍະນີຕິ 8451 ລະສະວາຫິນີ 8452 ສີມາວິໂສທະນີປາຖະ 8453 ເວສສັນຕະລະຄີຕິ 8454 ໂມຄັນທານະ ວຸຕຕິວິວະລະນະປັນຈິກາ 8455 ຖູປະວັງສະ 8456 ທາຐາວັງສະ 8457 ຘາຕຸປາຖະວິລາສິນີຍາ 8458 ຘາຕຸວັງສະ 8459 ຫັດຖະວະນະຄັນລະວິຫາລະວັງສະ 8460 ຊິນະຈະລິຕະຍະ 8461 ຊິນະວັງສະທີປັງ 8462 ເຕລະກະຕາຫາຄາຖາ 8463 ມິລິທະຏີກາ 8464 ປະທະມັນຊະລີ 8465 ປະທະສາຘະນັງ 8466 ສັດທະພິນທຸປະກະລະນັງ 8467 ກັດຈາຍະນະຘາຕຸມັນຊຸສາ 8468 ສາມັນຕະກູຏະວັນນະນາ
2101 ສີລັກຂັນທະວັກຄະ ປາລີ 2102 ມະຫາວັກຄະ ປາລີ (ທີຆະ) 2103 ປາຖິກະວັກຄະ ປາລີ	2201 ສີລັກຂັນທະວັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 2202 ມະຫາວັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ (ທີຆະ) 2203 ປາຖິກະວັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ	2301 ສີລັກຂັນທະວັກຄະ ຏີກາ 2302 ມະຫາວັກຄະ ຏີກາ (ທີຆະ) 2303 ປາຖິກະວັກຄະ ຏີກາ 2304 ສີລັກຂັນທະວັກຄະ-ອະພິນະວະຏີກາ-1 2305 ສີລັກຂັນທະວັກຄະ-ອະພິນະວະຏີກາ-2
3101 ມູລະປັນຍາສະ ປາລີ 3102 ມັດຊິມະປັນຍາສະ ປາລີ 3103 ອຸປະລິປັນຍາສະ ປາລີ	3201 ມູລະປັນຍາສະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-1 3202 ມູລະປັນຍາສະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-2 3203 ມັດຊິມະປັນຍາສະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 3204 ອຸປະລິປັນຍາສະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ	3301 ມູລະປັນຍາສະ ຏີກາ 3302 ມັດຊິມະປັນຍາສະ ຏີກາ 3303 ອຸປະລິປັນຍາສະ ຏີກາ
4101 ສະຄາຖາວັກຄະ ປາລີ 4102 ນິທານະວັກຄະ ປາລີ 4103 ຂັນທະວັກຄະ ປາລີ 4104 ສະຫຼາຍາຕະນະວັກຄະ ປາລີ 4105 ມະຫາວັກຄະ ປາລີ (ສັງຍຸຕຕະ)	4201 ສະຄາຖາວັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 4202 ນິທານະວັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 4203 ຂັນທະວັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 4204 ສະຫຼາຍາຕະນະວັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 4205 ມະຫາວັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ (ສັງຍຸຕຕະ)	4301 ສະຄາຖາວັກຄະ ຏີກາ 4302 ນິທານະວັກຄະ ຏີກາ 4303 ຂັນທະວັກຄະ ຏີກາ 4304 ສະຫຼາຍາຕະນະວັກຄະ ຏີກາ 4305 ມະຫາວັກຄະ ຏີກາ (ສັງຍຸຕຕະ)
5101 ເອກະກະນິປາຕະ ປາລີ 5102 ທຸກະນິປາຕະ ປາລີ 5103 ຕິກະນິປາຕະ ປາລີ 5104 ຈະຕຸກກະນິປາຕະ ປາລີ 5105 ປັຈຈະກະນິປາຕະ ປາລີ 5106 ຉັກກະນິປາຕະ ປາລີ 5107 ສັດຕະກະນິປາຕະ ປາລີ 5108 ອັດຖະກາທິນິປາຕະ ປາລີ 5109 ນະວະກະນິປາຕະ ປາລີ 5110 ທະສະກະນິປາຕະ ປາລີ 5111 ເອກາທະສະກະນິປາຕະ ປາລີ	5201 ເອກະກະນິປາຕະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 5202 ທຸກະ-ຕິກະ-ຈະຕຸກກະນິປາຕະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 5203 ປັຈຈະກະ-ຉັກກະ-ສັດຕະກະນິປາຕະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 5204 ອັດຖະກາທິນິປາຕະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ	5301 ເອກະກະນິປາຕະ ຏີກາ 5302 ທຸກະ-ຕິກະ-ຈະຕຸກກະນິປາຕະ ຏີກາ 5303 ປັຈຈະກະ-ຉັກກະ-ສັດຕະກະນິປາຕະ ຏີກາ 5304 ອັດຖະກາທິນິປາຕະ ຏີກາ
6101 ຂຸທະທະກະປາຖະ ປາລີ 6102 ທຳມະປະທະ ປາລີ 6103 ອຸທານະ ປາລີ 6104 ອິຕິວຸຕຕະກະ ປາລີ 6105 ສຸດຕະນິປາຕະ ປາລີ 6106 ວິມານະວັດຖຸ ປາລີ 6107 ເປຕະວັດຖຸ ປາລີ 6108 ເຖລະຄາຖາ ປາລີ 6109 ເຖລີຄາຖາ ປາລີ 6110 ອະປະທານະ ປາລີ-1 6111 ອະປະທານະ ປາລີ-2 6112 ພຸດທະວັງສະ ປາລີ 6113 ຈະຣິຍາປິຕະກະ ປາລີ 6114 ຊາຕະກະ ປາລີ-1 6115 ຊາຕະກະ ປາລີ-2 6116 ມະຫານິທເທສະ ປາລີ 6117 ຈູລະນິທເທສະ ປາລີ 6118 ປະຕິສັມພິທາມັກຄະ ປາລີ 6119 ເນຕຕິປະກະລະນະ ປາລີ 6120 ມິລິນທະປັນຫາ ປາລີ 6121 ເປຏະກົປເທສະ ປາລີ	6201 ຂຸທະທະກະປາຖະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 6202 ທຳມະປະທະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-1 6203 ທຳມະປະທະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-2 6204 ອຸທານະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 6205 ອິຕິວຸຕຕະກະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 6206 ສຸດຕະນິປາຕະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-1 6207 ສຸດຕະນິປາຕະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-2 6208 ວິມານະວັດຖຸ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 6209 ເປຕະວັດຖຸ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 6210 ເຖລະຄາຖາ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-1 6211 ເຖລະຄາຖາ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-2 6212 ເຖລີຄາຖາ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 6213 ອະປະທານະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-1 6214 ອະປະທານະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-2 6215 ພຸດທະວັງສະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 6216 ຈະຣິຍາປິຕະກະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 6217 ຊາຕະກະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-1 6218 ຊາຕະກະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-2 6219 ຊາຕະກະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-3 6220 ຊາຕະກະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-4 6221 ຊາຕະກະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-5 6222 ຊາຕະກະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-6 6223 ຊາຕະກະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-7 6224 ມະຫານິທເທສະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 6225 ຈູລະນິທເທສະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 6226 ປະຕິສັມພິທາມັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-1 6227 ປະຕິສັມພິທາມັກຄະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ-2 6228 ເນຕຕິປະກະລະນະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ	6301 ເນຕຕິປະກະລະນະ ຏີກາ 6302 ເນຕຕິວິພາວິນີ
7101 ທຳມະສັງຄະນີ ປາລີ 7102 ວິພັງຄະ ປາລີ 7103 ຘາຕຸກະຖາ ປາລີ 7104 ປຸກຄະລະປັນຍັດຕິ ປາລີ 7105 ກະຖາວັດຖຸ ປາລີ 7106 ຍະມະກະ ປາລີ-1 7107 ຍະມະກະ ປາລີ-2 7108 ຍະມະກະ ປາລີ-3 7109 ປັດຖານະ ປາລີ-1 7110 ປັດຖານະ ປາລີ-2 7111 ປັດຖານະ ປາລີ-3 7112 ປັດຖານະ ປາລີ-4 7113 ປັດຖານະ ປາລີ-5	7201 ທຳມະສັງຄະນິ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 7202 ສັມໂມຫະວິໂນທະນີ ອັດຖະກະຖາ 7203 ປັຈຈະປະກະລະນະ ອັດຖະກະຖາ	7301 ທຳມະສັງຄະນີ-ມູລະຏີກາ 7302 ວິພັງຄະ-ມູລະຏີກາ 7303 ປັຈຈະປະກະລະນະ-ມູລະຏີກາ 7304 ທຳມະສັງຄະນີ-ອະນຸຏີກາ 7305 ປັຈຈະປະກະລະນະ-ອະນຸຏີກາ 7306 ອະພິທັມມາວະຕາໂຣ-ນາມະຣູປະປະຣິຈເທໂທ 7307 ອະພິທັມມັດຖະສັງຄະໂຫ 7308 ອະພິທັມມາວະຕາລະ-ປຸຣານະຏີກາ 7309 ອະພິທັມມາມາຕິກາປາລີ

मराठी
पाळी	अट्ठकथा	टीका	अन्य
1101 पाराजिक पाळी 1102 पाचित्तिय पाळी 1103 महावग्ग पाळी (विनय) 1104 चूळवग्ग पाळी 1105 परिवार पाळी	1201 पाराजिककंड अट्ठकथा-१ 1202 पाराजिककंड अट्ठकथा-२ 1203 पाचित्तिय अट्ठकथा 1204 महावग्ग अट्ठकथा (विनय) 1205 चूळवग्ग अट्ठकथा 1206 परिवार अट्ठकथा	1301 सारत्थदीपनी टीका-१ 1302 सारत्थदीपनी टीका-२ 1303 सारत्थदीपनी टीका-३	1401 द्वेमातिकापाळी 1402 विनयसंगह अट्ठकथा 1403 वजिरबुद्धि टीका 1404 विमतिविनोदनी टीका-१ 1405 विमतिविनोदनी टीका-२ 1406 विनयालंकार टीका-१ 1407 विनयालंकार टीका-२ 1408 कंखावितरणीपुराण टीका 1409 विनयविनिच्छय-उत्तरविनिच्छय 1410 विनयविनिच्छय टीका-१ 1411 विनयविनिच्छय टीका-२ 1412 पाचित्यादियोजनापाळी 1413 खुद्दसिक्खा-मूलसिक्खा 8401 विसुद्धिमग्ग-१ 8402 विसुद्धिमग्ग-२ 8403 विसुद्धिमग्ग-महाटीका-१ 8404 विसुद्धिमग्ग-महाटीका-२ 8405 विसुद्धिमग्ग निदानकथा 8406 दीघनिकाय (पु-वि) 8407 मज्झिमनिकाय (पु-वि) 8408 संयुत्तनिकाय (पु-वि) 8409 अंगुत्तरनिकाय (पु-वि) 8410 विनयपिटक (पु-वि) 8411 अभिधम्मपिटक (पु-वि) 8412 अट्ठकथा (पु-वि) 8413 निरुत्तिदीपनी 8414 परमत्थदीपनी संगहमहाटीकापाठ 8415 अनुदीपनीपाठ 8416 पट्ठानुद्देस दीपनीपाठ 8417 नमक्कारटीका 8418 महापणामपाठ 8419 लक्खणातो बुद्धथोमनागाथा 8420 सुतवंदना 8421 कमलांजलि 8422 जिनालंकार 8423 पज्जमधु 8424 बुद्धगुणगाथावली 8425 चूळगंथवंस 8426 महावंस 8427 सासनवंस 8428 कच्चायनव्याकरणं 8429 मोग्गल्लानव्याकरणं 8430 सद्दनीतिप्पकरणं (पदमाला) 8431 सद्दनीतिप्पकरणं (धातुमाला) 8432 पदरूपसिद्धि 8433 मोग्गल्लानपंचिका 8434 पयोगसिद्धिपाठ 8435 वुत्तोदयपाठ 8436 अभिधानप्पदीपिकापाठ 8437 अभिधानप्पदीपिकाटीका 8438 सुबोधालंकारपाठ 8439 सुबोधालंकारटीका 8440 बालावतार गंठिपदत्थविनिच्छयसार 8441 लोकनीति 8442 सुत्तंतनीति 8443 सूरस्सतीनीति 8444 महारहनीति 8445 धम्मनीति 8446 कविदप्पणनीति 8447 नीतिमंजरी 8448 नरदक्खदीपनी 8449 चतुरारक्खदीपनी 8450 चाणक्यनीति 8451 रसवाहिनी 8452 सीमाविसोधनीपाठ 8453 वेस्संतरगीति 8454 मोग्गल्लान वुत्तिविवरणपंचिका 8455 थूपवंस 8456 दाठावंस 8457 धातुपाठविलासिनिया 8458 धातुवंस 8459 हत्थवनगल्लविहारवंस 8460 जिनचरितय 8461 जिनवंसदीपं 8462 तेलकटाहगाथा 8463 मिलिदटीका 8464 पदमंजरी 8465 पदसाधनं 8466 सद्दबिंदुपकरणं 8467 कच्चायनधातुमंजुसा 8468 सामंतकूटवण्णना
2101 सीलक्खंधवग्ग पाळी 2102 महावग्ग पाळी (दीघ) 2103 पाथिकवग्ग पाळी	2201 सीलक्खंधवग्ग अट्ठकथा 2202 महावग्ग अट्ठकथा (दीघ) 2203 पाथिकवग्ग अट्ठकथा	2301 सीलक्खंधवग्ग टीका 2302 महावग्ग टीका (दीघ) 2303 पाथिकवग्ग टीका 2304 सीलक्खंधवग्ग-अभिनवटीका-१ 2305 सीलक्खंधवग्ग-अभिनवटीका-२
3101 मूलपण्णास पाळी 3102 मज्झिमपण्णास पाळी 3103 उपरिपण्णास पाळी	3201 मूलपण्णास अट्ठकथा-१ 3202 मूलपण्णास अट्ठकथा-२ 3203 मज्झिमपण्णास अट्ठकथा 3204 उपरिपण्णास अट्ठकथा	3301 मूलपण्णास टीका 3302 मज्झिमपण्णास टीका 3303 उपरिपण्णास टीका
4101 सगाथावग्ग पाळी 4102 निदानवग्ग पाळी 4103 खंधवग्ग पाळी 4104 सळायतनवग्ग पाळी 4105 महावग्ग पाळी (संयुत्त)	4201 सगाथावग्ग अट्ठकथा 4202 निदानवग्ग अट्ठकथा 4203 खंधवग्ग अट्ठकथा 4204 सळायतनवग्ग अट्ठकथा 4205 महावग्ग अट्ठकथा (संयुत्त)	4301 सगाथावग्ग टीका 4302 निदानवग्ग टीका 4303 खंधवग्ग टीका 4304 सळायतनवग्ग टीका 4305 महावग्ग टीका (संयुत्त)
5101 एककनिपात पाळी 5102 दुकनिपात पाळी 5103 तिकनिपात पाळी 5104 चतुक्कनिपात पाळी 5105 पंचकनिपात पाळी 5106 छक्कनिपात पाळी 5107 सत्तकनिपात पाळी 5108 अट्ठकादिनिपात पाळी 5109 नवकनिपात पाळी 5110 दसकनिपात पाळी 5111 एकादसकनिपात पाळी	5201 एककनिपात अट्ठकथा 5202 दुक-तिक-चतुक्कनिपात अट्ठकथा 5203 पंचक-छक्क-सत्तकनिपात अट्ठकथा 5204 अट्ठकादिनिपात अट्ठकथा	5301 एककनिपात टीका 5302 दुक-तिक-चतुक्कनिपात टीका 5303 पंचक-छक्क-सत्तकनिपात टीका 5304 अट्ठकादिनिपात टीका
6101 खुद्दकपाठ पाळी 6102 धम्मपद पाळी 6103 उदान पाळी 6104 इतिवुत्तक पाळी 6105 सुत्तनिपात पाळी 6106 विमानवत्थु पाळी 6107 पेतवत्थु पाळी 6108 थेरगाथा पाळी 6109 थेरीगाथा पाळी 6110 अपदान पाळी-१ 6111 अपदान पाळी-२ 6112 बुद्धवंस पाळी 6113 चरियापिटक पाळी 6114 जातक पाळी-१ 6115 जातक पाळी-२ 6116 महानिद्देस पाळी 6117 चूळनिद्देस पाळी 6118 पटिसंभिदामग्ग पाळी 6119 नेत्तिप्पकरण पाळी 6120 मिलिंदपंह पाळी 6121 पेटकोपदेस पाळी	6201 खुद्दकपाठ अट्ठकथा 6202 धम्मपद अट्ठकथा-१ 6203 धम्मपद अट्ठकथा-२ 6204 उदान अट्ठकथा 6205 इतिवुत्तक अट्ठकथा 6206 सुत्तनिपात अट्ठकथा-१ 6207 सुत्तनिपात अट्ठकथा-२ 6208 विमानवत्थु अट्ठकथा 6209 पेतवत्थु अट्ठकथा 6210 थेरगाथा अट्ठकथा-१ 6211 थेरगाथा अट्ठकथा-२ 6212 थेरीगाथा अट्ठकथा 6213 अपदान अट्ठकथा-१ 6214 अपदान अट्ठकथा-२ 6215 बुद्धवंस अट्ठकथा 6216 चरियापिटक अट्ठकथा 6217 जातक अट्ठकथा-१ 6218 जातक अट्ठकथा-२ 6219 जातक अट्ठकथा-३ 6220 जातक अट्ठकथा-४ 6221 जातक अट्ठकथा-५ 6222 जातक अट्ठकथा-६ 6223 जातक अट्ठकथा-७ 6224 महानिद्देस अट्ठकथा 6225 चूळनिद्देस अट्ठकथा 6226 पटिसंभिदामग्ग अट्ठकथा-१ 6227 पटिसंभिदामग्ग अट्ठकथा-२ 6228 नेत्तिप्पकरण अट्ठकथा	6301 नेत्तिप्पकरण टीका 6302 नेत्तिविभाविनी
7101 धम्मसंगणी पाळी 7102 विभंग पाळी 7103 धातुकथा पाळी 7104 पुग्गलपंयत्ति पाळी 7105 कथावत्थु पाळी 7106 यमक पाळी-१ 7107 यमक पाळी-२ 7108 यमक पाळी-३ 7109 पट्ठान पाळी-१ 7110 पट्ठान पाळी-२ 7111 पट्ठान पाळी-३ 7112 पट्ठान पाळी-४ 7113 पट्ठान पाळी-५	7201 धम्मसंगणि अट्ठकथा 7202 सम्मोहविनोदनी अट्ठकथा 7203 पंचपकरण अट्ठकथा	7301 धम्मसंगणी-मूलटीका 7302 विभंग-मूलटीका 7303 पंचपकरण-मूलटीका 7304 धम्मसंगणी-अनुटीका 7305 पंचपकरण-अनुटीका 7306 अभिधम्मावतारो-नामरूपपरिच्छेदो 7307 अभिधम्मत्थसंगहो 7308 अभिधम्मावतार-पुराणटीका 7309 अभिधम्ममातिकापाळी

မြန်မာ
ပါဠိတော်	အဋ္ဌကထာ	ဋီကာ	အခြား
1101 ပါရာဇိက ပါဠိ 1102 ပါစိတ္တိယ ပါဠိ 1103 မဟာဝဂ္ဂ ပါဠိ (ဝိနယ) 1104 စူဠဝဂ္ဂ ပါဠိ 1105 ပရိဝါရ ပါဠိ	1201 ပါရာဇိကကဏ္ဍ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၁ 1202 ပါရာဇိကကဏ္ဍ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၂ 1203 ပါစိတ္တိယ အဋ္ဌကထာ 1204 မဟာဝဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ (ဝိနယ) 1205 စူဠဝဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ 1206 ပရိဝါရ အဋ္ဌကထာ	1301 သာရတ္ထဒီပနီ ဋီကာ-၁ 1302 သာရတ္ထဒီပနီ ဋီကာ-၂ 1303 သာရတ္ထဒီပနီ ဋီကာ-၃	1401 ဒွေမာတိကာပါဠိ 1402 ဝိနယသင်္ဂဟ အဋ္ဌကထာ 1403 ဝဇိရဗုဒ္ဓိ ဋီကာ 1404 ဝိမတိဝိနောဒနီ ဋီကာ-၁ 1405 ဝိမတိဝိနောဒနီ ဋီကာ-၂ 1406 ဝိနယာလင်္ကာရ ဋီကာ-၁ 1407 ဝိနယာလင်္ကာရ ဋီကာ-၂ 1408 ကင်္ခာဝိတရဏီပုရာဏ ဋီကာ 1409 ဝိနယဝိနိစ္ဆယ-ဥတ္တရဝိနိစ္ဆယ 1410 ဝိနယဝိနိစ္ဆယ ဋီကာ-၁ 1411 ဝိနယဝိနိစ္ဆယ ဋီကာ-၂ 1412 ပါစိတျာဒိယောဇနာပါဠိ 1413 ခုဒ္ဒသိက္ခာ-မူလသိက္ခာ 8401 ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂ-၁ 8402 ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂ-၂ 8403 ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂ-မဟာဋီကာ-၁ 8404 ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂ-မဟာဋီကာ-၂ 8405 ဝိသုဒ္ဓိမဂ္ဂ နိဒါနကထာ 8406 ဒီဃနိကာယ (ပု-ဝိ) 8407 မဇ္ဈိမနိကာယ (ပု-ဝိ) 8408 သံယုတ္တနိကာယ (ပု-ဝိ) 8409 အင်္ဂုတ္တရနိကာယ (ပု-ဝိ) 8410 ဝိနယပိဋက (ပု-ဝိ) 8411 အဘိဓမ္မပိဋက (ပု-ဝိ) 8412 အဋ္ဌကထာ (ပု-ဝိ) 8413 နိရုတ္တိဒီပနီ 8414 ပရမတ္ထဒီပနီ သင်္ဂဟမဟာဋီကာပါဌ 8415 အနုဒီပနီပါဌ 8416 ပဋ္ဌာနုဒ္ဒေသ ဒီပနီပါဌ 8417 နမက္ကာရဋီကာ 8418 မဟာပဏာမပါဌ 8419 လက္ခဏာတော ဗုဒ္ဓထောမနာဂါထာ 8420 သုတဝန္ဒနာ 8421 ကမလာဉ္ဇလိ 8422 ဇိနာလင်္ကာရ 8423 ပဇ္ဇမဓု 8424 ဗုဒ္ဓဂုဏဂါထာဝလီ 8425 စူဠဂန္ထဝံသ 8427 သာသနဝံသ 8426 မဟာဝံသ 8429 မောဂ္ဂလ္လာနဗျာကရဏံ 8428 ကစ္စာယနဗျာကရဏံ 8430 သဒ္ဒနီတိပ္ပကရဏံ (ပဒမာလာ) 8431 သဒ္ဒနီတိပ္ပကရဏံ (ဓါတုမာလာ) 8432 ပဒရူပသိဒ္ဓိ 8433 မောဂလ္လာနပဉ္စိကာ 8434 ပယောဂသိဒ္ဓိပါဌ 8435 ဝုတ္တောဒယပါဌ 8436 အဘိဓါနပ္ပဒီပိကာပါဌ 8437 အဘိဓါနပ္ပဒီပိကာဋီကာ 8438 သုဗောဓါလင်္ကာရပါဌ 8439 သုဗောဓါလင်္ကာရဋီကာ 8440 ဗာလာဝတာရ ဂဏ္ဌိပဒတ္ထဝိနိစ္ဆယသာရ 8446 ကဝိဒပ္ပဏနီတိ 8447 နီတိမဉ္ဇရီ 8445 ဓမ္မနီတိ 8444 မဟာရဟနီတိ 8441 လောကနီတိ 8442 သုတ္တန္တနီတိ 8443 သူရဿတိနီတိ 8450 စာဏကျနီတိ 8448 နရဒက္ခဒီပနီ 8449 စတုရာရက္ခဒီပနီ 8451 ရသဝါဟိနီ 8452 သီမဝိသောဓနီပါဌ 8453 ဝေဿန္တရဂီတိ 8454 မောဂ္ဂလ္လာန ဝုတ္တိဝိဝရဏပဉ္စိကာ 8455 ထူပဝံသ 8456 ဒါဌာဝံသ 8457 ဓါတုပါဌဝိလာသိနိယာ 8458 ဓါတုဝံသ 8459 ဟတ္ထဝနဂလ္လဝိဟာရဝံသ 8460 ဇိနစရိတယ 8461 ဇိနဝံသဒီပံ 8462 တေလကဋာဟဂါထာ 8463 မိလိဒဋီကာ 8464 ပဒမဉ္ဇရီ 8465 ပဒသာဓနံ 8466 သဒ္ဒဗိန္ဒုပကရဏံ 8467 ကစ္စာယနဓါတုမဉ္ဇုသာ 8468 သာမန္တကူဋဝဏ္ဏနာ
2101 သီလက္ခန္ဓဝဂ္ဂ ပါဠိ 2102 မဟာဝဂ္ဂ ပါဠိ (ဒီဃ) 2103 ပါထိကဝဂ္ဂ ပါဠိ	2201 သီလက္ခန္ဓဝဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ 2202 မဟာဝဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ (ဒီဃ) 2203 ပါထိကဝဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ	2301 သီလက္ခန္ဓဝဂ္ဂ ဋီကာ 2302 မဟာဝဂ္ဂ ဋီကာ (ဒီဃ) 2303 ပါထိကဝဂ္ဂ ဋီကာ 2304 သီလက္ခန္ဓဝဂ္ဂ-အဘိနဝဋီကာ-၁ 2305 သီလက္ခန္ဓဝဂ္ဂ-အဘိနဝဋီကာ-၂
3101 မူလပဏ္ဏာသ ပါဠိ 3102 မဇ္ဈိမပဏ္ဏာသ ပါဠိ 3103 ဥပရိပဏ္ဏာသ ပါဠိ	3201 မူလပဏ္ဏာသ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၁ 3202 မူလပဏ္ဏာသ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၂ 3203 မဇ္ဈိမပဏ္ဏာသ အဋ္ဌကထာ 3204 ဥပရိပဏ္ဏာသ အဋ္ဌကထာ	3301 မူလပဏ္ဏာသ ဋီကာ 3302 မဇ္ဈိမပဏ္ဏာသ ဋီကာ 3303 ဥပရိပဏ္ဏာသ ဋီကာ
4101 သဂါထာဝဂ္ဂ ပါဠိ 4102 နိဒါနဝဂ္ဂ ပါဠိ 4103 ခန္ဓဝဂ္ဂ ပါဠိ 4104 သဠာယတနဝဂ္ဂ ပါဠိ 4105 မဟာဝဂ္ဂ ပါဠိ (သံယုတ္တ)	4201 သဂါထာဝဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ 4202 နိဒါနဝဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ 4203 ခန္ဓဝဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ 4204 သဠာယတနဝဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ 4205 မဟာဝဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ (သံယုတ္တ)	4301 သဂါထာဝဂ္ဂ ဋီကာ 4302 နိဒါနဝဂ္ဂ ဋီကာ 4303 ခန္ဓဝဂ္ဂ ဋီကာ 4304 သဠာယတနဝဂ္ဂ ဋီကာ 4305 မဟာဝဂ္ဂ ဋီကာ (သံယုတ္တ)
5101 ဧကကနိပါတ ပါဠိ 5102 ဒုကနိပါတ ပါဠိ 5103 တိကနိပါတ ပါဠိ 5104 စတုက္ကနိပါတ ပါဠိ 5105 ပဉ္စကနိပါတ ပါဠိ 5106 ဆက္ကနိပါတ ပါဠိ 5107 သတ္တကနိပါတ ပါဠိ 5108 အဋ္ဌကာဒိနိပါတ ပါဠိ 5109 နဝကနိပါတ ပါဠိ 5110 ဒသကနိပါတ ပါဠိ 5111 ဧကာဒသကနိပါတ ပါဠိ	5201 ဧကကနိပါတ အဋ္ဌကထာ 5202 ဒုက-တိက-စတုက္ကနိပါတ အဋ္ဌကထာ 5203 ပဉ္စက-ဆက္က-သတ္တကနိပါတ အဋ္ဌကထာ 5204 အဋ္ဌကာဒိနိပါတ အဋ္ဌကထာ	5301 ဧကကနိပါတ ဋီကာ 5302 ဒုက-တိက-စတုက္ကနိပါတ ဋီကာ 5303 ပဉ္စက-ဆက္က-သတ္တကနိပါတ ဋီကာ 5304 အဋ္ဌကာဒိနိပါတ ဋီကာ
6101 ခုဒ္ဒကပါဌ ပါဠိ 6102 ဓမ္မပဒ ပါဠိ 6103 ဥဒါန ပါဠိ 6104 ဣတိဝုတ္တက ပါဠိ 6105 သုတ္တနိပါတ ပါဠိ 6106 ဝိမာနဝတ္ထု ပါဠိ 6107 ပေတဝတ္ထု ပါဠိ 6108 ထေရဂါထာ ပါဠိ 6109 ထေရီဂါထာ ပါဠိ 6110 အပဒါန ပါဠိ-၁ 6111 အပဒါန ပါဠိ-၂ 6112 ဗုဒ္ဓဝံသ ပါဠိ 6113 စရိယာပိဋက ပါဠိ 6114 ဇာတက ပါဠိ-၁ 6115 ဇာတက ပါဠိ-၂ 6116 မဟာနိဒ္ဒေသ ပါဠိ 6117 စူဠနိဒ္ဒေသ ပါဠိ 6118 ပဋိသမ္ဘိဒါမဂ္ဂ ပါဠိ 6119 နေတ္တိပ္ပကရဏ ပါဠိ 6120 မိလိန္ဒပဉှ ပါဠိ 6121 ပေဋကောပဒေသ ပါဠိ	6201 ခုဒ္ဒကပါဌ အဋ္ဌကထာ 6202 ဓမ္မပဒ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၁ 6203 ဓမ္မပဒ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၂ 6204 ဥဒါန အဋ္ဌကထာ 6205 ဣတိဝုတ္တက အဋ္ဌကထာ 6206 သုတ္တနိပါတ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၁ 6207 သုတ္တနိပါတ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၂ 6208 ဝိမာနဝတ္ထု အဋ္ဌကထာ 6209 ပေတဝတ္ထု အဋ္ဌကထာ 6210 ထေရဂါထာ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၁ 6211 ထေရဂါထာ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၂ 6212 ထေရီဂါထာ အဋ္ဌကထာ 6213 အပဒါန အဋ္ဌကထာ-၁ 6214 အပဒါန အဋ္ဌကထာ-၂ 6215 ဗုဒ္ဓဝံသ အဋ္ဌကထာ 6216 စရိယာပိဋက အဋ္ဌကထာ 6217 ဇာတက အဋ္ဌကထာ-၁ 6218 ဇာတက အဋ္ဌကထာ-၂ 6219 ဇာတက အဋ္ဌကထာ-၃ 6220 ဇာတက အဋ္ဌကထာ-၄ 6221 ဇာတက အဋ္ဌကထာ-၅ 6222 ဇာတက အဋ္ဌကထာ-၆ 6223 ဇာတက အဋ္ဌကထာ-၇ 6224 မဟာနိဒ္ဒေသ အဋ္ဌကထာ 6225 စူဠနိဒ္ဒေသ အဋ္ဌကထာ 6226 ပဋိသမ္ဘိဒါမဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၁ 6227 ပဋိသမ္ဘိဒါမဂ္ဂ အဋ္ဌကထာ-၂ 6228 နေတ္တိပ္ပကရဏ အဋ္ဌကထာ	6301 နေတ္တိပ္ပကရဏ ဋီကာ 6302 နေတ္တိဝိဘာဝိနီ
7101 ဓမ္မသင်္ဂဏီ ပါဠိ 7102 ဝိဘင်္ဂ ပါဠိ 7103 ဓါတုကထာ ပါဠိ 7104 ပုဂ္ဂလပညတ္တိ ပါဠိ 7105 ကထာဝတ္ထု ပါဠိ 7106 ယမက ပါဠိ-၁ 7107 ယမက ပါဠိ-၂ 7108 ယမက ပါဠိ-၃ 7109 ပဋ္ဌာန ပါဠိ-၁ 7110 ပဋ္ဌာန ပါဠိ-၂ 7111 ပဋ္ဌာန ပါဠိ-၃ 7112 ပဋ္ဌာန ပါဠိ-၄ 7113 ပဋ္ဌာန ပါဠိ-၅	7201 ဓမ္မသင်္ဂဏိ အဋ္ဌကထာ 7202 သမ္မောဟဝိနောဒနီ အဋ္ဌကထာ 7203 ပဉ္စပကရဏ အဋ္ဌကထာ	7301 ဓမ္မသင်္ဂဏီ-မူလဋီကာ 7302 ဝိဘင်္ဂ-မူလဋီကာ 7303 ပဉ္စပကရဏ-မူလဋီကာ 7304 ဓမ္မသင်္ဂဏီ-အနုဋီကာ 7305 ပဉ္စပကရဏ-အနုဋီကာ 7306 အဘိဓမ္မာဝတာရော-နာမရူပပရိစ္ဆေဒေါ 7307 အဘိဓမ္မတ္ထသင်္ဂဟော 7308 အဘိဓမ္မာဝတာရ-ပုရာဏဋီကာ 7309 အဘိဓမ္မမာတိကာပါဠိ

português
Páli	Aṭṭhakathā	Ṭīkā	Outro
1101 Ofensas Graves (Pārājika) 1102 Ofensas Leves (Pācittiya) 1103 Grande Seção do Vīnaya (Mahāvagga) 1104 Pequena Seção do Vīnaya (Cūḷavagga) 1105 Apêndice do Vīnaya (Parivāra)	1201 Comentário das Ofensas Graves - Vol. 1 1202 Comentário das Ofensas Graves - Vol. 2 1203 Comentário das Ofensas Leves 1204 Comentário da Grande Seção do Vīnaya 1205 Comentário da Pequena Seção do Vīnaya 1206 Comentário do Apêndice do Vīnaya	1301 Subcomentário que Elucida o Sentido Essencial - Vol. 1 1302 Subcomentário que Elucida o Sentido Essencial - Vol. 2 1303 Subcomentário que Elucida o Sentido Essencial - Vol. 3	1401 Texto das Duas Matrizes 1402 Comentário do Compêndio do Vīnaya 1403 Subcomentário de Vajirabuddhi 1404 Subcomentário que Dissipa Dúvidas - Vol. 1 1405 Subcomentário que Dissipa Dúvidas - Vol. 2 1406 Subcomentário do Ornamento do Vīnaya - Vol. 1 1407 Subcomentário do Ornamento do Vīnaya - Vol. 2 1408 Antigo Subcomentário que Supera Dúvidas 1409 Decisão sobre o Vīnaya e Decisão Superior 1410 Subcomentário da Decisão sobre o Vīnaya - Vol. 1 1411 Subcomentário da Decisão sobre o Vīnaya - Vol. 2 1412 Texto da Aplicação das Regras 1413 Pequeno Treinamento e Treinamento Fundamental 8401 Caminho da Purificação - Vol. 1 8402 Caminho da Purificação - Vol. 2 8403 Grande Subcomentário do Caminho da Purificação - Vol. 1 8404 Grande Subcomentário do Caminho da Purificação - Vol. 2 8405 História da Origem do Caminho da Purificação 8406 Coleção dos Longos Discursos (índice Pāli-Vietnamita) 8407 Coleção dos Discursos Médios (índice Pāli-Vietnamita) 8408 Coleção dos Discursos Agrupados (índice Pāli-Vietnamita) 8409 Coleção dos Discursos Numerados (índice Pāli-Vietnamita) 8410 Cesto da Disciplina (índice Pāli-Vietnamita) 8411 Cesto do Abhidhamma (índice Pāli-Vietnamita) 8412 Comentários (índice Pāli-Vietnamita) 8413 Elucidação da Etimologia 8414 Grande Subcomentário do Compêndio que Elucida o Sentido Supremo 8415 Texto do Subcomentário Elucidativo 8416 Texto Elucidativo sobre a Exposição das Condições 8417 Subcomentário da Saudação 8418 Grande Texto de Saudação 8419 Versos de Louvor a Buda pelos Sinais 8420 Saudação com Recitação 8421 Oferenda de Lótus 8422 Ornamento dos Vencedores 8423 Mel dos Versos 8424 Coleção de Versos sobre as Qualidades de Buda 8425 Pequena Crônica dos Livros 8427 Crônica do Ensinamento 8426 Grande Crônica 8429 Gramática de Moggallāna 8428 Gramática de Kaccāyana 8430 Tratado sobre a Gramática - Série de Palavras 8431 Tratado sobre a Gramática - Série de Raízes 8432 Realização das Formas das Palavras 8433 Comentário de Moggallāna 8434 Texto sobre a Realização da Aplicação 8435 Texto sobre a Origem dos Versos 8436 Texto do Dicionário Iluminado 8437 Subcomentário do Dicionário Iluminado 8438 Texto sobre o Ornamento da Boa Compreensão 8439 Subcomentário do Ornamento da Boa Compreensão 8440 Essência da Decisão sobre os Termos do Glossário de Bālāvatāra 8446 Ética do Poeta 8447 Coleção de Ética 8445 Ética do Dhamma 8444 Grande Ética Secreta 8441 Ética do Mundo 8442 Ética dos Suttas 8443 Ética do Herói 8450 Ética de Cāṇakya 8448 Elucidação sobre os Perigos para os Homens 8449 Elucidação sobre as Quatro Proteções 8451 O Fluxo do Sabor - Histórias Edificantes 8452 Texto sobre a Purificação dos Limites 8453 Canto de Vessantara 8454 Explicação do Comentário de Moggallāna 8455 Crônica das Estupas 8456 Crônica da Relíquia do Dente 8457 O Esplendor da Leitura dos Elementos 8458 Crônica das Relíquias 8459 Crônica do Mosteiro de Hatthavanagalla 8460 História do Vencedor 8461 Ilha da Linhagem dos Vencedores 8462 Versos da Panela de Óleo 8463 Subcomentário de Milinda 8464 Cacho de Flores de Palavras 8465 Realização das Palavras 8466 Tratado sobre os Pontos da Gramática 8467 Coleção de Raízes de Kaccāyana 8468 Descrição do Pico de Sāmantakūṭa
2101 Seção da Moralidade - Dīgha 2102 Grande Seção - Dīgha 2103 Seção de Pāthika - Dīgha	2201 Comentário da Seção da Moralidade - Dīgha 2202 Comentário da Grande Seção - Dīgha 2203 Comentário da Seção de Pāthika - Dīgha	2301 Subcomentário da Seção da Moralidade - Dīgha 2302 Subcomentário da Grande Seção - Dīgha 2303 Subcomentário da Seção de Pāthika - Dīgha 2304 Novo Subcomentário da Seção da Moralidade - Vol. 1 2305 Novo Subcomentário da Seção da Moralidade - Vol. 2
3101 Cinquenta Discursos Fundamentais - Majjhima 3102 Cinquenta Discursos Médios - Majjhima 3103 Cinquenta Discursos Superiores - Majjhima	3201 Comentário dos Cinquenta Fundamentais - Vol. 1 3202 Comentário dos Cinquenta Fundamentais - Vol. 2 3203 Comentário dos Cinquenta Médios 3204 Comentário dos Cinquenta Superiores	3301 Subcomentário dos Cinquenta Fundamentais 3302 Subcomentário dos Cinquenta Médios 3303 Subcomentário dos Cinquenta Superiores
4101 Seção com Versos - Saṃyutta 4102 Seção das Causas - Saṃyutta 4103 Seção dos Agregados - Saṃyutta 4104 Seção das Seis Bases dos Sentidos - Saṃyutta 4105 Grande Seção - Saṃyutta	4201 Comentário da Seção com Versos - Saṃyutta 4202 Comentário da Seção das Causas - Saṃyutta 4203 Comentário da Seção dos Agregados - Saṃyutta 4204 Comentário da Seção das Seis Bases - Saṃyutta 4205 Comentário da Grande Seção - Saṃyutta	4301 Subcomentário da Seção com Versos - Saṃyutta 4302 Subcomentário da Seção das Causas - Saṃyutta 4303 Subcomentário da Seção dos Agregados - Saṃyutta 4304 Subcomentário da Seção das Seis Bases - Saṃyutta 4305 Subcomentário da Grande Seção - Saṃyutta
5101 Grupos de Um - Aṅguttara 5102 Grupos de Dois - Aṅguttara 5103 Grupos de Três - Aṅguttara 5104 Grupos de Quatro - Aṅguttara 5105 Grupos de Cinco - Aṅguttara 5106 Grupos de Seis - Aṅguttara 5107 Grupos de Sete - Aṅguttara 5108 Grupos de Oito, etc. - Aṅguttara 5109 Grupos de Nove - Aṅguttara 5110 Grupos de Dez - Aṅguttara 5111 Grupos de Onze - Aṅguttara	5201 Comentário dos Grupos de Um - Aṅguttara 5202 Comentário dos Grupos de Dois, Três e Quatro 5203 Comentário dos Grupos de Cinco, Seis e Sete 5204 Comentário dos Grupos de Oito, etc.	5301 Subcomentário dos Grupos de Um - Aṅguttara 5302 Subcomentário dos Grupos de Dois, Três e Quatro 5303 Subcomentário dos Grupos de Cinco, Seis e Sete 5304 Subcomentário dos Grupos de Oito, etc.
6101 Pequena Leitura (Khuddakapāṭha) 6102 Versos do Dhamma (Dhammapada) 6103 Exclamações Inspiradas (Udāna) 6104 Assim Foi Dito (Itivuttaka) 6105 Coleção de Discursos (Suttanipāta) 6106 Histórias das Mansões Celestiais 6107 Histórias dos Fantasmas 6108 Versos dos Monges Anciãos 6109 Versos das Monjas Anciãs 6110 Histórias Passadas - Vol. 1 6111 Histórias Passadas - Vol. 2 6112 História dos Budas (Buddhavaṃsa) 6113 Cesto das Condutas (Cariyāpiṭaka) 6114 Histórias de Nascimentos - Vol. 1 6115 Histórias de Nascimentos - Vol. 2 6116 Grande Exposição (Mahāniddesa) 6117 Pequena Exposição (Cūḷaniddesa) 6118 Caminho da Discriminação Analítica 6119 O Guia (Nettippakaraṇa) 6120 As Perguntas de Milinda 6121 Instrução do Cesto (Peṭakopadesa)	6201 Comentário da Pequena Leitura 6202 Comentário do Dhammapada - Vol. 1 6203 Comentário do Dhammapada - Vol. 2 6204 Comentário do Udāna 6205 Comentário do Itivuttaka 6206 Comentário do Suttanipāta - Vol. 1 6207 Comentário do Suttanipāta - Vol. 2 6208 Comentário das Histórias das Mansões 6209 Comentário das Histórias dos Fantasmas 6210 Comentário dos Versos dos Monges - Vol. 1 6211 Comentário dos Versos dos Monges - Vol. 2 6212 Comentário dos Versos das Monjas 6213 Comentário das Histórias Passadas - Vol. 1 6214 Comentário das Histórias Passadas - Vol. 2 6215 Comentário da História dos Budas 6216 Comentário do Cesto das Condutas 6217 Comentário das Histórias de Nascimentos - Vol. 1 6218 Comentário das Histórias de Nascimentos - Vol. 2 6219 Comentário das Histórias de Nascimentos - Vol. 3 6220 Comentário das Histórias de Nascimentos - Vol. 4 6221 Comentário das Histórias de Nascimentos - Vol. 5 6222 Comentário das Histórias de Nascimentos - Vol. 6 6223 Comentário das Histórias de Nascimentos - Vol. 7 6224 Comentário da Grande Exposição 6225 Comentário da Pequena Exposição 6226 Comentário do Caminho da Discriminação - Vol. 1 6227 Comentário do Caminho da Discriminação - Vol. 2 6228 Comentário do Guia	6301 Subcomentário do Guia 6302 Elucidação do Guia
7101 Enumeração dos Fenômenos (Dhammasaṅgaṇī) 7102 Análise (Vibhaṅga) 7103 Discurso sobre os Elementos (Dhātukathā) 7104 Designação das Pessoas (Puggalapaññatti) 7105 Pontos da Discussão (Kathāvatthu) 7106 O Livro dos Pares - Vol. 1 7107 O Livro dos Pares - Vol. 2 7108 O Livro dos Pares - Vol. 3 7109 Condições de Originação - Vol. 1 7110 Condições de Originação - Vol. 2 7111 Condições de Originação - Vol. 3 7112 Condições de Originação - Vol. 4 7113 Condições de Originação - Vol. 5	7201 Comentário da Enumeração dos Fenômenos 7202 Comentário que Dissipa a Confusão 7203 Comentário dos Cinco Tratados	7301 Subcomentário Principal da Enumeração dos Fenômenos 7302 Subcomentário Principal da Análise 7303 Subcomentário Principal dos Cinco Tratados 7304 Subcomentário Secundário da Enumeração dos Fenômenos 7305 Subcomentário Secundário dos Cinco Tratados 7306 Introdução ao Abhidhamma - Análise de Nome e Forma 7307 Compêndio do Abhidhamma 7308 Antigo Subcomentário da Introdução ao Abhidhamma 7309 Matriz do Abhidhamma

русский
Палийский канон	Комментарии	Субкомментарии	Другое
1101 Параджика-пали 1102 Пачиттия-пали 1103 Махавагга-пали (Виная) 1104 Чулавагга-пали 1105 Паривара-пали	1201 Параджиканда-аттхакатха-1 1202 Параджиканда-аттхакатха-2 1203 Пачиттия-аттхакатха 1204 Махавагга-аттхакатха (Виная) 1205 Чулавагга-аттхакатха 1206 Паривара-аттхакатха	1301 Сараттхадипани-тика-1 1302 Сараттхадипани-тика-2 1303 Сараттхадипани-тика-3	1401 Двематика-пали 1402 Винаясангаха-аттхакатха 1403 Ваджирабуддхи-тика 1404 Вимативинодани-тика-1 1405 Вимативинодани-тика-2 1406 Винаяланкара-тика-1 1407 Винаяланкара-тика-2 1408 Канкхавитаранипурана-тика 1409 Винаявиниччая-уттаравиниччая 1410 Винаявиниччая-тика-1 1411 Винаявиниччая-тика-2 1412 Пачиттиядийоджана-пали 1413 Кхуддасиккха-муласиккха 8401 Висуддхимагга-1 8402 Висуддхимагга-2 8403 Висуддхимагга-махатика-1 8404 Висуддхимагга-махатика-2 8405 Висуддхимагга-ниданакатха 8406 Дигханикая (пу-ви) 8407 Мадджхиманикая (пу-ви) 8408 Самъюттаникая (пу-ви) 8409 Ангуттараникая (пу-ви) 8410 Винаяпитака (пу-ви) 8411 Абхидхаммапитака (пу-ви) 8412 Аттхакатха (пу-ви) 8413 Нируттидипани 8414 Параматтхадипани Сангахамахатикапатха 8415 Анудипанипатха 8416 Паттхануддеса дипанипатха 8417 Намаккаратика 8418 Махапанамапатха 8419 Лаккханато буддхатхоманагатха 8420 Сутавандана 8421 Камаланджали 8422 Джиналанкара 8423 Паджамадху 8424 Буддхагунагатхавали 8425 Чулагантхавамса 8427 Сасанавамса 8426 Махавамса 8429 Моггалланабьякарана 8428 Каччаянабьякарана 8430 Садданитиппакарана (падамала) 8431 Садданитиппакарана (дхатумала) 8432 Падарупасиддхи 8433 Могалланапанчика 8434 Пайогасиддхипатха 8435 Вуттодаяпатха 8436 Абхидханаппадипикапатха 8437 Абхидханаппадипикатика 8438 Субодхаланкарапатха 8439 Субодхаланкаратика 8440 Балаватара гантхипадаттхавиниччаясара 8446 Кавидаппананити 8447 Нитиманджари 8445 Дхамманити 8444 Махараханити 8441 Локанити 8442 Суттантанити 8443 Сурассатинити 8450 Чанакьянити 8448 Нарадаккхадипани 8449 Чатурараккхадипани 8451 Расавахини 8452 Симависодханипатха 8453 Вессантарагити 8454 Моггаллана вуттививаранапанчика 8455 Тхупавамса 8456 Датхавамса 8457 Дхатупатхавиласиния 8458 Дхатувамса 8459 Хаттхаванагаллавихаравамса 8460 Джиначаритая 8461 Джинавамсадипа 8462 Телакатахагатха 8463 Милидатика 8464 Падаманджари 8465 Падасадхана 8466 Саддабиндупакарана 8467 Каччаянадхатуманджуса 8468 Самантакутаваннана
2101 Силаккхандхавагга-пали 2102 Махавагга-пали (Дигха) 2103 Патхикавагга-пали	2201 Силаккхандхавагга-аттхакатха 2202 Махавагга-аттхакатха (Дигха) 2203 Патхикавагга-аттхакатха	2301 Силаккхандхавагга-тика 2302 Махавагга-тика (Дигха) 2303 Патхикавагга-тика 2304 Силаккхандхавагга-абхинаватика-1 2305 Силаккхандхавагга-абхинаватика-2
3101 Мулапаннаса-пали 3102 Мадджхимапаннаса-пали 3103 Упарипаннаса-пали	3201 Мулапаннаса-аттхакатха-1 3202 Мулапаннаса-аттхакатха-2 3203 Мадджхимапаннаса-аттхакатха 3204 Упарипаннаса-аттхакатха	3301 Мулапаннаса-тика 3302 Мадджхимапаннаса-тика 3303 Упарипаннаса-тика
4101 Сагатхавагга-пали 4102 Ниданавагга-пали 4103 Кхандхавагга-пали 4104 Салаятанавагга-пали 4105 Махавагга-пали (Самъютта)	4201 Сагатхавагга-аттхакатха 4202 Ниданавагга-аттхакатха 4203 Кхандхавагга-аттхакатха 4204 Салаятанавагга-аттхакатха 4205 Махавагга-аттхакатха (Самъютта)	4301 Сагатхавагга-тика 4302 Ниданавагга-тика 4303 Кхандхавагга-тика 4304 Салаятанавагга-тика 4305 Махавагга-тика (Самъютта)
5101 Экаканипата-пали 5102 Дуканипата-пали 5103 Тиканипата-пали 5104 Чатукканипата-пали 5105 Панчаканипата-пали 5106 Чхакканипата-пали 5107 Саттаканипата-пали 5108 Аттхакадинипата-пали 5109 Наваканипата-пали 5110 Дасаканипата-пали 5111 Экадасаканипата-пали	5201 Экаканипата-аттхакатха 5202 Дука-тика-чатукканипата-аттхакатха 5203 Панчака-чхакка-саттаканипата-аттхакатха 5204 Аттхакадинипата-аттхакатха	5301 Экаканипата-тика 5302 Дука-тика-чатукканипата-тика 5303 Панчака-чхакка-саттаканипата-тика 5304 Аттхакадинипата-тика
6101 Кхуддакапатха-пали 6102 Дхаммапада-пали 6103 Удана-пали 6104 Итивуттака-пали 6105 Суттанипата-пали 6106 Виманаваттху-пали 6107 Петаваттху-пали 6108 Тхерагатха-пали 6109 Тхеригатха-пали 6110 Ападана-пали-1 6111 Ападана-пали-2 6112 Буддхавамса-пали 6113 Чарияпитака-пали 6114 Джатака-пали-1 6115 Джатака-пали-2 6116 Маханиддеса-пали 6117 Чуланиддеса-пали 6118 Патисамбхидамагга-пали 6119 Неттиппакарана-пали 6120 Милиндапаньха-пали 6121 Петакопадеса-пали	6201 Кхуддакапатха-аттхакатха 6202 Дхаммапада-аттхакатха-1 6203 Дхаммапада-аттхакатха-2 6204 Удана-аттхакатха 6205 Итивуттака-аттхакатха 6206 Суттанипата-аттхакатха-1 6207 Суттанипата-аттхакатха-2 6208 Виманаваттху-аттхакатха 6209 Петаваттху-аттхакатха 6210 Тхерагатха-аттхакатха-1 6211 Тхерагатха-аттхакатха-2 6212 Тхеригатха-аттхакатха 6213 Ападана-аттхакатха-1 6214 Ападана-аттхакатха-2 6215 Буддхавамса-аттхакатха 6216 Чарияпитака-аттхакатха 6217 Джатака-аттхакатха-1 6218 Джатака-аттхакатха-2 6219 Джатака-аттхакатха-3 6220 Джатака-аттхакатха-4 6221 Джатака-аттхакатха-5 6222 Джатака-аттхакатха-6 6223 Джатака-аттхакатха-7 6224 Маханиддеса-аттхакатха 6225 Чуланиддеса-аттхакатха 6226 Патисамбхидамагга-аттхакатха-1 6227 Патисамбхидамагга-аттхакатха-2 6228 Неттиппакарана-аттхакатха	6301 Неттиппакарана-тика 6302 Неттивибхавини
7101 Дхаммасангани-пали 7102 Вибханга-пали 7103 Дхатукатха-пали 7104 Пуггалапаннятти-пали 7105 Катхаваттху-пали 7106 Ямака-пали-1 7107 Ямака-пали-2 7108 Ямака-пали-3 7109 Паттхана-пали-1 7110 Паттхана-пали-2 7111 Паттхана-пали-3 7112 Паттхана-пали-4 7113 Паттхана-пали-5	7201 Дхаммасангани-аттхакатха 7202 Саммохивинодани-аттхакатха 7203 Панчапакарана-аттхакатха	7301 Дхаммасангани-мулатика 7302 Вибханга-мулатика 7303 Панчапакарана-мулатика 7304 Дхаммасангани-анутика 7305 Панчапакарана-анутика 7306 Абхидхаммаватаро-намарупапариччхедо 7307 Абхидхамматтхасангахо 7308 Абхидхаммаватара-пуранатика 7309 Абхидхаммаматика-пали

සිංහල
පාලි කැනනය	විවරණ	අටුවා	වෙනත්
1101 පාරාජික පාළි 1102 පාචිත්තිය පාළි 1103 මහාවග්ග පාළි (විනය) 1104 චූළවග්ග පාළි 1105 පරිවාර පාළි	1201 පාරාජිකකණ්ඩ අට්ඨකථා-1 1202 පාරාජිකකණ්ඩ අට්ඨකථා-2 1203 පාචිත්තිය අට්ඨකථා 1204 මහාවග්ග අට්ඨකථා (විනය) 1205 චූළවග්ග අට්ඨකථා 1206 පරිවාර අට්ඨකථා	1301 සාරත්ථදීපනී ටීකා-1 1302 සාරත්ථදීපනී ටීකා-2 1303 සාරත්ථදීපනී ටීකා-3	1401 ද්වෙමාතිකාපාළි 1402 විනයසංගහ අට්ඨකථා 1403 වජිරබුද්ධි ටීකා 1404 විමතිවිනෝදනී ටීකා-1 1405 විමතිවිනෝදනී ටීකා-2 1406 විනයාලංකාර ටීකා-1 1407 විනයාලංකාර ටීකා-2 1408 කඞ්ඛාවිතරණීපුරාණ ටීකා 1409 විනයවිනිච්ඡය-උත්තරවිනිච්ඡය 1410 විනයවිනිච්ඡය ටීකා-1 1411 විනයවිනිච්ඡය ටීකා-2 1412 පාචිත්යාදියෝජනාපාළි 1413 ඛුද්දසික්ඛා-මූලසික්ඛා 8401 විසුද්ධිමග්ග-1 8402 විසුද්ධිමග්ග-2 8403 විසුද්ධිමග්ග-මහාටීකා-1 8404 විසුද්ධිමග්ග-මහාටීකා-2 8405 විසුද්ධිමග්ග නිදානකථා 8406 දීඝනිකාය (පු-වි) 8407 මජ්ඣිමනිකාය (පු-වි) 8408 සංයුත්තනිකාය (පු-වි) 8409 අඞ්ගුත්තරනිකාය (පු-වි) 8410 විනයපිටක (පු-වි) 8411 අභිධම්මපිටක (පු-වි) 8412 අට්ඨකථා (පු-වි) 8413 නිරුත්තිදීපනී 8414 පරමත්ථදීපනී සඞ්ගහමහාටීකාපාඨ 8415 අනුදීපනීපාඨ 8416 පට්ඨානුද්දේස දීපනීපාඨ 8417 නමක්කාරටීකා 8418 මහාපණාමපාඨ 8419 ලක්ඛණාතෝ බුද්ධථෝමනාගාථා 8420 සුතවන්දනා 8421 කමලාඤ්ජලි 8422 ජිනාලඞ්කාර 8423 පජ්ජමධු 8424 බුද්ධගුණගාථාවලී 8425 චූළගන්ථවංස 8427 සාසනවංස 8426 මහාවංස 8429 මොග්ගල්ලානබ්යාකරණං 8428 කච්චායනබ්යාකරණං 8430 සද්දනීතිප්පකරණං (පදමාලා) 8431 සද්දනීතිප්පකරණං (ධාතුමාලා) 8432 පදරූපසිද්ධි 8433 මොග්ගල්ලානපඤ්චිකා 8434 පයෝගසිද්ධිපාඨ 8435 වුත්තෝදයපාඨ 8436 අභිධානප්පදීපිකාපාඨ 8437 අභිධානප්පදීපිකාටීකා 8438 සුබෝධාලඞ්කාරපාඨ 8439 සුබෝධාලඞ්කාරටීකා 8440 බාලාවතාර ගණ්ඨිපදත්ථවිනිච්ඡයසාර 8446 කවිදප්පණනීති 8447 නීතිමඤ්ජරී 8445 ධම්මනීති 8444 මහාරහනීති 8441 ලෝකනීති 8442 සුත්තන්තනීති 8443 සූරස්සතිනීති 8450 චාණක්යනීති 8448 නරදක්ඛදීපනී 8449 චතුරාරක්ඛදීපනී 8451 රසවාහිනී 8452 සීමවිසෝධනීපාඨ 8453 වෙස්සන්තරගීති 8454 මොග්ගල්ලාන වුත්තිවිවරණපඤ්චිකා 8455 ථූපවංස 8456 දාඨාවංස 8457 ධාතුපාඨවිලාසිනියා 8458 ධාතුවංස 8459 හත්ථවනගල්ලවිහාරවංස 8460 ජිනචරිතය 8461 ජිනවංසදීපං 8462 තේලකටාහගාථා 8463 මිලිදටීකා 8464 පදමඤ්ජරී 8465 පදසාධනං 8466 සද්දබින්දුපකරණං 8467 කච්චායනධාතුමඤ්ජුසා 8468 සාමන්තකූටවණ්ණනා
2101 සීලක්ඛන්ධවග්ග පාළි 2102 මහාවග්ග පාළි (දීඝ) 2103 පාථිකවග්ග පාළි	2201 සීලක්ඛන්ධවග්ග අට්ඨකථා 2202 මහාවග්ග අට්ඨකථා (දීඝ) 2203 පාථිකවග්ග අට්ඨකථා	2301 සීලක්ඛන්ධවග්ග ටීකා 2302 මහාවග්ග ටීකා (දීඝ) 2303 පාථිකවග්ග ටීකා 2304 සීලක්ඛන්ධවග්ග-අභිනවටීකා-1 2305 සීලක්ඛන්ධවග්ග-අභිනවටීකා-2
3101 මූලපණ්ණාස පාළි 3102 මජ්ඣිමපණ්ණාස පාළි 3103 උපරිපණ්ණාස පාළි	3201 මූලපණ්ණාස අට්ඨකථා-1 3202 මූලපණ්ණාස අට්ඨකථා-2 3203 මජ්ඣිමපණ්ණාස අට්ඨකථා 3204 උපරිපණ්ණාස අට්ඨකථා	3301 මූලපණ්ණාස ටීකා 3302 මජ්ඣිමපණ්ණාස ටීකා 3303 උපරිපණ්ණාස ටීකා
4101 සගාථාවග්ග පාළි 4102 නිදානවග්ග පාළි 4103 ඛන්ධවග්ග පාළි 4104 සළායතනවග්ග පාළි 4105 මහාවග්ග පාළි (සංයුත්ත)	4201 සගාථාවග්ග අට්ඨකථා 4202 නිදානවග්ග අට්ඨකථා 4203 ඛන්ධවග්ග අට්ඨකථා 4204 සළායතනවග්ග අට්ඨකථා 4205 මහාවග්ග අට්ඨකථා (සංයුත්ත)	4301 සගාථාවග්ග ටීකා 4302 නිදානවග්ග ටීකා 4303 ඛන්ධවග්ග ටීකා 4304 සළායතනවග්ග ටීකා 4305 මහාවග්ග ටීකා (සංයුත්ත)
5101 එකකනිපාත පාළි 5102 දුකනිපාත පාළි 5103 තිකනිපාත පාළි 5104 චතුක්කනිපාත පාළි 5105 පඤ්චකනිපාත පාළි 5106 ඡක්කනිපාත පාළි 5107 සත්තකනිපාත පාළි 5108 අට්ඨකාදිනිපාත පාළි 5109 නවකනිපාත පාළි 5110 දසකනිපාත පාළි 5111 එකාදසකනිපාත පාළි	5201 එකකනිපාත අට්ඨකථා 5202 දුක-තික-චතුක්කනිපාත අට්ඨකථා 5203 පඤ්චක-ඡක්ක-සත්තකනිපාත අට්ඨකථා 5204 අට්ඨකාදිනිපාත අට්ඨකථා	5301 එකකනිපාත ටීකා 5302 දුක-තික-චතුක්කනිපාත ටීකා 5303 පඤ්චක-ඡක්ක-සත්තකනිපාත ටීකා 5304 අට්ඨකාදිනිපාත ටීකා
6101 ඛුද්දකපාඨ පාළි 6102 ධම්මපද පාළි 6103 උදාන පාළි 6104 ඉතිවුත්තක පාළි 6105 සුත්තනිපාත පාළි 6106 විමානවත්ථු පාළි 6107 පේතවත්ථු පාළි 6108 ථේරගාථා පාළි 6109 ථේරීගාථා පාළි 6110 අපදාන පාළි-1 6111 අපදාන පාළි-2 6112 බුද්ධවංස පාළි 6113 චරියාපිටක පාළි 6114 ජාතක පාළි-1 6115 ජාතක පාළි-2 6116 මහානිද්දේස පාළි 6117 චූළනිද්දේස පාළි 6118 පටිසම්භිදාමග්ග පාළි 6119 නෙත්තිප්පකරණ පාළි 6120 මිලින්දපඤ්හ පාළි 6121 පේටකෝපදේස පාළි	6201 ඛුද්දකපාඨ අට්ඨකථා 6202 ධම්මපද අට්ඨකථා-1 6203 ධම්මපද අට්ඨකථා-2 6204 උදාන අට්ඨකථා 6205 ඉතිවුත්තක අට්ඨකථා 6206 සුත්තනිපාත අට්ඨකථා-1 6207 සුත්තනිපාත අට්ඨකථා-2 6208 විමානවත්ථු අට්ඨකථා 6209 පේතවත්ථු අට්ඨකථා 6210 ථේරගාථා අට්ඨකථා-1 6211 ථේරගාථා අට්ඨකථා-2 6212 ථේරීගාථා අට්ඨකථා 6213 අපදාන අට්ඨකථා-1 6214 අපදාන අට්ඨකථා-2 6215 බුද්ධවංස අට්ඨකථා 6216 චරියාපිටක අට්ඨකථා 6217 ජාතක අට්ඨකථා-1 6218 ජාතක අට්ඨකථා-2 6219 ජාතක අට්ඨකථා-3 6220 ජාතක අට්ඨකථා-4 6221 ජාතක අට්ඨකථා-5 6222 ජාතක අට්ඨකථා-6 6223 ජාතක අට්ඨකථා-7 6224 මහානිද්දේස අට්ඨකථා 6225 චූළනිද්දේස අට්ඨකථා 6226 පටිසම්භිදාමග්ග අට්ඨකථා-1 6227 පටිසම්භිදාමග්ග අට්ඨකථා-2 6228 නෙත්තිප්පකරණ අට්ඨකථා	6301 නෙත්තිප්පකරණ ටීකා 6302 නෙත්තිවිභාවිනී
7101 ධම්මසංගණී පාළි 7102 විභඞ්ග පාළි 7103 ධාතුකථා පාළි 7104 පුග්ගලපඤ්ඤත්ති පාළි 7105 කථාවත්ථු පාළි 7106 යමක පාළි-1 7107 යමක පාළි-2 7108 යමක පාළි-3 7109 පට්ඨාන පාළි-1 7110 පට්ඨාන පාළි-2 7111 පට්ඨාන පාළි-3 7112 පට්ඨාන පාළි-4 7113 පට්ඨාන පාළි-5	7201 ධම්මසංගණි අට්ඨකථා 7202 සම්මෝහවිනෝදනී අට්ඨකථා 7203 පඤ්චපකරණ අට්ඨකථා	7301 ධම්මසංගණී-මූලටීකා 7302 විභඞ්ග-මූලටීකා 7303 පඤ්චපකරණ-මූලටීකා 7304 ධම්මසංගණී-අනුටීකා 7305 පඤ්චපකරණ-අනුටීකා 7306 අභිධම්මාවතාරෝ-නාමරූපපරිච්ඡේදෝ 7307 අභිධම්මත්ථසංගහෝ 7308 අභිධම්මාවතාර-පුරාණටීකා 7309 අභිධම්මමාතිකාපාළි

Español
El Canon Pali	Los Comentarios	Los Subcomentarios	Otros
1101 Pārājika Pāḷi 1102 Pācittiya Pāḷi 1103 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Vinaya) 1104 Cūḷavagga Pāḷi 1105 Parivāra Pāḷi	1201 Pārājikakaṇḍa Aṭṭhakathā-1 1202 Pārājikakaṇḍa Aṭṭhakathā-2 1203 Pācittiya Aṭṭhakathā 1204 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Vinaya) 1205 Cūḷavagga Aṭṭhakathā 1206 Parivāra Aṭṭhakathā	1301 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-1 1302 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-2 1303 Sāratthadīpanī Ṭīkā-3	1401 Dvemātikāpāḷi 1402 Vinayasaṅgaha Aṭṭhakathā 1403 Vajirabuddhi Ṭīkā 1404 Vimativinodanī Ṭīkā-1 1405 Vimativinodanī Ṭīkā-2 1406 Vinayālaṅkāra Ṭīkā-1 1407 Vinayālaṅkāra Ṭīkā-2 1408 Kaṅkhāvitaraṇīpurāṇa Ṭīkā 1409 Vinayavinicchaya-uttaravinicchaya 1410 Vinayavinicchaya Ṭīkā-1 1411 Vinayavinicchaya Ṭīkā-2 1412 Pācityādiyojanāpāḷi 1413 Khuddasikkhā-mūlasikkhā 8401 Visuddhimagga-1 8402 Visuddhimagga-2 8403 Visuddhimagga-mahāṭīkā-1 8404 Visuddhimagga-mahāṭīkā-2 8405 Visuddhimagga nidānakathā 8406 Dīghanikāya (pu-vi) 8407 Majjhimanikāya (pu-vi) 8408 Saṃyuttanikāya (pu-vi) 8409 Aṅguttaranikāya (pu-vi) 8410 Vinayapiṭaka (pu-vi) 8411 Abhidhammapiṭaka (pu-vi) 8412 Aṭṭhakathā (pu-vi) 8413 Niruttidīpanī 8414 Paramatthadīpanī Saṅgahamahāṭīkāpāṭha 8415 Anudīpanīpāṭha 8416 Paṭṭhānuddesa dīpanīpāṭha 8417 Namakkāraṭīkā 8418 Mahāpaṇāmapāṭha 8419 Lakkhaṇāto buddhathomanāgāthā 8420 Sutavandanā 8421 Kamalāñjali 8422 Jinālaṅkāra 8423 Pajjamadhu 8424 Buddhaguṇagāthāvalī 8425 Cūḷaganthavaṃsa 8427 Sāsanavaṃsa 8426 Mahāvaṃsa 8429 Moggallānabyākaraṇaṃ 8428 Kaccāyanabyākaraṇaṃ 8430 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (padamālā) 8431 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (dhātumālā) 8432 Padarūpasiddhi 8433 Mogallānapañcikā 8434 Payogasiddhipāṭha 8435 Vuttodayapāṭha 8436 Abhidhānappadīpikāpāṭha 8437 Abhidhānappadīpikāṭīkā 8438 Subodhālaṅkārapāṭha 8439 Subodhālaṅkāraṭīkā 8440 Bālāvatāra gaṇṭhipadatthavinicchayasāra 8446 Kavidappaṇanīti 8447 Nītimañjarī 8445 Dhammanīti 8444 Mahārahanīti 8441 Lokanīti 8442 Suttantanīti 8443 Sūrassatinīti 8450 Cāṇakyanīti 8448 Naradakkhadīpanī 8449 Caturārakkhadīpanī 8451 Rasavāhinī 8452 Sīmavisodhanīpāṭha 8453 Vessantaragīti 8454 Moggallāna vuttivivaraṇapañcikā 8455 Thūpavaṃsa 8456 Dāṭhāvaṃsa 8457 Dhātupāṭhavilāsiniyā 8458 Dhātuvaṃsa 8459 Hatthavanagallavihāravaṃsa 8460 Jinacaritaya 8461 Jinavaṃsadīpaṃ 8462 Telakaṭāhagāthā 8463 Milidaṭīkā 8464 Padamañjarī 8465 Padasādhanaṃ 8466 Saddabindupakaraṇaṃ 8467 Kaccāyanadhātumañjusā 8468 Sāmantakūṭavaṇṇanā
2101 Sīlakkhandhavagga Pāḷi 2102 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Dīgha) 2103 Pāthikavagga Pāḷi	2201 Sīlakkhandhavagga Aṭṭhakathā 2202 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Dīgha) 2203 Pāthikavagga Aṭṭhakathā	2301 Sīlakkhandhavagga Ṭīkā 2302 Mahāvagga Ṭīkā (Dīgha) 2303 Pāthikavagga Ṭīkā 2304 Sīlakkhandhavagga-abhinavaṭīkā-1 2305 Sīlakkhandhavagga-abhinavaṭīkā-2
3101 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3102 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3103 Uparipaṇṇāsa Pāḷi	3201 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā-1 3202 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā-2 3203 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā 3204 Uparipaṇṇāsa Aṭṭhakathā	3301 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā 3302 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā 3303 Uparipaṇṇāsa Ṭīkā
4101 Sagāthāvagga Pāḷi 4102 Nidānavagga Pāḷi 4103 Khandhavagga Pāḷi 4104 Saḷāyatanavagga Pāḷi 4105 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Saṃyutta)	4201 Sagāthāvagga Aṭṭhakathā 4202 Nidānavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4203 Khandhavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4204 Saḷāyatanavagga Aṭṭhakathā 4205 Mahāvagga Aṭṭhakathā (Saṃyutta)	4301 Sagāthāvagga Ṭīkā 4302 Nidānavagga Ṭīkā 4303 Khandhavagga Ṭīkā 4304 Saḷāyatanavagga Ṭīkā 4305 Mahāvagga Ṭīkā (Saṃyutta)
5101 Ekakanipāta Pāḷi 5102 Dukanipāta Pāḷi 5103 Tikanipāta Pāḷi 5104 Catukkanipāta Pāḷi 5105 Pañcakanipāta Pāḷi 5106 Chakkanipāta Pāḷi 5107 Sattakanipāta Pāḷi 5108 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Pāḷi 5109 Navakanipāta Pāḷi 5110 Dasakanipāta Pāḷi 5111 Ekādasakanipāta Pāḷi	5201 Ekakanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5202 Duka-tika-catukkanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5203 Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta Aṭṭhakathā 5204 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Aṭṭhakathā	5301 Ekakanipāta Ṭīkā 5302 Duka-tika-catukkanipāta Ṭīkā 5303 Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta Ṭīkā 5304 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Ṭīkā
6101 Khuddakapāṭha Pāḷi 6102 Dhammapada Pāḷi 6103 Udāna Pāḷi 6104 Itivuttaka Pāḷi 6105 Suttanipāta Pāḷi 6106 Vimānavatthu Pāḷi 6107 Petavatthu Pāḷi 6108 Theragāthā Pāḷi 6109 Therīgāthā Pāḷi 6110 Apadāna Pāḷi-1 6111 Apadāna Pāḷi-2 6112 Buddhavaṃsa Pāḷi 6113 Cariyāpiṭaka Pāḷi 6114 Jātaka Pāḷi-1 6115 Jātaka Pāḷi-2 6116 Mahāniddesa Pāḷi 6117 Cūḷaniddesa Pāḷi 6118 Paṭisambhidāmagga Pāḷi 6119 Nettippakaraṇa Pāḷi 6120 Milindapañha Pāḷi 6121 Peṭakopadesa Pāḷi	6201 Khuddakapāṭha Aṭṭhakathā 6202 Dhammapada Aṭṭhakathā-1 6203 Dhammapada Aṭṭhakathā-2 6204 Udāna Aṭṭhakathā 6205 Itivuttaka Aṭṭhakathā 6206 Suttanipāta Aṭṭhakathā-1 6207 Suttanipāta Aṭṭhakathā-2 6208 Vimānavatthu Aṭṭhakathā 6209 Petavatthu Aṭṭhakathā 6210 Theragāthā Aṭṭhakathā-1 6211 Theragāthā Aṭṭhakathā-2 6212 Therīgāthā Aṭṭhakathā 6213 Apadāna Aṭṭhakathā-1 6214 Apadāna Aṭṭhakathā-2 6215 Buddhavaṃsa Aṭṭhakathā 6216 Cariyāpiṭaka Aṭṭhakathā 6217 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-1 6218 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-2 6219 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-3 6220 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-4 6221 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-5 6222 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-6 6223 Jātaka Aṭṭhakathā-7 6224 Mahāniddesa Aṭṭhakathā 6225 Cūḷaniddesa Aṭṭhakathā 6226 Paṭisambhidāmagga Aṭṭhakathā-1 6227 Paṭisambhidāmagga Aṭṭhakathā-2 6228 Nettippakaraṇa Aṭṭhakathā	6301 Nettippakaraṇa Ṭīkā 6302 Nettivibhāvinī
7101 Dhammasaṅgaṇī Pāḷi 7102 Vibhaṅga Pāḷi 7103 Dhātukathā Pāḷi 7104 Puggalapaññatti Pāḷi 7105 Kathāvatthu Pāḷi 7106 Yamaka Pāḷi-1 7107 Yamaka Pāḷi-2 7108 Yamaka Pāḷi-3 7109 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-1 7110 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-2 7111 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-3 7112 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-4 7113 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi-5	7201 Dhammasaṅgaṇi Aṭṭhakathā 7202 Sammohavinodanī Aṭṭhakathā 7203 Pañcapakaraṇa Aṭṭhakathā	7301 Dhammasaṅgaṇī-mūlaṭīkā 7302 Vibhaṅga-mūlaṭīkā 7303 Pañcapakaraṇa-mūlaṭīkā 7304 Dhammasaṅgaṇī-anuṭīkā 7305 Pañcapakaraṇa-anuṭīkā 7306 Abhidhammāvatāro-nāmarūpaparicchedo 7307 Abhidhammatthasaṅgaho 7308 Abhidhammāvatāra-purāṇaṭīkā 7309 Abhidhammamātikāpāḷi

แบบไทย
บาลีแคน	ข้อคิดเห็น	คำอธิบายย่อย	อื่น
1101 ปาราชิกปาฬิ 1102 ปาจิตติยปาฬิ 1103 มหาวคฺคปาฬิ (วินัย) 1104 จูฬวคฺคปาฬิ 1105 ปริวารปาฬิ	1201 ปาราชิกกณฺฑอฏฺฐกถา-๑ 1202 ปาราชิกกณฺฑอฏฺฐกถา-๒ 1203 ปาจิตฺติยอฏฺฐกถา 1204 มหาวคฺคอฏฺฐกถา (วินัย) 1205 จูฬวคฺคอฏฺฐกถา 1206 ปริวารอฏฺฐกถา	1301 สารตฺถทีปนีฏีกา-๑ 1302 สารตฺถทีปนีฏีกา-๒ 1303 สารตฺถทีปนีฏีกา-๓	1401 ทเวมาติกาปาฬิ 1402 วินยสํคหอฏฺฐกถา 1403 วชิรพุทฺธิฏีกา 1404 วิมติวิโนทนีฏีกา-๑ 1405 วิมติวิโนทนีฏีกา-๒ 1406 วินยาลงฺการฏีกา-๑ 1407 วินยาลงฺการฏีกา-๒ 1408 กงฺขาวิตรณีปุราณฏีกา 1409 วินยวินิจฉย-อุตฺตรวินิจฉย 1410 วินยวินิจฉยฏีกา-๑ 1411 วินยวินิจฉยฏีกา-๒ 1412 ปาจิตฺยาทิโยชนาปาฬิ 1413 ขุทฺทสิกฺขา-มูลสิกฺขา 8401 วิสุทฺธิมคฺค-๑ 8402 วิสุทฺธิมคฺค-๒ 8403 วิสุทฺธิมคฺค-มหาฏีกา-๑ 8404 วิสุทฺธิมคฺค-มหาฏีกา-๒ 8405 วิสุทฺธิมคฺค-นิทานกถา 8406 ทีฆนิกาย (ปุ-วิ) 8407 มชฺฌิมนิกาย (ปุ-วิ) 8408 สํยุตฺตนิกาย (ปุ-วิ) 8409 องฺคุตฺตรนิกาย (ปุ-วิ) 8410 วินยปิฎก (ปุ-วิ) 8411 อภิธมฺมปิฎก (ปุ-วิ) 8412 อฏฺฐกถา (ปุ-วิ) 8413 นิรุตฺติทีปนี 8414 ปรมตฺถทีปนี สงฺคหมหาฏีกาปาฐ 8415 อนุทีปนีปาฐ 8416 ปฎฺฐานุทฺเทสทีปนีปาฐ 8417 นมกฺการฏีกา 8418 มหาปณามปาฐ 8419 ลกฺขณาโต พุทฺธโถมนาคาถา 8420 สุตวทน 8421 กมลาญฺชลิ 8422 ชินาลงฺการ 8423 ปชฺชมธุ 8424 พุทฺธคุณคาถาวลี 8425 จูฬคนฺถวํส 8427 สาสนวํส 8426 มหาวํส 8429 โมคฺคลฺลานพฺยากรณํ 8428 กจฺจายนพฺยากรณํ 8430 สทฺทานีติปฺปกรณํ (ปทมาลา) 8431 สทฺทานีติปฺปกรณํ (ธาตุมาลา) 8432 ปทรูปสิทฺธิ 8433 โมคคฺลานปญฺจิกา 8434 ปโยคสิทฺธิปาฐ 8435 วุตฺโตทยปาฐ 8436 อภิธานปฺปทีปิกาปาฐ 8437 อภิธานปฺปทีปิกาฏีกา 8438 สุโพธาลงฺการปาฐ 8439 สุโพธาลงฺการฏีกา 8440 พาลาวตาร คณฺฐิปทตฺถวินิจฺฉยสาร 8446 กวิทปฺปณนีติ 8447 นีติมญฺชรี 8445 ธมฺมนีติ 8444 มหารหนีติ 8441 โลกนีติ 8442 สุตฺตนฺตนีติ 8443 สูรสฺสตินีติ 8450 จาณกฺยนีติ 8448 นรทกฺขทีปนี 8449 จตุราวรกฺขทีปนี 8451 รสวาหินี 8452 สีมวิโสธนีปาฐ 8453 เวสฺสนฺตรคีติ 8454 โมคฺคลฺลาน วุตฺติวิวรณปญฺจิกา 8455 ถูปวํส 8456 ทาฐาวํส 8457 ธาตุปาฐวิลาสินิยา 8458 ธาตุวํส 8459 หตฺถวนคัลลวิหารวํส 8460 ชนจริตย 8461 ชนวํสทีปํ 8462 เตลกฏาหคาถา 8463 มิลิทฏีกา 8464 ปทมญฺชรี 8465 ปทสาธนํ 8466 สทฺทพินฺทุปกรณํ 8467 กจฺจายนธาตุมญฺชุสา 8468 สามนฺตกูฏวณฺณนา
2101 สีลกฺขนฺธวคฺคปาฬิ 2102 มหาวคฺคปาฬิ (ทีฆ) 2103 ปาถิกวคฺคปาฬิ	2201 สีลกฺขนฺธวคฺคอฏฺฐกถา 2202 มหาวคฺคอฏฺฐกถา (ทีฆ) 2203 ปาถิกวคฺคอฏฺฐกถา	2301 สีลกฺขนฺธวคฺคฏีกา 2302 มหาวคฺคฏีกา (ทีฆ) 2303 ปาถิกวคฺคฏีกา 2304 สีลกฺขนฺธวคฺค-อภินวฏีกา-๑ 2305 สีลกฺขนฺธวคฺค-อภินวฏีกา-๒
3101 มูลปณฺณาสปาฬิ 3102 มชฺฌิมปณฺณาสปาฬิ 3103 อุปริปณฺณาสปาฬิ	3201 มูลปณฺณาสอฏฺฐกถา-๑ 3202 มูลปณฺณาสอฏฺฐกถา-๒ 3203 มชฺฌิมปณฺณาสอฏฺฐกถา 3204 อุปริปณฺณาสอฏฺฐกถา	3301 มูลปณฺณาสฏีกา 3302 มชฺฌิมปณฺณาสฏีกา 3303 อุปริปณฺณาสฏีกา
4101 สคาถาวคฺคปาฬิ 4102 นิทานวคฺคปาฬิ 4103 ขนฺธวคฺคปาฬิ 4104 สฬายตนวคฺคปาฬิ 4105 มหาวคฺคปาฬิ (สํยุตฺต)	4201 สคาถาวคฺคอฏฺฐกถา 4202 นิทานวคฺคอฏฺฐกถา 4203 ขนฺธวคฺคอฏฺฐกถา 4204 สฬายตนวคฺคอฏฺฐกถา 4205 มหาวคฺคอฏฺฐกถา (สํยุตฺต)	4301 สคาถาวคฺคฏีกา 4302 นิทานวคฺคฏีกา 4303 ขนฺธวคฺคฏีกา 4304 สฬายตนวคฺคฏีกา 4305 มหาวคฺคฏีกา (สํยุตฺต)
5101 เอกกนิปาตปาฬิ 5102 ทุกนิปาตปาฬิ 5103 ติกนิปาตปาฬิ 5104 จตุกฺกนิปาตปาฬิ 5105 ปญฺจกนิปาตปาฬิ 5106 ฉกฺกนิปาตปาฬิ 5107 สตฺตกนิปาตปาฬิ 5108 อฏฺฐกาทินิปาตปาฬิ 5109 นวกนิปาตปาฬิ 5110 ทสกนิปาตปาฬิ 5111 เอกาทสกนิปาตปาฬิ	5201 เอกกนิปาตอฏฺฐกถา 5202 ทุก-ติก-จตุกฺกนิปาตอฏฺฐกถา 5203 ปญฺจก-ฉกฺก-สตฺตกนิปาตอฏฺฐกถา 5204 อฏฺฐกาทินิปาตอฏฺฐกถา	5301 เอกกนิปาตฏีกา 5302 ทุก-ติก-จตุกฺกนิปาตฏีกา 5303 ปญฺจก-ฉกฺก-สตฺตกนิปาตฏีกา 5304 อฏฺฐกาทินิปาตฏีกา
6101 ขุทฺทกปาฐปาฬิ 6102 ธมฺมปทปาฬิ 6103 อุทานปาฬิ 6104 อิติวุตฺตกปาฬิ 6105 สุตฺตนิบาตปาฬิ 6106 วิมานวตฺถุปาฬิ 6107 เปตวตฺถุปาฬิ 6108 เถรคาถาปาฬิ 6109 เถรีคาถาปาฬิ 6110 อปทานปาฬิ-๑ 6111 อปทานปาฬิ-๒ 6112 พุทธวงฺสปาฬิ 6113 จริยาปิฏกปาฬิ 6114 ชาตกปาฬิ-๑ 6115 ชาตกปาฬิ-๒ 6116 มหานิทฺเทสปาฬิ 6117 จูฬนิทฺเทสปาฬิ 6118 ปฏิสมฺภิทามคฺคปาฬิ 6119 เนตฺติปฺปกฺรณปาฬิ 6120 มิลินฺทปญฺหาปาฬิ 6121 เปฏโกปเทสปาฬิ	6201 ขุทฺทกปาฐอฏฺฐกถา 6202 ธมฺมปทอฏฺฐกถา-๑ 6203 ธมฺมปทอฏฺฐกถา-๒ 6204 อุทานอฏฺฐกถา 6205 อิติวุตฺตกอฏฺฐกถา 6206 สุตฺตนิบาตอฏฺฐกถา-๑ 6207 สุตฺตนิบาตอฏฺฐกถา-๒ 6208 วิมานวตฺถุอฏฺฐกถา 6209 เปตวตฺถุอฏฺฐกถา 6210 เถรคาถาอฏฺฐกถา-๑ 6211 เถรคาถาอฏฺฐกถา-๒ 6212 เถรีคาถาอฏฺฐกถา 6213 อปทานอฏฺฐกถา-๑ 6214 อปทานอฏฺฐกถา-๒ 6215 พุทธวงฺสอฏฺฐกถา 6216 จริยาปิฏกอฏฺฐกถา 6217 ชาตกอฏฺฐกถา-๑ 6218 ชาตกอฏฺฐกถา-๒ 6219 ชาตกอฏฺฐกถา-๓ 6220 ชาตกอฏฺฐกถา-๔ 6221 ชาตกอฏฺฐกถา-๕ 6222 ชาตกอฏฺฐกถา-๖ 6223 ชาตกอฏฺฐกถา-๗ 6224 มหานิทฺเทสอฏฺฐกถา 6225 จูฬนิทฺเทสอฏฺฐกถา 6226 ปฏิสมฺภิทามคฺคอฏฺฐกถา-๑ 6227 ปฏิสมฺภิทามคฺคอฏฺฐกถา-๒ 6228 เนตฺติปฺปกฺรณอฏฺฐกถา	6301 เนตฺติปฺปกฺรณฏีกา 6302 เนตฺติวิภาวินี
7101 ธมฺมสงฺคณีปาฬิ 7102 วิภงฺคปาฬิ 7103 ธาตุกถาปาฬิ 7104 ปุคฺคลปญฺญตฺติปาฬิ 7105 กถาวตฺถุปาฬิ 7106 ยมกปาฬิ-๑ 7107 ยมกปาฬิ-๒ 7108 ยมกปาฬิ-๓ 7109 ปฎฺฐานปาฬิ-๑ 7110 ปฎฺฐานปาฬิ-๒ 7111 ปฎฺฐานปาฬิ-๓ 7112 ปฎฺฐานปาฬิ-๔ 7113 ปฎฺฐานปาฬิ-๕	7201 ธมฺมสงฺคณิอฏฺฐกถา 7202 สมฺโมหวินิทนีอฏฺฐกถา 7203 ปญฺจปกรณอฏฺฐกถา	7301 ธมฺมสงฺคณีมูลฏีกา 7302 วิภงฺคมูลฏีกา 7303 ปญฺจปกรณมูลฏีกา 7304 ธมฺมสงฺคณีอนุฏีกา 7305 ปญฺจปกรณอนุฏีกา 7306 อภิธมฺมาวตาโร-นามรูปปริจฺเฉโท 7307 อภิธมฺมตฺถสงฺคโห 7308 อภิธมฺมาวตาร-ปุราณฏีกา 7309 อภิธมฺมมาติกาปาฬิ

བོད་མི
པཱ་ལི་གསུང་རབ།	འགྲེལ་བཤད།	འགྲེལ་བཤད་ཕྲན།	གཞན།
1101 ཕ་ར་ཇི་ཀ་པཱ་ལི། 1102 པཱ་ཙི་ཏི་ཡ་པཱ་ལི། 1103 མ་ཧཱ་ཝག་ག་པཱ་ལི། (ཝི་ན་ཡ) 1104 ཙཱུ་ལ་ཝག་ག་པཱ་ལི། 1105 པ་རི་ཝཱ་ར་པཱ་ལི།	1201 ཕ་ར་ཇི་ཀ་ཀཎྜ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༡ 1202 ཕ་ར་ཇི་ཀ་ཀཎྜ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༢ 1203 པཱ་ཙི་ཏི་ཡ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 1204 མ་ཧཱ་ཝག་ག་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། (ཝི་ན་ཡ) 1205 ཙཱུ་ལ་ཝག་ག་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 1206 པ་རི་ཝཱ་ར་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ།	1301 སཱ་རཏྠ་དཱི་པ་ནཱི་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༡ 1302 སཱ་རཏྠ་དཱི་པ་ནཱི་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༢ 1303 སཱ་རཏྠ་དཱི་པ་ནཱི་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༣	1401 དྭེ་མཱ་ཏི་ཀཱ་པཱ་ལི། 1402 ཝི་ན་ཡ་སངྒ་ཧ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 1403 ཝ་ཇི་ར་བུད་དྷི་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 1404 ཝི་མ་ཏི་ཝི་ནོ་ད་ནཱི་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༡ 1405 ཝི་མ་ཏི་ཝི་ནོ་ད་ནཱི་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༢ 1406 ཝི་ན་ཡཱ་ལངྐཱ་ར་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༡ 1407 ཝི་ན་ཡཱ་ལངྐཱ་ར་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༢ 1408 ཀངྑཱ་ཝི་ཏ་ར་ཎཱི་པུ་རཱ་ཎ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 1409 ཝི་ན་ཡ་ཝི་ནི་ཙ་ཡ་ཨུ་ཏྟ་ར་ཝི་ནི་ཙ་ཡ། 1410 ཝི་ན་ཡ་ཝི་ནི་ཙ་ཡ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༡ 1411 ཝི་ན་ཡ་ཝི་ནི་ཙ་ཡ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༢ 1412 པཱ་ཙི་ཏྱཱ་དི་ཡོ་ཇ་ནཱ་པཱ་ལི། 1413 ཁུད་ད་སིཀྑཱ་མཱུ་ལ་སིཀྑཱ། 8401 ཝི་སུད་དྷི་མགྒ-༡ 8402 ཝི་སུད་དྷི་མགྒ-༢ 8403 ཝི་སུད་དྷི་མགྒ་མ་ཧཱ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༡ 8404 ཝི་སུད་དྷི་མགྒ་མ་ཧཱ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༢ 8405 ཝི་སུད་དྷི་མགྒ་ནི་དཱ་ན་ཀ་ཐཱ། 8406 དཱི་གྷ་ནི་ཀཱ་ཡ། (པུ་ཝི) 8407 མཛྷི་མ་ནི་ཀཱ་ཡ། (པུ་ཝི) 8408 སཾ་ཡུཏྟ་ནི་ཀཱ་ཡ། (པུ་ཝི) 8409 ཨངྒུ་ཏྟ་ར་ནི་ཀཱ་ཡ། (པུ་ཝི) 8410 ཝི་ན་ཡ་པི་ཊ་ཀ། (པུ་ཝི) 8411 ཨ་བྷི་དྷམྨ་པི་ཊ་ཀ། (པུ་ཝི) 8412 ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། (པུ་ཝི) 8413 ནི་རུཏྟི་དཱི་པ་ནཱི། 8414 པ་ར་མཏྠ་དཱི་པ་ནཱི་སངྒ་ཧ་མ་ཧཱ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ་པཱ་ཋ། 8415 ཨ་ནུ་དཱི་པ་ནཱི་པཱ་ཋ། 8416 པཊྛཱ་ནུདྡེ་ས་དཱི་པ་ནཱི་པཱ་ཋ། 8417 ན་མཀྐཱ་ར་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 8418 མ་ཧཱ་པ་ཎཱ་མ་པཱ་ཋ། 8419 ལཀྑ་ཎཱ་ཏོ་བུདྡྷ་ཐོ་མ་ནཱ་གཱ་ཐཱ། 8420 སུ་ཏ་ཝནྡ་ནཱ། 8421 ཀ་མ་ལཱཉྫ་ལི། 8422 ཇི་ནཱ་ལངྐཱ་ར། 8423 པཛྫ་མ་དྷུ། 8424 བུདྡྷ་གུ་ཎ་གཱ་ཐཱ་ཝ་ལཱི། 8425 ཙཱུ་ལ་གནྠ་ཝཾ་ས། 8427 སཱ་ས་ན་ཝཾ་ས། 8426 མ་ཧཱ་ཝཾ་ས། 8429 མོགྒ་ལླཱ་ན་བྱཱ་ཀ་ར་ཎཾ། 8428 ཀཙྩཱ་ཡ་ན་བྱཱ་ཀ་ར་ཎཾ། 8430 སདྡ་ནཱི་ཏི་པྤ་ཀ་ར་ཎཾ། (པ་ད་མཱ་ལཱ) 8431 སདྡ་ནཱི་ཏི་པྤ་ཀ་ར་ཎཾ། (དྷཱ་ཏུ་མཱ་ལཱ) 8432 པ་ད་རཱུ་པ་སིད་དྷི། 8433 མོ་ག་ལླཱ་ན་པཉྩ་ཀཱ། 8434 པ་ཡོ་ག་སིད་དྷི་པཱ་ཋ། 8435 བུཏྟོ་ད་ཡ་པཱ་ཋ། 8436 ཨ་བྷི་དྷཱ་ན་པྤ་དཱི་པི་ཀཱ་པཱ་ཋ། 8437 ཨ་བྷི་དྷཱ་ན་པྤ་དཱི་པི་ཀཱ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 8438 སུ་བོ་དྷཱ་ལངྐཱ་ར་པཱ་ཋ། 8439 སུ་བོ་དྷཱ་ལངྐཱ་ར་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 8440 བཱ་ལཱ་ཝ་ཏཱ་ར་གཎྛི་པ་དཏྠ་ཝི་ནི་ཙ་ཡ་སཱ་ར། 8446 ཀ་ཝི་དཔྤ་ཎ་ནཱི་ཏི། 8447 ནཱི་ཏི་མཉྫ་རཱི། 8445 དྷམྨ་ནཱི་ཏི། 8444 མ་ཧཱ་ར་ཧ་ནཱི་ཏི། 8441 ལོ་ཀ་ནཱི་ཏི། 8442 སུཏྟནྟ་ནཱ་ཏི། 8443 སཱུ་རསྶ་ཏི་ནཱི་ཏི། 8450 ཙཱ་ཎཀྱ་ནཱི་ཏི། 8448 ན་ར་དཀྑ་དཱི་པ་ནཱི། 8449 ཙ་ཏུ་རཱ་རཀྑ་དཱི་པ་ནཱི། 8451 ར་ས་ཝཱ་ཧི་ནཱི། 8452 སཱི་མ་ཝི་སོ་ད་ནཱི་པཱ་ཋ། 8453 ཝེསྶནྟ་ར་གཱི་ཏི། 8454 མོགྒ་ལླཱ་ན་བུཏྟི་ཝི་ཝ་ར་ཎ་པཉྩ་ཀཱ། 8455 ཐཱུ་པ་ཝཾ་ས། 8456 དཱ་ཊྷཱ་ཝཾ་ས། 8457 དྷཱ་ཏུ་པཱ་ཋ་ཝི་ལཱ་སི་ནི་ཡཱ། 8458 དྷཱ་ཏུ་ཝཾ་ས། 8459 ཧཏྠ་ཝ་ན་གལླ་ཝི་ཧཱ་ར་ཝཾ་ས། 8460 ཇི་ན་ཙ་རི་ཏ་ཡ། 8461 ཇི་ན་ཝཾ་ས་དཱི་པཾ། 8462 ཏེ་ལ་ཀ་ཊཱ་ཧ་གཱ་ཐཱ། 8463 མི་ལི་ད་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 8464 པ་ད་མཉྫ་རཱི། 8465 པ་ད་སཱ་ད་ནཾ། 8466 སདྡ་བིནྡུ་པ་ཀ་ར་ཎཾ། 8467 ཀཙྩཱ་ཡ་ན་དྷཱ་ཏུ་མཉྫུ་སཱ། 8468 སཱ་མནྟ་ཀཱུ་ཊ་ཝཎྞ་ནཱ།
2101 སཱི་ལཀྑནྡྷ་ཝག་ག་པཱ་ལི། 2102 མ་ཧཱ་ཝག་ག་པཱ་ལི། (དཱི་གྷ) 2103 པཱ་ཐི་ཀ་ཝག་ག་པཱ་ལི།	2201 སཱི་ལཀྑནྡྷ་ཝག་ག་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 2202 མ་ཧཱ་ཝག་ག་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། (དཱི་གྷ) 2203 པཱ་ཐི་ཀ་ཝག་ག་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ།	2301 སཱི་ལཀྑནྡྷ་ཝག་ག་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 2302 མ་ཧཱ་ཝག་ག་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། (དཱི་གྷ) 2303 པཱ་ཐི་ཀ་ཝག་ག་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 2304 སཱི་ལཀྑནྡྷ་ཝག་ག་ཨ་བྷི་ན་ཝ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༡ 2305 སཱི་ལཀྑནྡྷ་ཝག་ག་ཨ་བྷི་ན་ཝ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ-༢
3101 མཱུ་ལ་པཎྞཱ་ས་པཱ་ལི། 3102 མཛྷི་མ་པཎྞཱ་ས་པཱ་ལི། 3103 ཨུ་པ་རི་པཎྞཱ་ས་པཱ་ལི།	3201 མཱུ་ལ་པཎྞཱ་ས་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༡ 3202 མཱུ་ལ་པཎྞཱ་ས་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༢ 3203 མཛྷི་མ་པཎྞཱ་ས་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 3204 ཨུ་པ་རི་པཎྞཱ་ས་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ།	3301 མཱུ་ལ་པཎྞཱ་ས་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 3302 མཛྷི་མ་པཎྞཱ་ས་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 3303 ཨུ་པ་རི་པཎྞཱ་ས་ཊཱི་ཀཱ།
4101 ས་གཱ་ཐཱ་ཝག་ག་པཱ་ལི། 4102 ནི་དཱ་ན་ཝག་ག་པཱ་ལི། 4103 ཁནྡྷ་ཝག་ག་པཱ་ལི། 4104 ས་ལཱ་ཡ་ཏ་ན་ཝག་ག་པཱ་ལི། 4105 མ་ཧཱ་ཝག་ག་པཱ་ལི། (སཾ་ཡུཏྟ)	4201 ས་གཱ་ཐཱ་ཝག་ག་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 4202 ནི་དཱ་ན་ཝག་ག་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 4203 ཁནྡྷ་ཝག་ག་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 4204 ས་ལཱ་ཡ་ཏ་ན་ཝག་ག་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 4205 མ་ཧཱ་ཝག་ག་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། (སཾ་ཡུཏྟ)	4301 ས་གཱ་ཐཱ་ཝག་ག་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 4302 ནི་དཱ་ན་ཝག་ག་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 4303 ཁནྡྷ་ཝག་ག་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 4304 ས་ལཱ་ཡ་ཏ་ན་ཝག་ག་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 4305 མ་ཧཱ་ཝག་ག་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། (སཾ་ཡུཏྟ)
5101 ཨེ་ཀ་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི། 5102 དུ་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི། 5103 ཏི་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི། 5104 ཙ་ཏུཀྐ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི། 5105 པཉྩ་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི། 5106 ཆཀྐ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི། 5107 སཏྟ་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི། 5108 ཨཊྛ་ཀཱ་དི་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི། 5109 ན་ཝ་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི། 5110 ད་ས་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི། 5111 ཨེ་ཀཱ་ད་ས་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི།	5201 ཨེ་ཀ་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 5202 དུ་ཀ་ཏི་ཀ་ཙ་ཏུཀྐ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 5203 པཉྩ་ཀ་ཆཀྐ་སཏྟ་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 5204 ཨཊྛ་ཀཱ་དི་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ།	5301 ཨེ་ཀ་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 5302 དུ་ཀ་ཏི་ཀ་ཙ་ཏུཀྐ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 5303 པཉྩ་ཀ་ཆཀྐ་སཏྟ་ཀ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 5304 ཨཊྛ་ཀཱ་དི་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ།
6101 ཁུད་ད་ཀ་པཱ་ཋ་པཱ་ལི། 6102 དྷམྨ་པ་ད་པཱ་ལི། 6103 ཨུ་དཱ་ན་པཱ་ལི། 6104 ཨི་ཏི་ཝུཏྟ་ཀ་པཱ་ལི། 6105 སུཏྟ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་པཱ་ལི། 6106 ཝི་མཱ་ན་ཝཏྠུ་པཱ་ལི། 6107 པེ་ཏ་ཝཏྠུ་པཱ་ལི། 6108 ཐེ་ར་གཱ་ཐཱ་པཱ་ལི། 6109 ཐེ་རཱི་གཱ་ཐཱ་པཱ་ལི། 6110 ཨ་པ་དཱ་ན་པཱ་ལི-༡ 6111 ཨ་པ་དཱ་ན་པཱ་ལི-༢ 6112 བུདྡྷ་ཝཾ་ས་པཱ་ལི། 6113 ཙ་རི་ཡཱ་པི་ཊ་ཀ་པཱ་ལི། 6114 ཛཱ་ཏ་ཀ་པཱ་ལི-༡ 6115 ཛཱ་ཏ་ཀ་པཱ་ལི-༢ 6116 མ་ཧཱ་ནི་དྡེ་ས་པཱ་ལི། 6117 ཙཱུ་ལ་ནི་དྡེ་ས་པཱ་ལི། 6118 པ་ཊི་སམ་བྷི་དཱ་མགྒ་པཱ་ལི། 6119 ནེཏྟི་པྤ་ཀ་ར་ཎ་པཱ་ལི། 6120 མི་ལིནྡ་པཉྷ་པཱ་ལི། 6121 པེ་ཊ་ཀོ་པ་དེ་ས་པཱ་ལི།	6201 ཁུད་ད་ཀ་པཱ་ཋ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 6202 དྷམྨ་པ་ད་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༡ 6203 དྷམྨ་པ་ད་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༢ 6204 ཨུ་དཱ་ན་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 6205 ཨི་ཏི་ཝུཏྟ་ཀ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 6206 སུཏྟ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༡ 6207 སུཏྟ་ནི་པཱ་ཏ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༢ 6208 ཝི་མཱ་ན་ཝཏྠུ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 6209 པེ་ཏ་ཝཏྠུ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 6210 ཐེ་ར་གཱ་ཐཱ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༡ 6211 ཐེ་ར་གཱ་ཐཱ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༢ 6212 ཐེ་རཱི་གཱ་ཐཱ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 6213 ཨ་པ་དཱ་ན་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༡ 6214 ཨ་པ་དཱ་ན་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༢ 6215 བུདྡྷ་ཝཾ་ས་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 6216 ཙ་རི་ཡཱ་པི་ཊ་ཀ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 6217 ཛཱ་ཏ་ཀ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༡ 6218 ཛཱ་ཏ་ཀ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༢ 6219 ཛཱ་ཏ་ཀ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༣ 6220 ཛཱ་ཏ་ཀ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༤ 6221 ཛཱ་ཏ་ཀ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༥ 6222 ཛཱ་ཏ་ཀ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༦ 6223 ཛཱ་ཏ་ཀ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༧ 6224 མ་ཧཱ་ནི་དྡེ་ས་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 6225 ཙཱུ་ལ་ནི་དྡེ་ས་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 6226 པ་ཊི་སམ་བྷི་དཱ་མགྒ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༡ 6227 པ་ཊི་སམ་བྷི་དཱ་མགྒ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ-༢ 6228 ནེཏྟི་པྤ་ཀ་ར་ཎ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ།	6301 ནེཏྟི་པྤ་ཀ་ར་ཎ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 6302 ནེཏྟི་ཝི་བྷཱི་ནཱི།
7101 དྷམྨ་སངྒ་ཎཱི་པཱ་ལི། 7102 ཝི་བྷངྒ་པཱ་ལི། 7103 དྷཱ་ཏུ་ཀ་ཐཱ་པཱ་ལི། 7104 པུགྒ་ལ་པཉྙཏྟི་པཱ་ལི། 7105 ཀ་ཐཱ་ཝཏྠུ་པཱ་ལི། 7106 ཡ་མ་ཀ་པཱ་ལི-༡ 7107 ཡ་མ་ཀ་པཱ་ལི-༢ 7108 ཡ་མ་ཀ་པཱ་ལི-༣ 7109 པཊྛཱ་ན་པཱ་ལི-༡ 7110 པཊྛཱ་ན་པཱ་ལི-༢ 7111 པཊྛཱ་ན་པཱ་ལི-༣ 7112 པཊྛཱ་ན་པཱ་ལི-༤ 7113 པཊྛཱ་ན་པཱ་ལི-༥	7201 དྷམྨ་སངྒ་ཎི་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 7202 སམྨོ་ཧ་ཝི་ནོ་ད་ནཱི་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ། 7203 པཉྩ་པ་ཀ་ར་ཎ་ཨཊྛ་ཀ་ཐཱ།	7301 དྷམྨ་སངྒ་ཎཱི་མཱུ་ལ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 7302 ཝི་བྷངྒ་མཱུ་ལ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 7303 པཉྩ་པ་ཀ་ར་ཎ་མཱུ་ལ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 7304 དྷམྨ་སངྒ་ཎཱི་ཨ་ནུ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 7305 པཉྩ་པ་ཀ་ར་ཎ་ཨ་ནུ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 7306 ཨ་བྷི་དྷམྨཱ་ཝ་ཏཱ་རོ་ནཱ་མ་རཱུ་པ་པ་རི་ཙྪེ་དོ། 7307 ཨ་བྷི་དྷམྨཏྠ་སངྒ་ཧོ། 7308 ཨ་བྷི་དྷམྨཱ་ཝ་ཏཱ་ར་པུ་རཱ་ཎ་ཊཱི་ཀཱ། 7309 ཨ་བྷི་དྷམྨ་མཱ་ཏི་ཀཱ་པཱ་ལི།

Tiếng Việt
Kinh điển Pali	Chú giải	Phụ chú giải	Khác
1101 Pārājika Pāḷi 1102 Pācittiya Pāḷi 1103 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Tạng Luật) 1104 Cūḷavagga Pāḷi 1105 Parivāra Pāḷi	1201 Chú Giải Pārājikakaṇḍa - 1 1202 Chú Giải Pārājikakaṇḍa - 2 1203 Chú Giải Pācittiya 1204 Chú Giải Mahāvagga (Tạng Luật) 1205 Chú Giải Cūḷavagga 1206 Chú Giải Parivāra	1301 Phụ Chú Giải Sāratthadīpanī - 1 1302 Phụ Chú Giải Sāratthadīpanī - 2 1303 Phụ Chú Giải Sāratthadīpanī - 3	1401 Dvemātikāpāḷi 1402 Chú Giải Vinayasaṅgaha 1403 Phụ Chú Giải Vajirabuddhi 1404 Phụ Chú Giải Vimativinodanī - 1 1405 Phụ Chú Giải Vimativinodanī - 2 1406 Phụ Chú Giải Vinayālaṅkāra - 1 1407 Phụ Chú Giải Vinayālaṅkāra - 2 1408 Phụ Chú Giải Kaṅkhāvitaraṇīpurāṇa 1409 Vinayavinicchaya-uttaravinicchaya 1410 Phụ Chú Giải Vinayavinicchaya - 1 1411 Phụ Chú Giải Vinayavinicchaya - 2 1412 Pācityādiyojanāpāḷi 1413 Khuddasikkhā-mūlasikkhā 8401 Thanh Tịnh Đạo - 1 8402 Thanh Tịnh Đạo - 2 8403 Đại Phụ Chú Giải Thanh Tịnh Đạo - 1 8404 Đại Phụ Chú Giải Thanh Tịnh Đạo - 2 8405 Lời Tựa Thanh Tịnh Đạo 8406 Trường Bộ Kinh (Vấn Đáp) 8407 Trung Bộ Kinh (Vấn Đáp) 8408 Tương Ưng Bộ Kinh (Vấn Đáp) 8409 Tăng Chi Bộ Kinh (Vấn Đáp) 8410 Tạng Luật (Vấn Đáp) 8411 Tạng Vi Diệu Pháp (Vấn Đáp) 8412 Chú Giải (Vấn Đáp) 8413 Niruttidīpanī 8414 Paramatthadīpanī Saṅgahamahāṭīkāpāṭha 8415 Anudīpanīpāṭha 8416 Paṭṭhānuddesa dīpanīpāṭha 8417 Phụ Chú Giải Namakkāra 8418 Mahāpaṇāmapāṭha 8419 Lakkhaṇāto buddhathomanāgāthā 8420 Sutavandanā 8421 Kamalāñjali 8422 Jinālaṅkāra 8423 Pajjamadhu 8424 Buddhaguṇagāthāvalī 8425 Cūḷaganthavaṃsa 8426 Mahāvaṃsa 8427 Sāsanavaṃsa 8428 Kaccāyanabyākaraṇaṃ 8429 Moggallānabyākaraṇaṃ 8430 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (padamālā) 8431 Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ (dhātumālā) 8432 Padarūpasiddhi 8433 Mogallānapañcikā 8434 Payogasiddhipāṭha 8435 Vuttodayapāṭha 8436 Abhidhānappadīpikāpāṭha 8437 Phụ Chú Giải Abhidhānappadīpikā 8438 Subodhālaṅkārapāṭha 8439 Phụ Chú Giải Subodhālaṅkāra 8440 Bālāvatāra gaṇṭhipadatthavinicchayasāra 8441 Lokanīti 8442 Suttantanīti 8443 Sūrassatinīti 8444 Mahārahanīti 8445 Dhammanīti 8446 Kavidappaṇanīti 8447 Nītimañjarī 8448 Naradakkhadīpanī 8449 Caturārakkhadīpanī 8450 Cāṇakyanīti 8451 Rasavāhinī 8452 Sīmavisodhanīpāṭha 8453 Vessantaragīti 8454 Moggallāna vuttivivaraṇapañcikā 8455 Thūpavaṃsa 8456 Dāṭhāvaṃsa 8457 Dhātupāṭhavilāsiniyā 8458 Dhātuvaṃsa 8459 Hatthavanagallavihāravaṃsa 8460 Jinacaritaya 8461 Jinavaṃsadīpaṃ 8462 Telakaṭāhagāthā 8463 Phụ Chú Giải Milinda 8464 Padamañjarī 8465 Padasādhanaṃ 8466 Saddabindupakaraṇaṃ 8467 Kaccāyanadhātumañjusā 8468 Sāmantakūṭavaṇṇanā
2101 Sīlakkhandhavagga Pāḷi 2102 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Trường Bộ) 2103 Pāthikavagga Pāḷi	2201 Chú Giải Sīlakkhandhavagga 2202 Chú Giải Mahāvagga (Trường Bộ) 2203 Chú Giải Pāthikavagga	2301 Phụ Chú Giải Sīlakkhandhavagga 2302 Phụ Chú Giải Mahāvagga (Trường Bộ) 2303 Phụ Chú Giải Pāthikavagga 2304 Phụ Chú Giải Mới Sīlakkhandhavagga - 1 2305 Phụ Chú Giải Mới Sīlakkhandhavagga - 2
3101 Mūlapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3102 Majjhimapaṇṇāsa Pāḷi 3103 Uparipaṇṇāsa Pāḷi	3201 Chú Giải Mūlapaṇṇāsa - 1 3202 Chú Giải Mūlapaṇṇāsa - 2 3203 Chú Giải Majjhimapaṇṇāsa 3204 Chú Giải Uparipaṇṇāsa	3301 Phụ Chú Giải Mūlapaṇṇāsa 3302 Phụ Chú Giải Majjhimapaṇṇāsa 3303 Phụ Chú Giải Uparipaṇṇāsa
4101 Sagāthāvagga Pāḷi 4102 Nidānavagga Pāḷi 4103 Khandhavagga Pāḷi 4104 Saḷāyatanavagga Pāḷi 4105 Mahāvagga Pāḷi (Tương Ưng Bộ)	4201 Chú Giải Sagāthāvagga 4202 Chú Giải Nidānavagga 4203 Chú Giải Khandhavagga 4204 Chú Giải Saḷāyatanavagga 4205 Chú Giải Mahāvagga (Tương Ưng Bộ)	4301 Phụ Chú Giải Sagāthāvagga 4302 Phụ Chú Giải Nidānavagga 4303 Phụ Chú Giải Khandhavagga 4304 Phụ Chú Giải Saḷāyatanavagga 4305 Phụ Chú Giải Mahāvagga (Tương Ưng Bộ)
5101 Ekakanipāta Pāḷi 5102 Dukanipāta Pāḷi 5103 Tikanipāta Pāḷi 5104 Catukkanipāta Pāḷi 5105 Pañcakanipāta Pāḷi 5106 Chakkanipāta Pāḷi 5107 Sattakanipāta Pāḷi 5108 Aṭṭhakādinipāta Pāḷi 5109 Navakanipāta Pāḷi 5110 Dasakanipāta Pāḷi 5111 Ekādasakanipāta Pāḷi	5201 Chú Giải Ekakanipāta 5202 Chú Giải Duka-tika-catukkanipāta 5203 Chú Giải Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta 5204 Chú Giải Aṭṭhakādinipāta	5301 Phụ Chú Giải Ekakanipāta 5302 Phụ Chú Giải Duka-tika-catukkanipāta 5303 Phụ Chú Giải Pañcaka-chakka-sattakanipāta 5304 Phụ Chú Giải Aṭṭhakādinipāta
6101 Khuddakapāṭha Pāḷi 6102 Dhammapada Pāḷi 6103 Udāna Pāḷi 6104 Itivuttaka Pāḷi 6105 Suttanipāta Pāḷi 6106 Vimānavatthu Pāḷi 6107 Petavatthu Pāḷi 6108 Theragāthā Pāḷi 6109 Therīgāthā Pāḷi 6110 Apadāna Pāḷi - 1 6111 Apadāna Pāḷi - 2 6112 Buddhavaṃsa Pāḷi 6113 Cariyāpiṭaka Pāḷi 6114 Jātaka Pāḷi - 1 6115 Jātaka Pāḷi - 2 6116 Mahāniddesa Pāḷi 6117 Cūḷaniddesa Pāḷi 6118 Paṭisambhidāmagga Pāḷi 6119 Nettippakaraṇa Pāḷi 6120 Milindapañha Pāḷi 6121 Peṭakopadesa Pāḷi	6201 Chú Giải Khuddakapāṭha 6202 Chú Giải Dhammapada - 1 6203 Chú Giải Dhammapada - 2 6204 Chú Giải Udāna 6205 Chú Giải Itivuttaka 6206 Chú Giải Suttanipāta - 1 6207 Chú Giải Suttanipāta - 2 6208 Chú Giải Vimānavatthu 6209 Chú Giải Petavatthu 6210 Chú Giải Theragāthā - 1 6211 Chú Giải Theragāthā - 2 6212 Chú Giải Therīgāthā 6213 Chú Giải Apadāna - 1 6214 Chú Giải Apadāna - 2 6215 Chú Giải Buddhavaṃsa 6216 Chú Giải Cariyāpiṭaka 6217 Chú Giải Jātaka - 1 6218 Chú Giải Jātaka - 2 6219 Chú Giải Jātaka - 3 6220 Chú Giải Jātaka - 4 6221 Chú Giải Jātaka - 5 6222 Chú Giải Jātaka - 6 6223 Chú Giải Jātaka - 7 6224 Chú Giải Mahāniddesa 6225 Chú Giải Cūḷaniddesa 6226 Chú Giải Paṭisambhidāmagga - 1 6227 Chú Giải Paṭisambhidāmagga - 2 6228 Chú Giải Nettippakaraṇa	6301 Phụ Chú Giải Nettippakaraṇa 6302 Nettivibhāvinī
7101 Dhammasaṅgaṇī Pāḷi 7102 Vibhaṅga Pāḷi 7103 Dhātukathā Pāḷi 7104 Puggalapaññatti Pāḷi 7105 Kathāvatthu Pāḷi 7106 Yamaka Pāḷi - 1 7107 Yamaka Pāḷi - 2 7108 Yamaka Pāḷi - 3 7109 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi - 1 7110 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi - 2 7111 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi - 3 7112 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi - 4 7113 Paṭṭhāna Pāḷi - 5	7201 Chú Giải Dhammasaṅgaṇi 7202 Chú Giải Sammohavinodanī 7203 Chú Giải Pañcapakaraṇa	7301 Phụ Chú Giải Gốc Dhammasaṅgaṇī 7302 Phụ Chú Giải Gốc Vibhaṅga 7303 Phụ Chú Giải Gốc Pañcapakaraṇa 7304 Phụ Chú Giải Tiếp Theo Dhammasaṅgaṇī 7305 Phụ Chú Giải Tiếp Theo Pañcapakaraṇa 7306 Abhidhammāvatāro-nāmarūpaparicchedo 7307 Abhidhammatthasaṅgaho 7308 Phụ Chú Giải Cổ Điển Abhidhammāvatāra 7309 Abhidhammamātikāpāḷi